Nokia Siemens Networks
GSM/EDGE BSS, rel.
RG10(BSS), operating
documentation, issue 04
Reference
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Approval Date 2009-12-17
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
The information in this document is subject to change without notice and describes only the
product defined in the introduction of this documentation. This documentation is intended for the
use of Nokia Siemens Networks customers only for the purposes of the agreement under which
the document is submitted, and no part of it may be used, reproduced, modified or transmitted
in any form or means without the prior written permission of Nokia Siemens Networks. The
documentation has been prepared to be used by professional and properly trained personnel,
and the customer assumes full responsibility when using it. Nokia Siemens Networks welcomes
customer comments as part of the process of continuous development and improvement of the
documentation.
The information or statements given in this documentation concerning the suitability, capacity,
or performance of the mentioned hardware or software products are given "as is" and all liability
arising in connection with such hardware or software products shall be defined conclusively and
finally in a separate agreement between Nokia Siemens Networks and the customer. However,
Nokia Siemens Networks has made all reasonable efforts to ensure that the instructions
contained in the document are adequate and free of material errors and omissions. Nokia
Siemens Networks will, if deemed necessary by Nokia Siemens Networks, explain issues which
may not be covered by the document.
Nokia Siemens Networks will correct errors in this documentation as soon as possible. IN NO
EVENT WILL Nokia Siemens Networks BE LIABLE FOR ERRORS IN THIS DOCUMENTATION OR FOR ANY DAMAGES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL OR ANY LOSSES, SUCH AS BUT NOT LIMITED
TO LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION, BUSINESS OPPORTUNITY
OR DATA,THAT MAY ARISE FROM THE USE OF THIS DOCUMENT OR THE INFORMATION
IN IT.
This documentation and the product it describes are considered protected by copyrights and
other intellectual property rights according to the applicable laws.
The wave logo is a trademark of Nokia Siemens Networks Oy. Nokia is a registered trademark
of Nokia Corporation. Siemens is a registered trademark of Siemens AG.
Other product names mentioned in this document may be trademarks of their respective
owners, and they are mentioned for identification purposes only.
Copyright © Nokia Siemens Networks 2009. All rights reserved
f
Important Notice on Product Safety
Elevated voltages are inevitably present at specific points in this electrical equipment.
Some of the parts may also have elevated operating temperatures.
Non-observance of these conditions and the safety instructions can result in personal
injury or in property damage.
Therefore, only trained and qualified personnel may install and maintain the system.
The system complies with the standard EN 60950 / IEC 60950. All equipment connected
has to comply with the applicable safety standards.
The same text in German:
Wichtiger Hinweis zur Produktsicherheit
In elektrischen Anlagen stehen zwangsläufig bestimmte Teile der Geräte unter Spannung. Einige Teile können auch eine hohe Betriebstemperatur aufweisen.
Eine Nichtbeachtung dieser Situation und der Warnungshinweise kann zu Körperverletzungen und Sachschäden führen.
Deshalb wird vorausgesetzt, dass nur geschultes und qualifiziertes Personal die
Anlagen installiert und wartet.
Das System entspricht den Anforderungen der EN 60950 / IEC 60950. Angeschlossene
Geräte müssen die zutreffenden Sicherheitsbestimmungen erfüllen.
2
Id:0900d805806ac576
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Table of Contents
This document has 1239 pages.
Summary of changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
1
Structure and conventions of BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary .
50
2
2.1
2.2
2.3
Autoconfiguration Pool (ACP) radio network object parameters . . . . . . 52
Circuit (CRCT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
pool id (ID) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
pool size (SIZE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.9
3.10
3.11
3.12
3.13
3.14
3.15
3.16
3.17
3.18
3.19
3.20
3.21
3.22
3.23
3.24
3.25
3.26
3.27
3.28
3.29
3.30
3.31
3.32
3.33
3.34
3.35
Adjacent GSM Cell (ADJC/ADCE) radio network object parameters . . 56
adjacent cell identification (CI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
adjacent cell index (INDEX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
adjacent cell layer (ACL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Adjacent GPRS enabled (AGENA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
AMR target cell of direct access to desired layer (DADLA) . . . . . . . . . . 60
BCCH frequency (FREQ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
BTS colour code (BCC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
C/I estimation weight (W1-W5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
cell identification of reference cell (CI1-CI5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
cell type (CTY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
chained adj cell (CHAIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
directed retry threshold (DRT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
DTM enabled (DTM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
DTM power budget margin (DPM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
enable derived handover power (DHOPWR). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
enable HO margin lev qual (MRGS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
fast moving threshold (FMT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
GPRS MS TX pwr max CCH (GTXP1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
GPRS MS TX pwr max CCH 1x00 (GTXP2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
GPRS penalty time (GPET) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
GPRS rxlev Access min (GRXP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
GPRS temporary offset (GTEO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
HCS signal level threshold (HCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
HO level umbrella (AUCL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
HO load factor (OF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
HO margin lev (LMRG) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
HO margin pbgt (PMRG) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
HO margin qual (QMRG) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
HO priority level (PRI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
HO target area (HOTA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
level adjustment (L1-L5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
location area code (LAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
location area code of reference cell (LAC1-LAC5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
mobile country code (MCC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
mobile country code of reference cell (MCC1-MCC5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Id:0900d805806ac576
3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
3.36
3.37
3.38
3.39
3.40
3.41
3.42
3.43
3.44
3.45
3.46
3.47
3.48
3.49
3.50
3.51
3.52
mobile network code (MNC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
mobile network code of reference cell (MNC1-MNC5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
MS pwr opt level (POPT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
MS TX pwr max gsm (PMAX1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
MS TX pwr max gsm1x00 (PMAX2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
NCCR and DTM EGPRS PBGT margin (EPM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
NCCR and DTM GPRS PBGT margin (GPM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
NCCR EGPRS quality margin (EQM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
NCCR GPRS quality margin (GQM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
network colour code (NCC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
priority class (PRC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
reporting priority (REP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
routing area code (RAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
RX lev min cell (SL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
synchronised (SYNC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
target cell of direct access to desired layer (DADL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
TRHO target level (TRHO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
4
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
4.10
4.11
4.12
4.13
4.14
4.15
4.16
Adjacent UTRAN Cell (UADJC/ADJW) radio network object parameters .
113
adjacent cell index (INDEX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
cell identification (CI). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
cell parameter (CPA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
direct access Ec/Io threshold (DET) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
downlink transmission diversity (DIV) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
ISNCCR FDD quality threshold (FQT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
location area code (LAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
minimum CPICH Ec/Io level (MET). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
mobile country code (MCC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
mobile network code (MNC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
radio network controller identifier (RNC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
reporting priority (REP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
scrambling code (SCC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
service area code (SAC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
synchronisation case (SC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
WCDMA downlink carrier frequency (FREQ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
5
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
Authorised Network (ANE) radio network object parameters . . . . . . . . 130
authorised networks identification (ANE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
authorised networks name (NAME) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
network mobile country code (MCC1...6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
network mobile network code (MNC1...6). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
network technology (TECH1...6). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
6
BCCH Allocation Frequency List (BA/BAL) radio network object parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
frequency (-) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
identification of BCCH frequency list (-) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
type of BCCH frequency list (-) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
6.1
6.2
6.3
4
Id:0900d805806ac576
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
7
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
7.6
7.7
7.8
7.9
7.10
7.11
7.12
7.13
7.14
7.15
7.16
7.17
7.18
7.19
7.20
7.21
7.22
7.23
7.24
7.25
7.26
7.27
7.28
7.29
7.30
7.31
7.32
7.33
7.34
7.35
7.36
7.37
7.38
7.39
7.40
7.41
7.42
7.43
7.44
7.45
Base Control Function (BCF) radio network object parameters . . . . . 140
Add BCF to chain / Remove BCF from chain (ADD / REM) . . . . . . . . 140
administrative state (-) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
autoconfigure (AC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
automatic unlock allowed (AU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
BCCH TRX shutdown timer (BTIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
BCF identification (BCF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
bit rate (BR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
BSC-BSC interface failure (BSCBSC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
BTS battery backup procedure (BBU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
BTS site subtype (-) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
clock source (CS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
D-channel link set name (DNAME) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
D-channel link set number (DNBR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
external input number (INBR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
external outputs ON / external outputs OFF (ON/OFF) . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
external synchronization source (ESS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
FACCH LAPDm T200 (T200F) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Flexi EDGE Abis over IP Ethernet feature usage (TRS1) . . . . . . . . . . 163
Flexi EDGE TRS Abis Grooming feature usage (TRS3). . . . . . . . . . . 164
Flexi EDGE TRS Loop Protection feature usage (TRS4) . . . . . . . . . . 166
FlexiEDGE Additional 2 E1/T1 (TRS2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
identification of test equipment (TEST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
master clock BCF identification (MCBCF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
master clock TRX (MCT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
PCM port ID 0 (PORT0). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
PCM port ID 1 (PORT1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
PCM port ID 2 (PORT2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
PCM port ID 3 (PORT3). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
PCM port ID 4 (PORT4). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
PCM port ID 5 (PORT5). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
PCM port ID 6 (PORT6). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
PCM port ID 7 (PORT7). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
polarity (POL). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
route (ROU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
RX difference limit (RXDL). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
SDCCH LAPDm T200 (T200S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
severity (SEV) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
site type (TYPE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
synch enabled (SENA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Synchronization Mode (SM). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
text ID (TID) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
text ID of the output 1...6 (OUT1-OUT6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
TRX shutdown timer (NTIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
TRX shutdown timer 2 (NTIM2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
TRX shutdown timer 3 (NTIM3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
8
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters. . . . . 200
Id:0900d805806ac576
5
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
8.1
8.2
8.3
8.4
8.5
8.6
8.7
8.8
8.9
8.10
8.11
8.12
8.13
8.14
8.15
8.16
8.17
8.18
8.19
8.20
8.21
8.22
8.23
8.24
8.25
8.26
8.27
8.28
8.29
8.30
8.31
8.32
8.33
8.34
8.35
8.36
8.37
8.38
8.39
8.40
8.41
8.42
8.43
8.44
8.45
8.46
8.47
6
alarm limit for full rate TCH availability (ALFRT). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
alarm limit for half rate TCH availibility (ALHRT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
alarm limit for SDCCH availability (ALSDC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Alarm Threshold For Number Of Channel Seizure Requests (CSR) . . 202
Alarm Threshold For Number Of Channel Seizures (CS). . . . . . . . . . . 204
Alarm Threshold For SDCCH Congestion (CNGS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Alarm Threshold For SDCCH Failure Rate (SCHFR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Alarm Threshold For TCH Congestion (CNGT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Alarm Threshold For TCH Failure Rate (TCHFR). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
alarm threshold for the share of high TCH interference (HIFSHR) . . . . 209
AMH lower load threshold (ALT). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
AMH Max Load Of Target Cell (AML) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
AMH upper load threshold (AUT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
AMR Configuration In Handovers (ACH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
AMR lower limit for FR resources (AHRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
AMR PPC DL FR Lower Threshold 1 (LDF1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
AMR PPC DL FR Lower Threshold 2 (LDF2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
AMR PPC DL FR Lower Threshold 3 (LDF3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
AMR PPC DL FR Lower Threshold 4 (LDF4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
AMR PPC DL FR Upper Threshold 1 (UDF1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
AMR PPC DL FR Upper Threshold 2 (UDF2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
AMR PPC DL FR Upper Threshold 3 (UDF3). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
AMR PPC DL FR Upper Threshold 4 (UDF4). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
AMR PPC DL HR Lower Threshold 1 (LDH1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
AMR PPC DL HR Lower Threshold 2 (LDH2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
AMR PPC DL HR Lower Threshold 3 (LDH3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
AMR PPC DL HR Lower Threshold 4 (LDH4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
AMR PPC DL HR Upper Threshold 1 (UDH1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
AMR PPC DL HR Upper Threshold 2 (UDH2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
AMR PPC DL HR Upper Threshold 3 (UDH3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
AMR PPC DL HR Upper Threshold 4 (UDH4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
AMR PPC UL FR Lower Threshold 1 (LUF1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
AMR PPC UL FR Lower Threshold 2 (LUF2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
AMR PPC UL FR Lower Threshold 3 (LUF3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
AMR PPC UL FR Lower Threshold 4 (LUF4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
AMR PPC UL FR Upper Threshold 1 (UUF1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
AMR PPC UL FR Upper Threshold 2 (UUF2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
AMR PPC UL FR Upper Threshold 3 (UUF3). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
AMR PPC UL FR Upper Threshold 4 (UUF4). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
AMR PPC UL HR Lower Threshold 1 (LUH1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
AMR PPC UL HR Lower Threshold 2 (LUH2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
AMR PPC UL HR Lower Threshold 3 (LUH3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
AMR PPC UL HR Lower Threshold 4 (LUH4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
AMR PPC UL HR Upper Threshold 1 (UUH1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
AMR PPC UL HR Upper Threshold 2 (UUH2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
AMR PPC UL HR Upper Threshold 3 (UUH3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
AMR PPC UL HR Upper Threshold 4 (UUH4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Id:0900d805806ac576
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
8.48
8.49
8.50
8.51
8.52
8.53
8.54
8.55
8.56
8.57
8.58
8.59
8.60
8.61
8.62
8.63
8.64
8.65
8.66
8.67
8.68
8.69
8.70
8.71
8.72
8.73
8.74
8.75
8.76
8.77
8.78
8.79
8.80
8.81
8.82
8.83
8.84
8.85
8.86
8.87
8.88
8.89
8.90
8.91
8.92
8.93
8.94
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
AMR set grades enabled (ASG) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
AMR upper limit for FR resources (AHRU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Background traffic class scheduling weight for ARP 1 (BGSW1) . . . . 260
Background traffic class scheduling weight for ARP 2 (BGSW2) . . . 261
Background traffic class scheduling weight for ARP 3 (BGSW3) . . . 262
BCSU load threshold (BCSUL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
BIM confidence probability (BCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
BIM interference threshold (BIT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
BIM update guard time (BUGT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
bim update period (BUP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
BIM update scaling factor (BUSF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
BTS site battery backup forced HO timer (TIM). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
C/I Target 14.4 (CIT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
C/I target AMR FR (CIAF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
C/I target AMR HR (CIAH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
C/I Target FR (CIF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
C/I Target GPRS (CIGP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
C/I target HR (CIH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
C/I Target SDCCH (CISD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
C/I target UL offset (CIUL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
CN identity (CNID) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
CS load balancing value (LOAD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
CS MSC State (STATE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
CS NAS node method (NASMETHOD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
CS NRI length (LENGTH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
CS NRI list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
CS TCH allocation calculation (CTC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
CS TCH allocation RTSL0 (CTR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
CS Weight Factor (WEIGHT). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
DCS macrocell threshold (DMAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
DCS microcell threshold (DMIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
default SPC (DEF_SPC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
delay of HO and PC for emergency calls (DEC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
DFCA channel allocation method (DCAM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
disable external DR (DEXDR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
disable internal HO (DINHO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
DL high priority SSS (DHP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
DL low priority SSS (DLP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
DL normal priority SSS (DNP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
DLDC offset for PCU2-E Selection (DOP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
DTM fragmentation penalty (DFP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
DTRX power down supervision period (PWDPRD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
EGPRS inactivity criteria (EGIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
enable answer to paging call on FACCH (EPF). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
enable call re-establishment on FACCH (ERF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
enable emergency call on FACCH (EEF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
enable ordinary calls on FACCH (EOF). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Id:0900d805806ac576
7
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
8.95
8.96
8.97
8.98
8.99
8.100
8.101
8.102
8.103
8.104
8.105
8.106
8.107
8.108
8.109
8.110
8.111
8.112
8.113
8.114
8.115
8.116
8.117
8.118
8.119
8.120
8.121
8.122
8.123
8.124
8.125
8.126
8.127
8.128
8.129
8.130
8.131
8.132
8.133
8.134
8.135
8.136
8.137
8.138
8
ending moment for supervision of BTS (EMBNT). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
ending moment for supervision of BTS (EMBNT). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
events per hour for EGPRS inactivity alarm (IEPH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Expected BSC-BSC interface delay (EBID) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
FEP in PC HO use (FPHO). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Forced Mode (FCDMODE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
forced release priority threshold (FRPT). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
free TSL for CS downgrade (CSD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
Free TSLs For CS Upgrade (CSU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
GPRS territory update guard time (GTUGT). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
GSM Macrocell Threshold (GMAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
GSM Microcell Threshold (GMIC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
HO preference order interference DL (HDL). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
HO preference order interference UL (HUL). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
IMSI based handover gsm cells anonymous ms (IBGA) . . . . . . . . . . . 325
IMSI based handover WCDMA cells anonymous ms (IBWA). . . . . . . . 326
initial AMR channel rate (IAC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Initial AMR codec type (IACT). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
internal handover to external (IHTA). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
intra segment SDCCH HO guard (ISS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
ISHO preferred for non-DTM MS (IPND) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
LAPD load threshold (LAPDL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
load rate for channel search (CLR). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
lower limit for FR TCH resources (HRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
maximum mean holding time for SDCCHs (MAXHTS). . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
maximum mean holding time for TCHs (MAXHTT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
maximum number of DL TBF (MNDL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
maximum number of UL TBF (MNUL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
maximum TCH transaction rate (MTTR). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
mean BEP limit MS multislot pwr prof 0 with 2 UL TSL (BL02) . . . . . . 342
mean BEP limit MS multislot pwr prof 0 with 3 UL TSL (BL03) . . . . . . 343
mean BEP limit MS multislot pwr prof 0 with 4 UL TSL (BL04) . . . . . . 344
mean BEP limit MS multislot pwr prof 1 with 2 UL TSL (BL12) . . . . . . 345
mean BEP limit MS multislot pwr prof 1 with 3 UL TSL (BL13) . . . . . . 346
mean BEP limit MS multislot pwr prof 1 with 4 UL TSL (BL14) . . . . . . 347
mean BEP limit MS multislot pwr prof 2 with 3 UL TSL (BL23) . . . . . . 348
mean BEP limit MS multislot pwr prof 2 with 4 UL TSL (BL24) . . . . . . 349
measurement period for high TCH interference supervision (PRDHIF) 350
measurement period for SDCCH mean holding time supervision (PRDMHS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
measurement period for supervision of BTS with no transactions
(PRDBNT). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
measurement period for supervision of channel failure rate (PRDCFR). . .
353
measurement period for supervision of congestion in BTS (PRDCNG) 354
measurement period for TCH mean holding time supervision (PRDMHT) .
355
minimum mean holding time for TCHs (MINHTT). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
Id:0900d805806ac576
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
8.139
8.140
8.141
8.142
8.143
8.144
8.145
8.146
8.147
8.148
8.149
8.150
8.151
8.152
8.153
8.154
8.155
8.156
8.157
8.158
8.159
8.160
8.161
8.162
8.163
8.164
8.165
8.166
8.167
8.168
8.169
8.170
8.171
8.172
8.173
8.174
8.175
8.176
8.177
8.178
8.179
8.180
8.181
8.182
8.183
8.184
8.185
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
mobile country code (MCC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
mobile country code (MCC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
mobile country code (MCC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
mobile country code (MCC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
mobile country code (MCC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
mobile country code (MCC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
mobile country code (MCC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
mobile country code (MCC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
mobile country code (MCC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
mobile country code (MCC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
mobile country code (MCC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
mobile country code (MCC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
mobile country code (MCC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
mobile country code (MCC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
mobile country code (MCC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
mobile country code (MCC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
mobile country code (MCC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
mobile network code (MNC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
mobile network code (MNC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
mobile network code (MNC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
mobile network code (MNC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
mobile network code (MNC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
mobile network code (MNC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
mobile network code (MNC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
mobile network code (MNC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
mobile network code (MNC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
mobile network code (MNC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
mobile network code (MNC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
mobile network code (MNC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
mobile network code (MNC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
mobile network code (MNC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
mobile network code (MNC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
mobile network code (MNC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
mobile network code (MNC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
MS distance behaviour (DISB). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
NACC enabled (NACC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
NCCR control mode (NCM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407
NCCR idle mode reporting period (NIRP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408
NCCR neighbor cell penalty (NNCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
NCCR return to old cell time (NOCT). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
NCCR target cell penalty time (NTPT). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
NCCR transfer mode reporting period (NTRP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
NRI (NRI list) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
NRI (NRI list) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
NRI (NRI list) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416
NRI (NRI list) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
NRI (NRI list) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
Id:0900d805806ac576
9
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
8.186
8.187
8.188
8.189
8.190
8.191
8.192
8.193
8.194
8.195
8.196
8.197
8.198
8.199
8.200
8.201
8.202
8.203
8.204
8.205
8.206
8.207
8.208
8.209
8.210
8.211
8.212
8.213
8.214
8.215
8.216
8.217
8.218
8.219
8.220
8.221
8.222
8.223
8.224
8.225
8.226
8.227
8.228
8.229
8.230
8.231
8.232
10
NRI (NRI list). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
NRI (NRI list). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
NRI (NRI list). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
NRI (NRI list). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
NRI (NRI list). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
Null NRI (NULLNRI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424
number of ignored transcoder failures (ITCF). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
number of preferred cells (NPC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
penalty trigger measurement period (PTMP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
PFC ack BLER limit for transfer delay 1 (ABL1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
PFC unack BLER limit for SDU error ratio 1 (UBL1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
pre-emption usage in handover (PRE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
priority level (PR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
PSE overload alarm threshold (POAT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
PSE PCU selection algorithm threshold (PSAT). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
public served count (PSC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
QC NCCR action trigger threshold (QCATN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434
QC reallocation action trigger threshold (QCATR). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435
RNC to SPC mapping info (RNC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436
RNC ID (RNCID). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437
RNW configuration Identification (RNW ID) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438
RNW fallback configuration identification (FB ID) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
RNW plan configuration identification (PLAN ID) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440
RNW plan database state . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
RX antenna supervision period (RXANT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443
RX level balance (RXBAL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444
RX level based TCH access (RXTA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445
RX quality limit MS multislot pwr prof 0 with 2 UL TSL (RL02) . . . . . . . 447
RX quality limit MS multislot pwr prof 0 with 3 UL TSL (RL03) . . . . . . . 448
RX quality limit MS multislot pwr prof 0 with 4 UL TSL (RL04) . . . . . . . 449
RX quality limit MS multislot pwr prof 1 with 2 UL TSL (RL12) . . . . . . . 450
RX quality limit MS multislot pwr prof 1 with 3 UL TSL (RL13) . . . . . . . 451
RX quality limit MS multislot pwr prof 1 with 4 UL TSL (RL14) . . . . . . . 452
RX quality limit MS multislot pwr prof 2 with 3 UL TSL (RL23) . . . . . . . 453
RX quality limit MS multislot pwr prof 2 with 4 UL TSL (RL24) . . . . . . . 454
SACCH repeat window (SRW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455
SAIC DL C/I offset (SCIO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456
service area penalty time (SAPT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459
signalling point code (SPC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460
Signaling Point Code (SPC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461
slow AMR LA enabled (SAL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462
soft blocking C/I 14.4 (SBCI). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463
Soft Blocking C/I AMR FR (SBAF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464
soft blocking C/I AMR HR (SBAH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465
soft blocking C/I FR (SBF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466
soft blocking C/I GPRS (SBGP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
Soft Blocking C/I HR (SBH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468
Id:0900d805806ac576
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
8.233
8.234
8.235
8.236
8.237
8.238
8.239
8.240
8.241
8.242
8.243
8.244
8.245
8.246
8.247
8.248
8.249
8.250
8.251
8.252
8.253
8.254
8.255
8.256
8.257
8.258
8.259
8.260
8.261
soft blocking C/I SDCCH (SBSD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
soft blocking C/N 14.4 (SBCN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470
soft blocking C/N AMR FR (SBCNAF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
soft blocking C/N AMR HR (SBCNAH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472
soft blocking C/N FR (SBCNF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473
Soft Blocking C/N HR (SBCNH). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474
starting moment for supervision of BTS (SMBNT). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475
starting moment for supervision of BTS (SMBNT). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476
subscriber type (ST). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477
supervision period length for EGPRS inactivity alarm (SPL) . . . . . . . . 478
TCH in handover (HRI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479
TCH transaction count (TTRC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481
threshold for high TCH interference level (HIFLVL). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482
time limit WPS (TLW). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483
time limit WPS handover (TLWH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484
TRHO Guard Time (TGT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485
triggering threshold for service area penalty (TTSAP). . . . . . . . . . . . . 486
UL priority 1 SSS (UP1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487
UL priority 2 SSS (UP2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488
UL priority 3 SSS (UP3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489
UL priority 4 SSS (UP4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490
upper limit for FR TCH resources (HRU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 491
upper limit of MS speed class 1 (MSSCF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 492
upper limit of MS speed class 2 (MSSCS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 493
variable DL step size (VDLS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 494
WCDMA FDD NCCR enabled (WFNE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 495
WCDMA FDD NCCR preferred (WFNP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496
WPS preference capacity (WPEC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 497
WPS priority capacity (WPIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498
9
9.1
9.2
9.3
9.4
9.5
9.6
9.7
9.8
9.9
9.10
9.11
9.12
9.13
9.14
9.15
9.16
9.17
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object parameters . . . 500
adaptive LA algorithm (ALA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500
administrative state (-) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
AMR FR codec mode set (FRC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502
AMR FR DL threshold 1 (FRTD1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
AMR FR DL threshold 2 (FRTD2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505
AMR FR DL threshold 3 (FRTD3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506
AMR FR hysteresis 1 (FRH1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508
AMR FR hysteresis 2 (FRH2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510
AMR FR hysteresis 3 (FRH3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512
AMR FR initial codec mode indicator (ICMI and FRI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514
AMR FR start mode (FRS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515
AMR FR UL threshold 1 (FRTU1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516
AMR FR UL threshold 2 (FRTU2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 518
AMR FR UL threshold 3 (FRTU3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 519
AMR HR codec mode set (HRC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521
AMR HR DL threshold 1 (HRTD1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 522
AMR HR DL threshold 2 (HRTD2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 524
Id:0900d805806ac576
11
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
9.18
9.19
9.20
9.21
9.22
9.23
9.24
9.25
9.26
9.27
9.28
9.29
9.30
9.31
9.32
9.33
9.34
9.35
9.36
9.37
9.38
9.39
9.40
9.41
9.42
9.43
9.44
9.45
9.46
9.47
9.48
9.49
9.50
9.51
9.52
9.53
9.54
9.55
9.56
9.57
9.58
9.59
9.60
9.61
9.62
9.63
9.64
12
AMR HR DL threshold 3 (HRTD3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 525
AMR HR hysteresis 1 (HRH1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 527
AMR HR hysteresis 2 (HRH2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 529
AMR HR hysteresis 3 (HRH3 ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 531
AMR HR initial codec mode indicator (ICMI and HRI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 533
AMR HR start mode (HRS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 534
AMR HR UL threshold 1 (HRTU1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 535
AMR HR UL threshold 2 (HRTU2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 537
AMR HR UL threshold 3 (HRTU3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 538
AMR-WB codec mode set (ACMS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 540
AMR-WB FR threshold 1 (AFRT1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 541
AMR-WB FR threshold 2 (AFRT2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 543
AMR-WB FR hysteresis 1 (AFRH1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 544
AMR-WB FR hysteresis 2 (AFRH2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 545
antenna hopping (AHOP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 547
boundary 0 (BO0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 548
boundary 1 (BO1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549
boundary 2 (BO2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 550
boundary 3 (BO3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 551
boundary 4 (BO4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 552
boundary 5 (BO5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 553
BSC-BSC Interface Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 554
BTS downlink throughput factor for CS1-CS4 (TFD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 555
BTS downlink throughput factor for MCS1-MCS9 (TFDM) . . . . . . . . . . 556
BTS hopping mode (HOP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 557
BTS identification (BTS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 558
BTS load in SEG (LSEG) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 560
BTS name (NAME) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 560
BTS TCH Count . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 562
BTS uplink throughput factor for CS1-CS4 (TFU). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 562
BTS uplink throughput factor for MCS1-MCS4 (TFUM1) . . . . . . . . . . . 563
BTS uplink throughput factor for MCS1-MCS9 (TFUM) . . . . . . . . . . . . 564
C/N threshold (CNT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 565
cell number in BTS HW (CHW). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 566
coding schemes CS3 and CS4 enabled (CS34). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 568
dedicated GPRS capacity (CDED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 569
default GPRS capacity (CDEF). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 570
DFCA mobile allocation frequency lists (DMAL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 572
DFCA mode (DMOD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573
DFCA unsynchronized mode MA frequency list (DUMAL) . . . . . . . . . . 574
DL coding scheme in acknowledged mode (DCSA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 575
DL coding scheme in ext area acknowledged mode (DCSEA). . . . . . . 577
DL coding scheme In ext area unacknowledged mode (DCSEU) . . . . 578
DL coding scheme in unacknowledged mode (DCSU). . . . . . . . . . . . . 580
DL noise level (DLN). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 581
DLDC enabled (DCENA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 582
EGPRS enabled (EGENA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 583
Id:0900d805806ac576
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
9.65
9.66
9.67
9.68
9.69
9.70
9.71
9.72
9.73
9.74
9.75
9.76
9.77
9.78
9.79
9.80
9.81
9.82
9.83
9.84
9.85
9.86
9.87
9.88
9.89
9.90
9.91
9.92
9.93
9.94
9.95
9.96
9.97
9.98
9.99
9.100
9.101
9.102
9.103
9.104
9.105
9.106
9.107
EGPRS inactivity alarm end time (EAE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 584
EGPRS inactivity alarm end time (EAE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 585
EGPRS inactivity alarm start time (EAS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 587
EGPRS inactivity alarm start time (EAS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 588
EGPRS inactivity alarm weekdays (EAW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 589
forced AMR HR mode C/I threshold (FAHT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 590
forced HR mode C/I averaging period (FHR). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 591
forced HR mode C/I threshold (FHT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 592
forced HR mode hysteresis (FHH). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 593
frequency band in use (BAND) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 594
GPRS non BCCH layer rxlev lower limit (GPL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 595
GPRS non BCCH layer rxlev upper limit (GPU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 596
hopping sequence number 1 (HSN1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 597
hopping sequence number 2 (HSN2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 599
HSCSD cell load lower limit (HCL). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600
HSCSD cell load upper limit (HCU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
HSCSD regular cell load upper limit (HRCU). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602
HSCSD TCH capacity minimum (HTM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603
immediate SDCCH HO enabled (ISIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604
MAIO offset (MO). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605
MAIO Step (MS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 606
max GPRS capacity (CMAX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 607
mobile allocation frequency list (MAL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 608
MS tx pwr min (PMIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 609
non BCCH layer offset (NBL). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 611
PCU identifier (PCU ID) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 612
PCU up to date (PUTD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 613
radius extension (EXT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 614
RX diversity (RDIV) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 616
Sector ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 617
STIRC enabled (STIRC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 618
super radius extension (SEXT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 619
transport type (TRAT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 621
UL coding scheme in acknowledged mode (UCSA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 622
UL Coding Scheme In Ext Area Acknowledged Mode (UCSEA). . . . . 623
UL coding scheme in ext area unacknowledged mode (UCSEU) . . . . 625
UL coding scheme in unacknowledged mode (UCSU) . . . . . . . . . . . . 626
UL noise level (ULN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 628
underlay BTS hopping mode (UHOP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 629
underlay hopping sequence number (UHSN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 630
underlay MAIO offset (UMO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 631
underlay MAIO step (UMS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 632
underlay mobile allocation frequency list (UMAL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 633
10
SEG-specific Base Transceiver Station (SEG-BTS) radio network object
parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 635
adjacency on other band (DBC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 635
allow IMSI attach detach (ATT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 636
10.1
10.2
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Id:0900d805806ac576
13
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
10.3
10.4
10.5
10.6
10.7
10.8
10.9
10.10
10.11
10.12
10.13
10.14
10.15
10.16
10.17
10.18
10.19
10.20
10.21
10.22
10.23
10.24
10.25
10.26
10.27
10.28
10.29
10.30
10.31
10.32
10.33
10.34
10.35
10.36
10.37
10.38
10.39
10.40
10.41
10.42
10.43
10.44
10.45
10.46
10.47
10.48
10.49
14
AMH lower load threshold (ALT). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 637
AMH max load of target cell (AML) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 638
AMH upper load threshold (AUT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 639
AMR HR radio link timeout (AHRLT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 640
AMR lower limit for SEG FR resources (AFRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 641
AMR Radio Link Timeout (ARLT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 642
AMR upper limit for SEG FR resources (AFRU). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 644
apply repeated FACCH (ARF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 645
averaging period (AP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 646
BCCH allocation usage for active MS (ACT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 647
BTS colour code (BCC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 648
BTS load threshold (BLT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 649
BTS measure average (BMA). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 650
call reestablishment allowed (RE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 651
carrier unit configuration (CUCONF). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 652
cell bar qualify (QUA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 654
cell barred (BAR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 655
cell identity (CI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 656
cell load for channel search (CLC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 657
cell reselect hysteresis (HYS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 658
cell reselect offset (REO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 659
cell reselection parameter index (PI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 660
cell type (CTY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 661
coding scheme hop (CODH). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 663
coding scheme no hop (COD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664
direct GPRS access BTS (DIRE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665
directed retry method (DRM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666
directed retry used (DR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667
DL adaption probability threshold (DLA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 668
DL BLER crosspoint for CS selection hop (DLBH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 669
DL BLER crosspoint for CS selection no hop (DLB). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 670
DTM enabled (DENA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 671
DTRX power down threshold (PWDT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 672
DTRX power up threshold (PWUT). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 673
DTX Mode (DTX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 674
early sending indication (ESI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 675
EGPRS link adaptation enabled (ELA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 676
emergency call restricted (EC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 678
enable temporary overpower (ETOP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 679
extended cell for GPRS/EDGE enabled (EXGENA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 680
extended cell location keep period (EXKEEP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 682
FACCH busy threshold (FACHBT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 683
fdd and tdd cell reselect offset (FDD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 684
GPRS enabled (GENA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 685
GPRS MS txpwr max cch (GTXP1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 686
gprs ms txpwr max cch 1x00 (GTXP2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 687
GPRS rxlev access min (GRXP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 689
Id:0900d805806ac576
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
10.50
10.51
10.52
10.53
10.54
10.55
10.56
10.57
10.58
10.59
10.60
10.61
10.62
10.63
10.64
10.65
10.66
10.67
10.68
10.69
10.70
10.71
10.72
10.73
10.74
10.75
10.76
10.77
10.78
10.79
10.80
10.81
10.82
10.83
10.84
10.85
10.86
10.87
10.88
10.89
10.90
10.91
10.92
10.93
10.94
10.95
10.96
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
GPRS threshold to search UTRAN cells (QSRP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 690
HCS threshold (HCS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 692
HSCSD downgrade guard time (HDT). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 693
HSCSD minimum exhaust (HME) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 694
HSCSD upgrade gain (HUG) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 695
HSCSD upgrade guard time (HUT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 696
identification of BCCH frequency list (IDLE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 697
IMSI based handover GSM enabled (IGE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 699
IMSI based handover WCDMA enabled (IWE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 700
initial MCS for acknowledged mode (MCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
initial MCS for ext area acknowledged mode (MCEA). . . . . . . . . . . . . 702
initial MCS for ext area unacknowledged mode (MCEU). . . . . . . . . . . 703
initial MCS for unacknowledged mode (MCU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 704
intelligent directed retry used (IDR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 705
interval measurement report sending (IMREPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 706
limit for free TCHs (LIMIT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 707
location area code (LAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 708
lower limit for FR TCH resources (FRL). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 710
max number of repetition (NY1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 711
max number of retransmission (RET) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 712
max queue length (MQL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 713
max time limit directed retry (MADR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 714
maximum BLER in acknowledged mode (BLA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 715
maximum BLER in unacknowledged mode (BLU). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 716
mean BEP offset 8PSK (MBP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 717
mean BEP offset GMSK (MBG). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 718
measurement BCCH Allocation list (MEAS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 719
min time limit directed retry (MIDR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 720
minimum fdd threshold (FDM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 721
minimum fdd threshold offset (FDMO). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 723
minimum RSCP threshold (FDR). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 724
mobile country code (MCC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 725
mobile network code (MNC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 726
MS max distance in call setup (DMAX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 728
MS priority used (MPU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 729
MS txpwr max CCH (TXP1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 730
MS txpwr max CCH1x00 (TXP2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 731
MS txpwr max GSM (PMAX1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 732
MS txpwr max GSM1x00 (PMAX2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 733
multiband cell reporting (MBR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 735
network colour code (NCC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 736
network service entity identifier (NSEI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 737
new establishment causes support (NECI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 738
not allowed access classes (ACC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 739
number of blocks for access grant msg (AG). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 740
number of multiframes (MFR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 742
number of slots spread trans (SLO). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 743
Id:0900d805806ac576
15
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
10.97
16
10.98
10.99
10.100
10.101
10.102
10.103
10.104
10.105
10.106
10.107
10.108
10.109
10.110
10.111
10.112
10.113
10.114
10.115
10.116
10.117
10.118
10.119
10.120
10.121
10.122
10.123
10.124
10.125
10.126
10.127
10.128
10.129
10.130
10.131
10.132
10.133
10.134
10.135
10.136
10.137
10.138
10.139
10.140
10.141
number of traffic channels reserved for priority subscribers only (TCRP) .
744
packet service entity identifier (PSEI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 745
penalty time (PET) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 746
PLMN permitted (PLMN). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 747
power offset (PO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 748
prefer BCCH frequency GPRS (BFG). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 749
priority class (PRC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 751
queue priority used (QPU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 752
queueing priority call (QPC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 753
queueing priority non-urgent handover (QPN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 754
queueing priority urgent handover (QPH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 755
ra reselect hysteresis (RRH). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 756
RACH busy threshold (RACHBT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 757
radio link timeout (RLT). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 758
repeated FACCH in DL (RFDL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 759
repeated FACCH in UL (RFUL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 761
repeated SACCH in DL (RSDL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 762
repeated SACCH in UL (RSUL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 764
repeated SACCH RX lev threshold DL (RSRDL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 765
repeated SACCH RX lev threshold UL (RSRUL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 766
reservation method used in trunk reservation (REM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 768
restricted use of priority channels in incoming handover (RUP) . . . . . . 769
routing area code (RAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 770
rxlev access min (RXP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 771
scale ord (SCO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 772
SDCCH measurement report sending (SMREPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 773
SEG identification (SEG) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 774
SEG name (SEGNAME) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 775
SMS CB used (CB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 776
Table Identification (TBL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 777
TCH rate intra-cell handover (TRIH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 778
temporary offset (TEO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 780
threshold to search UTRAN cells (QSRI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 781
time limit call (TLC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 783
time limit handover (TLH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 784
timer for periodic MS location updating (PER) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 785
traffic types (TT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 786
TRHO guard time (TGT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 787
trunk reservation used (TR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 788
TRX priority in TCH allocation (TRP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 789
TX diversity time shift (TXDIV) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 790
UL adaption probability threshold (ULA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 792
UL BLER crosspoint for CS selection hop (ULBH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 793
UL BLER crosspoint for CS selection no hop (ULB). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 794
upper limit for FR TCH resources (FRU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 795
11
Dynamic Abis Pool (DAP) radio network object parameters. . . . . . . . . 797
Id:0900d805806ac576
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
11.1
11.2
11.3
11.4
11.5
11.6
BCSU ID (BCSU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 797
circuit (CRCT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 798
packet service entity identifier (PSEI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 799
PCU index (PCU). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 801
pool identification (ID) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 802
pool size (SIZE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 803
12
12.1
12.2
12.3
12.4
12.5
12.6
12.7
12.8
GPRS Control (GPC) radio network object parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . 805
NCCR number of zero results (NNZR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 805
NCCR other PCU cell offset (NOPO). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 806
NCCR rxlev idle mode window size (NRIW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 807
NCCR rxlev transfer mode window size (NRTW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 808
QC EGPRS DL RLC ack throughput threshold (QEDRT) . . . . . . . . . . 809
QC EGPRS UL RLC ack throughput threshold (QEURT) . . . . . . . . . . 810
QC GPRS DL RLC ack throughput (QGDRT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 811
QC GPRS UL RLC ack throughput (QGURT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 812
13
13.1
13.2
13.3
13.4
13.5
13.6
13.7
13.8
13.9
13.10
13.11
13.12
13.13
13.14
13.15
13.16
13.17
13.18
13.19
13.20
13.21
13.22
13.23
13.24
13.25
13.26
13.27
13.28
13.29
13.30
Handover Control (HOC) radio network object parameters . . . . . . . . . 814
800 reporting offset (R8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 814
800 reporting threshold (RT8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 815
900 reporting offset (R9) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 816
900 reporting threshold (RT9) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 817
1800 reporting offset (R18) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 818
1800 reporting threshold (RT18) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 819
1900 reporting offset (R19) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 820
1900 reporting threshold (RT19) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 821
adjacent cell averaging window size (AWS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 823
adjacent WCDMA RAN cell averaging window size (UAWS) . . . . . . . 823
advanced compression HO for AMR (ACHOA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 824
all adjacent cells averaged (AAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 826
all adjacent WCDMA RAN cells averaged (UAAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 827
all interfering cells averaged (AVER) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 828
AMH traffic control IUO (ATCI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 829
AMH traffic control MCN (ATCM). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 830
AMH TRHO pbgt margin (ATPM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 831
C/I estimation method (-) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 832
count of successive rapid field drop thresholds (CNT) . . . . . . . . . . . . 833
deep dropping EDGE monitoring window (ERMW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 834
enable enhanced rapid field drop (ERFD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 834
enable fast averaging call setup (EFA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 836
enable fast averaging HO (EFH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 837
enable fast averaging PC (EFP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 838
enable inter FRT handover (EFHO). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 839
enable intracell handover interference DL (EIH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 840
enable intracell handover interference UL (EIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 841
enable MS distance process (EMS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 842
enable power budget handover (EPB). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 843
enable SDCCH handover (ESD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 844
Id:0900d805806ac576
17
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
13.31
13.32
13.33
13.34
13.35
13.36
13.37
13.38
13.39
13.40
13.41
13.42
13.43
13.44
13.45
13.46
13.47
13.48
13.49
13.50
13.51
13.52
13.53
13.54
13.55
13.56
13.57
13.58
13.59
13.60
13.61
13.62
13.63
13.64
13.65
13.66
13.67
13.68
13.69
13.70
13.71
13.72
13.73
13.74
13.75
13.76
13.77
18
enable TCH assignment super IUO (ETA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 845
enable umbrella handover (EUM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 846
enhanced rapid field drop duration (ERD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 847
FDD reporting offset (FR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 847
FDD reporting threshold (FRT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 849
fdd reporting threshold 2 (FRT2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 850
GSM PLMN priorisation (GPP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 851
handover period power budget (HPP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 852
handover period umbrella (HPU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 853
inter-system direct access enabled (IDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 854
interfering cell averaging window size (SIZE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 855
interfering cell number of zero results (ZERO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 856
intra HO lower rx level limit AMR HR (LLLAMR). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 857
intra HO lower rx quality limit AMR (LQLAMR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 858
intra HO threshold Rx qual AMR FR (IHRF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 859
Intra HO threshold Rx qual AMR HR (IHRH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 861
intra HO upper rx level limit AMR HR (ULLAMR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 862
invalid BSIC reporting (IBR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 863
level downlink weighting (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 864
level downlink window size (LDWS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 865
level uplink weighting (LUW). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 866
level uplink window size (LUWS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 867
lower C/I limit for band 1-6 (L1-L6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 868
lower speed limit (LSL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 869
min int between HO req (MIH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 870
min int between unsucc HO attempt (MIU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 871
min interval between IUO HO req BQ (MIR). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 872
min interval between unsucc ISHO attempt (UMIU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 873
min interval between unsucc IUO HO (MIO). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 874
min traffic load for speech call (LTSC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 875
minimum BSIC decode time (TIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 876
modified averaging window (ERAW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 877
modified number of zero results (ERZ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 878
MS distance averaging window size (MSWS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 879
MS distance HO threshold ext cell max (MAX). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 880
MS distance HO threshold ext cell min (MIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 881
MS distance HO threshold super ext cell max (SMAX) . . . . . . . . . . . . 882
MS distance HO threshold super ext cell min (SMIN). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 883
MS distance threshold param MS max range (MSR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 885
MS distance threshold param Nx (MSN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 885
MS distance threshold param Px (MSP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 886
MS speed averaging (MSA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 887
MS speed detection state (SDS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 888
MS speed threshold Nx (STN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 889
MS speed threshold Px (STP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 890
non BCCH layer access threshold (LAR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 891
non BCCH layer exit threshold (LER) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 893
Id:0900d805806ac576
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
13.78
13.79
13.80
13.81
13.82
13.83
13.84
13.85
13.86
13.87
13.88
13.89
13.90
13.91
13.92
13.93
13.94
13.95
13.96
13.97
13.98
13.99
13.100
13.101
13.102
13.103
13.104
13.105
13.106
13.107
13.108
13.109
13.110
13.111
13.112
13.113
13.114
13.115
13.116
13.117
13.118
13.119
13.120
13.121
13.122
13.123
13.124
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
non BCCH layer exit threshold nx (LEN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 894
non BCCH layer exit threshold px (LEP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 895
number of measured FDD cells (FDMR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 896
number of WCDMA RAN zero results (UNOZ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 897
number of zero results (NOZ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 897
priority adjustment step for band 1-7 (P1-P7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 898
quality downlink weighting (QDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 900
quality downlink window size (QDWS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
quality uplink weighting (QUW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
quality uplink window size (QUWS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 903
reporting rate (REP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 903
serving band reporting (SBR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 905
super radius extension (SEXT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 906
super reuse bad C/I threshold (BCI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 907
super reuse bad C/I threshold AMR FR (BCIF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 908
super reuse bad C/I threshold AMR HR (BCIH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 909
super reuse bad C/I threshold Nx (BNX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 910
super reuse bad C/I threshold Px (BPX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 911
super reuse bad threshold Nx (CBN). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 912
super reuse bad threshold Px (CBP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 913
super reuse bad threshold Rx level (CBR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 914
super reuse estimation method (METH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 915
super reuse good C/I threshold (GCI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 916
super reuse good C/I threshold AMR FR (GCIF). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 917
super reuse good C/I threshold AMR HR (GCIH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 918
super reuse good C/I threshold Nx (GNX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 919
super reuse good C/I threshold Px (GPX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 920
super reuse good threshold Nx (CGN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 921
super reuse good threshold Px (CGP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 922
super reuse good threshold Rx level (CGR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 923
threshold deep dropping EDGE (ERT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 924
threshold deep dropping EDGE Nx (ERN). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 925
threshold deep dropping EDGE Px (ERP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 926
threshold dl Rx qual AMR HR (QDRH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 927
threshold dl Rx qual for AMR FR (QDRF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 928
threshold for multi-RAT MS (QSRC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 929
threshold interference downlink Nx (IDN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 930
threshold interference downlink Px (IDP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 931
threshold interference downlink Rx level (IDR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 932
threshold interference uplink Nx (IUN). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 933
threshold interference uplink Px (IUP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 934
threshold interference uplink Rx level (IUR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 935
threshold level downlink Nx (LDN). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 936
threshold level downlink Px (LDP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 937
threshold level downlink Rx level (LDR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 938
threshold level uplink for rapid field drop (RPD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 939
threshold level uplink Nx (LUN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 940
Id:0900d805806ac576
19
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
13.125
13.126
13.127
13.128
13.129
13.130
13.131
13.132
13.133
13.134
13.135
13.136
13.137
threshold level uplink Px (LUP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 941
threshold level uplink Rx level (LUR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 942
threshold qual downlink Nx (QDN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 943
threshold qual downlink Px (QDP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 944
threshold qual downlink Rx qual (QDR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 945
threshold qual uplink Nx (QUN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 946
threshold qual uplink Px (QUP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 947
threshold qual uplink Rx qual (QUR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 948
threshold ul Rx qual AMR FR (QURF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 949
threshold ul Rx qual AMR HR (QURH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 950
triggering ratio for WCDMA RAN cell penalty (TRW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 951
upper speed limit (USL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 953
WCDMA RAN cell penalty time (WCP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 954
14
Text input and output (IO_TEXT/TID) radio network object parameters. . .
955
text ID (TID) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 955
text string (TEXT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 956
14.1
14.2
15
20
15.1
15.2
15.3
Location Area Code to Signalling Point Code (LAC to SPC) radio network
object parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 958
location area code (LAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 958
mapping entry index (MEI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 959
signaling point code (SPC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 960
16
16.1
16.2
16.3
16.4
16.5
16.6
16.7
16.8
16.9
16.10
16.11
16.12
16.13
16.14
16.15
16.16
16.17
16.18
16.19
16.20
16.21
16.22
16.23
Location Services Element (LCSE) radio network object parameters . 962
altitude of ground level (AL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 962
antenna bearing (ABE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 963
antenna height (AHE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 964
antenna horizontal half power beam width (AHB). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 965
BCCH frequency (FREQ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 966
BTS colour code (BCC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 967
cell identification (CI). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 968
city type (CIT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 969
latitude degrees (LAD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 970
latitude fractions (LAF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 971
latitude minutes (LAM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 972
latitude seconds (LAS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 973
latitude sign (LADS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 974
location area code (LAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 975
longitude degrees (LOD). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 976
longitude fractions (LOF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 977
longitude minutes (LOM). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 978
longitude seconds (LOS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 979
longitude sign (LODS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 980
maximum radiated power (MRP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 981
network colour code (NCC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 982
predicted back serving radius (BSR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 983
predicted front serving radius (FSR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 984
Id:0900d805806ac576
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
17
17.1
17.2
17.3
17.4
17.5
18
18.1
18.2
18.3
18.4
18.5
18.6
Mobile allocation frequency list (MA/MAL) radio network object parameters
992
DFCA MA List Group ID (DMAG) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992
DFCA MA list state (MALS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 993
DFCA MA list usage (DMAU). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 994
frequency (FREQ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 995
identification of mobile allocation frequency list (-) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 997
type of mobile allocation frequency list (-) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 998
19
19.1
19.2
19.3
19.4
19.5
19.6
Network Service Entity (NSE) radio network object parameters . . . . 1000
local UDP port number (LPNBR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1000
network service entity identifier (NSEI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001
NSE NRI mask (-) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1002
NSE Status (-) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1003
NSE type (-) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1004
network resource identifier in decimal or network resource identifier in binary (NRID or NRIB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1005
20
Network Service Virtual Connection (NSVC) radio network object parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1007
administrative state (-) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1007
bearer channel identfier (BCI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1008
bearer channel name (BCN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1008
committed information rate (CIR). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1009
data link connection identifier (DLCI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1010
network service virtual connection identifier (NSVCI) . . . . . . . . . . . . 1011
network service virtual connection name (NAME) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1012
20.1
20.2
20.3
20.4
20.5
20.6
20.7
21
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Location Measurement Unit Area (LMUA) radio network object parameters
986
BCF identification (BCF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 986
frame number offset (FNO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 987
LMU area identification (LMUA). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 988
LMU TSL fn offset (LTO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 989
transmission equipment (TRE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 990
21.1
21.2
21.3
21.4
21.5
21.6
21.7
21.8
21.9
Network Service Virtual Link (NSVL) radio network object parameters. . .
1014
Network Service Virtual Link Identifier (NSVLI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1014
network service virtual link name (-) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1015
NSE NRI mask (-) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1016
preconfigured SGSN IP endpoint (PRE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1017
remote data weight (RDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1018
remote host name (RHOST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1019
Remote IP Address Value (RIP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1020
remote signalling weight (RSW). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1021
Remote UDP Port Number (RPNBR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1022
22
22.1
22.2
Packet Control Unit (PCU) radio network object parameters. . . . . . . 1024
Abis Interface Type (AIT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1024
BCSU ID (BCSU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1025
Id:0900d805806ac576
21
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
22
22.3
22.4
22.5
22.6
22.7
packet service entity identifier (PSEI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1026
PCU identifier (PCU ID) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1027
PCU Index (PCU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1028
PCU up to date (PUTD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1029
plug-in unit type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1030
23
23.1
23.2
23.3
23.4
23.5
23.6
23.7
23.8
23.9
23.10
23.11
23.12
23.13
23.14
23.15
23.16
23.17
23.18
23.19
23.20
23.21
23.22
23.23
23.24
23.25
23.26
23.27
23.28
23.29
23.30
23.31
23.32
23.33
23.34
23.35
23.36
23.37
23.38
23.39
23.40
23.41
Power Control (POC) radio network object parameters . . . . . . . . . . . 1032
ALA enabled (AENA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1032
BCCH TRX TX pwr reduction (TPR). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1033
binary representation ALPHA (ALPHA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1034
binary representation TAU (GAMMA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1035
bit error probability filter averaging period (BEP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1036
BS TX pwr max (PMAX1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1037
BS TX pwr max1x00 (PMAX2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1038
BS TX pwr min (PMIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1039
BS TX pwr offset (POFF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1041
derived HO power security margin (DHOPSM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1042
estimated DL interference (EDLI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1043
idle mode signal strength filter period (IFP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1044
max DL power reduction (MDLPWR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1045
max UL power reduction (MULPWR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1046
min int between ALA (AMIN). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1047
pc averaging lev dl weighting (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1048
pc averaging lev dl window size (LDS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1049
pc averaging lev ul weighting (LUW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1050
pc averaging lev ul window size (LUS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1051
pc averaging qual dl weighting (QDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1052
pc averaging qual dl window size (QDS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1053
pc averaging qual ul weighting (QUW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1054
pc averaging qual ul window size (QUS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1055
pc lower threshold dl Rx qual AMR FR (LDRF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1056
pc lower threshold dl Rx qual AMR HR (LDRH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1057
pc lower threshold ul Rx qual AMR FR (LURF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1059
pc lower threshold ul Rx qual AMR HR (LURH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1060
pc lower thresholds lev dl Nx (LDN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1061
pc lower thresholds lev dl Px (LDP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1062
pc lower thresholds lev dl Rx level (LDR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1063
pc lower thresholds lev ul Nx (LUN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1064
pc lower thresholds lev ul Px (LUP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1065
pc lower thresholds lev ul Rx level (LUR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1066
pc lower thresholds qual dl Nx (LDN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1067
pc lower thresholds qual dl Px (LDP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1068
pc lower thresholds qual dl Rx qual (LDR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1069
pc lower thresholds qual ul Nx (LUN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1070
pc lower thresholds qual ul Px (LUP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1071
pc lower thresholds qual ul RX qual (LUR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1072
pc lower thresholds qual144 Nx (LQN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1073
pc lower thresholds qual144 Px (LQP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1074
Id:0900d805806ac576
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
23.42
23.43
23.44
23.45
23.46
23.47
23.48
23.49
23.50
23.51
23.52
23.53
23.54
23.55
23.56
23.57
23.58
23.59
23.60
23.61
23.62
23.63
23.64
23.65
23.66
23.67
23.68
pc lower thresholds qual144 Rx level (LQR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1075
pc upper threshold dl Rx qual AMR FR (UDRF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1076
pc upper threshold dl Rx qual AMR HR (UDRH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1078
pc upper threshold ul Rx qual AMR FR (UURF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1079
pc upper threshold ul Rx qual AMR HR (UURH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1080
pc upper thresholds lev dl Nx (UDN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1081
pc upper thresholds lev dl Px (UDP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1082
pc upper thresholds lev dl Rx level (UDR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1083
pc upper thresholds lev ul Nx (UUN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1084
pc upper thresholds lev ul Px (UUP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1085
pc upper thresholds lev ul Rx level (UUR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1086
pc upper thresholds qual dl Nx (UDN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1087
pc upper thresholds qual dl Px (UDP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1088
pc upper thresholds qual dl Rx qual (UDR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1089
pc upper thresholds qual ul Nx (UUN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1091
pc upper thresholds qual ul Px (UUP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1092
pc upper thresholds qual ul Rx qual (UUR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1093
power control interval (INT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1094
power ctrl enabled (PENA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1095
power decr limit band 0 (PD0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1096
power decr limit band 1 (PD1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1097
power decr limit band 2 (PD2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1098
power decr qual factor (PDF). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1099
power incr step size (INC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1100
power limit ALA (ALIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1100
power red step size (RED). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1101
transfer mode signal strength filter period (TFP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1102
24
24.1
24.2
24.3
24.4
Packet Service Entity (PSE) radio network object parameters . . . . . 1104
null NRI in decimal or null NRI in binary (NNRID or NNRIB) . . . . . . . 1104
packet service entity identifier (PSEI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1105
PSE NRI mask (-) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1106
SGSN load balancing (SLBAL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1107
25
25.1
25.2
25.3
25.4
25.5
Routing Area (RA) radio network object parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1109
location area code (LAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1109
mobile country code (MCC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1110
mobile network code (MNC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1111
network service entity identifier (NSEI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1112
routing area code (RAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1113
26
26.1
26.2
26.3
26.4
26.5
26.6
26.7
Radio timeslot (RTSL) radio network object parameters . . . . . . . . . . 1115
Abis speech circuit/PCM (PCMTSL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1115
Abis speech circuit/PCM (PCMTSL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1116
Abis speech circuit/PCM (PCMTSL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1117
Abis speech circuit/PCM (PCMTSL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1119
Abis speech circuit/PCM (PCMTSL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1120
Abis speech circuit/PCM (PCMTSL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1121
Abis speech circuit/PCM (PCMTSL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1123
Id:0900d805806ac576
23
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
26.8
26.9
26.10
26.11
26.12
26.13
26.14
26.15
26.16
26.17
26.18
26.19
26.20
26.21
26.22
26.23
26.24
26.25
26.26
26.27
26.28
26.29
26.30
26.31
26.32
Abis speech circuit/PCM (PCMTSL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1124
Abis speech circuit/TSL (PCMTSL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1125
Abis speech circuit/TSL (PCMTSL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1127
Abis speech circuit/TSL (PCMTSL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1129
Abis speech circuit/TSL (PCMTSL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1131
Abis speech circuit/TSL (PCMTSL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1133
Abis speech circuit/TSL (PCMTSL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1135
Abis speech circuit/TSL (PCMTSL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1137
Abis speech circuit/TSL (PCMTSL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1139
administrative state (-) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1141
administrative state (-) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1142
administrative state (-) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1143
administrative state (-) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1145
administrative state (-) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1146
administrative state (-) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1147
administrative state (-) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1148
administrative state (-) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1149
RTSL type 0 (CH0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1151
RTSL type 1 (CH1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1154
RTSL type 2 (CH2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1157
RTSL type 3 (CH3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1160
RTSL type 4 (CH4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1163
RTSL type 5 (CH5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1167
RTSL type 6 (CH6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1170
RTSL type 7 (CH7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1174
27
27.1
27.2
27.3
27.4
27.5
27.6
Subscriber Group (SG) radio network object parameters. . . . . . . . . . 1178
authorised networks identification (ANE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1178
home mobile country code (HMCC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1179
home mobile network code (HMNC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1180
subscriber group identification (SG) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1181
subscriber group name (NAME) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1181
WCDMA RAN access (WA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1182
28
Serving Mobile Location Center (SMLC) radio network object parameters
1184
high response time (RTH). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1184
LCS ignore limit (LIL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1185
low response time (RTL). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1186
PBS halfrate limit (PHF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1187
PBS stop limit (PSL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1188
28.1
28.2
28.3
28.4
28.5
29
24
29.1
29.2
29.3
Trunk Reservation Decision Threshold Table (TRK_TBL/TRKT) radio network object parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1189
decision threshold values (T1-T16). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1189
random value upper limit (-) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1190
table identification (TBL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1191
30
30.1
Transceiver (TRX) radio network object parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1192
administrative state (-) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1192
Id:0900d805806ac576
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
30.2
30.3
30.4
30.5
30.6
30.7
30.8
30.9
30.10
30.11
30.12
30.13
30.14
30.15
30.16
30.17
30.18
30.19
30.20
30.21
30.22
30.23
30.24
30.25
30.26
30.27
30.28
30.29
30.30
30.31
30.32
30.33
30.34
30.35
30.36
30.37
30.38
30.39
30.40
30.41
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
autoconfigure (AC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1193
bb Unit Supports Edge (BB_UNIT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1194
binary outputs (ON/OFF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1195
bit rate (BR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1196
C/I estimation type 1-10 (T1-T10) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1197
C/I estimation weight 1-10 (W1-W10) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1198
cell identification of interfering cell 1-10 (CI1-CI10) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1199
combi link (CL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200
D-channel O & M link set name (ONAME). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1201
D-channel O&M link set number (ONBR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1203
D-channel telecom link set name (DNAME) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1204
D-channel telecom link set number (DNBR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1205
DFCA indication (DFCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1206
direct access level (DAL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1207
Double Power TRX Faulty (FLTY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1208
dual TRX usage (DTRX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1209
dynamic abis pool ID (DAP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1211
E-TRX type (ETRX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1212
frequency (FREQ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1214
GPRS enabled TRX (GTRX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1215
level adjustment 1-10 (L1-L10) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1216
location area code of interfering cell 1-10 (LAC1-LAC10) . . . . . . . . . 1217
Metro TRX Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1218
mobile country code of interfering cell 1-10 (MCC1-MCC10) . . . . . . 1219
mobile network code of interfering cell 1-10 (MNC1-MNC10) . . . . . . 1220
Number of TRX RF power levels (Number of TRX RF power levels) 1221
optimum RX level downlink (LEVD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1223
optimum RX level uplink (LEV) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1224
preferred BCCH TRX (PREF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1225
RF hopping allowed (RFHA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1226
Server TRX Id . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1227
subslots for signalling (SIGN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1228
training sequence code (TSC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1229
transceiver identification (TRX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1230
TRX DDU association (DDU). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1231
TRX frequency type (FRT). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1232
TRX half rate support (HRS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1234
TRX identification with frequency (IFREQ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1235
TRX RF power (TRX RF power) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1236
TRX shutdown group (SDG) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1237
Id:0900d805806ac576
25
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
List of Tables
Table 1
Table 2
Table 3
Table 4
Table 5
Table 6
Table 7
Table 8
Table 9
Table 10
Table 11
Table 12
Table 13
Table 14
Table 15
Table 16
Table 17
Table 18
Table 19
Table 20
Table 21
Table 22
Table 23
Table 24
Table 25
Table 26
Table 27
Table 28
Table 29
Table 30
Table 31
Table 32
Table 33
Table 34
Table 35
Table 36
Table 37
Table 38
Table 39
Table 40
Table 41
Table 42
Table 43
Table 44
Table 45
26
How to read parameter tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
ACP ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Pool Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
CI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Adjacent Cell Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Adjacent Cell Layer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
GPRS Enabled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
AMR Target Cell Of Direct Access To Desired Layer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
BCCH Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
BSIC BCC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Reference Cell C/I Estimation Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Reference Cell CI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
IDR Cell Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Chained Adj Cell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Directed Retry Threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
DTM Enabled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
DTM Power Budget Margin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Enable Derived Handover Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Enable HO Margin Lev Qual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Fast Moving Threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
GPRS MS Tx Pwr Max CCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
GPRS MS Tx Pwr Max CCH 1x00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
GPRS Penalty Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
GPRS Rxlev Access Min . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
GPRS Temporary Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
HCS Threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
HO Level Umbrella . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
HO Load Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
HO Margin Lev . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
HO Margin PBGT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
HO Margin Qual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
HO Priority Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
HO Target Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Reference Cell Level Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
LAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Reference Cell LAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
MCC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Reference Cell MCC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
MNC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Reference Cell MNC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
MS Pwr Opt Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
MS Tx Pwr Max GSM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
MS Tx Pwr Max GSM1x00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
NCCR And DTM EGPRS PBGT Margin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Id:0900d805806ac576
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Table 46
Table 47
Table 48
Table 49
Table 50
Table 51
Table 52
Table 53
Table 54
Table 55
Table 56
Table 57
Table 58
Table 59
Table 60
Table 61
Table 62
Table 63
Table 64
Table 65
Table 66
Table 67
Table 68
Table 69
Table 70
Table 71
Table 72
Table 73
Table 74
Table 75
Table 76
Table 77
Table 78
Table 79
Table 80
Table 81
Table 82
Table 83
Table 84
Table 85
Table 86
Table 87
Table 88
Table 89
Table 90
Table 91
Table 92
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
NCCR And DTM GPRS PBGT Margin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
NCCR EGPRS Quality Margin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
NCCR GPRS Quality Margin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
BSIC NCC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Priority Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Reporting Priority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
RAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
RX Lev Min Cell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Synchronised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Target Cell Of Direct Access To Desired Layer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
TRHO Target Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
ADJW ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Cell Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Cell Parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Direct Access Ec/Io Threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Downlink Transmission Diversity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
ISNCCR FDD Quality Threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
LAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Minimum CPICH Ec/Io Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
MCC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
MNC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
RNC ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Reporting Priority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Scrambling Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Service Area Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Synchronisation Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
WCDMA Downlink Carrier Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
ANE ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Authorised Networks Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Network MCC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Network MNC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Network Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
BAL ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Type Of BCCH Frequency List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Slave BCF List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Administrative State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Autoconfigure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Automatic Unlock Allowed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
BCCH TRX Shutdown Timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
BCF ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Bit Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
BSC-BSC interface failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
BTS Battery Backup Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
BTS Site Subtype . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Clock Source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
LAPD Link Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Id:0900d805806ac576
27
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Table 93
Table 94
Table 95
Table 96
Table 97
Table 98
Table 99
Table 100
Table 101
Table 102
Table 103
Table 104
Table 105
Table 106
Table 107
Table 108
Table 109
Table 110
Table 111
Table 112
Table 113
Table 114
Table 115
Table 116
Table 117
Table 118
Table 119
Table 120
Table 121
Table 122
Table 123
Table 124
Table 125
Table 126
Table 127
Table 128
Table 129
Table 130
Table 131
Table 132
Table 133
Table 134
Table 135
Table 136
Table 137
Table 138
Table 139
28
LAPD Link Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
External Input Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
External Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
External Synchronization Source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
FACCH LAPDm T200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Flexi EDGE Abis Over IP/Ethernet Feature Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Flexi EDGE TRS Abis Grooming Feature Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Flexi EDGE TRS Loop Protection Feature Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Flexi EDGE Additional 2 E1/T1 Feature Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Identification Of Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Master Clock BCF Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Master Clock TRX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
PCM Port ID 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
PCM Port ID 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
PCM Port ID 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
PCM Port ID 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
PCM Port ID 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
PCM Port ID 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
PCM Port ID 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
PCM Port ID 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Route . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
RX Difference Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
SDCCH LAPDm T200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Severity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Site Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Synch Enabled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Synch Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Text ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Text ID Of The Output 1...6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
TRX Shutdown Timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
TRX Shutdown Timer 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
TRX Shutdown Timer 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Alarm Limit For Full Rate TCH Availability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Alarm Limit For Half Rate TCH Availibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Alarm Limit For SDCCH Availability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Alarm Threshold For Number Of Channel Seizure Requests . . . . . . . 202
Alarm Threshold For Number Of Channel Seizures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Alarm Threshold For SDCCH Congestion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Alarm Threshold For SDCCH Failure Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Alarm Threshold For TCH Congestion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Alarm Threshold For TCH Failure Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Alarm Threshold For The Share Of High TCH Interference . . . . . . . . . 209
AMH Lower Load Threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
AMH Max Load Of Target Cell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
AMH Upper Load Threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
AMR Configuration In Handovers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Id:0900d805806ac576
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Table 140
Table 141
Table 142
Table 143
Table 144
Table 145
Table 146
Table 147
Table 148
Table 149
Table 150
Table 151
Table 152
Table 153
Table 154
Table 155
Table 156
Table 157
Table 158
Table 159
Table 160
Table 161
Table 162
Table 163
Table 164
Table 165
Table 166
Table 167
Table 168
Table 169
Table 170
Table 171
Table 172
Table 173
Table 174
Table 175
Table 176
Table 177
Table 178
Table 179
Table 180
Table 181
Table 182
Table 183
Table 184
Table 185
Table 186
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
AMR Lower Limit For FR Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
AMR PPC DL FR Lower Threshold 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
AMR PPC DL FR Lower Threshold 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
AMR PPC DL FR Lower Threshold 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
AMR PPC DL FR Lower Threshold 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
AMR PPC DL FR Upper Threshold 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
AMR PPC DL FR Upper Threshold 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
AMR PPC DL FR Upper Threshold 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
AMR PPC DL FR Upper Threshold 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
AMR PPC DL HR Lower Threshold 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
AMR PPC DL HR Lower Threshold 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
AMR PPC DL HR Lower Threshold 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
AMR PPC DL HR Lower Threshold 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
AMR PPC DL HR Upper Threshold 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
AMR PPC DL HR Upper Threshold 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
AMR PPC DL HR Upper Threshold 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
AMR PPC DL HR Upper Threshold 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
AMR PPC UL FR Lower Threshold 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
AMR PPC UL FR Lower Threshold 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
AMR PPC UL FR Lower Threshold 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
AMR PPC UL FR Lower Threshold 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
AMR PPC UL FR Upper Threshold 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
AMR PPC UL FR Upper Threshold 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
AMR PPC UL FR Upper Threshold 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
AMR PPC UL FR Upper Threshold 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
AMR PPC UL HR Lower Threshold 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
AMR PPC UL HR Lower Threshold 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
AMR PPC UL HR Lower Threshold 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
AMR PPC UL HR Lower Threshold 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
AMR PPC UL HR Upper Threshold 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
AMR PPC UL HR Upper Threshold 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
AMR PPC UL HR Upper Threshold 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
AMR PPC UL HR Upper Threshold 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
AMR Set Grades Enabled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
AMR Upper Limit For FR Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Background Traffic Class Scheduling Weight For ARP 1 . . . . . . . . . 260
Background Traffic Class Scheduling Weight For ARP 2 . . . . . . . . . . 261
Background Traffic Class Scheduling Weight For ARP 3 . . . . . . . . . . 262
BCSU Load Threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
BIM Confidence Probability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
BIM Interference Threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
BIM Update Guard Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
BIM Update Period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
BIM Update Scaling Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
C/I Target 14.4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
C/I Target AMR FR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
C/I Target AMR HR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Id:0900d805806ac576
29
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Table 187
Table 188
Table 189
Table 190
Table 191
Table 192
Table 193
Table 194
Table 195
Table 196
Table 197
Table 198
Table 199
Table 200
Table 201
Table 202
Table 203
Table 204
Table 205
Table 206
Table 207
Table 208
Table 209
Table 210
Table 211
Table 212
Table 213
Table 214
Table 215
Table 216
Table 217
Table 218
Table 219
Table 220
Table 221
Table 222
Table 223
Table 224
Table 225
Table 226
Table 227
Table 228
Table 229
Table 230
Table 231
Table 232
Table 233
30
C/I Target FR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
DFCA C/I Target GPRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
C/I Target HR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
DFCA C/I Target SDCCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
C/I Target UL Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
CN-ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
CS Load Balancing Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
CS MSC State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
CS NAS Node Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
CS NRI Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
CS NRI List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
CS TCH Allocation Calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
CS TCH Allocation RTSL0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
CS Weight Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
DCS Macrocell Threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
DCS Microcell Threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Default Signalling Point Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Delay Of HO And PC For Emergency Calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
DFCA Channel Allocation Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Disable External DR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Disable Internal HO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
DL High Priority SSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
DL Low Priority SSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
DL Normal Priority SSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
DLDC offset for PCU2-E selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
DTM Fragmentation Penalty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
DTRX Power Down Supervision Period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
EGPRS Inactivity Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Enable Answer To Paging Call On FACCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Enable Call Re-Establishment On FACCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Enable Emergency Call On FACCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
Enable Ordinary Calls On FACCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
BTS Supervision Stopping Time Hour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
BTS Supervision Stopping Time Minute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
Events Per Hour For EGPRS Inactivity Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Expected BSC-BSC Interface Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
FEP In PC HO Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
CS Forced Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Forced Release Priority Threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Free TSL For CS Downgrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
Free TSLs For CS Upgrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
GPRS Territory Update Guard Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
GSM Macrocell Threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
GSM Microcell Threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
HO Preference Order Interference DL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
HO Preference Order Interference UL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
IMSI Based Handover GSM Cells Anonymous MS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
Id:0900d805806ac576
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Table 234
Table 235
Table 236
Table 237
Table 238
Table 239
Table 240
Table 241
Table 242
Table 243
Table 244
Table 245
Table 246
Table 247
Table 248
Table 249
Table 250
Table 251
Table 252
Table 253
Table 254
Table 255
Table 256
Table 257
Table 258
Table 259
Table 260
Table 261
Table 262
Table 263
Table 264
Table 265
Table 266
Table 267
Table 268
Table 269
Table 270
Table 271
Table 272
Table 273
Table 274
Table 275
Table 276
Table 277
Table 278
Table 279
Table 280
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
IMSI Based Handover WCDMA Cells Anonymous MS . . . . . . . . . . . 326
Initial AMR Channel Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Initial AMR Codec Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
Internal Handover To External . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Intra Segment SDCCH HO Guard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
ISHO Preferred For Non-DTM MS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
LAPD Load Threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Load Rate For Channel Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Lower Limit For FR TCH Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
Maximum Mean Holding Time For SDCCHs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
Maximum Mean Holding Time For TCHs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Maximum Number Of DL TBF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
Maximum Number Of UL TBF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
Maximum TCH Transaction Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
Mean BEP Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 0 With 2 UL TSL . . . . . . . . . . 342
Mean BEP Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 0 With 3 UL TSL . . . . . . . . . . 343
Mean BEP Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 0 With 4 UL TSL . . . . . . . . . . 344
Mean BEP Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 1 With 2 UL TSL . . . . . . . . . . 345
Mean BEP Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 1 With 3 UL TSL . . . . . . . . . . 346
Mean BEP Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 1 With 4 UL TSL . . . . . . . . . . 347
Mean BEP Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 2 With 3 UL TSL . . . . . . . . . . 348
Mean BEP Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 2 With 4 UL TSL . . . . . . . . . . 349
Meas Period For High TCH Interference Supervision . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Meas Period For SDCCH Mean Holding Time Supervision . . . . . . . . 351
Meas Period For Supervision Of BTS With No Transact . . . . . . . . . . 352
Meas Period For Supervision Of Channel Failure Rate . . . . . . . . . . . 353
Measurement Period For Supervision Of Congestion In BTS . . . . . . 354
Meas Period For TCH Mean Holding Time Supervision . . . . . . . . . . . 355
Minimum Mean Holding Time For TCHs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
MCC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Radio Network MCC 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
Radio Network MCC 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Radio Network MCC 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Radio Network MCC 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
Radio Network MCC 13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Radio Network MCC 14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
Radio Network MCC 15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
Radio Network MCC 16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
Radio Network MCC 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
Radio Network MCC 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
Radio Network MCC 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Radio Network MCC 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
Radio Network MCC 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
Radio Network MCC 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
Radio Network MCC 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
Radio Network MCC 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
MNC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
Id:0900d805806ac576
31
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Table 281
Table 282
Table 283
Table 284
Table 285
Table 286
Table 287
Table 288
Table 289
Table 290
Table 291
Table 292
Table 293
Table 294
Table 295
Table 296
Table 297
Table 298
Table 299
Table 300
Table 301
Table 302
Table 303
Table 304
Table 305
Table 306
Table 307
Table 308
Table 309
Table 310
Table 311
Table 312
Table 313
Table 314
Table 315
Table 316
Table 317
Table 318
Table 319
Table 320
Table 321
Table 322
Table 323
Table 324
Table 325
Table 326
Table 327
32
Radio Network MNC 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
Radio Network MNC 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
Radio Network MNC 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
Radio Network MNC 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
Radio Network MNC 13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
Radio Network MNC 14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
Radio Network MNC 15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
Radio Network MNC 16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
Radio Network MNC 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
Radio Network MNC 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
Radio Network MNC 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
Radio Network MNC 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
Radio Network MNC 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Radio Network MNC 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
Radio Network MNC 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
Radio Network MNC 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
MS Distance Behaviour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
NACC Enabled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
NCCR Control Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407
NCCR Idle Mode Reporting Period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408
NCCR Neighbor Cell Penalty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
NCCR Return To Old Cell Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
NCCR Target Cell Penalty Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
NCCR Transfer Mode Reporting Period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
NRI List 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
NRI List 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
NRI List 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416
NRI List 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
NRI List 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
NRI List 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
NRI List 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
NRI List 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
NRI List 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
NRI List 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
CS Null-NRI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424
Number Of Ignored Transcoder Failures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
Number Of Preferred Cells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
Penalty Trigger Measurement Period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
PFC Ack BLER Limit For Transfer Delay 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
PFC Unack BLER Limit For SDU Error Ratio 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
Pre-Emption Usage In Handover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
Priority Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
PSE Overload Alarm Threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
PSE PCU Selection Algorithm Threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
Public Served Count . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
QC NCCR Action Trigger Threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434
QC Reallocation Action Trigger Threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435
Id:0900d805806ac576
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Table 328
Table 329
Table 330
Table 331
Table 332
Table 333
Table 334
Table 335
Table 336
Table 337
Table 338
Table 339
Table 340
Table 341
Table 342
Table 343
Table 344
Table 345
Table 346
Table 347
Table 348
Table 349
Table 350
Table 351
Table 352
Table 353
Table 354
Table 355
Table 356
Table 357
Table 358
Table 359
Table 360
Table 361
Table 362
Table 363
Table 364
Table 365
Table 366
Table 367
Table 368
Table 369
Table 370
Table 371
Table 372
Table 373
Table 374
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
RNC to SPC mapping info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436
RNC ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437
RNW Configuration Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438
RNW Fallback Configuration Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
RNW Plan Configuration Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440
RNW Plan Database State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
RX Antenna Supervision Period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443
RX Level Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444
RX Level Based TCH Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445
RX Quality Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 0 With 2 UL TSL . . . . . . . . . . 447
RX Quality Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 0 With 3 UL TSL . . . . . . . . . . 448
RX Quality Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 0 With 4 UL TSL . . . . . . . . . . 449
RX Quality Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 1 With 2 UL TSL . . . . . . . . . . 450
RX Quality Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 1 With 3 UL TSL . . . . . . . . . . 451
RX Quality Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 1 With 4 UL TSL . . . . . . . . . . 452
RX Quality Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 2 With 3 UL TSL . . . . . . . . . . 453
RX Quality Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 2 With 4 UL TSL . . . . . . . . . . 454
SACCH Repeat Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455
SAIC DL C/I Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456
Service Area Penalty Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459
Signalling Point Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460
Signaling Point Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461
Slow AMR LA Enabled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462
Soft Blocking C/I 14.4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463
Soft Blocking C/I AMR FR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464
Soft Blocking C/I AMR HR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465
Soft Blocking C/I FR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466
DFCA Soft Blocking C/I GPRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
Soft Blocking C/I HR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468
DFCA Soft Blocking C/I SDCCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
Soft Blocking C/N 14.4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470
Soft Blocking C/N AMR FR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
Soft Blocking C/N AMR HR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472
Soft Blocking C/N FR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473
Soft Blocking C/N HR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474
BTS Supervision Starting Time Hour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475
BTS Supervision Starting Time Minute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476
Subscriber Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477
Supervision Period Length for EGPRS Inactivity Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . 478
TCH In Handover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479
TCH Transaction Count . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481
Threshold For High TCH Interference Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482
Time Limit WPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483
Time Limit WPS Handover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484
TRHO Guard Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485
Triggering Threshold For Service Area Penalty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486
UL Priority 1 SSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487
Id:0900d805806ac576
33
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Table 375
Table 376
Table 377
Table 378
Table 379
Table 380
Table 381
Table 382
Table 383
Table 384
Table 385
Table 386
Table 387
Table 388
Table 389
Table 390
Table 391
Table 392
Table 393
Table 394
Table 395
Table 396
Table 397
Table 398
Table 399
Table 400
Table 401
Table 402
Table 403
Table 404
Table 405
Table 406
Table 407
Table 408
Table 409
Table 410
Table 411
Table 412
Table 413
Table 414
Table 415
Table 416
Table 417
Table 418
Table 419
Table 420
Table 421
34
UL Priority 2 SSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488
UL Priority 3 SSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489
UL Priority 4 SSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490
Upper Limit For FR TCH Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 491
Upper Limit Of MS Speed Class 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 492
Upper Limit Of MS Speed Class 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 493
Variable DL Step Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 494
WCDMA FDD NCCR Enabled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 495
WCDMA FDD NCCR Preferred . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496
WPS Preference Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 497
WPS Priority Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498
Adaptive LA Algorithm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500
Administrative State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
AMR FR Codec Mode Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502
AMR FR DL Threshold 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
AMR FR DL Threshold 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505
AMR FR DL Threshold 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506
AMR FR Hysteresis 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508
AMR FR Hysteresis 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510
AMR FR Hysteresis 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512
AMR FR Initial Codec Mode Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514
AMR FR Start Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515
AMR FR UL Threshold 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516
AMR FR UL Threshold 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 518
AMR FR UL Threshold 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 519
AMR HR Codec Mode Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521
AMR HR DL Threshold 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 522
AMR HR DL Threshold 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 524
AMR HR DL Threshold 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 525
AMR HR Hysteresis 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 527
AMR HR Hysteresis 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 529
AMR HR Hysteresis 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 531
AMR HR Initial Codec Mode Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 533
AMR HR Start Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 534
AMR HR UL Threshold 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 535
AMR HR UL Threshold 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 537
AMR HR UL Threshold 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 538
AMR-WB Codec Mode Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 540
AMR-WB FR Threshold 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 541
AMR-WB FR Threshold 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 543
AMR-WB FR Hysteresis 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 544
AMR-WB FR Hysteresis 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 545
Antenna Hopping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 547
Interference Averaging Boundary 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 548
Interference Averaging Boundary 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549
Interference Averaging Boundary 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 550
Interference Averaging Boundary 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 551
Id:0900d805806ac576
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Table 422
Table 423
Table 424
Table 425
Table 426
Table 427
Table 428
Table 429
Table 430
Table 431
Table 432
Table 433
Table 434
Table 435
Table 436
Table 437
Table 438
Table 439
Table 440
Table 441
Table 442
Table 443
Table 444
Table 445
Table 446
Table 447
Table 448
Table 449
Table 450
Table 451
Table 452
Table 453
Table 454
Table 455
Table 456
Table 457
Table 458
Table 459
Table 460
Table 461
Table 462
Table 463
Table 464
Table 465
Table 466
Table 467
Table 468
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Interference Averaging Boundary 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 552
Interference Averaging Boundary 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 553
BSC-BSC Interface Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 554
BTS Downlink Throughput Factor For CS1-CS4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 555
BTS Downlink Throughput Factor For MCS1-MCS9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 556
BTS Hopping Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 557
BTS ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 558
BTS Load In SEG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 560
BTS Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 560
BTS TCH Count . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 562
BTS Uplink Throughput Factor For CS1-CS4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 562
BTS Uplink Throughput Factor For MCS1-MCS4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 563
BTS Uplink Throughput Factor For MCS1-MCS9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 564
C/N Threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 565
Cell Number In BTS HW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 566
Coding Schemes CS3 And CS4 Enabled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 568
Dedicated GPRS Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 569
Default GPRS Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 570
DFCA Mobile Allocation Frequency Lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 572
DFCA Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573
DFCA Unsynchronized Mode MA Frequency List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574
DL Coding Scheme In Acknowledged Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 575
DL Coding Scheme In Ext Area Acknowledged Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . 577
DL Coding Scheme In Ext Area Unacknowledged Mode . . . . . . . . . . 578
DL Coding Scheme In Unacknowledged Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 580
DL Noise Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 581
DLDC Enabled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 582
EGPRS Enabled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 583
EGPRS Inactivity Alarm End Time Hour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 584
EGPRS Inactivity Alarm End Time Minute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 585
EGPRS Inactivity Alarm Start Time Hour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 587
EGPRS Inactivity Alarm Start Time Minute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 588
EGPRS Inactivity Alarm Weekdays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 589
Forced AMR HR Mode C/I Threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 590
Forced HR Mode C/I Averaging Period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 591
Forced HR Mode C/I Threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 592
Forced HR Mode Hysteresis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 593
Frequency Band In Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 594
GPRS Non BCCH Layer Rxlev Lower Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 595
GPRS Non BCCH Layer Rxlev Upper Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 596
Hopping Sequence Number 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 597
Hopping Sequence Number 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 599
HSCSD Cell Load Lower Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600
HSCSD Cell Load Upper Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
HSCSD Regular Cell Load Upper Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602
HSCSD TCH Capacity Minimum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603
Immediate SDCCH HO Enabled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604
Id:0900d805806ac576
35
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Table 469
Table 470
Table 471
Table 472
Table 473
Table 474
Table 475
Table 476
Table 477
Table 478
Table 479
Table 480
Table 481
Table 482
Table 483
Table 484
Table 485
Table 486
Table 487
Table 488
Table 489
Table 490
Table 491
Table 492
Table 493
Table 494
Table 495
Table 496
Table 497
Table 498
Table 499
Table 500
Table 501
Table 502
Table 503
Table 504
Table 505
Table 506
Table 507
Table 508
Table 509
Table 510
Table 511
Table 512
Table 513
Table 514
Table 515
36
MAIO Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605
MAIO Step . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 606
Max GPRS Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 607
Used MAL ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 608
MS Tx Pwr Min . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 609
Non BCCH Layer Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 611
PCU Identifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 612
PCU Up To Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 613
Radius Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 614
RX diversity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 616
Sector ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 617
STIRC Enabled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 618
Super Radius Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 619
Transport Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 621
UL Coding Scheme In Acknowledged Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 622
UL Coding Scheme In Ext Area Acknowledged Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . 623
UL Coding Scheme In Ext Area Unacknowledged Mode . . . . . . . . . . 625
UL Coding Scheme In Unacknowledged Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 626
UL Noise Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 628
Underlay BTS Hopping Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 629
Underlay Hopping Sequence Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 630
Underlay MAIO Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 631
Underlay MAIO Step . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 632
Underlay MAL ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 633
Adjacency On Other Band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 635
Allow IMSI Attach Detach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 636
AMH Lower Load Threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 637
AMH Max Load Of Target Cell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 638
AMH Upper Load Threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 639
AMR HR Radio Link Timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 640
AMR Lower Limit For SEG FR Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 641
AMR Radio Link Timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 642
AMR Upper Limit For SEG FR Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 644
Apply Repeated FACCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 645
Averaging Period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 646
BCCH Allocation Usage For Active MS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 647
BSIC BCC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 648
BTS Load Threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 649
BTS Measure Average . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 650
Call Reestablishment Allowed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 651
Carrier Unit Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 652
Cell Bar Qualify . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 654
Cell Barred . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 655
CI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 656
Cell Load For Channel Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 657
Cell Reselect Hysteresis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 658
Cell Reselect Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 659
Id:0900d805806ac576
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Table 516
Table 517
Table 518
Table 519
Table 520
Table 521
Table 522
Table 523
Table 524
Table 525
Table 526
Table 527
Table 528
Table 529
Table 530
Table 531
Table 532
Table 533
Table 534
Table 535
Table 536
Table 537
Table 538
Table 539
Table 540
Table 541
Table 542
Table 543
Table 544
Table 545
Table 546
Table 547
Table 548
Table 549
Table 550
Table 551
Table 552
Table 553
Table 554
Table 555
Table 556
Table 557
Table 558
Table 559
Table 560
Table 561
Table 562
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Cell Reselection Parameter Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 660
IDR Cell Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 661
Coding Scheme Hop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 663
Coding Scheme No Hop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664
Direct GPRS Access BTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665
Directed Retry Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666
Directed Retry Used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667
DL adaption probability threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 668
DL BLER Crosspoint For CS Selection Hop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 669
DL BLER Crosspoint For CS Selection No Hop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 670
DTM Enabled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 671
DTRX Power Down Threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 672
DTRX Power Up Threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 673
DTX Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 674
Early Sending Indication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 675
EGPRS Link Adaptation Enabled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 676
Emergency Call Restricted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 678
Enable Temporary Overpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 679
Extended Cell GPRS/EDGE Enabled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 680
Extended Cell Location Keep Period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 682
FACCH Busy Threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 683
FDD Cell Reselect Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 684
GPRS Enabled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 685
GPRS MS Txpwr Max CCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 686
GPRS MS Txpwr Max CCH 1x00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 687
GPRS Rxlev Access Min . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 689
GPRS Threshold To Search UTRAN Cells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 690
HCS Threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 692
HSCSD Downgrade Guard Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 693
HSCSD Minimum Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 694
HSCSD Upgrade Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 695
HSCSD Upgrade Guard Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 696
Idle State BCCH Allocation List (BAL) ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 697
IMSI Based Handover GSM Enabled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 699
IMSI Based Handover WCDMA Enabled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 700
Initial MCS For Acknowledged Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
Initial MCS For Ext Area Acknowledged Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702
Initial MCS For Ext Area Unacknowledged Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 703
Initial MCS For Unacknowledged Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 704
Intelligent Directed Retry Used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 705
Interval Measurement Report Sending . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 706
Limit For Free TCHs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 707
LAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 708
Lower Limit For FR TCH Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 710
Max Number Of Repetition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 711
Max Number Of Retransmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 712
Max Queue Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 713
Id:0900d805806ac576
37
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Table 563
Table 564
Table 565
Table 566
Table 567
Table 568
Table 569
Table 570
Table 571
Table 572
Table 573
Table 574
Table 575
Table 576
Table 577
Table 578
Table 579
Table 580
Table 581
Table 582
Table 583
Table 584
Table 585
Table 586
Table 587
Table 588
Table 589
Table 590
Table 591
Table 592
Table 593
Table 594
Table 595
Table 596
Table 597
Table 598
Table 599
Table 600
Table 601
Table 602
Table 603
Table 604
Table 605
Table 606
Table 607
Table 608
Table 609
38
Max Time Limit Directed Retry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 714
Maximum BLER In Acknowledged Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 715
Maximum BLER In Unacknowledged Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 716
Mean BEP Offset 8PSK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 717
Mean BEP Offset GMSK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 718
Measurement BCCH Allocation List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 719
Min Time Limit Directed Retry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 720
Minimum FDD Threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 721
Minimum Fdd Threshold Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 723
Minimum RSCP Threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 724
MCC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 725
MNC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 726
MS Max Distance In Call Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 728
MS Priority Used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 729
MS Tx Pwr Max CCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 730
MS Tx Pwr Max CCH 1x00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 731
MS Tx Pwr Max GSM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 732
MS Tx Pwr Max GSM 1x00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 733
Multiband Cell Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 735
BSIC NCC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 736
NSEI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 737
New Establishment Causes Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 738
Not Allowed Access Classes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 739
Number Of Blocks For Access Grant Msg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 740
Number Of Multiframes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 742
Number Of Slots Spread Trans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 743
Number Of TCH Reserved For Priority Subscribers Only . . . . . . . . . . 744
Packet Service Entity Identifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 745
Penalty Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 746
PLMN Permitted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 747
Power Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 748
Prefer BCCH Frequency GPRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 749
Priority Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 751
Queue Priority Used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 752
Queueing Priority Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 753
Queueing Priority Non-Urgent Handover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 754
Queueing Priority Urgent Handover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 755
RA Reselect Hysteresis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 756
RACH Busy Threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 757
Radio Link Timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 758
Repeated FACCH In DL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 759
Repeated FACCH In UL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 761
Repeated SACCH In DL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 762
Repeated SACCH In UL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 764
Repeated SACCH RX Lev Threshold DL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 765
Repeated SACCH RX Lev Threshold UL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 766
Reservation Method Used In Trunk Reservation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 768
Id:0900d805806ac576
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Table 610
Table 611
Table 612
Table 613
Table 614
Table 615
Table 616
Table 617
Table 618
Table 619
Table 620
Table 621
Table 622
Table 623
Table 624
Table 625
Table 626
Table 627
Table 628
Table 629
Table 630
Table 631
Table 632
Table 633
Table 634
Table 635
Table 636
Table 637
Table 638
Table 639
Table 640
Table 641
Table 642
Table 643
Table 644
Table 645
Table 646
Table 647
Table 648
Table 649
Table 650
Table 651
Table 652
Table 653
Table 654
Table 655
Table 656
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Restricted Use Of Priority Channels In Incoming HO . . . . . . . . . . . . . 769
RAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 770
Rxlev Access Min . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 771
Scale Ord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 772
SDCCH Measurement Report Sending . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 773
Segment ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 774
Segment Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 775
SMS CB Used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 776
Table Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 777
TCH Rate Intra-Cell Handover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 778
Temporary Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 780
Threshold To Search UTRAN Cells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 781
Time Limit Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 783
Time Limit Handover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 784
Timer For Periodic MS Location Updating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 785
Traffic Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 786
TRHO Guard Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 787
Trunk Reservation Used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 788
TRX Priority In TCH Allocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 789
TX Diversity Time Shift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 790
UL Adaption Probability Threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 792
UL BLER Crosspoint For CS Selection Hop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 793
UL BLER Crosspoint For CS Selection No Hop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 794
Upper Limit For FR TCH Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 795
BCSU ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 797
Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 798
Packet Service Entity Identifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 799
PCU Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 801
DAP ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 802
Pool Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 803
NCCR Number Of Zero Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 805
NCCR Other PCU Cell Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 806
NCCR Rxlev Idle Mode Window Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 807
NCCR Rxlev Transfer Mode Window Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 808
Quality Control EGPRS DL RLC Ack Throughput Threshold . . . . . . . 809
Quality Control EGPRS UL RLC Ack Throughput Threshold . . . . . . . 810
Quality Control GPRS DL RLC Ack Throughput Threshold . . . . . . . . 811
Quality Control GPRS UL RLC Ack Throughput Threshold . . . . . . . . 812
850 Reporting Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 814
850 Reporting Threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 815
900 Reporting Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 816
900 Reporting Threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 817
1800 Reporting Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 818
1800 Reporting Threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 819
1900 Reporting Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 820
1900 Reporting Threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 821
Adjacent Cell Averaging Window Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 823
Id:0900d805806ac576
39
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Table 657
Table 658
Table 659
Table 660
Table 661
Table 662
Table 663
Table 664
Table 665
Table 666
Table 667
Table 668
Table 669
Table 670
Table 671
Table 672
Table 673
Table 674
Table 675
Table 676
Table 677
Table 678
Table 679
Table 680
Table 681
Table 682
Table 683
Table 684
Table 685
Table 686
Table 687
Table 688
Table 689
Table 690
Table 691
Table 692
Table 693
Table 694
Table 695
Table 696
Table 697
Table 698
Table 699
Table 700
Table 701
Table 702
Table 703
40
Adjacent WCDMA RAN Cell Averaging Window Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . 823
Advanced Compression HO For AMR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 824
All Adjacent Cells Averaged . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 826
All Adjacent WCDMA RAN Cells Averaged . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 827
All Interfering Cells Averaged . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 828
AMH Traffic Control IUO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 829
AMH Traffic Control MCN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 830
AMH TRHO PBGT Margin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 831
C/I Estimation Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 832
Count Of Successive Rapid Field Drop Thresholds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 833
Deep Dropping EDGE Monitoring Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 834
Enable Enhanced Rapid Field Drop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 834
Enable Fast Averaging Call Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 836
Enable Fast Averaging HO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 837
Enable Fast Averaging PC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 838
Enable Inter FRT Handover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 839
Enable Intracell Handover Interference DL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 840
Enable Intracell Handover Interference UL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 841
Enable MS Distance Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 842
Enable Power Budget Handover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 843
Enable SDCCH Handover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 844
Enable TCH Assignment Super IUO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 845
Enable Umbrella Handover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 846
Enhanced Rapid Field Drop Duration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 847
FDD Reporting Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 847
FDD Reporting Threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 849
Fdd Reporting Threshold 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 850
GSM PLMN Priorisation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 851
Handover Period Power Budget . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 852
Handover Period Umbrella . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 853
Inter-System Direct Access Enabled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 854
Interfering Cell Averaging Window Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 855
Interfering Cell Number Of Zero Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 856
Intra HO Lower Rx Level Limit AMR HR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 857
Intra HO Lower Rx Quality Limit AMR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 858
Intra HO Threshold Rx Qual AMR FR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 859
AMR Handover HR Intra Threshold Rx Qual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 861
Intra HO Upper Rx Level Limit AMR HR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 862
Invalid BSIC Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 863
Level Downlink Weighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 864
Level Downlink Window Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 865
Level Uplink Weighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 866
Level Uplink Window Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 867
Lower C/I Limit For Band 1-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 868
Lower Speed Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 869
Min Int Between HO Req . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 870
Min Int Between Unsucc HO Attempt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 871
Id:0900d805806ac576
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Table 704
Table 705
Table 706
Table 707
Table 708
Table 709
Table 710
Table 711
Table 712
Table 713
Table 714
Table 715
Table 716
Table 717
Table 718
Table 719
Table 720
Table 721
Table 722
Table 723
Table 724
Table 725
Table 726
Table 727
Table 728
Table 729
Table 730
Table 731
Table 732
Table 733
Table 734
Table 735
Table 736
Table 737
Table 738
Table 739
Table 740
Table 741
Table 742
Table 743
Table 744
Table 745
Table 746
Table 747
Table 748
Table 749
Table 750
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Min Interval Between IUO HO Req BQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 872
Min Interval Between Unsucc ISHO Attempt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 873
Min Interval Between Unsucc IUO HO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 874
Min Traffic Load For Speech Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 875
Minimum BSIC Decode Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 876
Modified Averaging Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 877
Modified Number Of Zero Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 878
MS Distance Averaging Window Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 879
MS Distance HO Threshold Ext Cell Max . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 880
MS Distance HO Threshold Ext Cell Min . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 881
MS Distance HO Threshold Super Ext Cell Max . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 882
MS Distance HO Threshold Super Ext Cell Min . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 883
MS Distance Threshold Param MS Max Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 885
MS Distance Threshold Param Nx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 885
MS Distance Threshold Param Px . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 886
MS Speed Averaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 887
MS Speed Detection State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 888
MS Speed Threshold Nx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 889
MS Speed Threshold Px . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 890
Non BCCH Layer Access Threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 891
Non BCCH Layer Exit Threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 893
Non BCCH Layer Exit Threshold Nx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 894
Non BCCH Layer Exit Threshold Px . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 895
Number Of Measured FDD Cells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 896
Number Of WCDMA RAN Zero Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 897
Number Of Zero Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 897
Priority Adjustment Step For Band 1-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 898
Quality Downlink Weighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 900
Quality Downlink Window Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
Quality Uplink Weighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
Quality Uplink Window Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 903
Reporting Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 903
Serving Band Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 905
Super Radius Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 906
Super Reuse Bad C/I Threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 907
Super Reuse Bad C/I Threshold AMR FR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 908
Super Reuse Bad C/I Threshold AMR HR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 909
Super Reuse Bad C/I Threshold Nx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 910
Super Reuse Bad C/I Threshold Px . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 911
Super Reuse Bad Threshold Nx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 912
Super Reuse Bad Threshold Px . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 913
Super Reuse Bad Threshold Rx Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 914
Super Reuse Estimation Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 915
Super Reuse Good C/I Threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 916
Super Reuse Good C/I Threshold AMR FR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 917
Super Reuse Good C/I Threshold AMR HR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 918
Super Reuse Good C/I Threshold Nx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 919
Id:0900d805806ac576
41
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Table 751
Table 752
Table 753
Table 754
Table 755
Table 756
Table 757
Table 758
Table 759
Table 760
Table 761
Table 762
Table 763
Table 764
Table 765
Table 766
Table 767
Table 768
Table 769
Table 770
Table 771
Table 772
Table 773
Table 774
Table 775
Table 776
Table 777
Table 778
Table 779
Table 780
Table 781
Table 782
Table 783
Table 784
Table 785
Table 786
Table 787
Table 788
Table 789
Table 790
Table 791
Table 792
Table 793
Table 794
Table 795
Table 796
Table 797
42
Super Reuse Good C/I Threshold Px . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 920
Super Reuse Good Threshold Nx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 921
Super Reuse Good Threshold Px . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 922
Super Reuse Good Threshold Rx Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 923
Threshold Deep Dropping EDGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 924
Threshold Deep Dropping EDGE Nx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 925
Threshold Deep Dropping EDGE Px . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 926
Threshold Dl Rx Qual AMR HR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 927
Threshold Dl Rx Qual For AMR FR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 928
Threshold For Multi-RAT MS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 929
Threshold Interference Downlink Nx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 930
Threshold Interference Downlink Px . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 931
Threshold Interference Downlink Rx Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 932
Threshold Interference Uplink Nx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 933
Threshold Interference Uplink Px . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 934
Threshold Interference Uplink Rx Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 935
Threshold Level Downlink Nx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 936
Threshold Level Downlink Px . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 937
Threshold Level Downlink Rx Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 938
Threshold Level Uplink For Rapid Field Drop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 939
Threshold Level Uplink Nx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 940
Threshold Level Uplink Px . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 941
Threshold Level Uplink Rx Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 942
Threshold Qual Downlink Nx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 943
Threshold Qual Downlink Px . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 944
Threshold Qual Downlink Rx Qual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 945
Threshold Qual Uplink Nx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 946
Threshold Qual Uplink Px . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 947
Threshold Qual Uplink Rx Qual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 948
Threshold Ul Rx Qual AMR FR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 949
Threshold Ul Rx Qual AMR HR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 950
Triggering Ratio For WCDMA RAN Cell Penalty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 951
Upper Speed Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 953
WCDMA RAN Cell Penalty Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 954
TID ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 955
Text String . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 956
Location Area Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 958
SPC ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 959
Signaling Point Code List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 960
Altitude Of Ground Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 962
Antenna Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 963
Antenna Height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 964
Antenna Horizontal Half Power Beam Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 965
BCCH Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 966
BSIC BCC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 967
Cell Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 968
City Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 969
Id:0900d805806ac576
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Table 798
Table 799
Table 800
Table 801
Table 802
Table 803
Table 804
Table 805
Table 806
Table 807
Table 808
Table 809
Table 810
Table 811
Table 812
Table 813
Table 814
Table 815
Table 816
Table 817
Table 818
Table 819
Table 820
Table 821
Table 822
Table 823
Table 824
Table 825
Table 826
Table 827
Table 828
Table 829
Table 830
Table 831
Table 832
Table 833
Table 834
Table 835
Table 836
Table 837
Table 838
Table 839
Table 840
Table 841
Table 842
Table 843
Table 844
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Latitude Degrees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 970
Latitude Fractions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 971
Latitude Minutes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 972
Latitude Seconds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 973
Latitude Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 974
Location Area Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 975
Longitude Degrees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 976
Longitude Fractions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 977
Longitude Minutes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 978
Longitude Seconds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 979
Longitude Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 980
Maximum Radiated Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 981
BSIC NCC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 982
Predicted Back Serving Radius . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 983
Predicted Front Serving Radius . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 984
BCF ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 986
Frame Number Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 987
LMUA ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 988
LMU TSL FN Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 989
TRE ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 990
DFCA MA List Group ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992
DFCA MA List State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 993
DFCA MA List Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 994
Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 995
MAL ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 997
Type Of Mobile Allocation Frequency List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 998
Local UDP Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1000
NSEI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001
NSE NRI Mask . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1002
NSE Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1003
NSE Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1004
PS NRI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1005
Administrative State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1007
Bearer Channel Identifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1008
Bearer Channel Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1008
Committed Information Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1009
Data Link Connection Identifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1010
NSVC ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1011
Network Service Virtual Connection Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1012
Network Service Virtual Link Identifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1014
Network Service Virtual Link Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1015
NSE NRI Mask . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1016
Pre-configured SGSN IP Endpoint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1017
Remote Data Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1018
Remote Host Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1019
Remote IP Address Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1020
Remote Signalling Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1021
Id:0900d805806ac576
43
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Table 845
Table 846
Table 847
Table 848
Table 849
Table 850
Table 851
Table 852
Table 853
Table 854
Table 855
Table 856
Table 857
Table 858
Table 859
Table 860
Table 861
Table 862
Table 863
Table 864
Table 865
Table 866
Table 867
Table 868
Table 869
Table 870
Table 871
Table 872
Table 873
Table 874
Table 875
Table 876
Table 877
Table 878
Table 879
Table 880
Table 881
Table 882
Table 883
Table 884
Table 885
Table 886
Table 887
Table 888
Table 889
Table 890
Table 891
44
Remote UDP Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1022
AIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1024
BCSU ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1025
Packet Service Entity Identifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1026
PCU Identifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1027
PCU Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1028
PCU Up To Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1029
Plug-in Unit Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1030
ALA Enabled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1032
BCCH TRX TX Pwr Reduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1033
Binary Representation ALPHA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1034
Binary Representation TAU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1035
Bit Error Probability Filter Averaging Period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1036
BS Tx Pwr Max . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1037
BS TX Pwr Max1x00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1038
BS Tx Pwr Min . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1039
BS TX Pwr Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1041
Derived HO Power Security Margin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1042
Estimated DL Interference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1043
Idle Mode Signal Strength Filter Period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1044
Max DL Power Reduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1045
Max UL Power Reduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1046
Min Int Between ALA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1047
PC Averaging Lev DL Weighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1048
PC Averaging Lev DL Window Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1049
PC Averaging Lev UL Weighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1050
PC Averaging Lev UL Window Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1051
PC Averaging Qual DL Weighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1052
PC Averaging Qual DL Window Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1053
PC Averaging Qual UL Weighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1054
PC Averaging Qual UL Window Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1055
PC Lower Threshold Dl Rx Qual AMR FR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1056
PC Lower Threshold Dl Rx Qual AMR HR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1057
PC Lower Threshold Ul Rx Qual AMR FR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1059
PC Lower Threshold Ul Rx Qual AMR HR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1060
PC Lower Thresholds Lev DL Nx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1061
PC Lower Thresholds Lev DL Px . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1062
PC Lower Thresholds Lev DL Rx Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1063
PC Lower Thresholds Lev UL Nx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1064
PC Lower Thresholds Lev UL Px . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1065
PC Lower Thresholds Lev UL Rx Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1066
PC Lower Thresholds Qual DL Nx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1067
PC Lower Thresholds Qual DL Px . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1068
PC Lower Thresholds Qual DL Rx Qual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1069
PC Lower Thresholds Qual UL Nx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1070
PC Lower Thresholds Qual UL Px . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1071
PC Lower Thresholds Qual UL Rx Qual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1072
Id:0900d805806ac576
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Table 892
Table 893
Table 894
Table 895
Table 896
Table 897
Table 898
Table 899
Table 900
Table 901
Table 902
Table 903
Table 904
Table 905
Table 906
Table 907
Table 908
Table 909
Table 910
Table 911
Table 912
Table 913
Table 914
Table 915
Table 916
Table 917
Table 918
Table 919
Table 920
Table 921
Table 922
Table 923
Table 924
Table 925
Table 926
Table 927
Table 928
Table 929
Table 930
Table 931
Table 932
Table 933
Table 934
Table 935
Table 936
Table 937
Table 938
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
PC Lower Thresholds Qual144 Nx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1073
PC Lower Thresholds Qual144 Px . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1074
PC Lower Thresholds Qual144 Rx Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1075
PC Upper Threshold Dl Rx Qual AMR FR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1076
PC Upper Threshold Dl Rx Qual AMR HR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1078
PC Upper Threshold Ul Rx Qual AMR FR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1079
PC Upper Threshold Ul Rx Qual AMR HR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1080
PC Upper Thresholds Lev DL Nx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1081
PC Upper Thresholds Lev DL Px . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1082
PC Upper Thresholds Lev DL Rx Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1083
PC Upper Thresholds Lev UL Nx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1084
PC Upper Thresholds Lev UL Px . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1085
PC Upper Thresholds Lev UL Rx Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1086
PC Upper Thresholds Qual DL Nx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1087
PC Upper Thresholds Qual DL Px . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1088
PC Upper Thresholds Qual DL Rx Qual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1089
PC Upper Thresholds Qual UL Nx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1091
PC Upper Thresholds Qual UL Px . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1092
PC Upper Thresholds Qual UL Rx Qual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1093
Power Control Interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1094
Power CTRL Enabled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1095
Power Decr Limit Band 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1096
Power Decr Limit Band 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1097
Power Decr Limit Band 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1098
Power Decr Qual Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1099
Power Incr Step Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1100
Power Limit ALA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1100
Power Red Step Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1101
Transfer Mode Signal Strength Filter Period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1102
PS Null NRI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1104
Packet Service Entity Identifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1105
PSE NRI Mask . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1106
PS SGSN Load Balancing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1107
LAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1109
MCC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1110
MNC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1111
NSEI List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1112
RAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1113
Channel 0 PCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1115
Channel 1 PCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1116
Channel 2 PCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1117
Channel 3 PCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1119
Channel 4 PCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1120
Channel 5 PCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1121
Channel 6 PCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1123
Channel 7 PCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1124
Channel 0 TSL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1125
Id:0900d805806ac576
45
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Table 939
Table 940
Table 941
Table 942
Table 943
Table 944
Table 945
Table 946
Table 947
Table 948
Table 949
Table 950
Table 951
Table 952
Table 953
Table 954
Table 955
Table 956
Table 957
Table 958
Table 959
Table 960
Table 961
Table 962
Table 963
Table 964
Table 965
Table 966
Table 967
Table 968
Table 969
Table 970
Table 971
Table 972
Table 973
Table 974
Table 975
Table 976
Table 977
Table 978
Table 979
Table 980
Table 981
Table 982
Table 983
Table 984
Table 985
46
Channel 1 TSL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1127
Channel 2 TSL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1129
Channel 3 TSL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1131
Channel 4 TSL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1133
Channel 5 TSL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1135
Channel 6 TSL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1137
Channel 7 TSL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1139
Channel 0 Administrative State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1141
Channel 1 Administrative State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1142
Channel 2 Administrative State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1143
Channel 3 Administrative State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1145
Channel 4 Administrative State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1146
Channel 5 Administrative State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1147
Channel 6 Administrative State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1148
Channel 7 Administrative State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1149
Channel 0 Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1151
Channel 1 Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1154
Channel 2 Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1157
Channel 3 Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1160
Channel 4 Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1163
Channel 5 Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1167
Channel 6 Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1170
Channel 7 Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1174
Ane ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1178
Home MCC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1179
Home MNC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1180
SG ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1181
Subscriber Group Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1181
WCDMA RAN Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1182
High Response Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1184
LCS Ignore Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1185
Low Response Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1186
PBS Halfrate Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1187
PBS Stop Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1188
Decision Threshold Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1189
Random Value Upper Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1190
TRKT ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1191
Administrative State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1192
Autoconfigure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1193
BB Unit Supports EDGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1194
Binary Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1195
Bit Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1196
C/I Estimation Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1197
C/I Estimation Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1198
CI Of Interfering Cell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1199
Combi Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200
O&M LAPD Link Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1201
Id:0900d805806ac576
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Table 986 O&M LAPD Link Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1203
Table 987 LAPD Link Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1204
Table 988 LAPD Link Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1205
Table 989 DFCA Indication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1206
Table 990 Direct Access Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1207
Table 991 Double Power TRX Faulty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1208
Table 992 Dual TRX usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1209
Table 993 DAP ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1211
Table 994 E-TRX Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1212
Table 995 Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1214
Table 996 GPRS Enabled TRX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1215
Table 997 Level Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1216
Table 998 LAC Of Interfering Cell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1217
Table 999 Metro TRX Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1218
Table 1000 MCC Of Interfering Cell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1219
Table 1001 MNC Of Interfering Cell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1220
Table 1002 Number Of TRX RF Power Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1221
Table 1003 Optimum RX Level Downlink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1223
Table 1004 Optimum RX Level Uplink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1224
Table 1005 Preferred BCCH TRX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1225
Table 1006 RF Hopping Allowed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1226
Table 1007 Server TRX Id . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1227
Table 1008 Subslots For Signalling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1228
Table 1009 TSC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1229
Table 1010 TRX ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1230
Table 1011 TRX DDU Association . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1231
Table 1012 TRX Frequency Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1232
Table 1013 TRX Half Rate Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1234
Table 1014 TRX Identification With Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1235
Table 1015 TRX RF Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1236
Table 1016 TRX Shutdown Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1237
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Id:0900d805806ac576
47
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
48
Id:0900d805806ac576
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Summary of changes
Summary of changes
Changes between document issues are cumulative. Therefore, the latest document
issue contains all changes made to previous issues.
Changes made between issues 27-3 and 27-2
List of all new, modified, and removed parameters can be seen in the document Parameter Changes.
Changes made between issues 27-2 and 27-1
List of all new, modified, and removed parameters can be seen in the document Parameter Changes.
Changes made between issues 27-1 and 27-0
List of all new, modified, and removed parameters can be seen in the document Parameter Changes.
Changes made between issues 27-0 and 26-3
List of all new, modified, and removed parameters can be seen in the document Parameter Changes.
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Id:0900d805806ae530
49
Structure and conventions of BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
1 Structure and conventions of BSS Radio
Network Parameter Dictionary
The aim of the parameter dictionary is to assist commissioning engineers and other
Base Station Controller (BSC) users to find certain Base Station System (BSS) parameters, their meanings, and relations to GSM specifications.
BSS radio network configuration parameters contain the configuration data and control
parameters of the radio network in the Base Station System. BSS radio network configuration parameters contain
•
•
configuration data and control parameters, and
transmission related parameters.
PAFILE and PRFILE parameters are excluded.
The parameters have been listed in alphabetical order by their MML Full Name. The
parameter tables are named by the Parameter name.
☞ Parameters that are in another database or file are not listed here.
BSC radio network parameter information is also directly available and accessible via
NOLS Documentation Center's Reference Information Service. Information in the Reference Information Service is updated more frequently than the BSC NED browser environment.
How to read parameter tables:
The value '-' in the parameter table fields means that the information is not available,
unless indicated otherwise in the following table.
Parameter name
The user interface name for the parameter.
Abbreviated name
The parameter name used in XML and CSV plan files.
Managed object
The object for which the parameter is defined.
Multiplicity
The multiplicity of the parameter.
Description
Describes the purpose of the parameter and sometimes includes
extra information on the parameter.
Additional information
Includes additional information not given in the description of the
parameter.
Range
The user interface value range for the parameter.
Step
The step size for changing the parameter value.
Unit
The unit of the parameter's numeric value.
Formula for getting internal value
The formula for calculating the system internal value which is used
in radio network plan files.
Default value
The system default value specified by Nokia Siemens Networks.
Default value notes
Additional information (if any) on the default value.
Required on Creation
When the value is Mandatory, the parameter is required on creation.
Special value
Additional information (if any) on the special value of the parameter.
Table 1
50
How to read parameter tables
Id:0900d80580619eea
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Related functions
Structure and conventions of BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
The radio-network-related functions (in addition to the main function) of the parameter.
The value '-' means that the information is not relevant in BSC.
Modification
Requires object locking = The managed object must be locked by
the user before modification is possible.
Not modifiable = The parameter value can be modified only by recreating the managed object.
Online = The parameter value can be changed without any disturbance to ongoing calls.
Modified
Describes when the parameter can be modified.
Related parameters
Other parameters that affect the parameter.
Parameter relationships
Describes the dependencies between the parameter and the
related parameters.
Related options
Lists the option(s) related to the parameter. The option number in
parentheses relates to Q3 option numbers.
Related features
Lists the feature(s) related to the parameter.
Interfaces
The interfaces on which the parameter is transferred. From the
network management point of view, the parameters can be divided
into BSC/MSC/SGSN/RNC/AXC parameters, and planning and
management system (NetAct) parameters.
The BSC/MSC/SGSN/RNC/AXC parameters are needed in the
network whereas the planning and the management system parameters are auxiliary parameters that are not implemented in the
network, but are used in the network management and planning
processes.
References
References (if any) to 3GPP specifications
MML Commands
Lists the MML command(s) related to the parameter.
MML Abbreviated Name
The abbreviated name for the parameter in BSC MML.
MML Full Name
The user interface name for the parameter in BSC MML.
Segment Level Parameter
When the value is True, the parameter is a BTS segment level
parameter in Multi BCF control.
File Based Provisioning supported
When the value is True, the parameter supports File Based Plan
Provisioning. Always True or False.
Table 1
How to read parameter tables (Cont.)
Related topics:
•
•
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Changes
• Parameter Changes
Reference
• Parameters
• PAFILE Timer and Parameter List
• PRFILE and FIFILE Parameter List
• Commands
• MML Commands
Id:0900d80580619eea
51
Autoconfiguration Pool (ACP) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
2 Autoconfiguration Pool (ACP) radio network
object parameters
2.1
Circuit (CRCT)
Parameter name
Circuit
Abbreviated name
circuit
Managed object
ACP
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the Abis interface ETPCM number and the first time slot of the pool. You can
also use the &&-structure to set the last time slot of the
pool or use the SIZE parameter to give the pool size
directly.
Parameter dictionary:
Q3 name: pcmCircuit-ID, firstTSL, lastTSL
Range:
CRCT PCM: 0..3391
CRCT TSLs: in ETSI 1..31, in ANSI 1..24
NOTE:
2048..3391 is reserved for OC-3/T1 administration area
NOTE:
No NetAct interface.
Additional information
-
Range
0...3391
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Modification
Not modifiable
Modified
-
Related parameters
firstTsl of ACP - If MML parameter Circuit (CRCT) is
given, then First TSL is obligatory, lastTsl of ACP - If MML
parameter Circuit (CRCT) is given then Last TSL or Pool
Size is obligatory, pcmCircuitId of ACP - If MML parameter Circuit (CRCT) is given, then PCM Circuit ID is obligatory.
Table 2
52
Circuit
Id:0900d80580619eed
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Autoconfiguration Pool (ACP) radio network object parameters
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
-
References
-
MML Commands
ESC, ESD, ESO
MML Abbreviated Name
CRCT
MML Full Name
Circuit
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- false
ported
Table 2
2.2
pool id (ID)
Parameter name
ACP ID
Abbreviated name
id
Managed object
ACP
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you identify the Pool id of the ACP
object.
Additional information
-
Range
1...254
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Modification
Not modifiable
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Table 3
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Circuit (Cont.)
ACP ID
Id:0900d80580619eed
53
Autoconfiguration Pool (ACP) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
ESD, ESO
MML Abbreviated Name
ID
MML Full Name
pool id
Segment Level Parameter
-
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- false
ported
Table 3
2.3
ACP ID (Cont.)
pool size (SIZE)
Parameter name
Pool Size
Abbreviated name
poolSize
Managed object
ACP
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the Pool size. The
minimum pool size is 3.
NOTE:
No NetAct interface.
Additional information
-
Range
3...31
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
Not modifiable
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
-
Table 4
54
Pool Size
Id:0900d80580619eed
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Autoconfiguration Pool (ACP) radio network object parameters
References
-
MML Commands
ESC
MML Abbreviated Name
SIZE
MML Full Name
pool size
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- false
ported
Table 4
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Pool Size (Cont.)
Id:0900d80580619eed
55
Adjacent GSM Cell (ADJC/ADCE) radio network object
parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
3 Adjacent GSM Cell (ADJC/ADCE) radio
network object parameters
3.1
adjacent cell identification (CI)
Parameter name
CI
Abbreviated name
adjacentCellIdCI
Managed object
ADCE
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the CI of the adjacent cell
(target cell). The parameter is a part of the Cell Id parameter which consists of Mobile Country Code, Mobile
Network Code, Location Area Code and the Cell Id of the
target cell.
NOTE: MML Modification: Online
Additional information
-
Range
0...65535
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-1
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Modification
Not modifiable
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
•
References
3GPP Reference: 44.018
MML Commands
EAC, EAD, EAM, EAO
MML Abbreviated Name
CI
MML Full Name
adjacent cell identification
Segment Level Parameter
-
Table 5
56
Planner <-> RAC
RAC <-> Optimizer
RAC -> BSC
CI
Id:0900d8058061a015
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Adjacent GSM Cell (ADJC/ADCE) radio network object
parameters
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 5
3.2
CI (Cont.)
adjacent cell index (INDEX)
Parameter name
Adjacent Cell Index
Abbreviated name
adjcIndex
Managed object
ADCE
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the adjacent cell index for
the adjacent GSM cell.
MML NOTE: The smallest free index value for serving cell
is searched and used.
Additional information
-
Range
0...31
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-1
Default value notes
The smallest free index value for serving cell is searched
and used.
Required on Creation
mandatory
Special value
Set by NetAct system (-1)
Related functions
-
Modification
Not modifiable
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EAC, EAD, EAM, EAX, EAO, EAP
MML Abbreviated Name
INDEX
MML Full Name
adjacent cell index
Table 6
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
RAC -> BSC
Planner <-> RAC
Optimizer <-> RAC
Adjacent Cell Index
Id:0900d8058061a015
57
Adjacent GSM Cell (ADJC/ADCE) radio network object
parameters
Segment Level Parameter
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 6
3.3
Adjacent Cell Index (Cont.)
adjacent cell layer (ACL)
Parameter name
Adjacent Cell Layer
Abbreviated name
adjCellLayer
Managed object
ADCE
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the adjacent cell layer in
relation to the active cell. A call can be handed over to the
cells that are visible to the serving cell by adjacency definition. This means the cells of upper layer, serving layer
and lower layer. The adjacent cell layer definition can be
used, for example, in umbrella and power budget handovers in defining the target cells according to their layer.
NOTE:
MML range:
N
... ADJACENT CELL LAYER IS NOT IN USE
SAME ... IN THE SAME LAYER WITH THE SERVING
CELL
UPPER ... IN A HIGHER LAYER THAN THE SERVING
CELL
LOWER ... IN A LOWER LAYER THAN THE SERVING
CELL
Additional information
-
Range
Not Used (0), Same Layer (1), Upper Layer (2), Lower
Layer (3)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
gui ==> internal
Not Used ==> 0
Same Layer ==> 1
Upper Layer ==> 2
Lower Layer ==> 3
Default value
Not Used (0)
Default value notes
Not used
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
Online
Table 7
58
Adjacent Cell Layer
Id:0900d8058061a015
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Adjacent GSM Cell (ADJC/ADCE) radio network object
parameters
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EAC, EAM, EAO
MML Abbreviated Name
ACL
MML Full Name
adjacent cell layer
Segment Level Parameter
-
Fast Moving MS Handling In Macro Cell (15)
RACApp <-> RAC
Planner <-> RAC
RAC <-> Optimizer
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 7
3.4
Adjacent Cell Layer (Cont.)
Adjacent GPRS enabled (AGENA)
Parameter name
GPRS Enabled
Abbreviated name
gprsEnabled
Managed object
ADCE
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define whether the GPRS capability is enabled or disabled in the adjacent cell.
In the adjacent cell creation if this parameter is not given
and the SEG and the adjacent cell are in the same BSS,
the value of this parameter is copied from the SEG.
NOTE:
MML Modification: Online
Additional information
-
Range
GPRS is disabled in the adjacent cell (N) (0), GPRS is
enabled in the adjacent cell (Y) (1)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
gui ==> internal
GPRS is disabled in the adjacent cell (N) ==> 0
GPRS is enabled in the adjacent cell (Y) ==> 1
Default value
Table 8
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
GPRS is disabled in the adjacent cell (N) (0)
GPRS Enabled
Id:0900d8058061a015
59
Adjacent GSM Cell (ADJC/ADCE) radio network object
parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
Not modifiable
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
References
-
MML Commands
EAC, EAM, EAO
MML Abbreviated Name
AGENA
MML Full Name
Adjacent GPRS enabled
Segment Level Parameter
-
BSC GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in BSC)
(39) (optional) OR Enhanced GPRS (EGPRS)
Usage (51) (optional)
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 8
3.5
AMR target cell of direct access to desired layer (DADLA)
Parameter name
AMR Target Cell Of Direct Access To Desired Layer
Abbreviated name
amrDadlbTargetCell
Managed object
ADCE
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define whether the direct access
to desired layer/band handover is applied to the adjacent
cell in case of AMR call establishment and whether AMR
target cells are prioritised in handover. In handover this
parameter indicates whether AMR is enabled in the target
cell. These AMR-enabled cells are then prioritised over
other cells for AMR capable MS.
Additional information
-
Range
DADLA is not applied (N) (0), DADLA is applied (Y) (1)
Step
-
Unit
-
Table 9
60
GPRS Enabled (Cont.)
AMR Target Cell Of Direct Access To Desired Layer
Id:0900d8058061a015
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Adjacent GSM Cell (ADJC/ADCE) radio network object
parameters
Formula for getting internal
value
gui ==> internal
DADLA is not applied (N) ==> 0
DADLA is applied (Y) ==> 1
Default value
DADLA is not applied (N) (0)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
Online
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Direct Access To Desired Layer/Band (35) (optional)
AND ( AMR FR (50) (optional) OR AMR HR (72)
(optional) )
Related features
•
BSS20249: AMR FR Licence Control
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EAC, EAM, EAO
MML Abbreviated Name
DADLA
MML Full Name
AMR target cell of direct access to desired layer
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 9
3.6
BCCH frequency (FREQ)
Parameter name
BCCH Frequency
Abbreviated name
bcchFrequency
Managed object
ADCE
Multiplicity
1
Table 10
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
AMR Target Cell Of Direct Access To Desired Layer (Cont.)
BCCH Frequency
Id:0900d8058061a015
61
Adjacent GSM Cell (ADJC/ADCE) radio network object
parameters
Description
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
With this parameter you define the BCCH frequency of an
adjacent cell.
NOTE:
The frequency must be equal to the BCCH frequency of
an adjacent BTS.
NOTE:
Range:
GSM 800: 128...251
GSM 900: 1..124 and 975..1023, 0
GSM 1800: 512..885
GSM 1900: 512..810
DUAL 900/1800 <option>: 1...124, 512...885 or
975...1023, 0
DUAL 800/1800 <option>:128...251 or 512...885
DUAL 800/1900 <option>: 128...251 or 512...810
NOTE:
MML modification: Online
NOTE:
The parameter is obligatory if the adjacent cell and the
BTS are not under the same BSS. The parameter is also
obligatory if the adjacent cell and the BTS are under the
same BSS, but the adjacent cell does not have a BCCHTRX yet.
Additional information
-
Range
0...65535
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Modification
Not modifiable
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
•
Table 10
62
Planner <-> RAC
RAC <-> Optimizer
RAC <-> BSC
BCCH Frequency (Cont.)
Id:0900d8058061a015
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Adjacent GSM Cell (ADJC/ADCE) radio network object
parameters
References
•
MML Commands
EAC, EAM, EAO, EAP
MML Abbreviated Name
FREQ
MML Full Name
BCCH frequency
Segment Level Parameter
-
3GPP Reference: 44.018
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 10
3.7
BCCH Frequency (Cont.)
BTS colour code (BCC)
Parameter name
BSIC BCC
Abbreviated name
adjCellBsicBcc
Managed object
ADCE
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the BTS colour code
number.
NOTE:
The BSIC parameter, which is used to identify the BTS, is
composed of the NCC and BCC parameters. BSIC must
be equal to the BSIC parameter of adjacent BTS.
This parameter is mandatory in creation if the adjacent
cell and the BTS are not under the same BSS.
Additional information
-
Range
0...7
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Modification
Not modifiable
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Table 11
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSIC BCC
Id:0900d8058061a015
63
Adjacent GSM Cell (ADJC/ADCE) radio network object
parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Interfaces
•
•
•
Planner <-> RAC
RAC <-> Optimizer
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 44.018
MML Commands
EAC, EAM, EAO, EAP
MML Abbreviated Name
BCC
MML Full Name
BTS colour code
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 11
3.8
BSIC BCC (Cont.)
C/I estimation weight (W1-W5)
Parameter name
Reference Cell C/I Estimation Weight
Abbreviated name
ciEstWeight
Managed object
ADCE
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the weighting coefficient
of the reference cell.
NOTE:
MML Range: 0..10
The value 0 is default and detaches the corresponding
reference cell from the adjacent cell.
Additional information
-
Range
1...10
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
1
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
Online
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Table 12
64
C/I Based Handover Candidate Evaluation (18)
Reference Cell C/I Estimation Weight
Id:0900d8058061a015
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Adjacent GSM Cell (ADJC/ADCE) radio network object
parameters
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EAX, EAO
MML Abbreviated Name
W1-W5
MML Full Name
C/I estimation weight
Segment Level Parameter
-
RACApp <-> RAC
Planner <-> RAC
RAC <-> Optimizer
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 12
3.9
cell identification of reference cell (CI1-CI5)
Parameter name
Reference Cell CI
Abbreviated name
adjIdCi
Managed object
ADCE
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you identify the reference cell.
Additional information
-
Range
0...65535
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
Online
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Table 13
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Reference Cell C/I Estimation Weight (Cont.)
C/I Based Handover Candidate Evaluation (18)
Reference Cell CI
Id:0900d8058061a015
65
Adjacent GSM Cell (ADJC/ADCE) radio network object
parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Interfaces
•
•
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EAX, EAO
MML Abbreviated Name
CI1-CI5
MML Full Name
cell identification of reference cell
Segment Level Parameter
-
RACApp <-> RAC
Planner <-> RAC
RAC <-> Optimizer
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 13
3.10
Reference Cell CI (Cont.)
cell type (CTY)
Parameter name
IDR Cell Type
Abbreviated name
cellType
Managed object
ADCE
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the adjacent cell type.
NOTE:
The cell type parameter of the adjacent cell must be the
same.
NOTE:
MML modification: Online
Additional information
-
Range
GSM (0), MCN (1)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
gui ==> internal
GSM ==> 0
MCN ==> 1
Default value
GSM (0)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
Not modifiable
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Table 14
66
IDR Cell Type
Id:0900d8058061a015
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Adjacent GSM Cell (ADJC/ADCE) radio network object
parameters
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EAC, EAM, EAO
MML Abbreviated Name
CTY
MML Full Name
cell type
Segment Level Parameter
-
Intelligent Directed Retry (IDR) (20)
Planner <-> RAC
RAC <-> Optimizer
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 14
3.11
IDR Cell Type (Cont.)
chained adj cell (CHAIN)
Parameter name
Chained Adj Cell
Abbreviated name
chainedAdjacentCell
Managed object
ADCE
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the adjacent cell as a
chained cell, to which the rapid field drop handover
criteria are applied.
Additional information
-
Range
adjacent cell is not chained (N) (0), adjacent cell is
chained (Y) (1)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
gui ==> internal
adjacent cell is not chained (N) ==> 0
adjacent cell is chained (Y) ==> 1
Default value
adjacent cell is not chained (N) (0)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
Online
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Table 15
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Chained Adj Cell
Id:0900d8058061a015
67
Adjacent GSM Cell (ADJC/ADCE) radio network object
parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EAC, EAM, EAO
MML Abbreviated Name
CHAIN
MML Full Name
chained adj cell
Segment Level Parameter
-
Chained Cells In Rapid Field Drop (9)
RACApp <-> RAC
Planner <-> RAC
RAC <-> Optimizer
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 15
3.12
directed retry threshold (DRT)
Parameter name
Directed Retry Threshold
Abbreviated name
drThreshold
Managed object
ADCE
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the threshold value of the
signal strength in the adjacent cell for the Directed Retry
procedure. If the signal strength level in the cell is lower
than this threshold value, adjacent cell is not accepted as
a candidate in directed retry.
Additional information
-
Range
-110...-47
Step
1
Unit
dBm
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = (gui_value + 110)
Default value
-100 dBm
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
Online
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Table 16
68
Chained Adj Cell (Cont.)
Directed Retry Threshold
Id:0900d8058061a015
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Adjacent GSM Cell (ADJC/ADCE) radio network object
parameters
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EAC, EAM, EAO
MML Abbreviated Name
DRT
MML Full Name
directed retry threshold
Segment Level Parameter
-
Intelligent Directed Retry (IDR) (20) (optional) OR
Directed Retry (1) (optional)
RACApp <-> RAC
Planner <-> RAC
RAC <-> Optimizer
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 16
3.13
Directed Retry Threshold (Cont.)
DTM enabled (DTM)
Parameter name
DTM Enabled
Abbreviated name
dtmEnabled
Managed object
ADCE
Multiplicity
1
Description
Indicates if adjacent cell supports DTM or not. MML
NOTE: Parameter can be given at Adjacent Cell creation
and modification when the neighbour cell is external, that
is, under another BSC. If Adjacent Cell is created with
BTS reference, the value is copied from the reference
BTS (Master-BTS). In case of BSC internal adjacent cell
the parameter value depends on the "DTM Enabled"
value of the reference segment. NOTE: When not using
DTM feature, the parameter can be given for an external
adjacency. NOTE: MML Modification: Online
Additional information
-
Range
DTM disabled (N) (0), DTM enabled (Y) (1)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
gui ==> internal
DTM disabled (N) ==> 0
DTM enabled (Y) ==> 1
Default value
DTM disabled (N) (0)
Default value notes
-
Table 17
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
DTM Enabled
Id:0900d8058061a015
69
Adjacent GSM Cell (ADJC/ADCE) radio network object
parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
Not modifiable
Modified
-
Related parameters
dtmEnabled of BTS - If an adjacent cell is created with a
BTS reference, the value is copied from the referenced
BTS (Master-BTS).
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Dual Transfer Mode and Statistics (DTM) (91)
Related features
•
BSS20088: Dual Transfer Mode (DTM)
Interfaces
•
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EAC, EAM, EAO
MML Abbreviated Name
DTM
MML Full Name
DTM enabled
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 17
3.14
DTM Enabled (Cont.)
DTM power budget margin (DPM)
Parameter name
DTM Power Budget Margin
Abbreviated name
dtmPowerBudgetMargin
Managed object
ADCE
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define a power budget handover
threshold for moving:
a) DTM capable mobiles to a DTM capable neighbour cell
when the serving cell is not supporting DTM,
b) DTM call attempts to a DTM capable neighbour cell
when there are no free resources for a DTM allocation in
the serving DTM capable cell,
c) DTM calls from a DTM capable cell to a non-DTM
capable cell.
Additional information
-
Range
-24...63
Step
1
Unit
dB
Table 18
70
DTM Power Budget Margin
Id:0900d8058061a015
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Adjacent GSM Cell (ADJC/ADCE) radio network object
parameters
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = (gui_value + 24)
Default value
6 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
Online
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Dual Transfer Mode and Statistics (DTM) (91)
Related features
•
BSS20088: Dual Transfer Mode (DTM)
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EAC, EAM, EAO
MML Abbreviated Name
DPM
MML Full Name
DTM power budget margin
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 18
3.15
DTM Power Budget Margin (Cont.)
enable derived handover power (DHOPWR)
Parameter name
Enable Derived Handover Power
Abbreviated name
enableDerivedHandoverPower
Managed object
ADCE
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you enable the Downlink,
Uplink or both Derived Handover Power feature.
NOTE: MML Range:
0: Disabled
1: Enabled in UL direction
2: Enabled in DL direction
3: Enabled in both, UL and DL direction
NOTE: Parameter is visible for all site types but,
valid only for BTSplus site type
Table 19
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Enable Derived Handover Power
Id:0900d8058061a015
71
Adjacent GSM Cell (ADJC/ADCE) radio network object
parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Additional information
-
Range
DISABLED (0), ENABLED UL (1), ENABLED DL
(2), ENABLED UL DL (3)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting
internal value
gui ==> internal
DISABLED ==> 0
ENABLED UL ==> 1
ENABLED DL ==> 2
ENABLED UL DL ==> 3
Default value
DISABLED (0)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
– BSS21469: BS2xx@Flexi BSC product family
Interfaces
– BSC <-> RAC
– RAC <-> RACApp
References
-
MML Commands
EAC, EAM, EAO
MML Abbreviated Name
DHOPWR
MML Full Name
enable derived handover power
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning
supported
true
Table 19
3.16
enable HO margin lev qual (MRGS)
Parameter name
Enable HO Margin Lev Qual
Abbreviated name
enableHoMarginLevQual
Table 20
72
Enable Derived Handover Power (Cont.)
Enable HO Margin Lev Qual
Id:0900d8058061a015
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Adjacent GSM Cell (ADJC/ADCE) radio network object
parameters
Managed object
ADCE
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define whether the handover
margins for signal level and quality will be taken into
account in the handover decision algorithm.
Additional information
-
Range
not used (N) (0), used (Y) (1)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
gui ==> internal
not used (N) ==> 0
used (Y) ==> 1
Default value
used (Y) (1)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
Online
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EAM, EAO
MML Abbreviated Name
MRGS
MML Full Name
enable HO margin lev qual
Segment Level Parameter
-
RACApp <-> RAC
Planner <-> RAC
RAC <-> Optimizer
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 20
3.17
fast moving threshold (FMT)
Parameter name
Fast Moving Threshold
Abbreviated name
fastMovingThreshold
Table 21
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Enable HO Margin Lev Qual (Cont.)
Fast Moving Threshold
Id:0900d8058061a015
73
Adjacent GSM Cell (ADJC/ADCE) radio network object
parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Managed object
ADCE
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the limit which is
compared with the identification counter (fast moving MS)
in the adjacent cell. If the limit is exceeded, the call is
handed over from the macrocell to the best microcell.
Additional information
-
Range
0...255
Step
1
Unit
SACCH frame
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
0 SACCH frame
Default value notes
Not in use
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
Online
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EAC, EAM, EAO
MML Abbreviated Name
FMT
MML Full Name
fast moving threshold
Segment Level Parameter
-
Fast Moving MS Handling In Macro Cell (15)
RACApp <-> RAC
Planner <-> RAC
RAC <-> Optimizer
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 21
3.18
GPRS MS TX pwr max CCH (GTXP1)
Parameter name
GPRS MS Tx Pwr Max CCH
Abbreviated name
gprsMsTxpwrMaxCCH
Table 22
74
Fast Moving Threshold (Cont.)
GPRS MS Tx Pwr Max CCH
Id:0900d8058061a015
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Adjacent GSM Cell (ADJC/ADCE) radio network object
parameters
Managed object
ADCE
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the maximum transmission power an MS may use when accessing a packet
control channel in the adjacent cell. This is used when
BCCH is in GSM 900 or GSM 800 frequency band.
NOTE:
MML modification: Online
Additional information
-
Range
5...39
Step
2
Unit
dBm
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = (gui_value - 43) / -2
Default value
33 dBm
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
Not modifiable
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 44.060, 45.008
MML Commands
EAC, EAM, EAO, EQG, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
GTXP1
MML Full Name
GPRS MS TX pwr max CCH
Segment Level Parameter
-
BSC GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in BSC)
(39) (optional) OR Enhanced GPRS (EGPRS)
Usage (51) (optional)
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 22
3.19
GPRS MS Tx Pwr Max CCH (Cont.)
GPRS MS TX pwr max CCH 1x00 (GTXP2)
Parameter name
Table 23
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
GPRS MS Tx Pwr Max CCH 1x00
GPRS MS Tx Pwr Max CCH 1x00
Id:0900d8058061a015
75
Adjacent GSM Cell (ADJC/ADCE) radio network object
parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Abbreviated name
gprsMsTxPwrMaxCCH1x00
Managed object
ADCE
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the maximum transmission power an MS may use when accessing a packet
control channel in the adjacent cell. This is used when
BCCH is in GSM 1900 or GSM 1800 frequency band.
NOTE: MML value range:
GSM 1800: 0..36 dBm (step size 2)
GSM 1900: 0..32 dBm (step size 2) and 33 dBm
NOTE: NetAct internal value range:
GSM 1800:
0..30 dBm: 0..15 (UI value - 30)/-2
32 dBm: 31
34 dBm: 30
36 dBm: 29
GSM 1900:
0..30 dBm: 0..15 (UI value - 30)/-2
32 dBm: 31
33 dBm: 30
NOTE: MML modification: Online
Additional information
-
Range
0...36
Step
2
Unit
dBm
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
30 dBm
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
Not modifiable
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 44.060, 45.008
Table 23
76
BSC GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in BSC)
(39) (optional) OR Enhanced GPRS (EGPRS)
Usage (51) (optional)
GPRS MS Tx Pwr Max CCH 1x00 (Cont.)
Id:0900d8058061a015
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Adjacent GSM Cell (ADJC/ADCE) radio network object
parameters
MML Commands
EAC, EAM, EAO
MML Abbreviated Name
GTXP2
MML Full Name
GPRS MS TX pwr max CCH 1x00
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 23
3.20
GPRS penalty time (GPET)
Parameter name
GPRS Penalty Time
Abbreviated name
gprsPenaltyTime
Managed object
ADCE
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the duration for which the
GPRS Temporary Offset (GTEO) applies.
Additional information
-
Range
10...320
Step
10
Unit
s
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = (gui_value - 10) / 10
Default value
10 s
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
Online
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 44.060
MML Commands
EAC, EAM, EAO
MML Abbreviated Name
GPET
Table 24
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
GPRS MS Tx Pwr Max CCH 1x00 (Cont.)
BSC GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in BSC)
(39) (optional) OR Enhanced GPRS (EGPRS)
Usage (51) (optional)
GPRS Penalty Time
Id:0900d8058061a015
77
Adjacent GSM Cell (ADJC/ADCE) radio network object
parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
MML Full Name
GPRS penalty time
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 24
3.21
GPRS rxlev Access min (GRXP)
Parameter name
GPRS Rxlev Access Min
Abbreviated name
gprsRxlevAccessMin
Managed object
ADCE
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the minimum power level
an MS has to receive before it is allowed to access the
adjacent cell.
Additional information
-
Range
-110...-47
Step
1
Unit
dBm
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = (gui_value + 110)
Default value
-105 dBm
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
Online
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 44.060
MML Commands
EAC, EAM, EAO
MML Abbreviated Name
GRXP
MML Full Name
GPRS rxlev Access min
Table 25
78
GPRS Penalty Time (Cont.)
BSC GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in BSC)
(39) (optional) OR Enhanced GPRS (EGPRS)
Usage (51) (optional)
GPRS Rxlev Access Min
Id:0900d8058061a015
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Adjacent GSM Cell (ADJC/ADCE) radio network object
parameters
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 25
3.22
GPRS temporary offset (GTEO)
Parameter name
GPRS Temporary Offset
Abbreviated name
gprsTemporaryOffset
Managed object
ADCE
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the negative offset of the
C32 reselection criterion for the duration of the GPRS
penalty time (GPET) after the MS has placed the cell on
the list of the strongest carriers. It is used by the mobile
station as part of its calculation of C32 for the cell reselection process. The parameter can be changed in 10 dB
steps. Value 70 dB means infinity.
Additional information
-
Range
0...70
Step
10
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value / 10
Default value
0 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Special value
Infinity 70 (7)
Related functions
-
Modification
Online
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 44.060
Table 26
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
GPRS Rxlev Access Min (Cont.)
BSC GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in BSC)
(39) (optional) OR Enhanced GPRS (EGPRS)
Usage (51) (optional)
GPRS Temporary Offset
Id:0900d8058061a015
79
Adjacent GSM Cell (ADJC/ADCE) radio network object
parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
MML Commands
EAC, EAM, EAO
MML Abbreviated Name
GTEO
MML Full Name
GPRS temporary offset
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 26
3.23
GPRS Temporary Offset (Cont.)
HCS signal level threshold (HCS)
Parameter name
HCS Threshold
Abbreviated name
hcsThreshold
Managed object
ADCE
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the signal strength threshold for applying HCS in GPRS reselection. If this parameter is not given in the adjacent cell creation and the SEG
and the adjacent cell are in the same BSS, the value of
this parameter is copied from the SEG.
NOTE:
MML range: -110,-108,...,-48 (dB) and N
NOTE:
MML modification: Online
Additional information
-
Range
-110...-48
Step
2
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = (gui_value + 110) / 2
Default value
255 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Special value
Not used (255)
Related functions
-
Modification
Not modifiable
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Table 27
80
HCS Threshold
Id:0900d8058061a015
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Adjacent GSM Cell (ADJC/ADCE) radio network object
parameters
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 44.060
MML Commands
EAC, EAM, EAO
MML Abbreviated Name
HCS
MML Full Name
HCS signal level threshold
Segment Level Parameter
-
BSC GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in BSC)
(39) (optional) OR Enhanced GPRS (EGPRS)
Usage (51) (optional)
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 27
3.24
HO level umbrella (AUCL)
Parameter name
HO Level Umbrella
Abbreviated name
hoLevelUmbrella
Managed object
ADCE
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the minimum signal level
of an adjacent cell, when a handover is allowed to an
adjacent umbrella cell.
Additional information
-
Range
-110...-47
Step
1
Unit
dBm
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = (gui_value + 110)
Default value
-47 dBm
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
Online
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Table 28
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
HCS Threshold (Cont.)
HO Level Umbrella
Id:0900d8058061a015
81
Adjacent GSM Cell (ADJC/ADCE) radio network object
parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Interfaces
•
•
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EAC, EAM, EAO
MML Abbreviated Name
AUCL
MML Full Name
HO level umbrella
Segment Level Parameter
-
RACApp <-> RAC
Planner <-> RAC
RAC <-> Optimizer
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 28
3.25
HO Level Umbrella (Cont.)
HO load factor (OF)
Parameter name
HO Load Factor
Abbreviated name
hoLoadFactor
Managed object
ADCE
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define how much the priority of
the target cell will be decreased if the cell is overloaded.
The parameter is used only for the cells under one BSC
if the BSC cannot get information about the loading of
other cells.
NOTE:
The HO load factor cannot be greater than the HO priority
level.
Additional information
-
Range
0...7
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
1
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
Online
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Table 29
82
HO Load Factor
Id:0900d8058061a015
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Adjacent GSM Cell (ADJC/ADCE) radio network object
parameters
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EAC, EAM, EAO
MML Abbreviated Name
OF
MML Full Name
HO load factor
Segment Level Parameter
-
RACApp <-> RAC
Planner <-> RAC
RAC <-> Optimizer
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 29
3.26
HO margin lev (LMRG)
Parameter name
HO Margin Lev
Abbreviated name
hoMarginLev
Managed object
ADCE
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define a threshold for a handover
caused by signal level.
Additional information
-
Range
-24...24
Step
1
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
3 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
Online
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Table 30
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
HO Load Factor (Cont.)
HO Margin Lev
Id:0900d8058061a015
83
Adjacent GSM Cell (ADJC/ADCE) radio network object
parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EAC, EAM, EAO
MML Abbreviated Name
LMRG
MML Full Name
HO margin lev
Segment Level Parameter
-
RACApp <-> RAC
Planner <-> RAC
RAC <-> Optimizer
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 30
3.27
HO margin pbgt (PMRG)
Parameter name
HO Margin PBGT
Abbreviated name
hoMarginPbgt
Managed object
ADCE
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define a threshold in the power
budget process. The handover margin prevents repeated
handover between adjacent cells.
Additional information
-
Range
-24...63
Step
1
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
6 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
Online
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Table 31
84
HO Margin Lev (Cont.)
HO Margin PBGT
Id:0900d8058061a015
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Adjacent GSM Cell (ADJC/ADCE) radio network object
parameters
Interfaces
•
•
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EAC, EAM, EAO
MML Abbreviated Name
PMRG
MML Full Name
HO margin pbgt
Segment Level Parameter
-
RACApp <-> RAC
Planner <-> RAC
RAC <-> Optimizer
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 31
3.28
HO margin qual (QMRG)
Parameter name
HO Margin Qual
Abbreviated name
hoMarginQual
Managed object
ADCE
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define a threshold for a handover
caused by signal quality.
Additional information
-
Range
-24...24
Step
1
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
0 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
Online
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Table 32
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
HO Margin PBGT (Cont.)
HO Margin Qual
Id:0900d8058061a015
85
Adjacent GSM Cell (ADJC/ADCE) radio network object
parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Interfaces
•
•
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EAC, EAM, EAO
MML Abbreviated Name
QMRG
MML Full Name
HO margin qual
Segment Level Parameter
-
RACApp <-> RAC
Planner <-> RAC
RAC <-> Optimizer
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 32
3.29
HO priority level (PRI)
Parameter name
HO Priority Level
Abbreviated name
hoPriorityLevel
Managed object
ADCE
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the priority level for an
adjacent cell. The priority level is used for target cell evaluation by the handover control process. By using priority
levels for the handover algorithm, it is possible to take
into account the location of the adjacent cell.
Additional information
-
Range
0...7
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
3
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
Online
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Table 33
86
HO Margin Qual (Cont.)
HO Priority Level
Id:0900d8058061a015
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Adjacent GSM Cell (ADJC/ADCE) radio network object
parameters
Interfaces
•
•
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
Planner <-> RAC
RAC <-> Optimizer
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 45.008
MML Commands
EAC, EAM, EAO
MML Abbreviated Name
PRI
MML Full Name
HO priority level
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 33
3.30
HO Priority Level (Cont.)
HO target area (HOTA)
HO target area (HOTA)
Parameter name
HO Target Area
Abbreviated name
hoTargetArea
Managed object
ADCE
Multiplicity
1
Table 34
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
HO Target Area
Id:0900d8058061a015
87
Adjacent GSM Cell (ADJC/ADCE) radio network object
parameters
Description
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
With this parameter you define whether the adjacent
cell is a normal or an extended cell. The meanings of
the HOTA values are:
0 ... Normal cell or Nokia 2nd generation extended
cell
1 ... UltraSite or Talk-family or Flexi EDGE extended
cell, BSC tries to allocate a new channel from a
normal transceiver (N-TRX)
2 ... UltraSite or Talk-family or Flexi EDGE extended
cell, BSC tries to allocate a new channel from an
extended transceiver (E-TRX)
3 ... UltraSite or Talk-family or Flexi EDGE extended
cell, BSC tries to allocate a new channel from a transceiver that is of the same type as the transceiver
where the call exists
4 ... Flexi EDGE super-extended cell, the BSC tries to
allocate a new channel from a super-extended transceiver (S-TRX)
MML NOTE:
You can check the values of the HO target area
parameter with the EAT command.
MML NOTE:
The allowed values depend on the generations of the
source and target BTS as presented in the following
table.
Value 4 is allowed when the 105km Extended Cell CS
feature state is ON or CONF.
Additional information
-
Range and step
Normal or Nokia 2nd generation extended cell (0), E
Cell Normal TRX Alloc (1), E Cell Extended TRX Alloc
(2), E Cell Same Type As TRX Alloc (3), S Cell
Extended TRX Alloc (4)
Formula for getting internal
value
gui ==> internal
Normal or Nokia 2nd generation extended cell ==> 0
E Cell Normal TRX Alloc ==> 1
E Cell Extended TRX Alloc ==> 2
E Cell Same Type As TRX Alloc ==> 3
S Cell Extended TRX Alloc ==> 4
Default value
Normal or Nokia 2nd generation extended cell (0)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
Online
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Table 34
88
HO Target Area (Cont.)
Id:0900d8058061a015
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Adjacent GSM Cell (ADJC/ADCE) radio network object
parameters
Related options
•
Extended Cell For US (88) (optional) OR
Extended Cell Radius (10) (optional) OR
Extended cell range for Flexi EDGE BTS (108)
(optional) OR 105km Extended Cell CS (123)
Related features
•
•
BSS20882: Extended cell range for Flexi EDGE
BTS
BSS21277: 105km Extended Cell CS
Interfaces
•
•
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
Planner <-> RAC
RAC <-> Optimizer
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EAC, EAM, EAO, EAT
MML Abbreviated Name
HOTA
MML Full Name
HO target area
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning supported
true
Table 34
HO Target Area (Cont.)
BTS GENERATION SOURCE
BTS GEN. ADJACENT CELL
HOTA
Nokia 2nd generation, Talk-family,
Nokia PrimeSite, MetroSite, Nokia
InSite, UltraSite, or Flexi EDGE
Nokia 2nd generation, Nokia PrimeSite, MetroSite, InSite, or Flexi
EDGE
0
Nokia 2nd generation, Nokia PrimeSite, MetroSite, Nokia InSite, or
Flexi EDGE
Talk-family, UltraSite, or Flexi
EDGE
0, 1, 2
Talk-family, UltraSite, or Flexi
EDGE
Talk-family, UltraSite, or Flexi
EDGE
0, 1, 2, 3
Flexi EDGE
Flexi EDGE
0, 1, 2, 3, 4
In the case of an inter-BSS handover, the MS is always handed over to the TRX in the
outer coverage area of the cell if the target cell is without an LRTCH channel. When
LRTCH is configured in the target cell, the TRX is selected according the location of the
MS.
3.31
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
level adjustment (L1-L5)
Parameter name
Reference Cell Level Adjustment
Abbreviated name
levelAdj
Managed object
ADCE
Multiplicity
1
Table 35
Reference Cell Level Adjustment
Id:0900d8058061a015
89
Adjacent GSM Cell (ADJC/ADCE) radio network object
parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Description
With this parameter you define the difference in signal
levels between the actual co-frequency cell of the
handover candidate and the reference cell which simulates the co-frequency cell.
Additional information
-
Range
-63...63
Step
1
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
0 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
Online
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EAX, EAO
MML Abbreviated Name
L1-L5
MML Full Name
level adjustment
Segment Level Parameter
-
C/I Based Handover Candidate Evaluation (18)
RACApp <-> RAC
Planner <-> RAC
RAC <-> Optimizer
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 35
3.32
location area code (LAC)
Parameter name
LAC
Abbreviated name
adjacentCellIdLac
Managed object
ADCE
Multiplicity
1
Table 36
90
Reference Cell Level Adjustment (Cont.)
LAC
Id:0900d8058061a015
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Adjacent GSM Cell (ADJC/ADCE) radio network object
parameters
Description
With this parameter you define the LAC of the adjacent
cell (target cell). The identification consists of the Mobile
Country Code Number, Mobile Network Code Number,
Cell Identification and the Location Area Code.
NOTE:
MML modification: Online
Additional information
-
Range
1...65533
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Modification
Not modifiable
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EAC, EAD, EAO, EAM
MML Abbreviated Name
LAC
MML Full Name
location area code
Segment Level Parameter
-
Planner <-> RAC
RAC <-> Optimizer
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 36
3.33
location area code of reference cell (LAC1-LAC5)
Parameter name
Reference Cell LAC
Abbreviated name
adjIdLac
Managed object
ADCE
Table 37
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
LAC (Cont.)
Reference Cell LAC
Id:0900d8058061a015
91
Adjacent GSM Cell (ADJC/ADCE) radio network object
parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you identify the location area number
of the reference cell.
Additional information
-
Range
1...65533
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
Online
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EAX, EAO
MML Abbreviated Name
LAC1-LAC5
MML Full Name
location area code of reference cell
Segment Level Parameter
-
C/I Based Handover Candidate Evaluation (18)
RACApp <-> RAC
Planner <-> RAC
RAC <-> Optimizer
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 37
3.34
mobile country code (MCC)
Parameter name
MCC
Abbreviated name
adjacentCellIdMCC
Managed object
ADCE
Multiplicity
1
Table 38
92
Reference Cell LAC (Cont.)
MCC
Id:0900d8058061a015
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Adjacent GSM Cell (ADJC/ADCE) radio network object
parameters
Description
With this parameter you define the MCC of the adjacent
cell (target cell). The identification consists of the Mobile
Country Code Number, Mobile Network Code Number,
Cell Identification and the Location Area Code.
NOTE:
MML Range: 0..999
MML modification: Online
Additional information
-
Range
3
Step
-
Unit
characters
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
MCC value of serving cell
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
Not modifiable
Modified
-
Related parameters
adjacentCellIdMNC of ADCE - If this parameter is given
then the parameter MNC is obligatory.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 48.008
MML Commands
EAC, EAD, EAM, EAX, EAO, EAT, EAP
MML Abbreviated Name
MCC
MML Full Name
mobile country code
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 38
3.35
mobile country code of reference cell (MCC1-MCC5)
Parameter name
Reference Cell MCC
Abbreviated name
adjIdMCC
Managed object
ADCE
Table 39
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
MCC (Cont.)
Reference Cell MCC
Id:0900d8058061a015
93
Adjacent GSM Cell (ADJC/ADCE) radio network object
parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Multiplicity
1
Description
With these parameters you define the Mobile Country
Code of the reference cell.
NOTE:
MML range: 0..999
MML default: MCC value of serving cell
Additional information
-
Range
3
Step
-
Unit
characters
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
MCC value of serving cell
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
Online
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EAX, EAO
MML Abbreviated Name
MCC1-MCC5
MML Full Name
mobile country code of reference cell
Segment Level Parameter
-
C/I Based Handover Candidate Evaluation (18)
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 39
3.36
mobile network code (MNC)
Parameter name
MNC
Abbreviated name
adjacentCellIdMNC
Managed object
ADCE
Table 40
94
Reference Cell MCC (Cont.)
MNC
Id:0900d8058061a015
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Adjacent GSM Cell (ADJC/ADCE) radio network object
parameters
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the MNC of the adjacent
cell (target cell). The identification consists of the Mobile
Country Code Number, Mobile Network Code Number,
Cell Identification and the Location Area Code.
NOTE:
MML range: 0..999
MML modification: Online
MNC length must be always three digits if MCC is 310,
311, 312, 313, 314, 315, 316, 334, 338, 342, 344, 346,
348, 365, 376 , 708, 722 or 732
Additional information
-
Range
2...3
Step
-
Unit
characters
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
MNC value of serving cell
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
Not modifiable
Modified
-
Related parameters
adjacentCellIdMCC of ADCE - If this parameter is given
then the parameter MCC is obligatory.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 48.008
MML Commands
EAC, EAD, EAM, EAX, EAO, EAT, EAP
MML Abbreviated Name
MNC
MML Full Name
mobile network code
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 40
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
MNC (Cont.)
Id:0900d8058061a015
95
Adjacent GSM Cell (ADJC/ADCE) radio network object
parameters
3.37
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
mobile network code of reference cell (MNC1-MNC5)
Parameter name
Reference Cell MNC
Abbreviated name
adjIdMNC
Managed object
ADCE
Multiplicity
1
Description
With these parameters you define the Mobile Network
Code of the reference cell.
NOTE:
MML range: 0...999
MML default: MNC value of serving cell
MNC length must be always three digits if MCC is 310,
311, 312, 313, 314, 315, 316, 334, 338, 342, 344, 346,
348, 365, 376, 708, 722 or 732
Additional information
-
Range
2...3
Step
-
Unit
characters
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
MNC value of serving cell
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
Online
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EAX, EAO
MML Abbreviated Name
MNC1-MNC5
MML Full Name
mobile network code of reference cell
Segment Level Parameter
-
C/I Based Handover Candidate Evaluation (18)
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 41
96
Reference Cell MNC
Id:0900d8058061a015
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
3.38
Adjacent GSM Cell (ADJC/ADCE) radio network object
parameters
MS pwr opt level (POPT)
Parameter name
MS Pwr Opt Level
Abbreviated name
msPwrOptLevel
Managed object
ADCE
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the optimum uplink RF
signal level after a handover on a channel in the adjacent
cell. If optimisation is enabled, the parameter indicates
also the desirable uplink signal level after the handover.
The optimisation procedure works only for intra-BSC handovers. The BSC presumes that the uplink signal level
and the downlink signal level are in balance within the
coverage area of the adjacent cell. If the downlink signal
is, for example, 5 dB stronger than the uplink signal, set
the value for this parameter 5dB higher than the desirable
uplink signal level.
MML NOTE:
Range: -110..-47 (dBm), N (no optimisation (255))
Default: N
Additional information
-
Range
-110...-47
Step
1
Unit
dBm
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = (gui_value + 110)
Default value
255 dBm
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Special value
Not used (255)
Related functions
-
Modification
Online
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
•
•
References
-
Table 42
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Optimization Of The MS Power Level In Handovers
(13)
RACApp <-> RAC
Planner <-> RAC
RAC <-> Optimizer
RAC <-> BSC
MS Pwr Opt Level
Id:0900d8058061a015
97
Adjacent GSM Cell (ADJC/ADCE) radio network object
parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
MML Commands
EAC, EAM, EAO
MML Abbreviated Name
POPT
MML Full Name
MS pwr opt level
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 42
3.39
MS Pwr Opt Level (Cont.)
MS TX pwr max gsm (PMAX1)
Parameter name
MS Tx Pwr Max GSM
Abbreviated name
msTxPwrMaxGSM
Managed object
ADCE
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the maximum transmission power of the MS for each adjacent cell. This parameter replaces old ms_txpwr_max_cell parameter.
NOTE:
MML Modification: Online
Additional information
-
Range
5...39
Step
2
Unit
dBm
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = (gui_value - 43) / -2
Default value
33 dBm
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
Not modifiable
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 45.008
MML Commands
EAC, EAM, EAO
Table 43
98
MS Tx Pwr Max GSM
Id:0900d8058061a015
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Adjacent GSM Cell (ADJC/ADCE) radio network object
parameters
MML Abbreviated Name
PMAX1
MML Full Name
MS TX pwr max gsm
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 43
3.40
MS Tx Pwr Max GSM (Cont.)
MS TX pwr max gsm1x00 (PMAX2)
Parameter name
MS Tx Pwr Max GSM1x00
Abbreviated name
msTxPwrMaxGSM1x00
Managed object
ADCE
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the maximum transmission power of the MS for each adjacent cell.
NOTE: MML value range:
GSM 1800: 0..36 dBm (step size 2)
GSM 1900: 0..32 dBm (step size 2) and 33 dBm
NOTE:
MML modification: Online
NOTE: NetAct internal value range:
GSM 1800:
0..30 dBm: 0..15 (UI value - 30)/-2
32 dBm: 31
34 dBm: 30
36 dBm: 29
GSM 1900:
0..30 dBm: 0..15 (UI value - 30)/-2
32 dBm: 31
33 dBm: 30
Additional information
-
Range
0...36
Step
2
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
30
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Table 44
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
MS Tx Pwr Max GSM1x00
Id:0900d8058061a015
99
Adjacent GSM Cell (ADJC/ADCE) radio network object
parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Modification
Not modifiable
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 45.008
MML Commands
EAC, EAM, EAO
MML Abbreviated Name
PMAX2
MML Full Name
MS TX pwr max gsm1x00
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 44
3.41
MS Tx Pwr Max GSM1x00 (Cont.)
NCCR and DTM EGPRS PBGT margin (EPM)
Parameter name
NCCR And DTM EGPRS PBGT Margin
Abbreviated name
nccrEgprsPbgtMargin
Managed object
ADCE
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the threshold which is
used for EGPRS and DTM MSS as a power budget
margin in the NCCR and DTM power budget process.
Note: This parameter does not require EGPRS option.
Additional information
-
Range
-63...63
Step
1
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = (gui_value + 63)
Default value
6 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
Online
Modified
-
Table 45
100
NCCR And DTM EGPRS PBGT Margin
Id:0900d8058061a015
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Adjacent GSM Cell (ADJC/ADCE) radio network object
parameters
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
NC Cell Re-selection (85) (optional) OR Dual
Transfer Mode and Statistics (DTM) (91) (optional)
Related features
•
•
•
BSS11112: Network Controlled Cell Reselection
(NCCR)
BSS20394: Network Controlled Cell Re-selection
BSS20088: Dual Transfer Mode (DTM)
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EAC, EAM, EAO
MML Abbreviated Name
EPM
MML Full Name
NCCR and DTM EGPRS PBGT margin
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 45
3.42
NCCR and DTM GPRS PBGT margin (GPM)
Parameter name
NCCR And DTM GPRS PBGT Margin
Abbreviated name
nccrGprsPbgtMargin
Managed object
ADCE
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the threshold which is
used for GPRS and DTM MSS as a power budget margin
in the NCCR and DTM power budget process.
Additional information
-
Range
-63...63
Step
1
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = (gui_value + 63)
Default value
6 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
Online
Table 46
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
NCCR And DTM EGPRS PBGT Margin (Cont.)
NCCR And DTM GPRS PBGT Margin
Id:0900d8058061a015
101
Adjacent GSM Cell (ADJC/ADCE) radio network object
parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
NC Cell Re-selection (85) (optional) OR Dual
Transfer Mode and Statistics (DTM) (91) (optional)
Related features
•
•
•
BSS11112: Network Controlled Cell Reselection
(NCCR)
BSS20394: Network Controlled Cell Re-selection
BSS20088: Dual Transfer Mode (DTM)
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EAC, EAM, EAO
MML Abbreviated Name
GPM
MML Full Name
NCCR and DTM GPRS PBGT margin
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 46
3.43
NCCR And DTM GPRS PBGT Margin (Cont.)
NCCR EGPRS quality margin (EQM)
Parameter name
NCCR EGPRS Quality Margin
Abbreviated name
nccrEgprsQualityMargin
Managed object
ADCE
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the margin for EGPRS MS
by which the signal level of the neighbor cell must exceed
the signal level of the serving cell before the cell reselection is possible.
Note: This parameter does not require EGPRS option.
Additional information
-
Range
-5...5
Step
1
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = (gui_value + 5)
Default value
0 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Table 47
102
NCCR EGPRS Quality Margin
Id:0900d8058061a015
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Adjacent GSM Cell (ADJC/ADCE) radio network object
parameters
Related functions
-
Modification
Online
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
NC Cell Re-selection (85)
Related features
•
•
BSS11112: Network Controlled Cell Reselection
(NCCR)
BSS20394: Network Controlled Cell Re-selection
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EAC, EAM, EAO
MML Abbreviated Name
EQM
MML Full Name
NCCR EGPRS quality margin
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 47
3.44
NCCR GPRS quality margin (GQM)
Parameter name
NCCR GPRS Quality Margin
Abbreviated name
nccrGprsQualityMargin
Managed object
ADCE
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the margin for GPRS MS
by which the signal level of the neighbor cell must exceed
the signal level of the serving cell before the cell reselection is possible.
Additional information
-
Range
-5...5
Step
1
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = (gui_value + 5)
Default value
0 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Table 48
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
NCCR EGPRS Quality Margin (Cont.)
NCCR GPRS Quality Margin
Id:0900d8058061a015
103
Adjacent GSM Cell (ADJC/ADCE) radio network object
parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Related functions
-
Modification
Online
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
NC Cell Re-selection (85)
Related features
•
•
BSS11112: Network Controlled Cell Reselection
(NCCR)
BSS20394: Network Controlled Cell Re-selection
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EAC, EAM, EAO
MML Abbreviated Name
GQM
MML Full Name
NCCR GPRS quality margin
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 48
3.45
NCCR GPRS Quality Margin (Cont.)
network colour code (NCC)
Parameter name
BSIC NCC
Abbreviated name
adjCellBsicNcc
Managed object
ADCE
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the network colour code
number.
NOTE:
The BSIC parameter, which is used to identify the BTS, is
composed of the NCC and BCC parameters. BSIC must
be equal to the BSIC parameter of adjacent BTS.
MML NOTE:
MML Modification: online
This parameter is mandatory in creation if the adjacent
cell and the BTS are not under the same BSS.
Additional information
-
Range
0...7
Step
1
Unit
-
Table 49
104
BSIC NCC
Id:0900d8058061a015
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Adjacent GSM Cell (ADJC/ADCE) radio network object
parameters
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Modification
Not modifiable
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
•
Planner <-> RAC
RAC <-> Optimizer
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 44.018
MML Commands
EAC, EAM, EAO, EAP
MML Abbreviated Name
NCC
MML Full Name
network colour code
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 49
3.46
BSIC NCC (Cont.)
priority class (PRC)
Parameter name
Priority Class
Abbreviated name
hcsPriorityClass
Managed object
ADCE
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the HCS (hierarchical cell
structures) priority for the cells. 0 is the lowest and 7 is the
highest priority. In the adjacent cell creation, if this parameter is not given and the SEG and the adjacent cell are in
the same BSS, the value of this parameter is copied from
the SEG.
NOTE:
MML Modification: Online
Additional information
-
Range
0...7
Table 50
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Priority Class
Id:0900d8058061a015
105
Adjacent GSM Cell (ADJC/ADCE) radio network object
parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
0
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
Not modifiable
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 44.060
MML Commands
EAC, EAM, EAO
MML Abbreviated Name
PRC
MML Full Name
priority class
Segment Level Parameter
-
BSC GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in BSC)
(39) (optional) OR Enhanced GPRS (EGPRS)
Usage (51) (optional)
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 50
3.47
reporting priority (REP)
Parameter name
Reporting Priority
Abbreviated name
reportingPriority
Managed object
ADCE
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the reporting priority of the
adjacent GSM cell.
Additional information
-
Range
Reporting Priority Is Set To Normal (0), Reporting Priority
Is Set To High (1)
Step
-
Unit
-
Table 51
106
Priority Class (Cont.)
Reporting Priority
Id:0900d8058061a015
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Adjacent GSM Cell (ADJC/ADCE) radio network object
parameters
Formula for getting internal
value
gui ==> internal
Reporting Priority Is Set To Normal ==> 0
Reporting Priority Is Set To High ==> 1
Default value
Reporting Priority Is Set To Normal (0)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
Online
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 44.018, 45.008
MML Commands
EAC, EAM, EAO, EAP
MML Abbreviated Name
REP
MML Full Name
reporting priority
Segment Level Parameter
-
Support For Enhanced Measurement Report (EMR)
(67)
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 51
3.48
Reporting Priority (Cont.)
routing area code (RAC)
Parameter name
RAC
Abbreviated name
rac
Managed object
ADCE
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the routing area code in
the adjacent cell.
NOTE:
MML description: In the adjacent cell creation, if this
parameter is not given and the SEG and the adjacent cell
are in the same BSS, the value of this parameter is
copied from the SEG.
NOTE:
MML modification: Online
Table 52
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
RAC
Id:0900d8058061a015
107
Adjacent GSM Cell (ADJC/ADCE) radio network object
parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Additional information
-
Range
0...255
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
255
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
Not modifiable
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 44.060
MML Commands
EAC, EAM, EAO
MML Abbreviated Name
RAC
MML Full Name
routing area code
Segment Level Parameter
-
BSC GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in BSC)
(39) (optional) OR Enhanced GPRS (EGPRS)
Usage (51) (optional)
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 52
3.49
RX lev min cell (SL)
Parameter name
RX Lev Min Cell
Abbreviated name
rxLevMinCell
Managed object
ADCE
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the minimum signal level
of an adjacent cell, when a handover is allowed to one of
them.
Additional information
-
Range
-110...-47
Table 53
108
RAC (Cont.)
RX Lev Min Cell
Id:0900d8058061a015
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Adjacent GSM Cell (ADJC/ADCE) radio network object
parameters
Step
1
Unit
dBm
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = (gui_value + 110)
Default value
-100 dBm
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
Online
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EAC, EAM, EAO
MML Abbreviated Name
SL
MML Full Name
RX lev min cell
Segment Level Parameter
-
RACApp <-> RAC
Planner <-> RAC
RAC <-> Optimizer
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 53
3.50
synchronised (SYNC)
Parameter name
Synchronised
Abbreviated name
synchronized
Managed object
ADCE
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define whether the adjacent cell
is synchronised with the cell in use. When defining adjacencies between the sectors of PrimeSite, the value of
parameter synchronised must be N (not synchronised).
This is because the sectors of PrimeSite are not synchronised with each other in a fault case, when the system
has set the sectors to minimum configuration.
Table 54
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
RX Lev Min Cell (Cont.)
Synchronised
Id:0900d8058061a015
109
Adjacent GSM Cell (ADJC/ADCE) radio network object
parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Additional information
-
Range
not synchronized (N) (0), synchronized (Y) (1)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
gui ==> internal
not synchronized (N) ==> 0
synchronized (Y) ==> 1
Default value
not synchronized (N) (0)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
Online
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
Planner <-> RAC
RAC <-> Optimizer
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 44.018
MML Commands
EAC, EAM, EAO
MML Abbreviated Name
SYNC
MML Full Name
synchronised
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 54
3.51
target cell of direct access to desired layer (DADL)
Parameter name
Target Cell Of Direct Access To Desired Layer
Abbreviated name
dadlbTargetCell
Managed object
ADCE
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define whether the direct access
to desired layer/band handover is applied to the adjacent
cell.
Table 55
110
Synchronised (Cont.)
Target Cell Of Direct Access To Desired Layer
Id:0900d8058061a015
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Adjacent GSM Cell (ADJC/ADCE) radio network object
parameters
Additional information
-
Range
DADL is not applied (N) (0), DADL is applied (Y) (1)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
gui ==> internal
DADL is not applied (N) ==> 0
DADL is applied (Y) ==> 1
Default value
DADL is not applied (N) (0)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
Online
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EAC, EAM, EAO
MML Abbreviated Name
DADL
MML Full Name
target cell of direct access to desired layer
Segment Level Parameter
-
Direct Access To Desired Layer/Band (35)
RACApp <-> RAC
Planner <-> RAC
RAC <-> Optimizer
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 55
3.52
TRHO target level (TRHO)
Parameter name
TRHO Target Level
Abbreviated name
trhoTargetLevel
Managed object
ADCE
Multiplicity
1
Table 56
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Target Cell Of Direct Access To Desired Layer (Cont.)
TRHO Target Level
Id:0900d8058061a015
111
Adjacent GSM Cell (ADJC/ADCE) radio network object
parameters
Description
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
With this parameter you define the minimum signal level
when a traffic reason handover is allowed to an adjacent
cell.
NOTE:
MML range: -109...-47 dBm and N (not in use)
Additional information
-
Range
-109...-47
Step
1
Unit
dBm
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = (gui_value + 110)
Default value
0 dBm
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Special value
Not used (0)
Related functions
-
Modification
Online
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EAC, EAM, EAO
MML Abbreviated Name
TRHO
MML Full Name
TRHO target level
Segment Level Parameter
-
RACApp <-> RAC
Planner <-> RAC
RAC <-> Optimizer
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 56
112
TRHO Target Level (Cont.)
Id:0900d8058061a015
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Adjacent UTRAN Cell (UADJC/ADJW) radio network
object parameters
4 Adjacent UTRAN Cell (UADJC/ADJW) radio
network object parameters
4.1
adjacent cell index (INDEX)
Parameter name
ADJW ID
Abbreviated name
id
Managed object
ADJW
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the adjacent cell index for
the adjacent UTRAN cell. The index value is unambiguous under a serving GSM cell.
MML NOTE: The smallest free index value for serving cell
is searched and used.
Additional information
-
Range
0...31
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Modification
Not modifiable
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EAE, EAH, EAI, EAG, EAF, EAJ, EAK, EAL
MML Abbreviated Name
INDEX
MML Full Name
adjacent cell index
Segment Level Parameter
-
Table 57
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Inter System HO (ISHO Support In BSC) (56)
(optional) OR TD-SCDMA Interworking, Idle Mode
(113) (optional)
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
ADJW ID
Id:0900d80580619ef5
113
Adjacent UTRAN Cell (UADJC/ADJW) radio network
object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 57
4.2
ADJW ID (Cont.)
cell identification (CI)
Parameter name
Cell Identification
Abbreviated name
AdjwCId
Managed object
ADJW
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the cell number for the
adjacent UTRAN cell.
Additional information
-
Range
0...65535
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 23.003, 25.413, 48.008
MML Commands
EAE, EAH, EAI, EAF, EAJ, EAK, EAL
MML Abbreviated Name
CI
MML Full Name
cell identification
Segment Level Parameter
-
Inter System HO (ISHO Support In BSC) (56)
(optional) OR TD-SCDMA Interworking, Idle Mode
(113) (optional)
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 58
114
Cell Identification
Id:0900d80580619ef5
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
4.3
Adjacent UTRAN Cell (UADJC/ADJW) radio network
object parameters
cell parameter (CPA)
Parameter name
Cell Parameter
Abbreviated name
cellParameter
Managed object
ADJW
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the downlink cell parameter of the primary common pilot channel of the adjacent
TD-SCDMA RAN cell.
NOTE: Special value 255 defines that the adjacent cell is
a UTRAN cell.
Additional information
-
Range
0...127
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
0
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Special value
Parameter not used. This is an adjacent UTRAN cell
(255)
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
scramblingCode of ADJW - If Scrambling Code parameter value is other than 65535 the Cell Parameter value is
initialized to 255.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
TD-SCDMA Interworking, Idle Mode (113)
Related features
•
BSS30320: TD-SCDMA Interworking, Idle Mode
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 25.213, 44.018
MML Commands
EAF, EAK, EAL
MML Abbreviated Name
CPA
MML Full Name
cell parameter
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 59
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Cell Parameter
Id:0900d80580619ef5
115
Adjacent UTRAN Cell (UADJC/ADJW) radio network
object parameters
4.4
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
direct access Ec/Io threshold (DET)
Parameter name
Direct Access Ec/Io Threshold
Abbreviated name
intSystemDaEcioThr
Managed object
ADJW
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the minimum CPICH Ec/Io
level of an adjacent WCDMA RAN cell in decibels, when
a direct access to the adjacent WCDMA RAN cell is
allowed. If this parameter has the value 0.5 dB, the BSC
is not allowed to initiate a direct access from the serving
GSM cell to the WCDMA RAN cell because a CPICH
Ec/Io level measured by mobiles can be maximum 0 dB.
Additional information
-
Range
-24...0.5
Step
0.5
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = (gui_value + 24) * 2
Default value
-11.5 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
BSC <-> RAC
RAC <-> RACApp
References
•
3GPP Reference: 25.133
MML Commands
EAE, EAH, EAI
MML Abbreviated Name
DET
MML Full Name
direct access Ec/Io threshold
Segment Level Parameter
-
Inter System HO (ISHO Support In BSC) (56)
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 60
116
Direct Access Ec/Io Threshold
Id:0900d80580619ef5
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
4.5
Adjacent UTRAN Cell (UADJC/ADJW) radio network
object parameters
downlink transmission diversity (DIV)
Parameter name
Downlink Transmission Diversity
Abbreviated name
txDiversityInd
Managed object
ADJW
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define whether the downlink
transmission diversity capability of the logical node that is
controlling the adjacent UTRAN cell is used or not.
Additional information
-
Range
not used (N) (0), used (Y) (1)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
gui ==> internal
not used (N) ==> 0
used (Y) ==> 1
Default value
not used (N) (0)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> BSC
RACApp <-> RAC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 44.018, 44.060
MML Commands
EAE, EAH, EAI, EAF, EAK
MML Abbreviated Name
DIV
MML Full Name
downlink transmission diversity
Segment Level Parameter
-
Inter System HO (ISHO Support In BSC) (56)
(optional) OR TD-SCDMA Interworking, Idle Mode
(113) (optional)
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 61
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Downlink Transmission Diversity
Id:0900d80580619ef5
117
Adjacent UTRAN Cell (UADJC/ADJW) radio network
object parameters
4.6
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
ISNCCR FDD quality threshold (FQT)
Parameter name
ISNCCR FDD Quality Threshold
Abbreviated name
isnccrFddQualityThr
Managed object
ADJW
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the minimum signal
quality level of an adjacent WCDMA RAN cell for an intersystem network-controlled cell re-selection (ISNCCR).
Note: The value 0.5 dB of this parameter means that the
BSC is never allowed to initiate an ISNCCR attempt from
the serving cell towards the WCDMA RAN cell because a
CPICH Ec/Io level measured by mobiles can be
maximum 0 dB.
Effects only in the GSM neighbours.
Additional information
-
Range
-24...0.5
Step
0.5
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = (gui_value + 24) * 2
Default value
-15 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Inter System HO (ISHO Support In BSC) (56)
(optional) AND NC Cell Re-selection (85) (optional)
AND ISNCCR Usage (86) (optional)
Related features
•
•
BSS11112: Network Controlled Cell Reselection
(NCCR)
BSS20394: Network Controlled Cell Re-selection
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EAE, EAH, EAI
MML Abbreviated Name
FQT
MML Full Name
ISNCCR FDD quality threshold
Segment Level Parameter
-
Table 62
118
ISNCCR FDD Quality Threshold
Id:0900d80580619ef5
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Adjacent UTRAN Cell (UADJC/ADJW) radio network
object parameters
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 62
4.7
ISNCCR FDD Quality Threshold (Cont.)
location area code (LAC)
Parameter name
LAC
Abbreviated name
lac
Managed object
ADJW
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the location area that the
adjacent UTRAN cell belongs to.
Additional information
-
Range
1...65533
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Special value
Not defined (65535)
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 23.003, 24.008, 44.018, 48.008
MML Commands
EAE, EAH, EAI, EAF, EAK
MML Abbreviated Name
LAC
MML Full Name
location area code
Segment Level Parameter
-
Inter System HO (ISHO Support In BSC) (56)
(optional) OR TD-SCDMA Interworking, Idle Mode
(113) (optional)
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 63
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
LAC
Id:0900d80580619ef5
119
Adjacent UTRAN Cell (UADJC/ADJW) radio network
object parameters
4.8
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
minimum CPICH Ec/Io level (MET)
Parameter name
Minimum CPICH Ec/Io Level
Abbreviated name
minEcnoThreshold
Managed object
ADJW
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the minimum CPICH Ec/Io
level of an adjacent WCDMA RAN cell for an inter-system
handover attempt. The threshold level must be exceeded
before the BSC is allowed to trigger a handover attempt
towards the adjacent WCDMA RAN cell.
NOTE:
The value 0.5 dB of this parameter means that the BSC
is never allowed to initiate a handover attempt from the
serving GSM cell towards the WCDMA RAN cell because
a CPICH Ec/Io level measured by mobiles can be
maximum 0 dB.
Additional information
-
Range
-24...0.5
Step
0.5
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = (gui_value + 24) * 2
Default value
-15 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 25.133
MML Commands
EAE, EAH, EAI
MML Abbreviated Name
MET
MML Full Name
minimum CPICH Ec/Io level
Segment Level Parameter
-
Table 64
120
Inter System HO (ISHO Support In BSC) (56)
Minimum CPICH Ec/Io Level
Id:0900d80580619ef5
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Adjacent UTRAN Cell (UADJC/ADJW) radio network
object parameters
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 64
4.9
Minimum CPICH Ec/Io Level (Cont.)
mobile country code (MCC)
Parameter name
MCC
Abbreviated name
mcc
Managed object
ADJW
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the mobile country code
number for the adjacent UTRAN cell.
NOTE:
MML range: 0...999
MML default: MCC value of the serving GSM cell
Additional information
-
Range
3
Step
-
Unit
characters
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
Default value is the MCC value of serving cell.
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
mnc of ADJW - If this parameter is given then the parameter MNC in obligatory.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 23.003, 24.008, 44.018, 48.008
MML Commands
EAE, EAH, EAI, EAF, EAJ, EAK, EAL
MML Abbreviated Name
MCC
MML Full Name
mobile country code
Segment Level Parameter
-
Table 65
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Inter System HO (ISHO Support In BSC) (56)
MCC
Id:0900d80580619ef5
121
Adjacent UTRAN Cell (UADJC/ADJW) radio network
object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 65
4.10
MCC (Cont.)
mobile network code (MNC)
Parameter name
MNC
Abbreviated name
mnc
Managed object
ADJW
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the mobile network code
number for the adjacent UTRAN cell.
NOTE:
MML range: 0..99
0..999
MML default: MNC value of the serving GSM cell
MNC length must be always three digits if MCC is 310,
311, 312, 313, 314, 315, 316, 334, 338, 342, 344, 346,
348, 365, 376, 708, 722 or 732
Additional information
-
Range
2...3
Step
-
Unit
characters
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
Default value is the MNC value of the serving GSM cell
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
mcc of ADJW - If this parameter is given then the parameter MCC in obligatory.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 23.003, 24.008, 44.018, 48.008
MML Commands
EAE, EAH, EAI, EAF, EAJ, EAK, EAL
Table 66
122
Inter System HO (ISHO Support In BSC) (56)
MNC
Id:0900d80580619ef5
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Adjacent UTRAN Cell (UADJC/ADJW) radio network
object parameters
MML Abbreviated Name
MNC
MML Full Name
mobile network code
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 66
4.11
radio network controller identifier (RNC)
Parameter name
RNC ID
Abbreviated name
rncId
Managed object
ADJW
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the radio network controller that controls the adjacent UTRAN cell on the UTRAN
network.
Additional information
-
Range
1...4095
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 23.003, 25.003, 48.008
MML Commands
EAE, EAH, EAI, EAF, EAJ, EAK, EAL
MML Abbreviated Name
RNC
MML Full Name
radio network controller identifier
Table 67
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
MNC (Cont.)
Inter System HO (ISHO Support In BSC) (56)
(optional) OR TD-SCDMA Interworking, Idle Mode
(113) (optional)
RNC ID
Id:0900d80580619ef5
123
Adjacent UTRAN Cell (UADJC/ADJW) radio network
object parameters
Segment Level Parameter
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 67
4.12
RNC ID (Cont.)
reporting priority (REP)
Parameter name
Reporting Priority
Abbreviated name
fddReportingPriority
Managed object
ADJW
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the reporting priority of the
adjacent UTRAN cell.
Additional information
-
Range
Reporting Priority Is Set To Normal (0), Reporting Priority
Is Set To High (1)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
gui ==> internal
Reporting Priority Is Set To Normal ==> 0
Reporting Priority Is Set To High ==> 1
Default value
Reporting Priority Is Set To Normal (0)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
BSC <-> RAC
RAC <-> RACApp
References
•
3GPP Reference: 44.018, 45.008
MML Commands
EAE, EAH, EAI
MML Abbreviated Name
REP
MML Full Name
reporting priority
Segment Level Parameter
-
Table 68
124
Inter System HO (ISHO Support In BSC) (56)
Reporting Priority
Id:0900d80580619ef5
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Adjacent UTRAN Cell (UADJC/ADJW) radio network
object parameters
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 68
4.13
Reporting Priority (Cont.)
scrambling code (SCC)
Parameter name
Scrambling Code
Abbreviated name
scramblingCode
Managed object
ADJW
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the downlink scrambling
code of the primary common pilot channel of the adjacent
UTRAN cell.
NOTE: Special value 65535 is reserved for TD-SCDMA
Interworking -feature to define that the adjacent cell is a
TD-SCDMA RAN cell. Scrambling codes are not used in
TDD (Time Division Duplex) type of UTRAN.
Additional information
-
Range
0...511
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Special value
SCR not used, this is an adjacent TD-SCDMA cell
(65535)
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
cellParameter of ADJW - If Cell Parameter parameter
value is other than 255 the Scrambling Code value is initialized to 65535.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 24.008, 44.018, 44.060
MML Commands
EAE, EAH, EAI
Table 69
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Inter System HO (ISHO Support In BSC) (56)
Scrambling Code
Id:0900d80580619ef5
125
Adjacent UTRAN Cell (UADJC/ADJW) radio network
object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
MML Abbreviated Name
SCC
MML Full Name
scrambling code
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 69
4.14
service area code (SAC)
Parameter name
Service Area Code
Abbreviated name
sac
Managed object
ADJW
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the service area the
adjacent UTRAN cell belongs to.
Additional information
-
Range
0...65535
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 23.003, 25.413, 48.008
MML Commands
EAE, EAH, EAI, EAF, EAK
MML Abbreviated Name
SAC
MML Full Name
service area code
Table 70
126
Scrambling Code (Cont.)
Inter System HO (ISHO Support In BSC) (56)
(optional) OR TD-SCDMA Interworking, Idle Mode
(113) (optional)
Service Area Code
Id:0900d80580619ef5
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Adjacent UTRAN Cell (UADJC/ADJW) radio network
object parameters
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 70
4.15
Service Area Code (Cont.)
synchronisation case (SC)
Parameter name
Synchronisation Case
Abbreviated name
syncCase
Managed object
ADJW
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the adjacent TD-SCDMA
RAN cell synchronisation case
Additional information
-
Range
Synchronisation case 1 is used (0), Synchronisation case
2 is used (1)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
gui ==> internal
Synchronisation case 1 is used ==> 0
Synchronisation case 2 is used ==> 1
Default value
Synchronisation case 1 is used (0)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
TD-SCDMA Interworking, Idle Mode (113)
Related features
•
BSS30320: TD-SCDMA Interworking, Idle Mode
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 25.304
MML Commands
EAF, EAK, EAL
MML Abbreviated Name
SC
MML Full Name
synchronisation case
Segment Level Parameter
-
Table 71
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Synchronisation Case
Id:0900d80580619ef5
127
Adjacent UTRAN Cell (UADJC/ADJW) radio network
object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 71
4.16
WCDMA downlink carrier frequency (FREQ)
Parameter name
WCDMA Downlink Carrier Frequency
Abbreviated name
uarfcn
Managed object
ADJW
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the downlink carrier frequency of the adjacent UTRAN cell. The frequency must
be given as the UTRAN Absolute Radio Frequency
Channel Number (UARFCN).
Additional information
-
Range
0...16383
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 24.008, 25.101, 25.331, 44.018,
44.060
MML Commands
EAE, EAH, EAI, EAF, EAK
MML Abbreviated Name
FREQ
MML Full Name
WCDMA downlink carrier frequency
Segment Level Parameter
-
Table 72
128
Synchronisation Case (Cont.)
Inter System HO (ISHO Support In BSC) (56)
(optional) OR TD-SCDMA Interworking, Idle Mode
(113) (optional)
WCDMA Downlink Carrier Frequency
Id:0900d80580619ef5
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Adjacent UTRAN Cell (UADJC/ADJW) radio network
object parameters
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 72
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
WCDMA Downlink Carrier Frequency (Cont.)
Id:0900d80580619ef5
129
Authorised Network (ANE) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
5 Authorised Network (ANE) radio network
object parameters
5.1
authorised networks identification (ANE)
Parameter name
ANE ID
Abbreviated name
aneId
Managed object
ANE
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define a unique identifier number
for Authorised Networks.
Additional information
-
Range
1...10
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Modification
Not modifiable
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
IBHO (IMSI Based Handover) in BSC (80)
Related features
•
BSS12158: IMSI Based Handover
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
E4C, E4D, E4M, E4O
MML Abbreviated Name
ANE
MML Full Name
authorised networks identification
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 73
130
ANE ID
Id:0900d80580619ef8
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
5.2
Authorised Network (ANE) radio network object parameters
authorised networks name (NAME)
Parameter name
Authorised Networks Name
Abbreviated name
aneName
Managed object
ANE
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define a unique name for a group
of Authorised Networks.
Note: This is defined as like "BTS name". Input of both
numeric and alphabetic characters is possible.
Additional information
-
Range
1...15
Step
-
Unit
characters
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
IBHO (IMSI Based Handover) in BSC (80)
Related features
•
BSS12158: IMSI Based Handover
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
E4C, E4D, E4M, E4O, E4S
MML Abbreviated Name
NAME
MML Full Name
authorised networks name
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 74
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Authorised Networks Name
Id:0900d80580619ef8
131
Authorised Network (ANE) radio network object parameters
5.3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
network mobile country code (MCC1...6)
Parameter name
Network MCC
Abbreviated name
networkMCC
Managed object
ANE
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the Mobile Country Code
of an Authorised Network.
Additional information
-
Range
3
Step
-
Unit
characters
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
networkMNC of ANE - If parameter is given then parameter Network MNC is obligatory, networkTechnology of
ANE - If parameter is given then parameter Network
Technology is obligatory.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
IBHO (IMSI Based Handover) in BSC (80)
Related features
•
BSS12158: IMSI Based Handover
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
E4C, E4M, E4O
MML Abbreviated Name
MCC1...6
MML Full Name
network mobile country code
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 75
132
Network MCC
Id:0900d80580619ef8
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
5.4
Authorised Network (ANE) radio network object parameters
network mobile network code (MNC1...6)
Parameter name
Network MNC
Abbreviated name
networkMNC
Managed object
ANE
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the Mobile Network Code
of an Authorised Network.
NOTE:
If single-digit MNC is given, the preceding digits will have
value 0xF which means "not defined"
If 2-digit MNC is given, the preceding digit will have value
0xF which means "not defined"
3-digit MNC is stored such as it has been given
MNC length must be always three digits if MCC is 310,
311, 312, 313, 314, 315, 316, 334, 338, 342, 344, 346,
348, 365, 376, 708, 722 or 732
Additional information
-
Range
2...3
Step
-
Unit
characters
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
networkMCC of ANE - If parameter is given then parameter Network MCC is obligatory, networkTechnology of
ANE - If parameter is given then parameter Network
Technology is obligatory.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
IBHO (IMSI Based Handover) in BSC (80)
Related features
•
BSS12158: IMSI Based Handover
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
E4C, E4M, E4O
MML Abbreviated Name
MNC1...6
Table 76
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Network MNC
Id:0900d80580619ef8
133
Authorised Network (ANE) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
MML Full Name
network mobile network code
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 76
5.5
Network MNC (Cont.)
network technology (TECH1...6)
Parameter name
Network Technology
Abbreviated name
networkTechnology
Managed object
ANE
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the technology which is
used within the authorised network in the Authorised
Networks group.
MML NOTE:
IBHO licence (parameter values 1 and 2 requires
ISHO_SUPPORT_IN_BSC (FIFILE option) addition to
IBHO licence)
Additional information
-
Range
GSM (0), WCDMA RAN (1), Both GSM And WCDMA
RAN (2)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
gui ==> internal
GSM ==> 0
WCDMA RAN ==> 1
Both GSM And WCDMA RAN ==> 2
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
networkMCC of ANE - If parameter is given then parameter Network MCC is obligatory, networkMNC of ANE - If
parameter is given then parameter Network MNC is obligatory.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Table 77
134
IBHO (IMSI Based Handover) in BSC (80)
Network Technology
Id:0900d80580619ef8
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Authorised Network (ANE) radio network object parameters
Related features
•
BSS12158: IMSI Based Handover
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
E4C, E4M, E4O
MML Abbreviated Name
TECH1...6
MML Full Name
network technology
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 77
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Network Technology (Cont.)
Id:0900d80580619ef8
135
BCCH Allocation Frequency List (BA/BAL) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
6 BCCH Allocation Frequency List (BA/BAL)
radio network object parameters
6.1
frequency (-)
Parameter name
Frequency
Abbreviated name
frequency
Managed object
BAL
Multiplicity
32
Description
MML description:
With this parameter you define the frequency to be added
to the BCCH frequency list or to be removed from it. The
maximum number of frequencies in one BCCH frequency
list is 32.
NetAct description:
With this parameter you define the frequencies belonging
to the BCCH frequency list.
Range:
GSM 800: 128...251
GSM 900: 1...124 and 975...1023, 0
GSM 1800: 512...885
GSM 1900: 512...810
MULTI: 1...124, 128...251 <option>, 512...810 <option>,
512...885, 975...1023, 0
NOTE:
MULTI consists of three frequency bands, dual band for
GSM 900/ GSM 1800, dual band for GSM 800/GSM 1900
and dual band for GSM 800/GSM 1800. The value range
of dual band GSM 900/ GSM 1800 is 1...124, 512...885,
975...1023, 0. The value range of dual band GSM
800/GSM 1900 is 128...251, 512...810. The value range
of dual band GSM 800/ GSM 1800 is 128...251,
512...885. The frequency range depends on the active
dual band feature. The maximum number of frequencies
in one BCCH frequency list is 32. If the Common BCCH
feature is used, the maximum is 31. If the option ISHO
Support In BSC is on, the maximum is 31. If the Common
BCCH feature and also ISHO Support In BSC option is
used, the maximum is 30.
Additional information
-
Range
0...1023
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Table 78
136
Frequency
Id:0900d80580619efb
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
BCCH Allocation Frequency List (BA/BAL) radio network object parameters
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 45.008
MML Commands
EBC, EBM, EBO
MML Abbreviated Name
-
MML Full Name
frequency
Segment Level Parameter
-
Double BCCH Allocation List (0)
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 78
6.2
identification of BCCH frequency list (-)
Parameter name
BAL ID
Abbreviated name
id
Managed object
BAL
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you identify the BCCH frequency list.
Additional information
-
Range
1...3000
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Table 79
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Frequency (Cont.)
BAL ID
Id:0900d80580619efb
137
BCCH Allocation Frequency List (BA/BAL) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Modification
Not modifiable
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Double BCCH Allocation List (0)
Related features
•
BSS21149: Flexi BSC
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EBC, EBD, EBM, EBO
MML Abbreviated Name
-
MML Full Name
identification of BCCH frequency list
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 79
6.3
BAL ID (Cont.)
type of BCCH frequency list (-)
Parameter name
Type Of BCCH Frequency List
Abbreviated name
frequencyBandInUse
Managed object
BAL
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the type of the BCCH frequency list. The value depends on the frequency band
used in the BTS. The band is either GSM 800, GSM 900,
GSM 1800, GSM 1900, or MULTI.
Additional information
-
Range
GSM 900 (0), GSM 1800 (1), GSM 1900 (2), Multi Band
(3), GSM 800 (5)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
gui ==> internal
GSM 900 ==> 0
GSM 1800 ==> 1
GSM 1900 ==> 2
Multi Band ==> 3
GSM 800 ==> 5
Default value
Table 80
138
-
Type Of BCCH Frequency List
Id:0900d80580619efb
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
BCCH Allocation Frequency List (BA/BAL) radio network object parameters
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Modification
Not modifiable
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EBC, EBO
MML Abbreviated Name
-
MML Full Name
type of BCCH frequency list
Segment Level Parameter
-
Double BCCH Allocation List (0)
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 80
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Type Of BCCH Frequency List (Cont.)
Id:0900d80580619efb
139
Base Control Function (BCF) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
7 Base Control Function (BCF) radio network
object parameters
7.1
Add BCF to chain / Remove BCF from chain (ADD / REM)
Parameter name
Slave BCF List
Abbreviated name
slaveBcfList
Managed object
BCF
Multiplicity
8
Description
With this parameter you define slave BCF(s) to the
chain under the master clock BCF.
NOTE: The parameter is only available for Talkfamily, MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE and Flexi
Multiradio.
MML NOTE:
ADD (MML Full Name: Add BCF to chain): The
slave BCF can be defined when creating or modifying the master clock BCF. If synchronisation of the
chain is enabled, the added BCF must be locked,
otherwise modification is online. Modification can
also be done in slave BCF creation.
REM (MML Full Name: remove BCF from chain):
The slave BCF can be removed when modifying the
master clock BCF. If synchronisation of the chain is
enabled, the removed BCF must be locked, otherwise online.
Range:
MML default value: 0 (Not defined)
NetAct NOTE: If a master BCF and slave BCFs are
created to the BCF synchronisation chain in the
same RNW plan, the slave BCFs information has to
defined in the master BCF data.
Additional information
-
Range
1...3000
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting
internal value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
0
Default value notes
Not defined
Table 81
140
Slave BCF List
Id:0900d8058064c42f
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Required on Creation
optional
Special value
Not defined (0)
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
When modifying a master clock BCF, the modification can be made online if synchronisation of the
chain is disabled. Requires locking of the slave
BCF(s), if synchronisation of the master clock BCF
is enabled (SENA=Y). When creating or removing
an independent mode BCF, the modification
requires BCF locking.
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
– BSS21149: Flexi BSC
Interfaces
– RAC <-> RACApp
– RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EFC, EFM, EFO, EFL / EFM, EFO, EFL
MML Abbreviated Name
ADD / REM
MML Full Name
Add BCF to chain / Remove BCF from chain
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning
supported
true
Table 81
7.2
Slave BCF List (Cont.)
administrative state (-)
Parameter name
Administrative State
Abbreviated name
adminState
Managed object
BCF
Multiplicity
1
Table 82
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Base Control Function (BCF) radio network object parameters
Administrative State
Id:0900d8058064c42f
141
Base Control Function (BCF) radio network object parameters
Description
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
With this parameter you lock or unlock the object. If the
BCF is in operational use, the administrative state must
be "unlocked". If the state is "locked", the BCF cannot
transfer traffic.
MML NOTE:
MML Range:
L (locked)
U (unlocked)
MML default: L
Additional information
-
Range
Unlocked (1), Locked (3)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
gui ==> internal
Unlocked ==> 1
Locked ==> 3
Default value
Locked (3)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EFO, EFS, EEI
MML Abbreviated Name
-
MML Full Name
administrative state
Segment Level Parameter
-
RACApp <-> RAC
Planner <-> RAC
RAC <-> Optimizer
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 82
142
Administrative State (Cont.)
Id:0900d8058064c42f
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
7.3
Base Control Function (BCF) radio network object parameters
autoconfigure (AC)
Parameter name
Autoconfigure
Abbreviated name
autoConfig
Managed object
BCF
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define whether the BCF is
created to be autoconfigured.
NOTE: The parameter is only available for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus and Flexi
Multiradio.
Additional information
-
Range
BCF is not created (N) (0), BCF is created to be
autoconfigured (Y) (1)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting
internal value
gui ==> internal
BCF is not created (N) ==> 0
BCF is created to be autoconfigured (Y) ==> 1
Default value
BCF is not created (N) (0)
Default value notes
No
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
Not modifiable
Modified
-
Related parameters
lapdLinkName of BCF - If this parameter has value
(Y) then the parameter LAPD Link Name is obligatory.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
– Abis Auto Configuration (32)
Related features
-
Interfaces
–
–
–
–
References
-
MML Commands
EFC
MML Abbreviated Name
AC
Table 83
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
RACApp <-> RAC
Planner <-> RAC
RAC <-> Optimizer
RAC <-> BSC
Autoconfigure
Id:0900d8058064c42f
143
Base Control Function (BCF) radio network object parameters
MML Full Name
autoconfigure
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning
supported
false
Table 83
7.4
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Autoconfigure (Cont.)
automatic unlock allowed (AU)
Parameter name
Automatic Unlock Allowed
Abbreviated name
autoUnlAllowed
Managed object
BCF
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define if automatic unlock
is used at creation of Flexi EDGE or Flexi Multiradio
BCF.
Note: Parameter is relevant for Flexi EDGE and
Flexi Multiradio site types only but it is visible at
NetAct for other BCF types also.
Additional information
-
Range
automatic unlock not allowed (F) (0), automatic
unlock allowed (T) (1)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting
internal value
gui ==> internal
automatic unlock not allowed (F) ==> 0
automatic unlock allowed (T) ==> 1
Default value
automatic unlock allowed (T) (1)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
bcfType of BCF - Automatic unlock allowed parameter is only for Flexi EDGE and Flexi Multiradio BTS
site types.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Table 84
144
Automatic Unlock Allowed
Id:0900d8058064c42f
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Related features
– BSS20847: Automatic commissioning of the
Flexi EDGE BTS
Interfaces
– RACApp <-> RAC
– RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EFC, EFM, EFO
MML Abbreviated Name
AU
MML Full Name
automatic unlock allowed
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning
supported
true
Table 84
7.5
Base Control Function (BCF) radio network object parameters
Automatic Unlock Allowed (Cont.)
BCCH TRX shutdown timer (BTIM)
Parameter name
BCCH TRX Shutdown Timer
Abbreviated name
bcchTrxBatbuTimer
Managed object
BCF
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the time period after
which shutdown group 0 TRXs are powered down.
The time begins after the TRX Shutdown Timer1
has expired. Parameter is valid if BTS Battery
Backup Procedure parameter has value "Transmission and BCCH Alive (1)" or "Transmission Alive
(2)". Also BCCH TRXs are powered down when
battery backup procedure parameter has value
"Transmission Alive (2)".
NOTE: Likewise this parameter is valid only if
Adjustable Intelligent Shutdown for Flexi EDGE or
Adjustable Intelligent Shutdown for MetroSite,
UltraSite and Talk-family licence (according to site
type) is ON/CONFIG OR the FIFILE/PRFILE option
for intelligent shutdown is ON, see below for
FIFILE/PRFILE options:
- MetroSite: BTS_METRO_SITE_BATBU_PR
- Talk-family: BTS_SITE_BATBU_PROC_A AND
BTS_SIT_BATBU_PROC
- UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus and Flexi Multiradio: BTS_ULTRA_SITE_BATBU_PR
Table 85
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BCCH TRX Shutdown Timer
Id:0900d8058064c42f
145
Base Control Function (BCF) radio network object parameters
Additional information
-
Range
0...600
Step
1
Unit
min
Formula for getting
internal value
internal_value = gui_value * 6000
Default value
0 min
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
batteryBackupProcedure of BCF - Defines the
shutdown procedure to be used (all TRXs shut
down according to shutdown timers, only BCCH
TRX left on or all TRXs left on). , normTrxBatbuTimer of BCF - Group 1 TRXs are shut down after
normTrxBatbuTimer3 + normTrxBatbuTimer2 +
normTrxBatbuTimer + batteryBackupTimer , batteryBackupTimer of BSC - Defines the time period
for trying to make forced HOs. ,
normTrxBatbuTimer2 of BCF - Group 2 TRXs are
shut down after normTrxBatbuTimer3 +
normTrxBatbuTimer2 + batteryBackupTimer ,
normTrxBatbuTimer3 of BCF - Group 3 TRXs are
shut down after normTrxBatbuTimer3 + batteryBackupTimer , trxShutdownGroup of TRX - Defines
to which shutdown group the TRX belongs in a
mains failure case.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
– Remote Degration Of BTS Service Under TRX
Shutdown (2) (optional) OR BTS Metro Site
Batbu Pr (73) (optional) OR BTS Ultra Site
Batbu Pr (74) (optional) OR Adjustable Intelligent Shutdown for Flexi EDGE (101) (optional)
OR Adjustable Intelligent Shutdown for MetroSite, UltraSite, Talk-family (102) (optional)
Related features
– BSS20151: Adjustable Intelligent Shutdown
– BSS20903: Separate Licence for Flexi EDGE
BTS Intelligent Shutdown
Table 85
146
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
BCCH TRX Shutdown Timer (Cont.)
Id:0900d8058064c42f
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Interfaces
–
–
–
–
References
-
MML Commands
EFC, EFM, EFO
MML Abbreviated Name
BTIM
MML Full Name
BCCH TRX shutdown timer
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning
supported
true
Table 85
7.6
Base Control Function (BCF) radio network object parameters
RACApp <-> RAC
Planner <-> RAC
RAC <-> Optimizer
RAC <-> BSC
BCCH TRX Shutdown Timer (Cont.)
BCF identification (BCF)
Parameter name
BCF ID
Abbreviated name
id
Managed object
BCF
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you identify the BCF with a decimal
number.
Range Note:
The value range depends on the BSC hardware configuration and the corresponding options.
Additional information
-
Range
1...3000
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Modification
Not modifiable
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Table 86
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BCF ID
Id:0900d8058064c42f
147
Base Control Function (BCF) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Related options
-
Related features
•
BSS21149: Flexi BSC
Interfaces
•
•
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
Planner <-> RAC
RAC <-> Optimizer
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EFC, EFD, EFO, EFM, EFR, EFS, EFT, EFX, EEI
MML Abbreviated Name
BCF
MML Full Name
BCF identification
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 86
7.7
BCF ID (Cont.)
bit rate (BR)
Parameter name
Bit Rate
Abbreviated name
bitRate
Managed object
BCF
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the bit rate of the Dchannel O&M signalling link of the BCF.
NOTE: The parameter is only available for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus and Flexi
Multiradio.
NOTE: No NetAct Interface.
Additional information
-
Range
8 kbps (8), 16 kbps (16), 32 kbps (32), 64 kbps (64)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting
internal value
gui ==> internal
8 kbps ==> 8
16 kbps ==> 16
32 kbps ==> 32
64 kbps ==> 64
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Table 87
148
Bit Rate
Id:0900d8058064c42f
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Modification
Not modifiable
Modified
-
Related parameters
autoConfig of BCF - If this parameter is given then
the Auto Configuration parameter value must be
Yes (Y). , lapdLinkNumber of BCF - This parameter
is mandatory when the LAPD Link Number is not
given.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
-
References
-
MML Commands
EFC
MML Abbreviated Name
BR
MML Full Name
bit rate
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning
supported
false
Table 87
7.8
Base Control Function (BCF) radio network object parameters
Bit Rate (Cont.)
BSC-BSC interface failure (BSCBSC)
Parameter name
BSC-BSC interface failure
Abbreviated name
bscBscInterfaceFailure
Managed object
BCF
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you output the synchronisation data
and DFCA TRXs of the DFCA BTSs which have the
defined BSC-BSC interface status. The data of a BTS is
output, if the DFCA mode of the BTS is STANDBY or
DFCA hopping and the BTS has the BSC-BSC interface
status defined by this parameter.
NOTE: MML RANGE:
OK = Output DFCA BTSs which do not suffer from a
BSC-BSCinterface failure.
NOK = Output DFCA BTSs which suffer from a BSCBSCinterface failure.
Table 88
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSC-BSC interface failure
Id:0900d8058064c42f
149
Base Control Function (BCF) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Additional information
-
Range
NOK (0), OK (1)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
gui ==> internal
NOK ==> 0
OK ==> 1
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
Not modifiable
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
DFCA (Dynamic Frequency And Channel Allocation)
Usage (70)
Related features
•
BSS11052: Dynamic Frequency and Channel Allocation
Interfaces
-
References
-
MML Commands
EFL
MML Abbreviated Name
BSCBSC
MML Full Name
BSC-BSC interface failure
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- false
ported
Table 88
7.9
BTS battery backup procedure (BBU)
Parameter name
BTS Battery Backup Procedure
Abbreviated name
batteryBackupProcedure
Managed object
BCF
Multiplicity
1
Table 89
150
BSC-BSC interface failure (Cont.)
BTS Battery Backup Procedure
Id:0900d8058064c42f
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Description
Base Control Function (BCF) radio network object parameters
With this parameter you define what type of BTS
battery backup procedure is used. The procedure is
executed when the mains power goes down at the
BTS site and there is a battery backup unit.
NOTE:
MML RANGE:
ALL (transmission equipment and all TRXs are left
alive)
BCCH (transmission equipment and only the BCCH
TRX are left alive)
NONE (only transmission equipment is left alive)
MML DEFAULT: ALL
NOTE: This parameter is valid only when Adjustable Intelligent Shutdown for FlexiEDGE or Adjustable Intelligent Shutdown for MetroSite, UltraSite
and Talk-family licence (according to site type) is
ON/CONFIG OR the FIFILE/PRFILE option for
intelligent shutdown is ON, see below for
FIFILE/PRFILE options:
MetroSite: BTS_METRO_SITE_BATBU_PR
Talk-family: BTS_SITE_BATBU_PROC_A AND
BTS_SIT_BATBU_PROC
UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus and Flexi Multiradio: BTS_ULTRA_SITE_BATBU_PR
Additional information
-
Range
All Alive (0), Transmission and BCCH Alive (1),
Transmission Alive (2)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting
internal value
gui ==> internal
All Alive ==> 0
Transmission and BCCH Alive ==> 1
Transmission Alive ==> 2
Default value
All Alive (0)
Default value notes
ALL
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Table 89
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BTS Battery Backup Procedure (Cont.)
Id:0900d8058064c42f
151
Base Control Function (BCF) radio network object parameters
Related parameters
bcchTrxBatbuTimer of BCF - Group 0 TRXs are
shut down after normTrxBatbuTimer3 +
normTrxBatbuTimer2 + normTrxBatbuTimer +
bcchTrxBatbuTimer + batteryBackupTimer ,
normTrxBatbuTimer of BCF - Group 1 TRXs are
shut down after normTrxBatbuTimer3 +
normTrxBatbuTimer2 + normTrxBatbuTimer + batteryBackupTimer , batteryBackupTimer of BSC Defines the time period for trying to make forced
HOs. , normTrxBatbuTimer2 of BCF - Group 2
TRXs are shut down after normTrxBatbuTimer3 +
normTrxBatbuTimer2 + batteryBackupTimer ,
normTrxBatbuTimer3 of BCF - Group 3 TRXs are
shut down after normTrxBatbuTimer3 + batteryBackupTimer , trxShutdownGroup of TRX - Defines
to which shutdown group the TRX belongs in a
mains failure case.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
– Remote Degration Of BTS Service Under TRX
Shutdown (2) (optional) OR BTS Metro Site
Batbu Pr (73) (optional) OR BTS Ultra Site
Batbu Pr (74) (optional) OR Adjustable Intelligent Shutdown for Flexi EDGE (101) (optional)
OR Adjustable Intelligent Shutdown for MetroSite, UltraSite, Talk-family (102) (optional)
Related features
– BSS20151: Adjustable Intelligent Shutdown
– BSS20903: Separate Licence for Flexi EDGE
BTS Intelligent Shutdown
Interfaces
–
–
–
–
References
-
MML Commands
EFC, EFM, EFO
MML Abbreviated Name
BBU
MML Full Name
BTS battery backup procedure
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning
supported
true
Table 89
152
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
RACApp <-> RAC
Planner <-> RAC
RAC <-> Optimizer
RAC <-> BSC
BTS Battery Backup Procedure (Cont.)
Id:0900d8058064c42f
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
7.10
Base Control Function (BCF) radio network object parameters
BTS site subtype (-)
Parameter name
BTS Site Subtype
Abbreviated name
btsSiteSubtype
Managed object
BCF
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you identify the subtype of the
BTS site. Parameter is not modifiable.
NOTE: Parameter is mandatory if site type is
BTSplus.
NOTE: Parameter is valid only for BTSplus site
type.
Additional information
-
Range
Mainline (M) (0), eMicro (E) (1), Basic (B) (2), No
BTS sub site (255)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting
internal value
gui ==> internal
Mainline (M) ==> 0
eMicro (E) ==> 1
Basic (B) ==> 2
No BTS sub site ==> 255
Default value
No BTS sub site (255)
Default value notes
Value 255 is used with other site types than
BTSplus.
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
Not modifiable
Modified
-
Related parameters
bcfType of BCF - Parameter values Mainline,
eMicro and Basic are available only for BTSplus
type of BTS site. Value 255 is used with other site
types than BTSplus.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
– BSS21469: BS2xx@Flexi BSC product family
Interfaces
– BSC <-> RAC
– RAC <-> RACApp
Table 90
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BTS Site Subtype
Id:0900d8058064c42f
153
Base Control Function (BCF) radio network object parameters
References
-
MML Commands
EFC, EFM, EFO, EEI
MML Abbreviated Name
-
MML Full Name
BTS site subtype
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning
supported
true
Table 90
7.11
BTS Site Subtype (Cont.)
clock source (CS)
Parameter name
Clock Source
Abbreviated name
clockSource
Managed object
BCF
Multiplicity
1
Table 91
154
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Clock Source
Id:0900d8058064c42f
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Description
Base Control Function (BCF) radio network object parameters
With this parameter you define the clock source for
the master clock BCF or the independent mode
BCF. If the defined clock source is LMU, LMU-ABIS
or BCF, the BCF is a master clock BCF.
When synch of the BCF is disabled (SENA=N),
modification of the parameter can be done online.
When the synch of the BCF is enabled (SENA=Y)
and value of the Synch Status is not 'ABIS SYNCH',
then the value of the parameter can be changed
from LMU to LMU-ABIS or vice versa online.
NOTE: The parameter is only available for Talkfamily, MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE and Flexi
Multiradio.
NOTE: MML range:
BCF (master clock BCF)
LMU (location measurement unit)
PCM (independent mode)
NONE (remove clock source)
LAB (LMU-ABIS)
BWLMU (BCF WCDMA LMU)
IWLMU (Independent WCDMA-LMU)
NOTE: MML default: NOT USED
LMU-ABIS (4) value is only available for UltraSite
and Flexi EDGE and Flexi Multiradio. BWLMU (5)
and IWLMU (6) are only available for Flexi Multiradio.
Additional information
-
Range
NONE (remove clock source) (0), LMU (location
measurement unit) (1), BCF (master clock BCF)
(2), PCM (independent mode) (3), LMU-ABIS (4),
BWLMU (5), IWLMU (6)
Step
-
Unit
-
Table 91
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Clock Source (Cont.)
Id:0900d8058064c42f
155
Base Control Function (BCF) radio network object parameters
Formula for getting
internal value
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
gui ==> internal
NONE (remove clock source) ==> 0
LMU (location measurement unit) ==> 1
BCF (master clock BCF) ==> 2
PCM (independent mode) ==> 3
LMU-ABIS ==> 4
BWLMU ==> 5
IWLMU ==> 6
Default value
NONE (remove clock source) (0)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
When modifying a master clock BCF, the modification can be made online if synchronisation of the
chain is disabled. When creating or removing an
independent mode BCF, the modification requires
BCF locking.
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
– BSS21403: Flexi Multiradio
Interfaces
– RAC <-> RACApp
– RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EFC, EFM, EFO, EFL
MML Abbreviated Name
CS
MML Full Name
clock source
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning
supported
true
Table 91
7.12
Clock Source (Cont.)
D-channel link set name (DNAME)
Parameter name
Table 92
156
LAPD Link Name
LAPD Link Name
Id:0900d8058064c42f
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Control Function (BCF) radio network object parameters
Abbreviated name
lapdLinkName
Managed object
BCF
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you identify the D-channel link set
name of the BTS site O&M link. NOTE: The parameter
cannot be defined for PrimeSite. Modifying the parameter
causes a temporary break in O&M signalling. NOTE:
Range: String of up to 5 characters ('A'..'Z','0'..'9'). The
first character must be a letter.
Additional information
-
Range
1...5
Step
-
Unit
characters
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
autoConfig of BCF - If this parameter is given then the
Auto Configuration parameter value must be Yes (Y), lapdLinkNumber of BCF - This parameter is mandatory
when the LAPD Link Number is not given.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EFC, EFO, EFM, EEI
MML Abbreviated Name
DNAME
MML Full Name
D-channel link set name
Segment Level Parameter
-
RACApp <-> RAC
Planner <-> RAC
RAC <-> Optimizer
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 92
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
LAPD Link Name (Cont.)
Id:0900d8058064c42f
157
Base Control Function (BCF) radio network object parameters
7.13
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
D-channel link set number (DNBR)
Parameter name
LAPD Link Number
Abbreviated name
lapdLinkNumber
Managed object
BCF
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you identify the D-channel link set
number of the BTS site O&M link. NOTE: The parameter
cannot be defined for PrimeSite. Modifying the parameter
causes a temporary break in O&M signalling. MML
NOTE: Modification: Online
Additional information
-
Range
1...65535
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
Not modifiable
Modified
-
Related parameters
autoConfig of BCF - If the Auto Configuration parameter
value is set to (Y) then this parameter can not be given,
lapdLinkName of BCF - If this parameter is given then the
parameter LAPD Link Name can not be given.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
References
-
MML Commands
EFC, EFM, EFO
MML Abbreviated Name
DNBR
MML Full Name
D-channel link set number
Segment Level Parameter
-
BSC -> RAC
File Based Provisioning sup- false
ported
Table 93
158
LAPD Link Number
Id:0900d8058064c42f
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
7.14
Base Control Function (BCF) radio network object parameters
external input number (INBR)
Parameter name
External Input Number
Abbreviated name
inputId
Managed object
BCF
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the external input
number of the BCF.
NOTE: The parameter is only available for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE and Flexi Multiradio.
NOTE: MML RANGE: 1 ... 10 (MetroSite), 1 ... 24
(UltraSite, Flexi EDGE and Flexi Multiradio)
Additional information
-
Range
1...24
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting
internal value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
– RAC <-> RACApp
– RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EFX, EFO
MML Abbreviated Name
INBR
MML Full Name
external input number
Segment Level Parameter
-
Table 94
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
External Input Number
Id:0900d8058064c42f
159
Base Control Function (BCF) radio network object parameters
File Based Provisioning
supported
Table 94
7.15
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
true
External Input Number (Cont.)
external outputs ON / external outputs OFF (ON/OFF)
Parameter name
External Outputs
Abbreviated name
bcfOutputInUse
Managed object
BCF
Multiplicity
6
Description
With this parameter you define the external outputs
that are set to ON or OFF state. The outputs are
identified by a number.
NOTE: The parameter cannot be defined for PrimeSite. In the case of MetroSite, the number of
external outputs is 4. In the case of 2nd Generation,
Talk-family, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus and
Flexi Multiradio, the number of external outputs is 6.
MML NOTE:
range: 6 outputs of type ON/OFF Default value: all
outputs OFF
Additional information
-
Range
false (0), true (1)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting
internal value
– false => 0
– true => 1
Default value
false (0)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Table 95
160
External Outputs
Id:0900d8058064c42f
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Interfaces
–
–
–
–
References
-
MML Commands
EFO, EFT
MML Abbreviated Name
ON/OFF
MML Full Name
external outputs ON / external outputs OFF
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning
supported
true
Table 95
7.16
Base Control Function (BCF) radio network object parameters
RACApp <-> RAC
Planner <-> RAC
RAC <-> Optimizer
RAC <-> BSC
External Outputs (Cont.)
external synchronization source (ESS)
Parameter name
External Synchronization Source
Abbreviated name
syncSource
Managed object
BCF
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the synchronisation
source of the master clock TRX for a synchronised PrimeSite BTS site. If the site is not synchronised but standalone, the parameter defines a synchronisation source
for all the TRXs in the site. NOTE: See also the Master
Clock TRX parameter.
Additional information
-
Range
BTS Internal (0), PCM External (2), Other External (3)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
gui ==> internal
BTS Internal ==> 0
PCM External ==> 2
Other External ==> 3
Default value
PCM External (2)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
Requires object locking
Table 96
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
External Synchronization Source
Id:0900d8058064c42f
161
Base Control Function (BCF) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Modified
When BCF is locked
Related parameters
masterClock of BCF - By using parameter Master Clock
TRX, you can synchronise the site so that the parameter
External Synchronization Source does not define the
synchronisation source for all the TRXs in the site.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EFO, EFM
MML Abbreviated Name
ESS
MML Full Name
external synchronization source
Segment Level Parameter
-
RACApp <-> RAC
Planner <-> RAC
RAC <-> Optimizer
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- false
ported
Table 96
7.17
External Synchronization Source (Cont.)
FACCH LAPDm T200 (T200F)
Parameter name
FACCH LAPDm T200
Abbreviated name
T200F
Managed object
BCF
Multiplicity
1
Description
The parameter determines a LAPDm T200 for
supervision of the FACCH message transfer from
BTS to mobile.
NOTE: MMI is the only user interface supporting
this parameter.
NOTE: The parameter is modifiable only for Talkfamily, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus and Flexi
Multiradio BTSs.
NOTE: MML modification: Online
Additional information
-
Range
200...1260
Step
20
Unit
ms
Table 97
162
FACCH LAPDm T200
Id:0900d8058064c42f
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Formula for getting
internal value
internal_value = gui_value / 20
Default value
0 ms
Default value notes
0 ms (BCF PREDEFINED VALUES)
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
Not modifiable
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
– BSS20924: BSC Support for LAPDm T200
Setting
Interfaces
-
References
-
MML Commands
EFC, EFM, EFO
MML Abbreviated Name
T200F
MML Full Name
FACCH LAPDm T200
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning
supported
false
Table 97
7.18
Base Control Function (BCF) radio network object parameters
FACCH LAPDm T200 (Cont.)
Flexi EDGE Abis over IP Ethernet feature usage (TRS1)
Parameter name
Flexi EDGE Abis Over IP/Ethernet Feature Usage
Abbreviated name
flexiEdgeAbisOverIpEthernetUsage
Managed object
BCF
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you can enable the Flexi EDGE
Abis over IP/ Ethernet feature in the BCF.
NOTE: Range description:
0 (not in use)
1 (in use)
NOTE: Parameter is valid only for Flexi EDGE and
Flexi Multiradio site types.
Table 98
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Flexi EDGE Abis Over IP/Ethernet Feature Usage
Id:0900d8058064c42f
163
Base Control Function (BCF) radio network object parameters
Additional information
-
Range
0...1
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting
internal value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
0
Default value notes
not in use
Required on Creation
optional
Special value
not defined, not configured after S13 upgrade (255)
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
– FlexiEDGE Abis over IP/ Ethernet (115)
Related features
– BSS30305: FlexiEDGE Abis over IP/ Ethernet
Interfaces
– RACApp <-> RAC
– RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EFM, EFC, EFO
MML Abbreviated Name
TRS1
MML Full Name
Flexi EDGE Abis over IP Ethernet feature usage
Segment Level Parameter
false
File Based Provisioning
supported
true
Table 98
7.19
Flexi EDGE Abis Over IP/Ethernet Feature Usage (Cont.)
Flexi EDGE TRS Abis Grooming feature usage (TRS3)
Parameter name
Flexi EDGE TRS Abis Grooming Feature Usage
Abbreviated name
flexiEdgeTrsAbisGroomingUsage
Managed object
BCF
Multiplicity
1
Table 99
164
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Flexi EDGE TRS Abis Grooming Feature Usage
Id:0900d8058064c42f
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Control Function (BCF) radio network object parameters
Description
With this parameter you can enable the Flexi EDGE
TRS Abis Grooming feature in the BCF.
NOTE: Range description:
0 (not in use)
1 (in use)
NOTE: Parameter is valid only for Flexi EDGE and
Flexi Multiradio site types.
Additional information
-
Range
0...1
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting
internal value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
0
Default value notes
not in use
Required on Creation
optional
Special value
not defined, not configured after S13 upgrade (255)
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
– FlexiEDGE TRS Abis Grooming (117)
Related features
– BSS21129: FlexiEDGE TRS Abis Grooming
Interfaces
– RACApp <-> RAC
– RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EFM, EFC, EFO
MML Abbreviated Name
TRS3
MML Full Name
Flexi EDGE TRS Abis Grooming feature usage
Segment Level Parameter
false
File Based Provisioning
supported
true
Table 99
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Flexi EDGE TRS Abis Grooming Feature Usage (Cont.)
Id:0900d8058064c42f
165
Base Control Function (BCF) radio network object parameters
7.20
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Flexi EDGE TRS Loop Protection feature usage (TRS4)
Parameter name
Flexi EDGE TRS Loop Protection Feature Usage
Abbreviated name
flexiEdgeTrsLoopProtectionUsage
Managed object
BCF
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you can enable the Flexi EDGE
TRS Loop Protection feature in the BCF.
NOTE: Range description:
0 (not in use)
1 (in use)
NOTE: Parameter is valid only for Flexi EDGE and
Flexi Multiradio site types.
Additional information
-
Range
0...1
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting
internal value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
0
Default value notes
not in use
Required on Creation
optional
Special value
not defined, not configured after S13 upgrade (255)
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
– FlexiEDGE TRS Loop Protection (118)
Related features
– BSS30280: FlexiEDGE TRS Loop Protection
Interfaces
– RACApp <-> RAC
– RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EFM, EFC, EFO
MML Abbreviated Name
TRS4
MML Full Name
Flexi EDGE TRS Loop Protection feature usage
Table 100
166
Flexi EDGE TRS Loop Protection Feature Usage
Id:0900d8058064c42f
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Segment Level Parameter
false
File Based Provisioning
supported
true
Table 100
7.21
Base Control Function (BCF) radio network object parameters
Flexi EDGE TRS Loop Protection Feature Usage (Cont.)
FlexiEDGE Additional 2 E1/T1 (TRS2)
Parameter name
Flexi EDGE Additional 2 E1/T1 Feature Usage
Abbreviated name
flexiEdgeAdditional2E1T1Usage
Managed object
BCF
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you can enable the Flexi EDGE
Additional 2 E1/T1 feature in the BCF. Value zero
enables only 2 E1/T1 free interfaces. Value one
enables additional 2 E1/T1 interfaces, value two
enables two additional 2 E1/T1 interfaces and value
three enables three additional 2 E1/T1 interfaces.
NOTE: Range description:
0 (enabled 2 E1/T1 free interface)
1 (enabled additional 2 E1/T1 interface)
2 (enabled 2 additional 2 E1/T1 interface)
3 (enabled 3 additional 2 E1/T1 interface)
NOTE: Parameter is valid only for Flexi EDGE and
Flexi Multiradio site types.
Additional information
-
Range
0...3
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting
internal value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
0
Default value notes
2 E1/T1 free interface enabled
Required on Creation
optional
Special value
not defined, not configured after S13 upgrade (255)
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Table 101
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Flexi EDGE Additional 2 E1/T1 Feature Usage
Id:0900d8058064c42f
167
Base Control Function (BCF) radio network object parameters
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
– FlexiEDGE Additional 2 E1/T1 (116)
Related features
– BSS30285: FlexiEDGE Additional 2 E1/T1
Interfaces
– RACApp <-> RAC
– RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EFM, EFC, EFO
MML Abbreviated Name
TRS2
MML Full Name
FlexiEDGE Additional 2 E1/T1
Segment Level Parameter
false
File Based Provisioning
supported
true
Table 101
7.22
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Flexi EDGE Additional 2 E1/T1 Feature Usage (Cont.)
identification of test equipment (TEST)
Parameter name
Identification Of Test Equipment
Abbreviated name
testEquipment
Managed object
BCF
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the test equipment connected to the BCF. NOTE: The parameter is available for
2nd generation base stations and Talk-family of base stations. Parameter value RFTE is only allowed for 2nd generation base stations.
Additional information
-
Range
No Test Equipment (0), RFTE (1), STM (2)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
gui ==> internal
No Test Equipment ==> 0
RFTE ==> 1
STM ==> 2
Default value
No Test Equipment (0)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Table 102
168
Identification Of Test Equipment
Id:0900d8058064c42f
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Control Function (BCF) radio network object parameters
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EFC, EFM, EFO
MML Abbreviated Name
TEST
MML Full Name
identification of test equipment
Segment Level Parameter
-
RACApp <-> RAC
Planner <-> RAC
RAC <-> Optimizer
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 102
7.23
Identification Of Test Equipment (Cont.)
master clock BCF identification (MCBCF)
Parameter name
Master Clock BCF Identification
Abbreviated name
masterClockBcf
Managed object
BCF
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you add the slave BCF to a
chain under a master clock BCF in slave BCF creation.
NOTE: The parameter is only available for Talkfamily, MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE and Flexi
Multiradio. See also parameter Slave BCF List.
NetAct NOTE: If a master BCF and slave BCFs are
created to the BCF synchronisation chain in the
same RNW plan, the master BCF information
cannot be defined in the slave BCF data.
Additional information
-
Range
1...3000
Step
1
Table 103
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Master Clock BCF Identification
Id:0900d8058064c42f
169
Base Control Function (BCF) radio network object parameters
Unit
-
Formula for getting
internal value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
0
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Special value
Not defined (0)
Related functions
-
Modification
Not modifiable
Modified
Adding the slave BCF to a chain under master clock
BCF can be done in slave BCF creation with this
parameter. The slave BCF can be defined when
creating or modifying the master clock BCF (see
parameter add BCF to chain (ADD)).
Related parameters
slaveBcfList of BCF - The slave BCF can be defined
when creating or modifying the master clock BCF.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
– BSS21149: Flexi BSC
Interfaces
– RAC <-> RACApp
– RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EFC, EFO, EFL
MML Abbreviated Name
MCBCF
MML Full Name
master clock BCF identification
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning
supported
true
Table 103
7.24
Master Clock BCF Identification (Cont.)
master clock TRX (MCT)
Parameter name
Master Clock TRX
Abbreviated name
masterClock
Managed object
BCF
Multiplicity
1
Table 104
170
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Master Clock TRX
Id:0900d8058064c42f
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Control Function (BCF) radio network object parameters
Description
With this parameter you define the master clock TRX for
the PrimeSite. The value 0 means that the site is not synchronised (a standalone site). NOTE: If there is more
than one TRX in the site, the site must be synchronised
(MCT<>0). See also the external synchronization source
parameter.
Additional information
-
Range
0...16
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
0
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
Requires object locking
Modified
When BCF is locked
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EFM, EFO
MML Abbreviated Name
MCT
MML Full Name
master clock TRX
Segment Level Parameter
-
RACApp <-> RAC
Planner <-> RAC
RAC <-> Optimizer
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- false
ported
Table 104
7.25
PCM port ID 0 (PORT0)
Parameter name
PCM Port ID 0
Abbreviated name
pcmPortId0
Managed object
BCF
Table 105
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Master Clock TRX (Cont.)
PCM Port ID 0
Id:0900d8058064c42f
171
Base Control Function (BCF) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you identify the BSC PCM used
in BTS Abis Port 0 in BTSplus side. PCM of TRX is
defined in TRX creation. Note that all PCMs have
same PORT ID.
NOTE: Parameter is valid only for BTSplus site
type.
NOTE: At least one of PCM port ID parameters
must be given for BTSplus site.
Additional information
-
Range
0...3391
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting
internal value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Special value
PCM port is not used (65535)
Related functions
-
Modification
Requires object locking
Modified
When BCF is locked
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
– BSS21469: BS2xx@Flexi BSC product family
Interfaces
– BSC <-> RAC
– RAC <-> RACApp
References
-
MML Commands
EFC, EFM, EFO
MML Abbreviated Name
PORT0
MML Full Name
PCM port ID 0
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning
supported
true
Table 105
172
PCM Port ID 0 (Cont.)
Id:0900d8058064c42f
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
7.26
Base Control Function (BCF) radio network object parameters
PCM port ID 1 (PORT1)
Parameter name
PCM Port ID 1
Abbreviated name
pcmPortId1
Managed object
BCF
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you identify the BSC PCM used
in BTS Abis Port 1 in BTSplus side. PCM of TRX is
defined in TRX creation. Note that all PCMs have
same PORT ID.
NOTE: Parameter is valid only for BTSplus site
type.
NOTE: At least one of PCM port ID parameters
must be given for BTSplus site.
Additional information
-
Range
0...3391
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting
internal value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Special value
PCM port is not used (65535)
Related functions
-
Modification
Requires object locking
Modified
When BCF is locked
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
– BSS21469: BS2xx@Flexi BSC product family
Interfaces
– BSC <-> RAC
– RAC <-> RACApp
References
-
MML Commands
EFC, EFM, EFO
MML Abbreviated Name
PORT1
MML Full Name
PCM port ID 1
Table 106
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
PCM Port ID 1
Id:0900d8058064c42f
173
Base Control Function (BCF) radio network object parameters
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning
supported
true
Table 106
7.27
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
PCM Port ID 1 (Cont.)
PCM port ID 2 (PORT2)
Parameter name
PCM Port ID 2
Abbreviated name
pcmPortId2
Managed object
BCF
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you identify the BSC PCM used
in BTS Abis Port 2 in BTSplus side. PCM of TRX is
defined in TRX creation. Note that all PCMs have
same PORT ID.
NOTE: Parameter is valid only for BTSplus site
type.
NOTE: At least one of PCM port ID parameters
must be given for BTSplus site.
Additional information
-
Range
0...3391
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting
internal value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Special value
PCM port is not used (65535)
Related functions
-
Modification
Requires object locking
Modified
When BCF is locked
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
– BSS21469: BS2xx@Flexi BSC product family
Table 107
174
PCM Port ID 2
Id:0900d8058064c42f
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Interfaces
– BSC <-> RAC
– RAC <-> RACApp
References
-
MML Commands
EFC, EFM, EFO
MML Abbreviated Name
PORT2
MML Full Name
PCM port ID 2
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning
supported
true
Table 107
7.28
Base Control Function (BCF) radio network object parameters
PCM Port ID 2 (Cont.)
PCM port ID 3 (PORT3)
Parameter name
PCM Port ID 3
Abbreviated name
pcmPortId3
Managed object
BCF
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you identify the BSC PCM used
in BTS Abis Port 3 in BTSplus side. PCM of TRX is
defined in TRX creation. Note that all PCMs have
same PORT ID.
NOTE: Parameter is valid only for BTSplus site
type.
NOTE: At least one of PCM port ID parameters
must be given for BTSplus site.
Additional information
-
Range
0...3391
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting
internal value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Special value
PCM port is not used (65535)
Related functions
-
Modification
Requires object locking
Table 108
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
PCM Port ID 3
Id:0900d8058064c42f
175
Base Control Function (BCF) radio network object parameters
Modified
When BCF is locked
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
– BSS21469: BS2xx@Flexi BSC product family
Interfaces
– BSC <-> RAC
– RAC <-> RACApp
References
-
MML Commands
EFC, EFM, EFO
MML Abbreviated Name
PORT3
MML Full Name
PCM port ID 3
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning
supported
true
Table 108
7.29
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
PCM Port ID 3 (Cont.)
PCM port ID 4 (PORT4)
Parameter name
PCM Port ID 4
Abbreviated name
pcmPortId4
Managed object
BCF
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you identify the BSC PCM used
in BTS Abis Port 4 in BTSplus side. PCM of TRX is
defined in TRX creation. Note that all PCMs have
same PORT ID.
NOTE: Parameter is valid only for BTSplus site
type.
NOTE: At least one of PCM port ID parameters
must be given for BTSplus site.
Additional information
-
Range
0...3391
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting
internal value
internal_value = gui_value
Table 109
176
PCM Port ID 4
Id:0900d8058064c42f
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Special value
PCM port is not used (65535)
Related functions
-
Modification
Requires object locking
Modified
When BCF is locked
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
– BSS21469: BS2xx@Flexi BSC product family
Interfaces
– BSC <-> RAC
– RAC <-> RACApp
References
-
MML Commands
EFC, EFM, EFO
MML Abbreviated Name
PORT4
MML Full Name
PCM port ID 4
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning
supported
true
Table 109
7.30
Base Control Function (BCF) radio network object parameters
PCM Port ID 4 (Cont.)
PCM port ID 5 (PORT5)
Parameter name
PCM Port ID 5
Abbreviated name
pcmPortId5
Managed object
BCF
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you identify the BSC PCM used
in BTS Abis Port 5 in BTSplus side. PCM of TRX is
defined in TRX creation. Note that all PCMs have
same PORT ID.
NOTE: Parameter is valid only for BTSplus site
type.
NOTE: At least one of PCM port ID parameters
must be given for BTSplus site.
Table 110
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
PCM Port ID 5
Id:0900d8058064c42f
177
Base Control Function (BCF) radio network object parameters
Additional information
-
Range
0...3391
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting
internal value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Special value
PCM port is not used (65535)
Related functions
-
Modification
Requires object locking
Modified
When BCF is locked
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
– BSS21469: BS2xx@Flexi BSC product family
Interfaces
– BSC <-> RAC
– RAC <-> RACApp
References
-
MML Commands
EFC, EFM, EFO
MML Abbreviated Name
PORT5
MML Full Name
PCM port ID 5
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning
supported
true
Table 110
7.31
PCM Port ID 5 (Cont.)
PCM port ID 6 (PORT6)
Parameter name
PCM Port ID 6
Abbreviated name
pcmPortId6
Managed object
BCF
Multiplicity
1
Table 111
178
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
PCM Port ID 6
Id:0900d8058064c42f
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Control Function (BCF) radio network object parameters
Description
With this parameter you identify the BSC PCM used
in BTS Abis Port 6 in BTSplus side. PCM of TRX is
defined in TRX creation. Note that all PCMs have
same PORT ID.
NOTE: Parameter is valid only for BTSplus site
type.
NOTE: At least one of PCM port ID parameters
must be given for BTSplus site.
Additional information
-
Range
0...3391
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting
internal value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Special value
PCM port is not used (65535)
Related functions
-
Modification
Requires object locking
Modified
When BCF is locked
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
– BSS21469: BS2xx@Flexi BSC product family
Interfaces
– BSC <-> RAC
– RAC <-> RACApp
References
-
MML Commands
EFC, EFM, EFO
MML Abbreviated Name
PORT6
MML Full Name
PCM port ID 6
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning
supported
true
Table 111
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
PCM Port ID 6 (Cont.)
Id:0900d8058064c42f
179
Base Control Function (BCF) radio network object parameters
7.32
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
PCM port ID 7 (PORT7)
Parameter name
PCM Port ID 7
Abbreviated name
pcmPortId7
Managed object
BCF
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you identify the BSC PCM used
in BTS Abis Port 7 in BTSplus side. PCM of TRX is
defined in TRX creation. Note that all PCMs have
same PORT ID.
NOTE: Parameter is valid only for BTSplus site
type.
NOTE: At least one of PCM port ID parameters
must be given for BTSplus site.
Additional information
-
Range
0...3391
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting
internal value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Special value
PCM port is not used (65535)
Related functions
-
Modification
Requires object locking
Modified
When BCF is locked
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
– BSS21469: BS2xx@Flexi BSC product family
Interfaces
– BSC <-> RAC
– RAC <-> RACApp
References
-
MML Commands
EFC, EFM, EFO
MML Abbreviated Name
PORT7
MML Full Name
PCM port ID 7
Table 112
180
PCM Port ID 7
Id:0900d8058064c42f
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning
supported
true
Table 112
7.33
Base Control Function (BCF) radio network object parameters
PCM Port ID 7 (Cont.)
polarity (POL)
Parameter name
Polarity
Abbreviated name
polarity
Managed object
BCF
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the actual polarity of
the external input connection.
NOTE: The parameter is only available for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE and Flexi Multiradio.
Additional information
-
Range
Closed (0), Open (1)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting
internal value
gui ==> internal
Closed ==> 0
Open ==> 1
Default value
Open (1)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
– RAC <-> RACApp
– RAC <-> BSC
References
-
Table 113
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Polarity
Id:0900d8058064c42f
181
Base Control Function (BCF) radio network object parameters
MML Commands
EFX, EFO
MML Abbreviated Name
POL
MML Full Name
polarity
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning
supported
true
Table 113
7.34
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Polarity (Cont.)
route (ROU)
Parameter name
Route
Abbreviated name
reportingRoute
Managed object
BCF
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you activate the routing of the
input alarm and choose where the alarm will be
sent.
NOTE: The parameter is only available for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE and Flexi Multiradio.
NOTE: MML RANGE:
NOT (not activated (not reported)),
ACT (activated (reported to the BSC as a normal
external alarm)),
TMS (activated (reported as a transmission alarm
to the Transmission Management System)),
MAINS (activated (reported to the BSC as a Mains
Breakdownalarm))
Additional information
-
Range
NOT (0), ACT (1), TMS (2), MAINS (3)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting
internal value
gui ==> internal
NOT ==> 0
ACT ==> 1
TMS ==> 2
MAINS ==> 3
Default value
Table 114
182
NOT (0)
Route
Id:0900d8058064c42f
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
– RAC <-> RACApp
– RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EFX, EFO
MML Abbreviated Name
ROU
MML Full Name
route
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning
supported
true
Table 114
7.35
Base Control Function (BCF) radio network object parameters
Route (Cont.)
RX difference limit (RXDL)
Parameter name
RX Difference Limit
Abbreviated name
rxDifferenceLimit
Managed object
BCF
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the value limit for
activating the RX alarm.
NOTE: For site types 2nd generation, MetroSite,
UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus and Flexi Multiradio the value 64 dB indicates that no RX alarms are
set.
Additional information
-
Range
3...64
Step
1
Unit
dB
Table 115
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
RX Difference Limit
Id:0900d8058064c42f
183
Base Control Function (BCF) radio network object parameters
Formula for getting
internal value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
10 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
–
–
–
–
References
-
MML Commands
EFC, EFM, EFO
MML Abbreviated Name
RXDL
MML Full Name
RX difference limit
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning
supported
true
Table 115
7.36
RACApp <-> RAC
Planner <-> RAC
RAC <-> Optimizer
RAC <-> BSC
RX Difference Limit (Cont.)
SDCCH LAPDm T200 (T200S)
Parameter name
SDCCH LAPDm T200
Abbreviated name
T200S
Managed object
BCF
Multiplicity
1
Table 116
184
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
SDCCH LAPDm T200
Id:0900d8058064c42f
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Control Function (BCF) radio network object parameters
Description
The parameter determines a LAPDm T200 for
supervision of the SDCCH message transfer from
BTS to mobile.
NOTE: MMI is the only user interface supporting
this parameter.
NOTE: The parameter is modifiable only for Talkfamily, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus and Flexi
Multiradio BTSs.
NOTE: MML modification: Online
Additional information
-
Range
220...1260
Step
20
Unit
ms
Formula for getting
internal value
internal_value = gui_value / 20
Default value
0 ms
Default value notes
0 ms (BCF predefined value)
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
Not modifiable
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
– BSS20924: BSC Support for LAPDm T200
Setting
Interfaces
-
References
-
MML Commands
EFC, EFM, EFO
MML Abbreviated Name
T200S
MML Full Name
SDCCH LAPDm T200
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning
supported
false
Table 116
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
SDCCH LAPDm T200 (Cont.)
Id:0900d8058064c42f
185
Base Control Function (BCF) radio network object parameters
7.37
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
severity (SEV)
Parameter name
Severity
Abbreviated name
severity
Managed object
BCF
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the severity of the
input alarm.
NOTE: The parameter is only available for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE and Flexi Multiradio.
NOTE: MML Range:
AL3 (The highest alarm level),
AL2 (The medium alarm level),
AL1 (The lowest alarm level)
NOTE: MML default: AL1
Additional information
-
Range
Critical (1), Major (2), Minor (3)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting
internal value
gui ==> internal
Critical ==> 1
Major ==> 2
Minor ==> 3
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
– RAC <-> RACApp
– RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EFX, EFO
Table 117
186
Severity
Id:0900d8058064c42f
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
MML Abbreviated Name
SEV
MML Full Name
severity
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning
supported
true
Table 117
7.38
Severity (Cont.)
site type (TYPE)
Parameter name
Site Type
Abbreviated name
bcfType
Managed object
BCF
Multiplicity
1
Table 118
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Base Control Function (BCF) radio network object parameters
Site Type
Id:0900d8058064c42f
187
Base Control Function (BCF) radio network object parameters
Description
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
With this parameter you identify the type of the BTS
site.
NOTE:
Modification of the BTS site type is possible only
between the 2nd generation and Talk-family site
types and from the 2nd generation or Talk-family
site types to UltraSite site and Talk-family or UltraSite site types to Flexi EDGE type. The modification
from the UltraSite or Flexi EDGE back to the 2nd
generation or Talk-family site types is not possible.
Modification between BTSplus and other site types
is not possible.
Modification from UltraSite or Flexi EDGE site type
to Flexi Multiradio BTS site type is possible but not
vice versa.
MML NOTE:
B (2nd Generation),
D (Talk-family),
F (PrimeSite),
C (MetroSite),
I (InSite),
P (UltraSite),
E (Flexi EDGE <option>),
X (BTSplus),
M (Flexi Multiradio <option>)
NOTE:
Flexi EDGE is available only when the Flexi EDGE
licence state is ON or CONFIG. Flexi Multiradio is
available only when the Flexi Multiradio licence
state is ON or CONFIG.
Additional information
-
Range
2nd Generation (0), Talk-family (1), PrimeSite (2),
MetroSite (3), InSite (4), UltraSite (5), Flexi EDGE
(6), BTSplus (7), Flexi Multiradio (8)
Step
-
Unit
-
Table 118
188
Site Type (Cont.)
Id:0900d8058064c42f
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Control Function (BCF) radio network object parameters
Formula for getting
internal value
gui ==> internal
2nd Generation ==> 0
Talk-family ==> 1
PrimeSite ==> 2
MetroSite ==> 3
InSite ==> 4
UltraSite ==> 5
Flexi EDGE ==> 6
BTSplus ==> 7
Flexi Multiradio ==> 8
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Modification
Requires object locking
Modified
When BCF is locked. The OMU link of the BCF
cannot be in working state when the BTS site type
is modified to UltraSite.
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
– BSS21469: BS2xx@Flexi BSC product family
– BSS21403: Flexi Multiradio
Interfaces
–
–
–
–
References
-
MML Commands
EFC, EFM, EFO, EEI
MML Abbreviated Name
TYPE
MML Full Name
site type
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning
supported
true
Table 118
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
RACApp <-> RAC
Planner <-> RAC
RAC <-> Optimizer
RAC <-> BSC
Site Type (Cont.)
Id:0900d8058064c42f
189
Base Control Function (BCF) radio network object parameters
7.39
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
synch enabled (SENA)
Parameter name
Synch Enabled
Abbreviated name
synchEnabled
Managed object
BCF
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you enable the synchronization
of the chain of the independent mode BCFs. It is
possible to enable the synchronization of the chain
when creating or modifying the master clock BCF.
Modification of the parameter requires locking of all
of the BCFs of the chain when Synch Enabled is
modified from Yes to No. When modifying an independent mode BCF, the modification requires
locking of the BCF.
NOTE:
The parameter is only available for Talk-family,
MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE and Flexi Multiradio.
Additional information
-
Range
Synch disabled (F) (0), Synch enabled (T) (1)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting
internal value
gui ==> internal
Synch disabled (F) ==> 0
Synch enabled (T) ==> 1
Default value
Synch disabled (F) (0)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
Requires object locking
Modified
Modification of the parameter requires locking of all
of the BCFs of the chain when Synch Enabled is
modified from Yes to No. If value of the parameter
is modifed from No to Yes, then the modification
requires locking of the BCF. When modifying an
independent mode BCF, the modification requires
locking of the BCF.
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Table 119
190
Synch Enabled
Id:0900d8058064c42f
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
– RAC <-> RACApp
– RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EFC, EFM, EFO, EFL
MML Abbreviated Name
SENA
MML Full Name
synch enabled
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning
supported
true
Table 119
7.40
Base Control Function (BCF) radio network object parameters
Synch Enabled (Cont.)
Synchronization Mode (SM)
Parameter name
Synch Status
Abbreviated name
synchStatus
Managed object
BCF
Multiplicity
1
Description
This parameter indicates the synchronisation mode
of the BCF.
NOTE: The parameter is only available for Talkfamily, MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE and Flexi
Multiradio.
MML NOTE: MML range:
UNSYNCH,
SYNCH,
LMUSYNCH,
ABISSYNCH (SYNCH include INDEPENDENT and
BCFSYNCH values)
Additional information
-
Range
UNSYNCH (0), BCFSYNCH (1), LMUSYNCH (2),
INDEPENDENT (3), ABISSYNCH (4)
Step
-
Unit
-
Table 120
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Synch Status
Id:0900d8058064c42f
191
Base Control Function (BCF) radio network object parameters
Formula for getting
internal value
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
gui ==> internal
UNSYNCH ==> 0
BCFSYNCH ==> 1
LMUSYNCH ==> 2
INDEPENDENT ==> 3
ABISSYNCH ==> 4
Default value
UNSYNCH (0)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
Not modifiable
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
– BSC -> RAC
References
-
MML Commands
EFO, EFL
MML Abbreviated Name
SM
MML Full Name
Synchronization Mode
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning
supported
false
Table 120
7.41
text ID (TID)
Parameter name
Text ID
Abbreviated name
inputTextId
Managed object
BCF
Multiplicity
1
Table 121
192
Synch Status (Cont.)
Text ID
Id:0900d8058064c42f
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Control Function (BCF) radio network object parameters
Description
With this parameter you define the text ID number
of a text string.
NOTE: The parameter is relevant only for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE and Flexi Multiradio.
NetAct NOTE: Refers to IO Text instance (TID ID).
Additional information
-
Range
1...200
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting
internal value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Special value
removes the text ID (0)
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
– RAC <-> RACApp
– RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EFE, EFP, EFX, EFO
MML Abbreviated Name
TID
MML Full Name
text ID
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning
supported
true
Table 121
7.42
Text ID (Cont.)
text ID of the output 1...6 (OUT1-OUT6)
Parameter name
Table 122
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Text ID Of The Output 1...6
Text ID Of The Output 1...6
Id:0900d8058064c42f
193
Base Control Function (BCF) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Abbreviated name
textId
Managed object
BCF
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the text ID for the
external output.
NOTE: The parameter is only available for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE and Flexi Multiradio.
In the case of MetroSite, the number of external
outputs is 4. In the case of UltraSite, Flexi EDGE
and Flexi Multiradio, the number of external outputs
is 6.
NOTE: MML Range: 0: Removes the text from
external output.
Additional information
-
Range
1...200
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting
internal value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
– RAC <-> RACApp
– RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EFM, EFO
MML Abbreviated Name
OUT1-OUT6
MML Full Name
text ID of the output 1...6
Segment Level Parameter
-
Table 122
194
Text ID Of The Output 1...6 (Cont.)
Id:0900d8058064c42f
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Control Function (BCF) radio network object parameters
File Based Provisioning
supported
Table 122
7.43
true
Text ID Of The Output 1...6 (Cont.)
TRX shutdown timer (NTIM)
Parameter name
TRX Shutdown Timer
Abbreviated name
normTrxBatbuTimer
Managed object
BCF
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the time period after
which shutdown group 1 TRXs are powered down.
The time begins after the TRX Shutdown Timer 2
has expired. Parameter is valid if BTS Battery
Backup Procedure parameter has value "Transmission and BCCH Alive (1)" or "Transmission Alive
(2)".
NOTE: Likewise this parameter is valid only if
Adjustable Intelligent Shutdown for FlexiEDGE or
Adjustable Intelligent Shutdown for MetroSite,
UltraSite and Talk-family licence (according to site
type) is ON/CONFIG OR the FIFILE/PRFILE option
for intelligent shutdown is ON, see below for
FIFILE/PRFILE options:
- MetroSite: BTS_METRO_SITE_BATBU_PR
- Talk-family: BTS_SITE_BATBU_PROC_A AND
BTS_SIT_BATBU_PROC
- UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus and Flexi Multiradio: BTS_ULTRA_SITE_BATBU_PR
Additional information
-
Range
0...600
Step
1
Unit
min
Formula for getting
internal value
internal_value = gui_value * 6000
Default value
0 min
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Table 123
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
TRX Shutdown Timer
Id:0900d8058064c42f
195
Base Control Function (BCF) radio network object parameters
Modified
-
Related parameters
batteryBackupProcedure of BCF - Defines the
shutdown procedure to be used (all TRXs shut
down according to shutdown timers, only BCCH
TRX left on or all TRXs left on). , bcchTrxBatbuTimer of BCF - Group 0 TRXs are shut down after
normTrxBatbuTimer3 + normTrxBatbuTimer2 +
normTrxBatbuTimer + bcchTrxBatbuTimer + batteryBackupTimer , batteryBackupTimer of BSC Defines the time period for trying to make forced
HOs. , normTrxBatbuTimer2 of BCF - Group 2
TRXs are shut down after normTrxBatbuTimer3 +
normTrxBatbuTimer2 + batteryBackupTimer ,
normTrxBatbuTimer3 of BCF - Group 3 TRXs are
shut down after normTrxBatbuTimer3 + batteryBackupTimer , trxShutdownGroup of TRX - Defines
to which shutdown group the TRX belongs in a
mains failure case.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
– Remote Degration Of BTS Service Under TRX
Shutdown (2) (optional) OR BTS Metro Site
Batbu Pr (73) (optional) OR BTS Ultra Site
Batbu Pr (74) (optional) OR Adjustable Intelligent Shutdown for Flexi EDGE (101) (optional)
OR Adjustable Intelligent Shutdown for MetroSite, UltraSite, Talk-family (102) (optional)
Related features
– BSS20151: Adjustable Intelligent Shutdown
– BSS20903: Separate Licence for Flexi EDGE
BTS Intelligent Shutdown
Interfaces
–
–
–
–
References
-
MML Commands
EFC, EFM, EFO
MML Abbreviated Name
NTIM
MML Full Name
TRX shutdown timer
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning
supported
true
Table 123
196
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
RACApp <-> RAC
Planner <-> RAC
RAC <-> Optimizer
RAC <-> BSC
TRX Shutdown Timer (Cont.)
Id:0900d8058064c42f
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
7.44
Base Control Function (BCF) radio network object parameters
TRX shutdown timer 2 (NTIM2)
Parameter name
TRX Shutdown Timer 2
Abbreviated name
normTrxBatbuTimer2
Managed object
BCF
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the time period after which
shutdown group 2 TRXs are powered down. The time
begins after the TRX Shutdown Timer 3 has expired.
Parameter is valid only when BTS Battery Backup Procedure parameter has value "Transmission and BCCH
Alive (1)" or "Transmission Alive (2)"
NOTE: Likewise this parameter is valid only if Adjustable
Intelligent Shutdown for FlexiEDGE or Adjustable Intelligent Shutdown for MetroSite, UltraSite and Talk-family
licence (according to site type) is ON/CONFIG.
Additional information
-
Range
0...600
Step
1
Unit
min
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value * 6000
Default value
0 min
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
batteryBackupProcedure of BCF - Defines the shutdown
procedure to be used (all TRXs shut down according to
shutdown timers, only BCCH TRX left on or all TRXs left
on), bcchTrxBatbuTimer of BCF - Group 0 TRXs are shut
down after normTrxBatbuTimer3 + normTrxBatbuTimer2
+ normTrxBatbuTimer + bcchTrxBatbuTimer + batteryBackupTimer , normTrxBatbuTimer of BCF - Group 1
TRXs are shut down after normTrxBatbuTimer3 +
normTrxBatbuTimer2 + normTrxBatbuTimer + batteryBackupTimer , batteryBackupTimer of BSC - Defines the
time period for trying to make forced HOs,
normTrxBatbuTimer3 of BCF - Group 3 TRXs are shut
down after normTrxBatbuTimer3 + batteryBackupTimer ,
trxShutdownGroup of TRX - Defines to which shutdown
group the TRX belongs in a mains failure case.
Parameter relationships
-
Table 124
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
TRX Shutdown Timer 2
Id:0900d8058064c42f
197
Base Control Function (BCF) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Related options
•
Adjustable Intelligent Shutdown for Flexi EDGE
(101) (optional) OR Adjustable Intelligent Shutdown
for MetroSite, UltraSite, Talk-family (102) (optional)
Related features
•
•
BSS20151: Adjustable Intelligent Shutdown
BSS20903: Separate Licence for Flexi EDGE BTS
Intelligent Shutdown
Interfaces
•
•
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
Planner <-> RAC
RAC <-> Optimizer
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EFC,EFM,EFO
MML Abbreviated Name
NTIM2
MML Full Name
TRX shutdown timer 2
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 124
7.45
TRX Shutdown Timer 2 (Cont.)
TRX shutdown timer 3 (NTIM3)
Parameter name
TRX Shutdown Timer 3
Abbreviated name
normTrxBatbuTimer3
Managed object
BCF
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the time period after which
shutdown group 3 TRXs are powered down. Parameter is
valid only when BTS Battery Backup Procedure parameter has value "Transmission and BCCH Alive (1)" or
"Transmission Alive (2)".
NOTE: Likewise this parameter is valid only if Adjustable
Intelligent Shutdown for FlexiEDGE or Adjustable Intelligent Shutdown for MetroSite, UltraSite and Talk-family
licence (according to site type) is ON/CONFIG.
Additional information
-
Range
0...600
Step
1
Unit
min
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value * 6000
Default value
0 min
Default value notes
-
Table 125
198
TRX Shutdown Timer 3
Id:0900d8058064c42f
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Control Function (BCF) radio network object parameters
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
batteryBackupProcedure of BCF - Defines the shutdown
procedure to be used (all TRXs shut down according to
shutdown timers, only BCCH TRX left on or all TRXs left
on), bcchTrxBatbuTimer of BCF - Group 0 TRXs are shut
down after normTrxBatbuTimer3 + normTrxBatbuTimer2
+ normTrxBatbuTimer + bcchTrxBatbuTimer + batteryBackupTimer , normTrxBatbuTimer of BCF - Group 1
TRXs are shut down after normTrxBatbuTimer3 +
normTrxBatbuTimer2 + normTrxBatbuTimer + batteryBackupTimer , batteryBackupTimer of BSC - Defines the
time period for trying to make forced HOs,
normTrxBatbuTimer2 of BCF - Group 2 TRXs are shut
down after normTrxBatbuTimer3 + normTrxBatbuTimer2
+ batteryBackupTimer , trxShutdownGroup of TRX Defines to which shutdown group the TRX belongs in a
mains failure case.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Adjustable Intelligent Shutdown for Flexi EDGE
(101) (optional) OR Adjustable Intelligent Shutdown
for MetroSite, UltraSite, Talk-family (102) (optional)
Related features
•
•
BSS20151: Adjustable Intelligent Shutdown
BSS20903: Separate Licence for Flexi EDGE BTS
Intelligent Shutdown
Interfaces
•
•
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
Planner <-> RAC
RAC <-> Optimizer
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EFC,EFM,EFO
MML Abbreviated Name
NTIM3
MML Full Name
TRX shutdown timer 3
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 125
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
TRX Shutdown Timer 3 (Cont.)
Id:0900d8058064c42f
199
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
8 Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network
object parameters
8.1
alarm limit for full rate TCH availability (ALFRT)
Parameter name
Alarm Limit For Full Rate TCH Availability
Abbreviated name
frTchALim
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the alarm limit for available full rate traffic channels (%). The parameter is used
by radio network recovery.
Additional information
-
Range
0...100
Step
1
Unit
%
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
30 %
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEQ. EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
ALFRT
MML Full Name
alarm limit for full rate TCH availability
Segment Level Parameter
-
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 126
200
Alarm Limit For Full Rate TCH Availability
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
8.2
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
alarm limit for half rate TCH availibility (ALHRT)
Parameter name
Alarm Limit For Half Rate TCH Availibility
Abbreviated name
hrTchALim
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the alarm limit for available half rate traffic channels (%). The parameter is used
by radio network recovery.
Additional information
-
Range
1...100
Step
1
Unit
%
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
30 %
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEQ. EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
ALHRT
MML Full Name
alarm limit for half rate TCH availibility
Segment Level Parameter
-
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 127
8.3
Alarm Limit For Half Rate TCH Availibility
alarm limit for SDCCH availability (ALSDC)
Parameter name
Table 128
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Alarm Limit For SDCCH Availability
Alarm Limit For SDCCH Availability
Id:0900d805806ae475
201
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Abbreviated name
sdcchAlLimit
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the alarm limit for available SDCCHs. The limit is the ratio of working SDCCHs
to working TCHs in percent. The parameter is used by
radio network recovery.
Additional information
-
Range
0...100
Step
1
Unit
%
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
30 %
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEQ, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
ALSDC
MML Full Name
alarm limit for SDCCH availability
Segment Level Parameter
-
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 128
8.4
Alarm Limit For SDCCH Availability (Cont.)
Alarm Threshold For Number Of Channel Seizure
Requests (CSR)
Parameter name
Table 129
202
Alarm Threshold For Number Of Channel Seizure
Requests
Alarm Threshold For Number Of Channel Seizure Requests
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Abbreviated name
alrmSeizReq
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
The parameter supervises SDCCH and TCH congestion.
With this parameter you define an alarm threshold for the
number of channel seizures requests. Only when the
number of channel seizure requests equals or exceeds
this threshold during the measurement period, the values
for alarm threshold for TCH congestion and alarm threshold for SDCCH congestion are taken into account.
Additional information
-
Range
1...65535
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
100
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEN, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
CSR
MML Full Name
Alarm Threshold For Number Of Channel Seizure
Requests
Segment Level Parameter
-
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 129
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Alarm Threshold For Number Of Channel Seizure Requests (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806ae475
203
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
8.5
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Alarm Threshold For Number Of Channel Seizures (CS)
Parameter name
Alarm Threshold For Number Of Channel Seizures
Abbreviated name
alrmNoOfSei
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
The parameter supervises lost calls and too short a mean
holding time in the traffic channels. With this parameter
you define an alarm threshold for the number of channel
seizures. Only when the number of channel seizures
equals or exceeds this threshold during the measurement
period, the alarm threshold values for minimum mean
holding time for TCHs and alarm threshold for TCH failure
rate are taken into account.
Additional information
-
Range
1...65535
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
10
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEN, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
CS
MML Full Name
Alarm Threshold For Number Of Channel Seizures
Segment Level Parameter
-
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 130
204
Alarm Threshold For Number Of Channel Seizures
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
8.6
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Alarm Threshold For SDCCH Congestion (CNGS)
Parameter name
Alarm Threshold For SDCCH Congestion
Abbreviated name
alrmSdcch
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define an alarm threshold for
SDCCH congestion. This parameter supervises the
traffic level of signalling channels in a BTS. If the percentage of SDCCH seizure requests refused due to congestion equals or exceeds the threshold and there have been
enough call attempts during the measurement period (the
number of seizure requests is greater than or equals the
operator-defined threshold value), the alarm system
prints out an alarm.
Additional information
-
Range
1...100
Step
1
Unit
%
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
20 %
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEN, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
CNGS
MML Full Name
Alarm Threshold For SDCCH Congestion
Segment Level Parameter
-
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 131
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Alarm Threshold For SDCCH Congestion
Id:0900d805806ae475
205
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
8.7
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Alarm Threshold For SDCCH Failure Rate (SCHFR)
Parameter name
Alarm Threshold For SDCCH Failure Rate
Abbreviated name
alrmSchFail
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define an alarm threshold for the
SDCCH failure rate. If the number of SDCCH failures
equals or exceeds the threshold, the alarm system prints
out an alarm.
Additional information
-
Range
1...100
Step
1
Unit
%
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
80 %
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEN, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
SCHFR
MML Full Name
Alarm Threshold For SDCCH Failure Rate
Segment Level Parameter
-
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 132
206
Alarm Threshold For SDCCH Failure Rate
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
8.8
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Alarm Threshold For TCH Congestion (CNGT)
Parameter name
Alarm Threshold For TCH Congestion
Abbreviated name
alrmTch
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define an alarm threshold for
traffic channel congestion. The parameter supervises the
traffic level of traffic channels in a BTS. If the percentage
of TCH seizure requests refused due to congestion
equals or exceeds the threshold and there have been
enough call attempts during the measurement period (the
number of seizure requests is greater than or equals the
operator-defined threshold value), the alarm system
prints out an alarm.
Additional information
-
Range
1...100
Step
1
Unit
%
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
20 %
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEN, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
CNGT
MML Full Name
Alarm Threshold For TCH Congestion
Segment Level Parameter
-
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 133
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Alarm Threshold For TCH Congestion
Id:0900d805806ae475
207
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
8.9
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Alarm Threshold For TCH Failure Rate (TCHFR)
Parameter name
Alarm Threshold For TCH Failure Rate
Abbreviated name
alrmChFail
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define an alarm threshold for
traffic channel failure rate. Whenever a channel is
released with a release cause other than a normal one,
the counter of channel failures for the released channel is
incremented. If the percentage of channel failures equals
or exceeds the threshold and there have been enough
calls during the measurement period (the number of
seizures is greater than or equals the operator-defined
threshold value), the alarm system prints out an alarm.
Additional information
-
Range
1...100
Step
1
Unit
%
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
20 %
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEN, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
TCHFR
MML Full Name
Alarm Threshold For TCH Failure Rate
Segment Level Parameter
-
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 134
208
Alarm Threshold For TCH Failure Rate
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
8.10
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
alarm threshold for the share of high TCH interference
(HIFSHR)
Parameter name
Alarm Threshold For The Share Of High TCH Interference
Abbreviated name
maxOnHiIf
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the maximum time in
percent that a TCH may be on high interference levels
during a measurement period (%).
Additional information
-
Range
1...100
Step
1
Unit
%
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
50 %
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEN, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
HIFSHR
MML Full Name
alarm threshold for the share of high TCH interference
Segment Level Parameter
-
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 135
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Alarm Threshold For The Share Of High TCH Interference
Id:0900d805806ae475
209
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
8.11
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
AMH lower load threshold (ALT)
Parameter name
AMH Lower Load Threshold
Abbreviated name
amhLowerLoadThreshold
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the lower threshold for the
load of the base station. The parameter is used to trigger
advanced multilayer handling functionality with IUO
and/or Dual Band/ microcell features.
Additional information
-
Range
0...100
Step
1
Unit
%
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
20 %
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
amhLowerLoadThreshold of BTS - If a cell level parameter has some other value than (N/Undefined), it defines
the corresponding BSC-level parameter.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEM, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
ALT
MML Full Name
AMH lower load threshold
Segment Level Parameter
-
Advanced Multilayer Handling (AMH) (33)
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 136
210
AMH Lower Load Threshold
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
8.12
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
AMH Max Load Of Target Cell (AML)
Parameter name
AMH Max Load Of Target Cell
Abbreviated name
amhMaxLoadOfTgtCell
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this advanced multilayer handling parameter you
define the maximum traffic load in adjacent cell allowed
for a target cell of traffic reason handover (TRHO).
Additional information
-
Range
0...100
Step
1
Unit
%
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
70 %
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
amhMaxLoadOfTgtCell of BTS - If a cell level parameter
has some other value than (N/Undefined), it defines the
corresponding BSC-level parameter.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEM, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
AML
MML Full Name
AMH Max Load Of Target Cell
Segment Level Parameter
-
Advanced Multilayer Handling (AMH) (33)
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 137
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
AMH Max Load Of Target Cell
Id:0900d805806ae475
211
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
8.13
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
AMH upper load threshold (AUT)
Parameter name
AMH Upper Load Threshold
Abbreviated name
amhUpperLoadThreshold
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the upper threshold for the
load of the base station. The parameter is used to trigger
BSC-controlled traffic reason handovers.
Additional information
-
Range
0...100
Step
1
Unit
%
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
80 %
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
amhUpperLoadThreshold of BTS - If a cell level parameter has some other value than (N/Undefined), it defines
the corresponding BSC-level parameter.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEM, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
AUT
MML Full Name
AMH upper load threshold
Segment Level Parameter
-
Advanced Multilayer Handling (AMH) (33)
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 138
212
AMH Upper Load Threshold
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
8.14
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
AMR Configuration In Handovers (ACH)
Parameter name
AMR Configuration In Handovers
Abbreviated name
amrConfInHandovers
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
The attribute defines the preference between the currently used multirate configuration and the one defined
for the target BTS during internal handovers.
MML Range:
1 = the currently used multirate configuration is preferred
in further channel allocations
2 = the multirate configuration of target BTS is preferred
in further channel allocations
Additional information
-
Range
Currently used multirate (1), Multirate configuration of
target BTS (2)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
gui ==> internal
Currently used multirate ==> 1
Multirate configuration of target BTS ==> 2
Default value
Currently used multirate (1)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
AMR FR (50) (optional) OR AMR HR (72) (optional)
Related features
•
BSS20249: AMR FR Licence Control
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
BSC <-> RAC
References
-
MML Commands
EEM, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
ACH
MML Full Name
AMR Configuration In Handovers
Segment Level Parameter
-
Table 139
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
AMR Configuration In Handovers
Id:0900d805806ae475
213
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 139
8.15
AMR Configuration In Handovers (Cont.)
AMR lower limit for FR resources (AHRL)
Parameter name
AMR Lower Limit For FR Resources
Abbreviated name
amrLoadDepTchRateLower
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
The parameter controls the TCH channel rate determination for AMR calls in the cells of the BSC according to the
cell load of each particular cell.
With this parameter you define the lower limit for the percentage of free full rate resources. AMR full rate TCHs
are allocated until the number of free full rate resources
is reduced below the value of the parameter. AMR half
rate resources are then allocated.
Additional information
-
Range
0...100
Step
1
Unit
%
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
40 %
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Table 140
214
AMR Lower Limit For FR Resources
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Related parameters
amrLoadDepTchRateUpper of BSC - AMR Lower Limit
For FR Resources is applied together with AMR upper
limit for FR resources in an individual SEG if no SEGspecific channel rate control rules have been specified
with the parameters AMR lower limit for SEG FR
resources and AMR upper limit for SEG FR resources. If
this parameter´s value is higher than the value of the
AMR upper limit for FR resources, then the effect of these
two BSC level channel rate control parameters is deactivated, amrSegLoadDepTchRateLower of BTS - AMR
Lower Limit For FR Resources is applied together with
AMR upper limit for FR resources in an individual SEG if
no SEG-specific channel rate control rules have been
specified with the parameters AMR lower limit for SEG
FR resources and AMR upper limit for SEG FR
resources, amrSegLoadDepTchRateUpper of BTS AMR Lower Limit For FR Resources is applied together
with AMR upper limit for FR resources in an individual
SEG if no SEG-specific channel rate control rules have
been specified with the parameters AMR lower limit for
SEG FR resources and AMR upper limit for SEG FR
resources.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Load based AMR packing (111) (optional) AND
AMR HR (72) (optional)
Related features
•
BSS21154: Load based AMR packing
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEM, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
AHRL
MML Full Name
AMR lower limit for FR resources
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 140
8.16
AMR PPC DL FR Lower Threshold 1 (LDF1)
Parameter name
AMR PPC DL FR Lower Threshold 1
Abbreviated name
amrPpcDlFrLowerThreshold1
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Table 141
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
AMR Lower Limit For FR Resources (Cont.)
AMR PPC DL FR Lower Threshold 1
Id:0900d805806ae475
215
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Description
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
With this parameter you define the border of DL power
ranges for the AMR Progressive Power Control algorithm. This is the upper border for a range where pc lower
threshold dl Rx qual AMR FR (LDRF) - 2 is used, and the
lower border for a range where pc lower threshold dl Rx
qual AMR FR (LDRF) - 1 is used to trigger a power
increase due to DL quality.
When this threshold defines the upper border for the
range, the threshold value is not part of the range (that is,
when power < "AMR PPC DL FR Lower Threshold 1").
When this threshold defines the lower border for the
range, the threshold value is part of the range (that is,
when power >= "AMR PPC DL FR Lower Threshold 1").
The value of this parameter is attenuation from the peak
power of the TRX.
Additional information
-
Range
0...30
Step
2
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value / 2
Default value
30 dB
Default value notes
MML default
Required on Creation
mandatory
Special value
Not used (255)
Related functions
Power Control
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
amrPocFrPcLThrDlRxQual of BTS - With this parameter
you define the threshold level of the downlink signal
quality measurements for the BTS power increase.
Defined for the default FR AMR set.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Progressive AMR Power Control Algorithm (106)
(optional) AND AMR FR (50) (optional)
Related features
•
BSS20776: Progressive AMR Power Control
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEX, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
LDF1
MML Full Name
AMR PPC DL FR Lower Threshold 1
Segment Level Parameter
-
Table 141
216
AMR PPC DL FR Lower Threshold 1 (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 141
8.17
AMR PPC DL FR Lower Threshold 1 (Cont.)
AMR PPC DL FR Lower Threshold 2 (LDF2)
Parameter name
AMR PPC DL FR Lower Threshold 2
Abbreviated name
amrPpcDlFrLowerThreshold2
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the border of DL power
ranges for the AMR Progressive Power Control algorithm. This is the upper border for a range where pc lower
threshold dl Rx qual AMR FR (LDRF) - 1 is used, and the
lower border for a range where pc lower threshold dl Rx
qual AMR FR (LDRF) is used to trigger a power increase
due to DL quality.
When this threshold defines the upper border for the
range, the threshold value is not part of the range (that is,
when power < "AMR PPC DL FR Lower Threshold 2").
When this threshold defines the lower border for the
range, the threshold value is part of the range (that is,
when power >= "AMR PPC DL FR Lower Threshold 2")
The value of this parameter is attenuation from the peak
power of the TRX.
Additional information
-
Range
0...30
Step
2
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value / 2
Default value
18 dB
Default value notes
MML default
Required on Creation
mandatory
Special value
Not used (255)
Related functions
Power Control
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
amrPocFrPcLThrDlRxQual of BTS - With this parameter
you define the threshold level of the downlink signal
quality measurements for the BTS power increase.
Defined for the default FR AMR set.
Parameter relationships
-
Table 142
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
AMR PPC DL FR Lower Threshold 2
Id:0900d805806ae475
217
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Related options
•
Progressive AMR Power Control Algorithm (106)
(optional) AND AMR FR (50) (optional)
Related features
•
BSS20776: Progressive AMR Power Control
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEX, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
LDF2
MML Full Name
AMR PPC DL FR Lower Threshold 2
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 142
8.18
AMR PPC DL FR Lower Threshold 2 (Cont.)
AMR PPC DL FR Lower Threshold 3 (LDF3)
Parameter name
AMR PPC DL FR Lower Threshold 3
Abbreviated name
amrPpcDlFrLowerThreshold3
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the border of DL power
ranges for the AMR Progressive Power Control algorithm. This is the upper border for a range where pc lower
threshold dl Rx qual AMR FR (LDRF) is used, and the
lower border for a range where pc lower threshold dl Rx
qual AMR FR (LDRF) + 1 is used to trigger a power
increase due to DL quality.
When this threshold defines the upper border for the
range, the threshold value is not part of the range (that is,
when power < "AMR PPC DL FR Lower Threshold 3").
When this threshold defines the lower border for the
range, the threshold value is part of the range (that is,
when power >= "AMR PPC DL FR Lower Threshold 3")
The value of this parameter is attenuation from the peak
power of the TRX.
Additional information
-
Range
0...30
Step
2
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value / 2
Default value
6 dB
Table 143
218
AMR PPC DL FR Lower Threshold 3
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Default value notes
MML default
Required on Creation
mandatory
Special value
Not used (255)
Related functions
Power Control
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
amrPocFrPcLThrDlRxQual of BTS - With this parameter
you define the threshold level of the downlink signal
quality measurements for the BTS power increase.
Defined for the default FR AMR set.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Progressive AMR Power Control Algorithm (106)
(optional) AND AMR FR (50) (optional)
Related features
•
BSS20776: Progressive AMR Power Control
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEX, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
LDF3
MML Full Name
AMR PPC DL FR Lower Threshold 3
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 143
8.19
AMR PPC DL FR Lower Threshold 4 (LDF4)
Parameter name
AMR PPC DL FR Lower Threshold 4
Abbreviated name
amrPpcDlFrLowerThreshold4
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Table 144
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
AMR PPC DL FR Lower Threshold 3 (Cont.)
AMR PPC DL FR Lower Threshold 4
Id:0900d805806ae475
219
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Description
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
With this parameter you define the border of DL power
ranges for the AMR Progressive Power Control algorithm. This is the upper border for a range where pc lower
threshold dl Rx qual AMR FR (LDRF) + 1 is used, and the
lower border for a range where pc lower threshold dl Rx
qual AMR FR (LDRF) + 2 is used to trigger a power
increase due to DL quality.
When this threshold defines the upper border for the
range, the threshold value is not part of the range (that is,
when power < "AMR PPC DL FR Lower Threshold 4").
When this threshold defines the lower border for the
range, the threshold value is part of the range (that is,
when power >= "AMR PPC DL FR Lower Threshold 4")
The value of this parameter is attenuation from the peak
power of the TRX.
Additional information
-
Range
0...30
Step
2
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value / 2
Default value
0 dB
Default value notes
MML default
Required on Creation
mandatory
Special value
Not used (255)
Related functions
Power Control
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
amrPocFrPcLThrDlRxQual of BTS - With this parameter
you define the threshold level of the downlink signal
quality measurements for the BTS power increase.
Defined for the default FR AMR set.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Progressive AMR Power Control Algorithm (106)
(optional) AND AMR FR (50) (optional)
Related features
•
BSS20776: Progressive AMR Power Control
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEX, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
LDF4
MML Full Name
AMR PPC DL FR Lower Threshold 4
Segment Level Parameter
-
Table 144
220
AMR PPC DL FR Lower Threshold 4 (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 144
8.20
AMR PPC DL FR Lower Threshold 4 (Cont.)
AMR PPC DL FR Upper Threshold 1 (UDF1)
Parameter name
AMR PPC DL FR Upper Threshold 1
Abbreviated name
amrPpcDlFrUpperThreshold1
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the border of DL power
ranges for the AMR Progressive Power Control algorithm. This is the upper border for a range where pc upper
threshold dl Rx qual AMR FR (UDRF) - 2 is used, and the
lower border for a range where pc upper threshold dl Rx
qual AMR FR (UDRF) - 1 is used to trigger a power
decrease due to DL quality.
When this threshold defines the upper border for the
range, the threshold value is not part of the range (that is,
when power < "AMR PPC DL FR Upper Threshold 1").
When this threshold defines the lower border for the
range, the threshold value is part of the range (that is,
when power >= "AMR PPC DL FR Upper Threshold 1").
The value of this parameter is attenuation from the peak
power of the TRX.
Additional information
-
Range
0...30
Step
2
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value / 2
Default value
30 dB
Default value notes
MML default
Required on Creation
mandatory
Special value
Not used (255)
Related functions
Power Control
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
amrPocFrPcUThrDlRxQual of BTS - With this parameter
you define the threshold level of the downlink signal
quality measurements for the BTS power decrease.
Defined for the default FR AMR set.
Parameter relationships
-
Table 145
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
AMR PPC DL FR Upper Threshold 1
Id:0900d805806ae475
221
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Related options
•
Progressive AMR Power Control Algorithm (106)
(optional) AND AMR FR (50) (optional)
Related features
•
BSS20776: Progressive AMR Power Control
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEX, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
UDF1
MML Full Name
AMR PPC DL FR Upper Threshold 1
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 145
8.21
AMR PPC DL FR Upper Threshold 1 (Cont.)
AMR PPC DL FR Upper Threshold 2 (UDF2)
Parameter name
AMR PPC DL FR Upper Threshold 2
Abbreviated name
amrPpcDlFrUpperThreshold2
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the border of DL power
ranges for the AMR Progressive Power Control algorithm. This is the upper border for a range where pc upper
threshold dl Rx qual AMR FR (UDRF) - 1 is used and the
lower border for a range where pc upper threshold dl Rx
qual AMR FR (UDRF) is used to trigger a power decrease
due to DL quality.
When this threshold defines the upper border for the
range, the threshold value is not part of the range (that is
when power < "AMR PPC DL FR Upper Threshold 2").
When this threshold defines the lower border for the
range, the threshold value is part of the range (that is
when power >= "AMR PPC DL FR Upper Threshold 2").
The value of this parameter is attenuation from the peak
power of the TRX.
Additional information
-
Range
0...30
Step
2
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value / 2
Default value
18 dB
Table 146
222
AMR PPC DL FR Upper Threshold 2
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Default value notes
MML default
Required on Creation
mandatory
Special value
Not used (255)
Related functions
Power Control
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
amrPocFrPcUThrDlRxQual of BTS - With this parameter
you define the threshold level of the downlink signal
quality measurements for the BTS power decrease.
Defined for the default FR AMR set.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Progressive AMR Power Control Algorithm (106)
(optional) AND AMR FR (50) (optional)
Related features
•
BSS20776: Progressive AMR Power Control
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEX, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
UDF2
MML Full Name
AMR PPC DL FR Upper Threshold 2
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 146
8.22
AMR PPC DL FR Upper Threshold 3 (UDF3)
Parameter name
AMR PPC DL FR Upper Threshold 3
Abbreviated name
amrPpcDlFrUpperThreshold3
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Table 147
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
AMR PPC DL FR Upper Threshold 2 (Cont.)
AMR PPC DL FR Upper Threshold 3
Id:0900d805806ae475
223
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Description
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
With this parameter you define the border of DL power
ranges for the AMR Progressive Power Control algorithm. This is the upper border for a range where pc upper
threshold dl Rx qual AMR FR (UDRF) is used and the
lower border for a range where pc upper threshold dl Rx
qual AMR FR (UDRF) + 1 is used to trigger a power
decrease due to DL quality.
When this threshold defines the upper border for the
range, the threshold value is not part of the range (that is
when power < "AMR PPC DL FR Upper Threshold 3").
When this threshold defines the lower border for the
range, the threshold value is part of the range (that is
when power >= "AMR PPC DL FR Upper Threshold 3").
The value of this parameter is attenuation from the peak
power of the TRX.
Additional information
-
Range
0...30
Step
2
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value / 2
Default value
6 dB
Default value notes
MML default
Required on Creation
mandatory
Special value
Not used (255)
Related functions
Power Control
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
amrPocFrPcUThrDlRxQual of BTS - With this parameter
you define the threshold level of the downlink signal
quality measurements for the BTS power decrease.
Defined for the default FR AMR set.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Progressive AMR Power Control Algorithm (106)
(optional) AND AMR FR (50) (optional)
Related features
•
BSS20776: Progressive AMR Power Control
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEX, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
UDF3
MML Full Name
AMR PPC DL FR Upper Threshold 3
Segment Level Parameter
-
Table 147
224
AMR PPC DL FR Upper Threshold 3 (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 147
8.23
AMR PPC DL FR Upper Threshold 3 (Cont.)
AMR PPC DL FR Upper Threshold 4 (UDF4)
Parameter name
AMR PPC DL FR Upper Threshold 4
Abbreviated name
amrPpcDlFrUpperThreshold4
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the border of DL power
ranges for the AMR Progressive Power Control algorithm. This is the upper border for a range where pc upper
threshold dl Rx qual AMR FR (UDRF) + 1 is used and the
lower border for a range where pc upper threshold dl Rx
qual AMR FR (UDRF) + 2 is used to trigger a power
decrease due to DL quality.
When this threshold defines the upper border for the
range, the threshold value is not part of the range (that is
when power < "AMR PPC DL FR Upper Threshold 4").
When this threshold defines the lower border for the
range, the threshold value is part of the range (that is
when power >= "AMR PPC DL FR Upper Threshold 4").
The value of this parameter is attenuation from the peak
power of the TRX.
Additional information
-
Range
0...30
Step
2
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value / 2
Default value
0 dB
Default value notes
MML default
Required on Creation
mandatory
Special value
Not used (255)
Related functions
Power Control
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
amrPocFrPcUThrDlRxQual of BTS - With this parameter
you define the threshold level of the downlink signal
quality measurements for the BTS power decrease.
Defined for the default FR AMR set.
Parameter relationships
-
Table 148
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
AMR PPC DL FR Upper Threshold 4
Id:0900d805806ae475
225
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Related options
•
Progressive AMR Power Control Algorithm (106)
(optional) AND AMR FR (50) (optional)
Related features
•
BSS20776: Progressive AMR Power Control
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEX, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
UDF4
MML Full Name
AMR PPC DL FR Upper Threshold 4
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 148
8.24
AMR PPC DL FR Upper Threshold 4 (Cont.)
AMR PPC DL HR Lower Threshold 1 (LDH1)
Parameter name
AMR PPC DL HR Lower Threshold 1
Abbreviated name
amrPpcDlHrLowerThreshold1
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the border of DL power
ranges for the AMR Progressive Power Control algorithm. This is the upper border for a range where pc lower
threshold dl Rx qual AMR HR (LDRH) - 2 is used and the
lower border for a range where pc lower threshold dl Rx
qual AMR HR (LDRH) - 1 is used to trigger a power
increase due to DL quality.
When this threshold defines the upper border for the
range, the threshold value is not part of the range (that is,
when power < " AMR PPC DL HR Lower Threshold 1").
When this threshold defines the lower border for the
range, the threshold value is part of the range (that is,
when power >= " AMR PPC DL HR Lower Threshold 1").
The value of this parameter is attenuation from the peak
power of the TRX.
Additional information
-
Range
0...30
Step
2
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value / 2
Default value
30 dB
Table 149
226
AMR PPC DL HR Lower Threshold 1
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Default value notes
MML default
Required on Creation
mandatory
Special value
Not used (255)
Related functions
Power Control
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
amrPocHrPcLThrDlRxQual of BTS - With this parameter
you define the threshold level of the downlink signal
quality measurements for the BTS power increase.
Defined for the default HR AMR set.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Progressive AMR Power Control Algorithm (106)
(optional) AND AMR HR (72) (optional)
Related features
•
BSS20776: Progressive AMR Power Control
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEX, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
LDH1
MML Full Name
AMR PPC DL HR Lower Threshold 1
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 149
8.25
AMR PPC DL HR Lower Threshold 2 (LDH2)
Parameter name
AMR PPC DL HR Lower Threshold 2
Abbreviated name
amrPpcDlHrLowerThreshold2
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Table 150
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
AMR PPC DL HR Lower Threshold 1 (Cont.)
AMR PPC DL HR Lower Threshold 2
Id:0900d805806ae475
227
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Description
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
With this parameter you define the border of DL power
ranges for the AMR Progressive Power Control algorithm. This is the upper border for a range where pc lower
threshold dl Rx qual AMR HR (LDRH) - 1 is used and the
lower border for a range where pc lower threshold dl Rx
qual AMR HR (LDRH) is used to trigger a power increase
due to DL quality.
When this threshold defines the upper border for the
range, the threshold value is not part of the range (that is,
when power < " AMR PPC DL HR Lower Threshold 2").
When this threshold defines the lower border for the
range, the threshold value is part of the range (that is,
when power >= " AMR PPC DL HR Lower Threshold 2").
The value of this parameter is attenuation from the peak
power of the TRX.
Additional information
-
Range
0...30
Step
2
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value / 2
Default value
18 dB
Default value notes
MML default
Required on Creation
mandatory
Special value
Not used (255)
Related functions
Power Control
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
amrPocHrPcLThrDlRxQual of BTS - With this parameter
you define the threshold level of the downlink signal
quality measurements for the BTS power increase.
Defined for the default HR AMR set.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Progressive AMR Power Control Algorithm (106)
(optional) AND AMR HR (72) (optional)
Related features
•
BSS20776: Progressive AMR Power Control
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEX, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
LDH2
MML Full Name
AMR PPC DL HR Lower Threshold 2
Segment Level Parameter
-
Table 150
228
AMR PPC DL HR Lower Threshold 2 (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 150
8.26
AMR PPC DL HR Lower Threshold 2 (Cont.)
AMR PPC DL HR Lower Threshold 3 (LDH3)
Parameter name
AMR PPC DL HR Lower Threshold 3
Abbreviated name
amrPpcDlHrLowerThreshold3
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the border of DL power
ranges for the AMR Progressive Power Control algorithm. This is the upper border for a range where pc lower
threshold dl Rx qual AMR HR (LDRH) is used and the
lower border for a range where pc lower threshold dl Rx
qual AMR HR (LDRH) + 1 is used to trigger a power
increase due to DL quality.
When this threshold defines the upper border for the
range, the threshold value is not part of the range (that is,
when power < " AMR PPC DL HR Lower Threshold 3").
When this threshold defines the lower border for the
range, the threshold value is part of the range (that is,
when power >= " AMR PPC DL HR Lower Threshold 3").
The value of this parameter is attenuation from the peak
power of the TRX.
Additional information
-
Range
0...30
Step
2
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value / 2
Default value
6 dB
Default value notes
MML default
Required on Creation
mandatory
Special value
Not used (255)
Related functions
Power Control
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
amrPocHrPcLThrDlRxQual of BTS - With this parameter
you define the threshold level of the downlink signal
quality measurements for the BTS power increase.
Defined for the default HR AMR set.
Parameter relationships
-
Table 151
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
AMR PPC DL HR Lower Threshold 3
Id:0900d805806ae475
229
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Related options
•
Progressive AMR Power Control Algorithm (106)
(optional) AND AMR HR (72) (optional)
Related features
•
BSS20776: Progressive AMR Power Control
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEX, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
LDH3
MML Full Name
AMR PPC DL HR Lower Threshold 3
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 151
8.27
AMR PPC DL HR Lower Threshold 3 (Cont.)
AMR PPC DL HR Lower Threshold 4 (LDH4)
Parameter name
AMR PPC DL HR Lower Threshold 4
Abbreviated name
amrPpcDlHrLowerThreshold4
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the border of DL power
ranges for the AMR Progressive Power Control algorithm. This is the upper border for a range where pc lower
threshold dl Rx qual AMR HR (LDRH) + 1 is used and the
lower border for a range where pc lower threshold dl Rx
qual AMR HR (LDRH) + 2 is used to trigger a power
increase due to DL quality.
When this threshold defines the upper border for the
range, the threshold value is not part of the range (that is,
when power < " AMR PPC DL HR Lower Threshold 4").
When this threshold defines the lower border for the
range, the threshold value is part of the range (that is,
when power >= " AMR PPC DL HR Lower Threshold 4").
The value of this parameter is attenuation from the peak
power of the TRX.
Additional information
-
Range
0...30
Step
2
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value / 2
Default value
0 dB
Table 152
230
AMR PPC DL HR Lower Threshold 4
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Default value notes
MML default
Required on Creation
mandatory
Special value
Not used (255)
Related functions
Power Control
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
amrPocHrPcLThrDlRxQual of BTS - With this parameter
you define the threshold level of the downlink signal
quality measurements for the BTS power increase.
Defined for the default HR AMR set.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Progressive AMR Power Control Algorithm (106)
(optional) AND AMR HR (72) (optional)
Related features
•
BSS20776: Progressive AMR Power Control
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEX, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
LDH4
MML Full Name
AMR PPC DL HR Lower Threshold 4
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 152
8.28
AMR PPC DL HR Upper Threshold 1 (UDH1)
Parameter name
AMR PPC DL HR Upper Threshold 1
Abbreviated name
amrPpcDlHrUpperThreshold1
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Table 153
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
AMR PPC DL HR Lower Threshold 4 (Cont.)
AMR PPC DL HR Upper Threshold 1
Id:0900d805806ae475
231
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Description
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
With this parameter you define the border of DL power
ranges for the AMR Progressive Power Control algorithm. This is the upper border for a range where pc upper
threshold dl Rx qual AMR HR (UDRH) - 2 is used and the
lower border for a range where pc upper threshold dl Rx
qual AMR FR (UDRH) - 1 is used to trigger a power
decrease due to DL quality.
When this threshold defines the upper border for the
range, the threshold value is not part of the range (that is,
when power < " AMR PPC DL HR Upper Threshold 1").
When this threshold defines the lower border for the
range, the threshold value is part of the range (that is,
when power >= " AMR PPC DL HR Upper Threshold 1").
The value of this parameter is attenuation from the peak
power of the TRX.
Additional information
-
Range
0...30
Step
2
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value / 2
Default value
30 dB
Default value notes
MML default
Required on Creation
mandatory
Special value
Not used (255)
Related functions
Power Control
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
amrPocHrPcUThrDlRxQual of BTS - With this parameter
you define the threshold level of the downlink signal
quality measurements for the BTS power decrease.
Defined for the default HR AMR set.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Progressive AMR Power Control Algorithm (106)
(optional) AND AMR HR (72) (optional)
Related features
•
BSS20776: Progressive AMR Power Control
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEX, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
UDH1
MML Full Name
AMR PPC DL HR Upper Threshold 1
Segment Level Parameter
-
Table 153
232
AMR PPC DL HR Upper Threshold 1 (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 153
8.29
AMR PPC DL HR Upper Threshold 1 (Cont.)
AMR PPC DL HR Upper Threshold 2 (UDH2)
Parameter name
AMR PPC DL HR Upper Threshold 2
Abbreviated name
amrPpcDlHrUpperThreshold2
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the border of DL power
ranges for the AMR Progressive Power Control algorithm. This is the upper border for a range where pc upper
threshold dl Rx qual AMR HR (UDRH) - 1 is used and the
lower border for a range where pc upper threshold dl Rx
qual AMR FR (UDRH) is used to trigger a power
decrease due to DL quality.
When this threshold defines the upper border for the
range, the threshold value is not part of the range (that is,
when power < " AMR PPC DL HR Upper Threshold 2").
When this threshold defines the lower border for the
range, the threshold value is part of the range (that is,
when power >= " AMR PPC DL HR Upper Threshold 2").
The value of this parameter is attenuation from the peak
power of the TRX.
Additional information
-
Range
0...30
Step
2
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value / 2
Default value
18 dB
Default value notes
MML default
Required on Creation
mandatory
Special value
Not used (255)
Related functions
Power Control
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
amrPocHrPcUThrDlRxQual of BTS - With this parameter
you define the threshold level of the downlink signal
quality measurements for the BTS power decrease.
Defined for the default HR AMR set.
Parameter relationships
-
Table 154
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
AMR PPC DL HR Upper Threshold 2
Id:0900d805806ae475
233
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Related options
•
Progressive AMR Power Control Algorithm (106)
(optional) AND AMR HR (72) (optional)
Related features
•
BSS20776: Progressive AMR Power Control
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEX, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
UDH2
MML Full Name
AMR PPC DL HR Upper Threshold 2
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 154
8.30
AMR PPC DL HR Upper Threshold 2 (Cont.)
AMR PPC DL HR Upper Threshold 3 (UDH3)
Parameter name
AMR PPC DL HR Upper Threshold 3
Abbreviated name
amrPpcDlHrUpperThreshold3
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the border of DL power
ranges for the AMR Progressive Power Control algorithm. This is the upper border for a range where pc upper
threshold dl Rx qual AMR HR (UDRH) is used and the
lower border for a range where pc upper threshold dl Rx
qual AMR FR (UDRH) + 1 is used to trigger a power
decrease due to DL quality.
When this threshold defines the upper border for the
range, the threshold value is not part of the range (that is,
when power < " AMR PPC DL HR Upper Threshold 3").
When this threshold defines the lower border for the
range, the threshold value is part of the range (that is,
when power >= " AMR PPC DL HR Upper Threshold 3").
The value of this parameter is attenuation from the peak
power of the TRX.
Additional information
-
Range
0...30
Step
2
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value / 2
Default value
6 dB
Table 155
234
AMR PPC DL HR Upper Threshold 3
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Default value notes
MML default
Required on Creation
mandatory
Special value
Not used (255)
Related functions
Power Control
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
amrPocHrPcUThrDlRxQual of BTS - With this parameter
you define the threshold level of the downlink signal
quality measurements for the BTS power decrease.
Defined for the default HR AMR set.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Progressive AMR Power Control Algorithm (106)
(optional) AND AMR HR (72) (optional)
Related features
•
BSS20776: Progressive AMR Power Control
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEX, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
UDH3
MML Full Name
AMR PPC DL HR Upper Threshold 3
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 155
8.31
AMR PPC DL HR Upper Threshold 4 (UDH4)
Parameter name
AMR PPC DL HR Upper Threshold 4
Abbreviated name
amrPpcDlHrUpperThreshold4
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Table 156
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
AMR PPC DL HR Upper Threshold 3 (Cont.)
AMR PPC DL HR Upper Threshold 4
Id:0900d805806ae475
235
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Description
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
With this parameter you define the border of DL power
ranges for the AMR Progressive Power Control algorithm. This is the upper border for a range where pc upper
threshold dl Rx qual AMR HR (UDRH) +1 is used and the
lower border for a range where pc upper threshold dl Rx
qual AMR FR (UDRH) + 2 is used to trigger a power
decrease due to DL quality.
When this threshold defines the upper border for the
range, the threshold value is not part of the range (that is
when power < "AMR PPC DL HR Upper Threshold 4").
When this threshold defines the lower border for the
range, the threshold value is part of the range (that is
when power >= "AMR PPC DL HR Upper Threshold 4").
The value of this parameter is attenuation from the peak
power of the TRX.
Additional information
-
Range
0...30
Step
2
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value / 2
Default value
0 dB
Default value notes
MML default
Required on Creation
mandatory
Special value
Not used (255)
Related functions
Power Control
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
amrPocHrPcUThrDlRxQual of BTS - With this parameter
you define the threshold level of the downlink signal
quality measurements for the BTS power decrease.
Defined for the default HR AMR set.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Progressive AMR Power Control Algorithm (106)
(optional) AND AMR HR (72) (optional)
Related features
•
BSS20776: Progressive AMR Power Control
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEX, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
UDH4
MML Full Name
AMR PPC DL HR Upper Threshold 4
Segment Level Parameter
-
Table 156
236
AMR PPC DL HR Upper Threshold 4 (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 156
8.32
AMR PPC DL HR Upper Threshold 4 (Cont.)
AMR PPC UL FR Lower Threshold 1 (LUF1)
Parameter name
AMR PPC UL FR Lower Threshold 1
Abbreviated name
amrPpcUlFrLowerThreshold1
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the border of UL power
ranges for the AMR Progressive Power Control algorithm. This is the upper border for a range where pc lower
threshold ul Rx qual AMR FR (LURF) - 2 is used and the
lower border for a range where pc lower threshold ul Rx
qual AMR FR (LURF) - 1 is used to trigger a power
increase due to UL quality.
When this threshold defines the upper border for the
range, the threshold value is not part of the range (that is,
when power < " AMR PPC UL FR Lower Threshold 1").
When this threshold defines the lower border for the
range, the threshold value is part of the range (that is,
when power >= " AMR PPC UL FR Lower Threshold 1").
The value of this parameter is attenuation from the peak
power of the mobile (defined by classmark).
Additional information
-
Range
0...30
Step
2
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value / 2
Default value
30 dB
Default value notes
MML default
Required on Creation
mandatory
Special value
Not used (255)
Related functions
Power Control
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
amrPocFrPcLThrUlRxQual of BTS - With this parameter
you define the threshold level of the downlink signal
quality measurements for the MS power increase.
Defined for the default FR AMR set.
Parameter relationships
-
Table 157
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
AMR PPC UL FR Lower Threshold 1
Id:0900d805806ae475
237
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Related options
•
Progressive AMR Power Control Algorithm (106)
(optional) AND AMR FR (50) (optional)
Related features
•
BSS20776: Progressive AMR Power Control
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEX, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
LUF1
MML Full Name
AMR PPC UL FR Lower Threshold 1
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 157
8.33
AMR PPC UL FR Lower Threshold 1 (Cont.)
AMR PPC UL FR Lower Threshold 2 (LUF2)
Parameter name
AMR PPC UL FR Lower Threshold 2
Abbreviated name
amrPpcUlFrLowerThreshold2
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the border of UL power
ranges for the AMR Progressive Power Control algorithm. This is the upper border for a range where pc lower
threshold ul Rx qual AMR FR (LURF) - 1 is used and the
lower border for a range where pc lower threshold ul Rx
qual AMR FR (LURF) is used to trigger a power increase
due to UL quality.
When this threshold defines the upper border for the
range, the threshold value is not part of the range (that is,
when power < "AMR PPC UL FR Lower Threshold 2").
When this threshold defines the lower border for the
range, the threshold value is part of the range (that is,
when power >= "AMR PPC UL FR Lower Threshold 2").
The value of this parameter is attenuation from the peak
power of the mobile (defined by classmark).
Additional information
-
Range
0...30
Step
2
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value / 2
Default value
18 dB
Table 158
238
AMR PPC UL FR Lower Threshold 2
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Default value notes
MML default
Required on Creation
mandatory
Special value
Not used (255)
Related functions
Power Control
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
amrPocFrPcLThrUlRxQual of BTS - With this parameter
you define the threshold level of the downlink signal
quality measurements for the MS power increase.
Defined for the default FR AMR set.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Progressive AMR Power Control Algorithm (106)
(optional) AND AMR FR (50) (optional)
Related features
•
BSS20776: Progressive AMR Power Control
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEX, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
LUF2
MML Full Name
AMR PPC UL FR Lower Threshold 2
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 158
8.34
AMR PPC UL FR Lower Threshold 3 (LUF3)
Parameter name
AMR PPC UL FR Lower Threshold 3
Abbreviated name
amrPpcUlFrLowerThreshold3
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Table 159
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
AMR PPC UL FR Lower Threshold 2 (Cont.)
AMR PPC UL FR Lower Threshold 3
Id:0900d805806ae475
239
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Description
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
With this parameter you define the border of UL power
ranges for the AMR Progressive Power Control algorithm. This is the upper border for a range where pc lower
threshold ul Rx qual AMR FR (LURF) is used and the
lower border for a range where pc lower threshold ul Rx
qual AMR FR (LURF) + 1 is used to trigger a power
increase due to UL quality.
When this threshold defines the upper border for the
range, the threshold value is not part of the range (that is,
when power < "AMR PPC UL FR Lower Threshold 3").
When this threshold defines the lower border for the
range, the threshold value is part of the range (that is,
when power >= "AMR PPC UL FR Lower Threshold 3").
The value of this parameter is attenuation from the peak
power of the mobile (defined by classmark).
Additional information
-
Range
0...30
Step
2
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value / 2
Default value
6 dB
Default value notes
MML default
Required on Creation
mandatory
Special value
Not used (255)
Related functions
Power Control
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
amrPocFrPcLThrUlRxQual of BTS - With this parameter
you define the threshold level of the downlink signal
quality measurements for the MS power increase.
Defined for the default FR AMR set.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Progressive AMR Power Control Algorithm (106)
(optional) AND AMR FR (50) (optional)
Related features
•
BSS20776: Progressive AMR Power Control
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEX, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
LUF3
MML Full Name
AMR PPC UL FR Lower Threshold 3
Segment Level Parameter
-
Table 159
240
AMR PPC UL FR Lower Threshold 3 (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 159
8.35
AMR PPC UL FR Lower Threshold 3 (Cont.)
AMR PPC UL FR Lower Threshold 4 (LUF4)
Parameter name
AMR PPC UL FR Lower Threshold 4
Abbreviated name
amrPpcUlFrLowerThreshold4
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the border of UL power
ranges for the AMR Progressive Power Control algorithm. This is the upper border for a range where pc lower
threshold ul Rx qual AMR FR (LURF) + 1 is used and the
lower border for a range where pc lower threshold ul Rx
qual AMR FR (LURF) + 2 is used to trigger a power
increase due to UL quality.
When this threshold defines the upper border for the
range, the threshold value is not part of the range (that is,
when power < " AMR PPC UL FR Lower Threshold 4").
When this threshold defines the lower border for the
range, the threshold value is part of the range (that is,
when power >= " AMR PPC UL FR Lower Threshold 4").
The value of this parameter is attenuation from the peak
power of the mobile (defined by classmark).
Additional information
-
Range
0...30
Step
2
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value / 2
Default value
0 dB
Default value notes
MML default
Required on Creation
mandatory
Special value
Not used (255)
Related functions
Power Control
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
amrPocFrPcLThrUlRxQual of BTS - With this parameter
you define the threshold level of the downlink signal
quality measurements for the MS power increase.
Defined for the default FR AMR set.
Parameter relationships
-
Table 160
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
AMR PPC UL FR Lower Threshold 4
Id:0900d805806ae475
241
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Related options
•
Progressive AMR Power Control Algorithm (106)
(optional) AND AMR FR (50) (optional)
Related features
•
BSS20776: Progressive AMR Power Control
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEX, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
LUF4
MML Full Name
AMR PPC UL FR Lower Threshold 4
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 160
8.36
AMR PPC UL FR Lower Threshold 4 (Cont.)
AMR PPC UL FR Upper Threshold 1 (UUF1)
Parameter name
AMR PPC UL FR Upper Threshold 1
Abbreviated name
amrPpcUlFrUpperThreshold1
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the border of UL power
ranges for the AMR Progressive Power Control algorithm. This is the upper border for a range where pc upper
threshold ul Rx qual AMR FR (UURF) - 2 is used and the
lower border for a range where pc upper threshold ul Rx
qual AMR FR (UURF) - 1 is used to trigger a power
decrease due to UL quality.
When this threshold defines the upper border for the
range, the threshold value is not part of the range (that is,
when power < " AMR PPC UL FR Upper Threshold 1").
When this threshold defines the lower border for the
range, the threshold value is part of the range (that is,
when power >= " AMR PPC UL FR Upper Threshold 1").
The value of this parameter is attenuation from the peak
power of the mobile (defined by classmark).
Additional information
-
Range
0...30
Step
2
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value / 2
Default value
30 dB
Table 161
242
AMR PPC UL FR Upper Threshold 1
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Default value notes
MML default
Required on Creation
mandatory
Special value
Not used (255)
Related functions
Power Control
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
amrPocFrPcUThrUlRxQual of BTS - With this parameter
you define the threshold level of the downlink signal
quality measurements for the MS power decrease.
Defined for the default FR AMR set.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Progressive AMR Power Control Algorithm (106)
(optional) AND AMR FR (50) (optional)
Related features
•
BSS20776: Progressive AMR Power Control
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEX, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
UUF1
MML Full Name
AMR PPC UL FR Upper Threshold 1
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 161
8.37
AMR PPC UL FR Upper Threshold 2 (UUF2)
Parameter name
AMR PPC UL FR Upper Threshold 2
Abbreviated name
amrPpcUlFrUpperThreshold2
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Table 162
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
AMR PPC UL FR Upper Threshold 1 (Cont.)
AMR PPC UL FR Upper Threshold 2
Id:0900d805806ae475
243
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Description
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
With this parameter you define the border of UL power
ranges for the AMR Progressive Power Control algorithm. This is the upper border for a range where pc upper
threshold ul Rx qual AMR FR (UURF) - 1 is used and the
lower border for a range where pc upper threshold ul Rx
qual AMR FR (UURF) is used to trigger a power decrease
due to UL quality.
When this threshold defines the upper border for the
range, the threshold value is not part of the range (that is,
when power < "AMR PPC UL FR Upper Threshold 2").
When this threshold defines the lower border for the
range, the threshold value is part of the range (that is,
when power >= "AMR PPC UL FR Upper Threshold 2").
The value of this parameter is attenuation from the peak
power of the mobile (defined by classmark).
Additional information
-
Range
0...30
Step
2
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value / 2
Default value
18 dB
Default value notes
MML default
Required on Creation
mandatory
Special value
Not used (255)
Related functions
Power Control
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
amrPocFrPcUThrUlRxQual of BTS - With this parameter
you define the threshold level of the downlink signal
quality measurements for the MS power decrease.
Defined for the default FR AMR set.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Progressive AMR Power Control Algorithm (106)
(optional) AND AMR FR (50) (optional)
Related features
•
BSS20776: Progressive AMR Power Control
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEX, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
UUF2
MML Full Name
AMR PPC UL FR Upper Threshold 2
Segment Level Parameter
-
Table 162
244
AMR PPC UL FR Upper Threshold 2 (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 162
8.38
AMR PPC UL FR Upper Threshold 2 (Cont.)
AMR PPC UL FR Upper Threshold 3 (UUF3)
Parameter name
AMR PPC UL FR Upper Threshold 3
Abbreviated name
amrPpcUlFrUpperThreshold3
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the border of UL power
ranges for the AMR Progressive Power Control algorithm. This is the upper border for a range where pc upper
threshold ul Rx qual AMR FR (UURF) is used and the
lower border for a range where pc upper threshold ul Rx
qual AMR FR (UURF) + 1 is used to trigger a power
decrease due to UL quality.
When this threshold defines the upper border for the
range, the threshold value is not part of the range (that is,
when power < "AMR PPC UL FR Upper Threshold 3").
When this threshold defines the lower border for the
range, the threshold value is part of the range (that is,
when power >= "AMR PPC UL FR Upper Threshold 3").
The value of this parameter is attenuation from the peak
power of the mobile (defined by classmark).
Additional information
-
Range
0...30
Step
2
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value / 2
Default value
6 dB
Default value notes
MML default
Required on Creation
mandatory
Special value
Not used (255)
Related functions
Power Control
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
amrPocFrPcUThrUlRxQual of BTS - With this parameter
you define the threshold level of the downlink signal
quality measurements for the MS power decrease.
Defined for the default FR AMR set.
Parameter relationships
-
Table 163
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
AMR PPC UL FR Upper Threshold 3
Id:0900d805806ae475
245
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Related options
•
Progressive AMR Power Control Algorithm (106)
(optional) AND AMR FR (50) (optional)
Related features
•
BSS20776: Progressive AMR Power Control
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEX, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
UUF3
MML Full Name
AMR PPC UL FR Upper Threshold 3
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 163
8.39
AMR PPC UL FR Upper Threshold 3 (Cont.)
AMR PPC UL FR Upper Threshold 4 (UUF4)
Parameter name
AMR PPC UL FR Upper Threshold 4
Abbreviated name
amrPpcUlFrUpperThreshold4
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the border of UL power
ranges for the AMR Progressive Power Control algorithm. This is the upper border for a range where pc upper
threshold ul Rx qual AMR FR (UURF) + 1 is used and the
lower border for a range where pc upper threshold ul Rx
qual AMR FR (UURF) + 2 is used to trigger a power
decrease due to UL quality.
When this threshold defines the upper border for the
range, the threshold value is not part of the range (that is,
when power < "AMR PPC UL FR Upper Threshold 4").
When this threshold defines the lower border for the
range, the threshold value is part of the range (that is,
when power >= " AMR PPC UL FR Upper Threshold 4").
The value of this parameter is attenuation from the peak
power of the mobile (defined by classmark).
Additional information
-
Range
0...30
Step
2
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value / 2
Default value
0 dB
Table 164
246
AMR PPC UL FR Upper Threshold 4
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Default value notes
MML default
Required on Creation
mandatory
Special value
Not used (255)
Related functions
Power Control
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
amrPocFrPcUThrUlRxQual of BTS - With this parameter
you define the threshold level of the downlink signal
quality measurements for the MS power decrease.
Defined for the default FR AMR set.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Progressive AMR Power Control Algorithm (106)
(optional) AND AMR FR (50) (optional)
Related features
•
BSS20776: Progressive AMR Power Control
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEX, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
UUF4
MML Full Name
AMR PPC UL FR Upper Threshold 4
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 164
8.40
AMR PPC UL HR Lower Threshold 1 (LUH1)
Parameter name
AMR PPC UL HR Lower Threshold 1
Abbreviated name
amrPpcUlHrLowerThreshold1
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Table 165
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
AMR PPC UL FR Upper Threshold 4 (Cont.)
AMR PPC UL HR Lower Threshold 1
Id:0900d805806ae475
247
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Description
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
With this parameter you define the border of UL power
ranges for the AMR Progressive Power Control algorithm. This is the upper border for a range where pc lower
threshold ul Rx qual AMR HR (LURH) - 2 is used and the
lower border for a range where pc lower threshold ul Rx
qual AMR HR (LURH) - 1 is used to trigger a power
increase due to UL quality.
When this threshold defines the upper border for the
range, the threshold value is not part of the range (that is,
when power < "AMR PPC UL HR Lower Threshold 1").
When this threshold defines the lower border for the
range, the threshold value is part of the range (that is,
when power >= "AMR PPC UL HR Lower Threshold 1").
The value of this parameter is attenuation from the peak
power of the mobile (defined by classmark).
Additional information
-
Range
0...30
Step
2
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value / 2
Default value
30 dB
Default value notes
MML default
Required on Creation
mandatory
Special value
Not used (0)
Related functions
Power Control
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
amrPocHrPcLThrUlRxQual of BTS - With this parameter
you define the threshold level of the downlink signal
quality measurements for the MS power decrease.
Defined for the default FR AMR set.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Progressive AMR Power Control Algorithm (106)
(optional) AND AMR HR (72) (optional)
Related features
•
BSS20776: Progressive AMR Power Control
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEX, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
LUH1
MML Full Name
AMR PPC UL HR Lower Threshold 1
Segment Level Parameter
-
Table 165
248
AMR PPC UL HR Lower Threshold 1 (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 165
8.41
AMR PPC UL HR Lower Threshold 1 (Cont.)
AMR PPC UL HR Lower Threshold 2 (LUH2)
Parameter name
AMR PPC UL HR Lower Threshold 2
Abbreviated name
amrPpcUlHrLowerThreshold2
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the border of UL power
ranges for the AMR Progressive Power Control algorithm. This is the upper border for a range where pc lower
threshold ul Rx qual AMR HR (LURH) - 1 is used and the
lower border for a range where pc lower threshold ul Rx
qual AMR HR (LURH) is used to trigger a power increase
due to UL quality.
When this threshold defines the upper border for the
range, the threshold value is not part of the range (that is,
when power < "AMR PPC UL HR Lower Threshold 2").
When this threshold defines the lower border for the
range, the threshold value is part of the range (that is,
when power >= "AMR PPC UL HR Lower Threshold 2").
The value of this parameter is attenuation from the peak
power of the mobile (defined by classmark).
Additional information
-
Range
0...30
Step
2
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value / 2
Default value
18 dB
Default value notes
MML default
Required on Creation
mandatory
Special value
Not used (255)
Related functions
Power Control
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
amrPocHrPcLThrUlRxQual of BTS - With this parameter
you define the threshold level of the downlink signal
quality measurements for the BTS power increase.
Defined for the default HR AMR set.
Parameter relationships
-
Table 166
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
AMR PPC UL HR Lower Threshold 2
Id:0900d805806ae475
249
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Related options
•
Progressive AMR Power Control Algorithm (106)
(optional) AND AMR HR (72) (optional)
Related features
•
BSS20776: Progressive AMR Power Control
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEX, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
LUH2
MML Full Name
AMR PPC UL HR Lower Threshold 2
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 166
8.42
AMR PPC UL HR Lower Threshold 2 (Cont.)
AMR PPC UL HR Lower Threshold 3 (LUH3)
Parameter name
AMR PPC UL HR Lower Threshold 3
Abbreviated name
amrPpcUlHrLowerThreshold3
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the border of UL power
ranges for the AMR Progressive Power Control algorithm. This is the upper border for a range where pc lower
threshold ul Rx qual AMR HR (LURH) is used and the
lower border for a range where pc lower threshold ul Rx
qual AMR HR (LURH) + 1 is used to trigger a power
increase due to UL quality.
When this threshold defines the upper border for the
range, the threshold value is not part of the range (that is,
when power < "AMR PPC UL HR Lower Threshold 3").
When this threshold defines the lower border for the
range, the threshold value is part of the range (that is,
when power >= "AMR PPC UL HR Lower Threshold 3").
The value of this parameter is attenuation from the peak
power of the mobile (defined by classmark).
Additional information
-
Range
0...30
Step
2
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value / 2
Default value
6 dB
Table 167
250
AMR PPC UL HR Lower Threshold 3
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Default value notes
MML default
Required on Creation
mandatory
Special value
Not used (255)
Related functions
Power Control
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
amrPocHrPcLThrUlRxQual of BTS - With this parameter
you define the threshold level of the downlink signal
quality measurements for the BTS power increase.
Defined for the default HR AMR set.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Progressive AMR Power Control Algorithm (106)
(optional) AND AMR HR (72) (optional)
Related features
•
BSS20776: Progressive AMR Power Control
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEX, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
LUH3
MML Full Name
AMR PPC UL HR Lower Threshold 3
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 167
8.43
AMR PPC UL HR Lower Threshold 4 (LUH4)
Parameter name
AMR PPC UL HR Lower Threshold 4
Abbreviated name
amrPpcUlHrLowerThreshold4
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Table 168
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
AMR PPC UL HR Lower Threshold 3 (Cont.)
AMR PPC UL HR Lower Threshold 4
Id:0900d805806ae475
251
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Description
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
With this parameter you define the border of UL power
ranges for the AMR Progressive Power Control algorithm. This is the upper border for a range where pc lower
threshold ul Rx qual AMR HR (LURH) + 1 is used and the
lower border for a range where pc lower threshold ul Rx
qual AMR HR (LURH) + 2 is used to trigger a power
increase due to UL quality.
When this threshold defines the upper border for the
range, the threshold value is not part of the range (that is,
when power < "AMR PPC UL HR Lower Threshold 4").
When this threshold defines the lower border for the
range, the threshold value is part of the range (that is,
when power >= "AMR PPC UL HR Lower Threshold 4").
The value of this parameter is attenuation from the peak
power of the mobile (defined by classmark).
Additional information
-
Range
0...30
Step
2
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value / 2
Default value
0 dB
Default value notes
MML default
Required on Creation
mandatory
Special value
Not used (255)
Related functions
Power Control
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
amrPocHrPcLThrUlRxQual of BTS - With this parameter
you define the threshold level of the downlink signal
quality measurements for the BTS power increase.
Defined for the default HR AMR set.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Progressive AMR Power Control Algorithm (106)
(optional) AND AMR HR (72) (optional)
Related features
•
BSS20776: Progressive AMR Power Control
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEX, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
LUH4
MML Full Name
AMR PPC UL HR Lower Threshold 4
Segment Level Parameter
-
Table 168
252
AMR PPC UL HR Lower Threshold 4 (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 168
8.44
AMR PPC UL HR Lower Threshold 4 (Cont.)
AMR PPC UL HR Upper Threshold 1 (UUH1)
Parameter name
AMR PPC UL HR Upper Threshold 1
Abbreviated name
amrPpcUlHrUpperThreshold1
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the border of UL power
ranges for the AMR Progressive Power Control algorithm. This is the upper border for a range where pc upper
threshold ul Rx qual AMR HR (UURH) - 2 is used and the
lower border for a range where pc upper threshold ul Rx
qual AMR HR (UURH) - 1 is used to trigger a power
decrease due to UL quality.
When this threshold defines the upper border for the
range, the threshold value is not part of the range (that is,
when power < "AMR PPC UL HR Upper Threshold 1").
When this threshold defines the lower border for the
range, the threshold value is part of the range (that is,
when power >= "AMR PPC UL HR Upper Threshold 1").
The value of this parameter is attenuation from the peak
power of the mobile (defined by classmark).
Additional information
-
Range
0...30
Step
2
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value / 2
Default value
30 dB
Default value notes
MML default
Required on Creation
mandatory
Special value
Not used (255)
Related functions
Power Control
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
amrPocHrPcUThrUlRxQual of BTS - With this parameter
you define the threshold level of the downlink signal
quality measurements for the MS power decrease.
Defined for the default HR AMR set.
Parameter relationships
-
Table 169
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
AMR PPC UL HR Upper Threshold 1
Id:0900d805806ae475
253
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Related options
•
Progressive AMR Power Control Algorithm (106)
(optional) AND AMR HR (72) (optional)
Related features
•
BSS20776: Progressive AMR Power Control
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEX, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
UUH1
MML Full Name
AMR PPC UL HR Upper Threshold 1
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 169
8.45
AMR PPC UL HR Upper Threshold 1 (Cont.)
AMR PPC UL HR Upper Threshold 2 (UUH2)
Parameter name
AMR PPC UL HR Upper Threshold 2
Abbreviated name
amrPpcUlHrUpperThreshold2
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the border of UL power
ranges for the AMR Progressive Power Control algorithm. This is the upper border for a range where pc upper
threshold ul Rx qual AMR HR (UURH) - 1 is used and the
lower border for a range where pc upper threshold ul Rx
qual AMR HR (UURH) is used to trigger a power
decrease due to UL quality.
When this threshold defines the upper border for the
range, the threshold value is not part of the range (that is,
when power < "AMR PPC UL HR Upper Threshold 2").
When this threshold defines the lower border for the
range, the threshold value is part of the range (that is,
when power >= "AMR PPC UL HR Upper Threshold 2").
The value of this parameter is attenuation from the peak
power of the mobile (defined by classmark).
Additional information
-
Range
0...30
Step
2
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value / 2
Default value
18 dB
Table 170
254
AMR PPC UL HR Upper Threshold 2
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Default value notes
MML default
Required on Creation
mandatory
Special value
Not used (255)
Related functions
Power Control
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
amrPocHrPcUThrUlRxQual of BTS - With this parameter
you define the threshold level of the downlink signal
quality measurements for the MS power decrease.
Defined for the default HR AMR set.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Progressive AMR Power Control Algorithm (106)
(optional) AND AMR HR (72) (optional)
Related features
•
BSS20776: Progressive AMR Power Control
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEX, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
UUH2
MML Full Name
AMR PPC UL HR Upper Threshold 2
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 170
8.46
AMR PPC UL HR Upper Threshold 3 (UUH3)
Parameter name
AMR PPC UL HR Upper Threshold 3
Abbreviated name
amrPpcUlHrUpperThreshold3
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Table 171
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
AMR PPC UL HR Upper Threshold 2 (Cont.)
AMR PPC UL HR Upper Threshold 3
Id:0900d805806ae475
255
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Description
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
With this parameter you define the border of UL power
ranges for the AMR Progressive Power Control algorithm. This is the upper border for a range where pc upper
threshold ul Rx qual AMR HR (UURH) is used and the
lower border for a range where pc upper threshold ul Rx
qual AMR HR (UURH) + 1 is used to trigger a power
decrease due to UL quality.
When this threshold defines the upper border for the
range, the threshold value is not part of the range (that is,
when power < "AMR PPC UL HR Upper Threshold 3").
When this threshold defines the lower border for the
range, the threshold value is part of the range (that is,
when power >= "AMR PPC UL HR Upper Threshold 3").
The value of this parameter is attenuation from the peak
power of the mobile (defined by classmark).
Additional information
-
Range
0...30
Step
2
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value / 2
Default value
6 dB
Default value notes
MML default
Required on Creation
mandatory
Special value
Not used (255)
Related functions
Power Control
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
amrPocHrPcUThrUlRxQual of BTS - With this parameter
you define the threshold level of the downlink signal
quality measurements for the MS power decrease.
Defined for the default HR AMR set.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Progressive AMR Power Control Algorithm (106)
(optional) AND AMR HR (72) (optional)
Related features
•
BSS20776: Progressive AMR Power Control
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEX, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
UUH3
MML Full Name
AMR PPC UL HR Upper Threshold 3
Segment Level Parameter
-
Table 171
256
AMR PPC UL HR Upper Threshold 3 (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 171
8.47
AMR PPC UL HR Upper Threshold 3 (Cont.)
AMR PPC UL HR Upper Threshold 4 (UUH4)
Parameter name
AMR PPC UL HR Upper Threshold 4
Abbreviated name
amrPpcUlHrUpperThreshold4
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the border of UL power
ranges for the AMR Progressive Power Control algorithm. This is the upper border for a range where pc upper
threshold ul Rx qual AMR HR (UURH) + 1 is used and the
lower border for a range where pc upper threshold ul Rx
qual AMR HR (UURH) + 2 is used to trigger a power
decrease due to UL quality.
When this threshold defines the upper border for the
range, the threshold value is not part of the range (that is,
when power < "AMR PPC UL HR Upper Threshold 4").
When this threshold defines the lower border for the
range, the threshold value is part of the range (that is,
when power >= "AMR PPC UL HR Upper Threshold 4").
The value of this parameter is attenuation from the peak
power of the mobile (defined by classmark).
Additional information
-
Range
0...30
Step
2
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value / 2
Default value
0 dB
Default value notes
MML default
Required on Creation
mandatory
Special value
Not used (255)
Related functions
Power Control
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
amrPocHrPcUThrUlRxQual of BTS - With this parameter
you define the threshold level of the downlink signal
quality measurements for the MS power decrease.
Defined for the default HR AMR set.
Parameter relationships
-
Table 172
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
AMR PPC UL HR Upper Threshold 4
Id:0900d805806ae475
257
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Related options
•
Progressive AMR Power Control Algorithm (106)
(optional) AND AMR HR (72) (optional)
Related features
•
BSS20776: Progressive AMR Power Control
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEX, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
UUH4
MML Full Name
AMR PPC UL HR Upper Threshold 4
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 172
8.48
AMR PPC UL HR Upper Threshold 4 (Cont.)
AMR set grades enabled (ASG)
Parameter name
AMR Set Grades Enabled
Abbreviated name
amrSetGradesEnabl
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define whether codec mode set
downgrades during internal HOs and upgrades after
internal HOs are applied or not.
Additional information
-
Range
downgrades and upgrades are not applied (N) (0), downgrades and upgrades are applied (Y) (1)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
gui ==> internal
downgrades and upgrades are not applied (N) ==> 0
downgrades and upgrades are applied (Y) ==> 1
Default value
downgrades and upgrades are not applied (N) (0)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Table 173
258
AMR Set Grades Enabled
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Related options
•
AMR HR (72) (optional) OR AMR FR (50) (optional)
Related features
•
BSS20249: AMR FR Licence Control
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
BSC <-> RAC
References
-
MML Commands
EEM, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
ASG
MML Full Name
AMR set grades enabled
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 173
8.49
AMR upper limit for FR resources (AHRU)
Parameter name
AMR Upper Limit For FR Resources
Abbreviated name
amrLoadDepTchRateUpper
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
The parameter controls the AMR TCH channel rate determination on the BSC level according to the cell load in
traffic channel allocation. With this parameter you define
the upper limit for the percentage of free full rate
resources. AMR Full rate TCHs are allocated when the
number of free full rate resources exceeds the value of
the parameter.
Additional information
-
Range
0...100
Step
1
Unit
%
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
60 %
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Table 174
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
AMR Set Grades Enabled (Cont.)
AMR Upper Limit For FR Resources
Id:0900d805806ae475
259
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Related parameters
amrLoadDepTchRateLower of BSC - AMR Upper Limit
For FR Resources is applied together with AMR lower
limit for FR resources in an individual SEG if no SEGspecific channel rate control rules have been specified
with the parameters AMR lower limit for SEG FR
resources and AMR upper limit for SEG FR resources. If
this parameter´s value is smaller than the value of the
AMR lower limit for FR resources, then the effect of these
two BSC level channel rate control parameters is deactivated, amrSegLoadDepTchRateLower of BTS - AMR
Upper Limit For FR Resources is applied together with
AMR lower limit for FR resources in an individual SEG if
no SEG-specific channel rate control rules have been
specified with the parameters AMR lower limit for SEG
FR resources and AMR upper limit for SEG FR
resources, amrSegLoadDepTchRateUpper of BTS AMR Upper Limit For FR Resources is applied together
with AMR lower limit for FR resources in an individual
SEG if no SEG-specific channel rate control rules have
been specified with the parameters AMR lower limit for
SEG FR resources and AMR upper limit for SEG FR
resources.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Load based AMR packing (111) (optional) AND
AMR HR (72) (optional)
Related features
•
BSS21154: Load based AMR packing
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEM, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
AHRU
MML Full Name
AMR upper limit for FR resources
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 174
8.50
Background traffic class scheduling weight for ARP 1
(BGSW1)
Parameter name
Background Traffic Class Scheduling Weight For ARP 1
Abbreviated name
schedulingWeight_backgroundARP1
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Table 175
260
AMR Upper Limit For FR Resources (Cont.)
Background Traffic Class Scheduling Weight For ARP 1
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Description
With this parameter you define the scheduling weight for
proportion of residual bandwidth allocation and retention
priority value 1 for background traffic class.
Additional information
-
Range
1...100
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
20
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
BSC GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in BSC)
(39) (optional) OR Enhanced GPRS (EGPRS)
Usage (51) (optional)
Related features
•
BSS11111: Enhanced Quality of Service, EQoS
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEV, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
BGSW1
MML Full Name
Background traffic class scheduling weight for ARP 1
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 175
8.51
Background traffic class scheduling weight for ARP 2
(BGSW2)
Parameter name
Background Traffic Class Scheduling Weight For ARP 2
Abbreviated name
schedulingWeight_backgroundARP2
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Table 176
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Background Traffic Class Scheduling Weight For ARP 1 (Cont.)
Background Traffic Class Scheduling Weight For ARP 2
Id:0900d805806ae475
261
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Description
With this parameter you define the scheduling weight for
proportion of residual bandwidth allocation and retention
priority value 2 for background traffic class.
Additional information
-
Range
1...100
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
10
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
BSC GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in BSC)
(39) (optional) OR Enhanced GPRS (EGPRS)
Usage (51) (optional)
Related features
•
BSS11111: Enhanced Quality of Service, EQoS
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEV, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
BGSW2
MML Full Name
Background traffic class scheduling weight for ARP 2
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 176
8.52
Background traffic class scheduling weight for ARP 3
(BGSW3)
Parameter name
Background Traffic Class Scheduling Weight For ARP 3
Abbreviated name
schedulingWeight_backgroundARP3
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Table 177
262
Background Traffic Class Scheduling Weight For ARP 2 (Cont.)
Background Traffic Class Scheduling Weight For ARP 3
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Description
With this parameter you define the scheduling weight for
proportion of residual bandwidth allocation and retention
priority value 3 for background traffic class.
Additional information
-
Range
1...100
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
5
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
BSC GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in BSC)
(39) (optional) OR Enhanced GPRS (EGPRS)
Usage (51) (optional)
Related features
•
BSS11111: Enhanced Quality of Service, EQoS
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEV, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
BGSW3
MML Full Name
Background traffic class scheduling weight for ARP 3
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 177
8.53
BCSU load threshold (BCSUL)
Parameter name
BCSU Load Threshold
Abbreviated name
bcsuLoadThr
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Table 178
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Background Traffic Class Scheduling Weight For ARP 3 (Cont.)
BCSU Load Threshold
Id:0900d805806ae475
263
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Description
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
With this parameter you define the threshold for the proportion of rejected measurement results in all measurement results. An overload in the BCSU unit causes the
rejections. If this threshold is exceeded, the BCSU unit is
regarded as overloaded, and the BSC generates the
relevant alarm.
MML Range and Step: 0..10000 = 0..100% (step size is
0.01%).
Additional information
-
Range
0...10000
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
150
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEQ, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
BCSUL
MML Full Name
BCSU load threshold
Segment Level Parameter
-
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 178
8.54
BIM confidence probability (BCP)
Parameter name
BIM Confidence Probability
Abbreviated name
bimConfidenceProb
Managed object
BSC
Table 179
264
BCSU Load Threshold (Cont.)
BIM Confidence Probability
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the level of confidence for
the estimation used to build a background interference
matrix. It gives the share of users experiencing a C/I
equal to or greater than the C/I contained in the matrix.
Additional information
-
Range
50...95
Step
1
Unit
%
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
80 %
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
DFCA (Dynamic Frequency And Channel Allocation)
Usage (70)
Related features
•
BSS11052: Dynamic Frequency and Channel Allocation
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEH, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
BCP
MML Full Name
BIM confidence probability
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 179
8.55
BIM interference threshold (BIT)
Parameter name
BIM Interference Threshold
Abbreviated name
bimInterfThreshold
Managed object
BSC
Table 180
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BIM Confidence Probability (Cont.)
BIM Interference Threshold
Id:0900d805806ae475
265
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define an upper limit for C/I
values which are considered as relevant for the interference estimations. C/I values above the Interference
threshold can be discarded during the BIM update procedure.
Additional information
-
Range
0...35
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
35
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
DFCA (Dynamic Frequency And Channel Allocation)
Usage (70)
Related features
•
BSS11052: Dynamic Frequency and Channel Allocation
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEH, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
BIT
MML Full Name
BIM interference threshold
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 180
8.56
BIM update guard time (BUGT)
Parameter name
BIM Update Guard Time
Abbreviated name
bimUpdateGuardTime
Managed object
BSC
Table 181
266
BIM Interference Threshold (Cont.)
BIM Update Guard Time
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the number of BIM update
periods that the DFCA algorithm allows for a neighbouring cell without update. If during the update guard time
the neighbouring cell is not included in any BIM update
for the cell, it is removed from the BIM table of the cell.
Value range for guard time is 0...62 BIM update periods.
Value 63 indicates that a neighbour is not removed from
the BIM even if the neighbour is not included in any new
BIM update.
Additional information
-
Range
0...63
Step
1
Unit
period
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
62 period
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
DFCA (Dynamic Frequency And Channel Allocation)
Usage (70)
Related features
•
BSS11052: Dynamic Frequency and Channel Allocation
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEH, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
BUGT
MML Full Name
BIM update guard time
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 181
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BIM Update Guard Time (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806ae475
267
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
8.57
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
bim update period (BUP)
Parameter name
BIM Update Period
Abbreviated name
bimUpdatePeriod
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the period between successive background interference matrix updates. Therefore, it is the length of the data collecting period for a
single BIM update.
NOTE:
MML range:
10 min to 60 min (10 min step size);
2h to 6h (60 min step size);
12h and 24h;
0 turns off the BIM update procedure
Additional information
-
Range
turns off the BIM update procedure (0), 10 min (10), 20
min (20), 30 min (30), 40 min (40), 50 min (50), 1 h (60),
2 h (120), 3 h (180), 4 h (240), 5 h (300), 6 h (360), 12 h
(720), 24 h (1440)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
gui ==> internal
turns off the BIM update procedure ==> 0
10 min ==> 10
20 min ==> 20
30 min ==> 30
40 min ==> 40
50 min ==> 50
1 h ==> 60
2 h ==> 120
3 h ==> 180
4 h ==> 240
5 h ==> 300
6 h ==> 360
12 h ==> 720
24 h ==> 1440
Default value
2 h (120)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Table 182
268
BIM Update Period
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
DFCA (Dynamic Frequency And Channel Allocation)
Usage (70)
Related features
•
BSS11052: Dynamic Frequency and Channel Allocation
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEH, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
BUP
MML Full Name
bim update period
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 182
8.58
BIM update scaling factor (BUSF)
Parameter name
BIM Update Scaling Factor
Abbreviated name
bimUpdateScalingFactor
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the weighting factor for
the C/I value defined during the latest BIM update period
when this is combined with the long term C/I statistics.
Additional information
-
Range
0...1
Step
0.1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value * 10
Default value
0.5
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Table 183
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BIM Update Period (Cont.)
BIM Update Scaling Factor
Id:0900d805806ae475
269
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
DFCA (Dynamic Frequency And Channel Allocation)
Usage (70)
Related features
•
BSS11052: Dynamic Frequency and Channel Allocation
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEH, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
BUSF
MML Full Name
BIM update scaling factor
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 183
BIM Update Scaling Factor (Cont.)
8.59
BTS site battery backup forced HO timer (TIM)
8.60
C/I Target 14.4 (CIT)
Parameter name
C/I Target 14.4
Abbreviated name
dfca144Connection_ciTarget
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the target C/I value for
circuit switched data connections of 14.4 kbit/s.
NOTE: The parameter value must be equal to or greater
than soft blocking C/I 14.4
NOTE: MML modification:
Parameter is modifiable if options Dynamic Frequency
And Channel Allocation (70) AND (HSCSD_PRM OR
PRM_144) are ON. Options (HSCSD_PRM and
PRM_144) are hidden in MML and available if the
operator has purchased the feature.
Additional information
-
Range
0...63
Step
1
Table 184
270
C/I Target 14.4
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
16 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
dfca144Connection_softBlockingCi of BSC - The parameter value must be equal to or greater than soft blocking
C/I 14.4
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
DFCA (Dynamic Frequency And Channel Allocation)
Usage (70) (optional) AND ( Data 144 Usage (69)
(optional) OR High Speed Circuit Switched Data
(HSCSD - TCSM2) (25) (optional) )
Related features
•
BSS11052: Dynamic Frequency and Channel Allocation
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEH, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
CIT
MML Full Name
C/I Target 14.4
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 184
8.61
C/I Target 14.4 (Cont.)
C/I target AMR FR (CIAF)
Parameter name
C/I Target AMR FR
Abbreviated name
dfcaAmrFrConnection_ciTarget
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the target C/I value for full
rate AMR and full rate WB-AMR speech connections.
Note: The parameter value must be equal to or greater
than soft blocking C/I AMR FR.
Table 185
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
C/I Target AMR FR
Id:0900d805806ae475
271
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Additional information
-
Range
0...63
Step
1
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
12 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
DFCA (Dynamic Frequency And Channel Allocation)
Usage (70) (optional) AND ( AMR FR (50) (optional)
OR Wideband AMR (133) (optional) )
Related features
•
•
•
BSS20960: Wideband AMR
BSS11052: Dynamic Frequency and Channel Allocation
BSS20249: AMR FR Licence Control
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEH, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
CIAF
MML Full Name
C/I target AMR FR
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 185
8.62
C/I target AMR HR (CIAH)
Parameter name
C/I Target AMR HR
Abbreviated name
dfcaAmrHrConnection_ciTarget
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Table 186
272
C/I Target AMR FR (Cont.)
C/I Target AMR HR
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Description
With this parameter you define the target C/I value for half
rate AMR speech connections.
Note: The parameter value must be equal to or greater
than soft blocking C/I AMR HR.
Additional information
-
Range
0...63
Step
1
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
12 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
dfcaAmrHrConnection_softBlockingCi of BSC - The
parameter value must be equal to or greater than soft
blocking C/I AMR HR.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
DFCA (Dynamic Frequency And Channel Allocation)
Usage (70) (optional) AND AMR HR (72) (optional)
Related features
•
BSS11052: Dynamic Frequency and Channel Allocation
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEH, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
CIAH
MML Full Name
C/I target AMR HR
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 186
8.63
C/I Target FR (CIF)
Parameter name
C/I Target FR
Abbreviated name
dfcaFrConnection_ciTarget
Managed object
BSC
Table 187
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
C/I Target AMR HR (Cont.)
C/I Target FR
Id:0900d805806ae475
273
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the target C/I value for full
rate and EFR speech connections, and for circuit
switched data connections up to 9.6 kbit/s.
Note: The parameter value must be equal to or greater
than soft blocking C/I FR.
Additional information
-
Range
0...63
Step
1
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
14 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
activationState of BSC - The parameter value must be
equal to or greater than soft blocking C/I FR.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
DFCA (Dynamic Frequency And Channel Allocation)
Usage (70)
Related features
•
BSS11052: Dynamic Frequency and Channel Allocation
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEH, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
CIF
MML Full Name
C/I Target FR
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 187
8.64
C/I Target GPRS (CIGP)
Parameter name
DFCA C/I Target GPRS
Abbreviated name
dfcaCiTargetGPRS
Table 188
274
C/I Target FR (Cont.)
DFCA C/I Target GPRS
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the target C/I value for
GPRS connection on DFCA layer.
Note: DFCA Soft Blocking C/I GPRS is also related to this
parameter, DFCA C/I Target GPRS value should be
defined egual or greater than value for DFCA Soft
Blocking C/I GPRS.
Additional information
-
Range
0...63
Step
1
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
20 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
DFCA C/I Target GPRS value should be defined equal or
greater than value for DFCA Soft Blocking C/I GPRS.
Related parameters
dfcaSoftBlockingCiGPRS of BSC - DFCA Soft Blocking
GPRS is used for setting threshold value for C/I that is the
lowest C/I acceptable for GPRS connection
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
DFCA (Dynamic Frequency And Channel Allocation)
Usage (70) (optional) AND SDCCH and PS Data
Channels on DFCA TRX (136) (optional)
Related features
•
BSS21161: SDCCH and PS Data Channels on
DFCA TRX
BSS11052: Dynamic Frequency and Channel Allocation
•
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEH, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
CIGP
MML Full Name
C/I Target GPRS
Segment Level Parameter
-
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 188
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
DFCA C/I Target GPRS (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806ae475
275
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
8.65
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
C/I target HR (CIH)
Parameter name
C/I Target HR
Abbreviated name
dfcaHrConnection_ciTarget
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the target C/I value for half
rate speech connections.
Note: The parameter value must be equal to or greater
than soft blocking C/I HR.
Additional information
-
Range
0...63
Step
1
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
14 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
activationState of BSC - The parameter value must be
equal to or greater than soft blocking C/I HR.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
DFCA (Dynamic Frequency And Channel Allocation)
Usage (70) (optional) AND Half Rate (17) (optional)
Related features
•
BSS11052: Dynamic Frequency and Channel Allocation
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEH, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
CIH
MML Full Name
C/I target HR
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 189
276
C/I Target HR
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
8.66
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
C/I Target SDCCH (CISD)
Parameter name
DFCA C/I Target SDCCH
Abbreviated name
dfcaCiTargetSDCCH
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the target C/I value for
SDCCH connection on DFCA layer.
Note: DFCA Soft Blocking C/I SDCCH is also related to
this parameter, DFCA C/I target SDCCH value should be
defined equal or greater than value for DFCA Soft
Blocking C/I SDCCH.
Additional information
-
Range
0...63
Step
1
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
14 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
DFCA C/I Target SDCCH value should be defined equal
or greater than value for DFCA Soft Blocking C/I SDCCH.
Related parameters
dfcaSoftBlockingCiSDCCH of BSC - DFCA Soft Blocking
C/I SDCCH is used for setting threshold value for C/I that
is the lowest C/I acceptable for SDCCH connection
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
DFCA (Dynamic Frequency And Channel Allocation)
Usage (70) (optional) AND SDCCH and PS Data
Channels on DFCA TRX (136) (optional)
Related features
•
BSS21161: SDCCH and PS Data Channels on
DFCA TRX
BSS11052: Dynamic Frequency and Channel Allocation
•
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEH, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
CISD
MML Full Name
C/I Target SDCCH
Table 190
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
DFCA C/I Target SDCCH
Id:0900d805806ae475
277
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Segment Level Parameter
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 190
8.67
C/I target UL offset (CIUL)
Parameter name
C/I Target UL Offset
Abbreviated name
ciTargetUlOffset
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define an offset that is added to
the C/I targets and soft blocking C/I limits of all connection types when uplink interference checks are performed.
Additional information
-
Range
-31...31
Step
1
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
0 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
DFCA (Dynamic Frequency And Channel Allocation)
Usage (70)
Related features
•
BSS11052: Dynamic Frequency and Channel Allocation
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEH, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
CIUL
MML Full Name
C/I target UL offset
Table 191
278
DFCA C/I Target SDCCH (Cont.)
C/I Target UL Offset
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 191
8.68
C/I Target UL Offset (Cont.)
CN identity (CNID)
Parameter name
CN-ID
Abbreviated name
cnId
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define Core Network-ID
Additional information
-
Range
0...4095
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Special value
Not used (65535)
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Multipoint A Interface for BSC (94)
Related features
•
BSS20092: Multipoint A Interface for BSC
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
E7I, E7M, E7A
MML Abbreviated Name
CNID
MML Full Name
CN identity
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- false
ported
Table 192
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
CN-ID
Id:0900d805806ae475
279
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
8.69
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
CS load balancing value (LOAD)
Parameter name
CS Load Balancing Value
Abbreviated name
csLoadBalancingValue
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
This parameter determines the load balancing technique
to be used in the BSC when Multipoint A is in use.
Additional information
-
Range
Not used (OFF) (0), Done with actual NRI values (1),
Done with number of available circuits (2)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
gui ==> internal
Not used (OFF) ==> 0
Done with actual NRI values ==> 1
Done with number of available circuits ==> 2
Default value
Not used (OFF) (0)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Multipoint A Interface for BSC (94)
Related features
•
BSS20092: Multipoint A Interface for BSC
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 23.236
MML Commands
E7I, E7M
MML Abbreviated Name
LOAD
MML Full Name
CS load balancing value
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- false
ported
Table 193
280
CS Load Balancing Value
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
8.70
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
CS MSC State (STATE)
Parameter name
CS MSC State
Abbreviated name
csMSCState
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
This parameter determines MSC/MSS state for the NAS
Node method to be used in the BSC when Multipoint A is
in use.
WO-EX state means MSC working,
BAL-US value is used for barring only from load balancing function,
BAR-US value means that CN Node is totally blocked
from all connection establishments.
This value can be defined for each MSC/MSS
Additional information
-
Range
WO-EX (0), BAL-US (1), BAR-US (2)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
gui ==> internal
WO-EX ==> 0
BAL-US ==> 1
BAR-US ==> 2
Default value
-
Default value notes
0
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
csWeightFactor of BSC - Weight Factor parameters
needs to be re-adjusted if one or several MSC/MSSs are
set to BAR-US state.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Multipoint A Interface for BSC (94)
Related features
•
•
BSS20092: Multipoint A Interface for BSC
BSS21217: Multipoint A Load Balancing
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 23.236
MML Commands
E7I, E7M
Table 194
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
CS MSC State
Id:0900d805806ae475
281
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
MML Abbreviated Name
STATE
MML Full Name
CS MSC State
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- false
ported
Table 194
8.71
CS MSC State (Cont.)
CS NAS node method (NASMETHOD)
Parameter name
CS NAS Node Method
Abbreviated name
csNasNodeMethod
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
This parameter determines the CS NAS Node Method to
be used in the BSC when Multipoint A is in use.
Additional information
-
Range
Done with Circuit Group Load (0), Done with WeightedRound-Robin (1)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
gui ==> internal
Done with Circuit Group Load ==> 0
Done with Weighted-Round-Robin ==> 1
Default value
-
Default value notes
0
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
- The operator must check CS Weight Factor values for
each MSC/MSS beforehand changing value from 0 to 1.
Related parameters
csWeightFactor of BSC - When CS NAS Node Method is
changed from 0 (default value) to 1, all weight factors
values shall be defined
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Multipoint A Interface for BSC (94)
Related features
•
•
BSS20092: Multipoint A Interface for BSC
BSS21217: Multipoint A Load Balancing
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
Table 195
282
CS NAS Node Method
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
References
•
MML Commands
E7I, E7M
MML Abbreviated Name
NASMETHOD
MML Full Name
CS NAS node method
Segment Level Parameter
-
3GPP Reference: 23.236
File Based Provisioning sup- false
ported
Table 195
8.72
CS NAS Node Method (Cont.)
CS NRI length (LENGTH)
Parameter name
CS NRI Length
Abbreviated name
csNriLength
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
This parameter determines the length of the used NRI.
The given value indicates how many bits starting from bit
23 in TMSI are used for NRI. If the value is zero, Multipoint A is not in use.
NOTE: Restrictions:
CS NRI List must be defined before the CS NRI Length
parameter is changed to other than 0 (default value).
BSC makes the following checks:
CS NRI List must include valid NRI value or values per
Signalling Point Code until CS NRI Length can be
changed to other than 0 (default value). When CS NRI
Length is changed from 0 (default value), none of the NRI
values (NRI List 1, NRI List 2, NRI List 3, NRI List 4, NRI
List 5, NRI List 6, NRI List 7, NRI List 8, NRI List 9, NRI
List 10) must not exceed the decimal value range which
CS NRI Length is indicates.
For example:
If CS NRI Length has value 3, it means that 3 bits in TMSI
are used for NRI and with 3 bits ('111') it is possible to
have maximum value 7 in decimal. Therefore, none of the
NRI values (NRI List 1, NRI List 2, NRI List 3, NRI List 4,
NRI List 5, NRI List 6, NRI List 7, NRI List 8, NRI List 9,
NRI List 10) must not exceed value 7.
Additional information
-
Range
0...10
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Table 196
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
CS NRI Length
Id:0900d805806ae475
283
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Default value
0
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
csNriList of BSC - CS NRI List must be defined before the
CS NRI Length parameter is changed to other than 0
(default value).
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Multipoint A Interface for BSC (94)
Related features
•
BSS20092: Multipoint A Interface for BSC
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 23.236
MML Commands
E7I, E7M
MML Abbreviated Name
LENGTH
MML Full Name
CS NRI length
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- false
ported
Table 196
8.73
CS NRI list
Parameter name
CS NRI List
Abbreviated name
csNriList
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
16
Table 197
284
CS NRI Length (Cont.)
CS NRI List
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Description
This parameter maps Network Resource Identifier(s)
(NRI) to MSC's SPC and Global Core Network Idenfication (CN-ID) to MSC's SPC. A maximum of 11 NRIs can
be mapped to one MSC. Each NRI identifies uniquely the
address of MSC and its specific SPC.
This parameter maps also cells of PLMN area(s) to
MSC's SPC. A maximum of 16 PLMN areas can be
mapped to one MSC. Each PLMN code identifies
uniquely cells of a radio network.
There is maximum 16 MSC's information in this parameter list.
NOTE: Restrictions/Instructions:
Only one Default Signalling Point Code parameter can
have value TRUE at a same time in CS NRI List (others
must be set as FALSE).
If CS NRI List parameter is added/modified from NetAct
(using Plan download or SendToNW) then the subsequent upload might show differences for this parameter.
BSC makes the following checks:
- There must always be one Default Signalling Point
Code -field having value TRUE in CS NRI List.
- There must not be two same Signalling Point Code
values in CS NR List
- There must not be two same Global CN-Id (consists of
CN-ID+ MCC + MNC values) values in CS NRI List
- There must be real MSC's SPC created on A Interface
until it can be added to the CS NRI LIST and downloaded
to the BSC. This is instructed in Multipoint A FAI (Feature
Activation Instructions) customer document.
Additional information
-
Range
-
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
-
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
csNriLength of BSC - CS NRI List must be defined before
CS NRI Length parameter is changed to other than value
0.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Table 197
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Multipoint A Interface for BSC (94)
CS NRI List (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806ae475
285
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Related features
•
•
BSS20092: Multipoint A Interface for BSC
BSS21217: Multipoint A Load Balancing
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 23.236
MML Commands
E7I, E7A, E7M, E7D
MML Abbreviated Name
-
MML Full Name
CS NRI list
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- false
ported
Table 197
8.74
CS NRI List (Cont.)
CS TCH allocation calculation (CTC)
Parameter name
CS TCH Allocation Calculation
Abbreviated name
gprsTerritoryCalc
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define how the GPRS territory is
seen when calculating FR resources. (The RTSLs to be
used when the limit for FR resources is defined for the
TCH rate selection between full rate and half rate).
Note:
MML Range:
0 = Only CSW used RTSLs are used to calculate
resources.
1 = CSW and PSW used RTSLs are used. PSW used
RTSLs are seen as occupied resource when calculating
PSW RTSLs.
2 = CSW used and PSW used RTSLs are used. PSW
used RTSLs are seen as idle resource when calculating
resources.
Additional information
-
Range
Only CSW used RTSLs are used (0), CSW and PSW
used RTSLs are used. (1), CSW used and PSW used
RTSLs are used. (2)
Step
-
Unit
-
Table 198
286
CS TCH Allocation Calculation
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Formula for getting internal
value
gui ==> internal
Only CSW used RTSLs are used ==> 0
CSW and PSW used RTSLs are used. ==> 1
CSW used and PSW used RTSLs are used. ==> 2
Default value
Only CSW used RTSLs are used (0)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEM, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
CTC
MML Full Name
CS TCH allocation calculation
Segment Level Parameter
-
BSC GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in BSC)
(39) (optional) AND ( AMR HR (72) (optional) OR
Half Rate (17) (optional) ) OR Enhanced GPRS
(EGPRS) Usage (51) (optional) AND ( AMR HR (72)
(optional) OR Half Rate (17) (optional) )
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 198
8.75
CS TCH allocation RTSL0 (CTR)
Parameter name
CS TCH Allocation RTSL0
Abbreviated name
rtsl0PrefInTCHAlloc
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Table 199
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
CS TCH Allocation Calculation (Cont.)
CS TCH Allocation RTSL0
Id:0900d805806ae475
287
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Description
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
With this parameter you define the priority order between
GPRS and RTSL-0 allocation. With the parameter the
RTSL-0 can be defined to be allocating before allocating
a TCH from GPRS territory (the order of preference in
TCH allocation between the RTSL-0 hopping group and
the GPRS territory of the BB-hopping BTSs).
Note:
MML range:
Y = The RTSL-0 hopping group is allocated first. If no free
resources are available then the GPRS territory is
searched.
N = The GPRS territory is allocated first. If no free
resources are available then the RTSL-0 hopping group
is searched.
Default: N
Additional information
-
Range
The GPRS territory is allocated first (N) (0), The RTSL-0
hopping group is allocated first (Y) (1)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
gui ==> internal
The GPRS territory is allocated first (N) ==> 0
The RTSL-0 hopping group is allocated first (Y) ==> 1
Default value
The GPRS territory is allocated first (N) (0)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEM, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
CTR
MML Full Name
CS TCH allocation RTSL0
Segment Level Parameter
-
Table 199
288
BSC GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in BSC)
(39) (optional) OR Enhanced GPRS (EGPRS)
Usage (51) (optional)
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
CS TCH Allocation RTSL0 (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 199
8.76
CS TCH Allocation RTSL0 (Cont.)
CS Weight Factor (WEIGHT)
Parameter name
CS Weight Factor
Abbreviated name
csWeightFactor
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define CS Weight Factor value
per MSC/MSS for round-robin selection
NAS Node method to be used in the BSC when Multipoint
A is in use.
Note: Only supported in local MML
Additional information
-
Range
0...100
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
255
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Special value
Not used (255)
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
- The operator must check CS Weight Factor values for
each MSC/MSS beforehand changing BSC CS NAS
Node Method value from 0 to 1.
Related parameters
csNasNodeMethod of BSC - When CS NAS Node
Method is changed from 0 (default value) to 1, all weight
factors values shall be defined
Parameter relationships
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Related options
•
Multipoint A Interface for BSC (94)
Related features
•
•
BSS20092: Multipoint A Interface for BSC
BSS21217: Multipoint A Load Balancing
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 23.236
Table 200
CS Weight Factor
Id:0900d805806ae475
289
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
MML Commands
E7I, E7M
MML Abbreviated Name
WEIGHT
MML Full Name
CS Weight Factor
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- false
ported
Table 200
8.77
CS Weight Factor (Cont.)
DCS macrocell threshold (DMAC)
Parameter name
DCS Macrocell Threshold
Abbreviated name
dcsMacrocellThreshold
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the macrocell size by
means of the maximum transmission power of the MS in
a GSM 1800 or GSM 1900 cell. If you set the parameter
value at 0 dBm, the division of cells into macrocells and
microcells is not in use.
NOTE: MML value range:
GSM 1800: 0...36(dBm), with 2 dBm step
GSM 1900: 0...32(dBm), with 2 dBm step, and 33 (dBm)
NOTE: NetAct internal value range:
GSM 1800:
0..30 dBm: 0..15 (UI value - 30)/-2
32 dBm: 31
34 dBm: 30
36 dBm: 29
GSM 1900:
0..30 dBm: 0..15 (UI value - 30)/-2
32 dBm: 31
33 dBm: 30
Additional information
-
Range
0...36
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
26
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Table 201
290
DCS Macrocell Threshold
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEM, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
DMAC
MML Full Name
DCS macrocell threshold
Segment Level Parameter
-
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 201
8.78
DCS microcell threshold (DMIC)
Parameter name
DCS Microcell Threshold
Abbreviated name
dcsMicrocellThreshold
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Table 202
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
DCS Macrocell Threshold (Cont.)
DCS Microcell Threshold
Id:0900d805806ae475
291
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Description
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
With this parameter you define the microcell size by
means of the maximum transmission power of the MS in
a GSM 1800 or GSM 1900 cell. If you set the parameter
value at 33 dBm (GSM 1800) or 36 dBm (GSM 1900), the
division of cells into macrocells and microcells is not in
use.
NOTE: MML value range:
GSM 1800: 0...36(dBm), with 2 dBm step
GSM 1900: 0...32(dBm), with 2 dBm step, and 33 (dBm)
NOTE: NetAct internal value range:
GSM 1800:
0..30 dBm: 0..15 (UI value - 30)/-2
32 dBm: 31
34 dBm: 30
36 dBm: 29
GSM 1900:
0..30 dBm: 0..15 (UI value - 30)/-2
32 dBm: 31
33 dBm: 30
Additional information
-
Range
0...36
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
24
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEM, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
DMIC
MML Full Name
DCS microcell threshold
Table 202
292
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
DCS Microcell Threshold (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 202
8.79
DCS Microcell Threshold (Cont.)
default SPC (DEF_SPC)
Parameter name
Default Signalling Point Code
Abbreviated name
defaultSignallingPointCode
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define if Signalling Point Code is
set as default.
NOTE:
Only one Default Signalling Point Code -field can have
value TRUE at the same time in CS NRI List (others shall
be set as FALSE).
Additional information
-
Range
false (0), true (1)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
•
•
Default value
false (0)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
•
BSS20092: Multipoint A Interface for BSC
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
E7M
MML Abbreviated Name
DEF_SPC
MML Full Name
default SPC
Table 203
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
false => 0
true => 1
Default Signalling Point Code
Id:0900d805806ae475
293
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Segment Level Parameter
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
-
File Based Provisioning sup- false
ported
Table 203
8.80
Default Signalling Point Code (Cont.)
delay of HO and PC for emergency calls (DEC)
Parameter name
Delay Of HO And PC For Emergency Calls
Abbreviated name
delayHoPcEmergencyCalls
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you can temporarily disable mobile
power control and handovers in TCH for emergency calls.
This enhances U-TDOA positioning accuracy.
Additional information
-
Range
0...16
Step
1
Unit
s
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
5s
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
•
BSS20211: Disabling PC and HO for E911/UTDOA
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEQ, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
DEC
MML Full Name
delay of HO and PC for emergency calls
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 204
294
Delay Of HO And PC For Emergency Calls
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
8.81
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
DFCA channel allocation method (DCAM)
Parameter name
DFCA Channel Allocation Method
Abbreviated name
dfcaChannelAllocMethod
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define if DCFA assignments are
made primarily to channels with the connection specific
C/I target level or to channels with the highest positive C/I
difference from the target level.
Note:
MML range:
0 (primary target of a DFCA assignment is a MA, MAIO
and tsl combination with the highest C/I difference from
the target level)
1 (primary target of a DFCA assignment is a MA, MAIO
and tsl combination on the connection specific target C/I
level)
Additional information
-
Range
TCH With Highest C/I Level (0), TCH With C/I On Target
Level (1)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
gui ==> internal
TCH With Highest C/I Level ==> 0
TCH With C/I On Target Level ==> 1
Default value
TCH With Highest C/I Level (0)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
DFCA (Dynamic Frequency And Channel Allocation)
Usage (70)
Related features
•
BSS11052: Dynamic Frequency and Channel Allocation
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEH, EEO
Table 205
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
DFCA Channel Allocation Method
Id:0900d805806ae475
295
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
MML Abbreviated Name
DCAM
MML Full Name
DFCA channel allocation method
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 205
8.82
DFCA Channel Allocation Method (Cont.)
disable external DR (DEXDR)
Parameter name
Disable External DR
Abbreviated name
disableExtDr
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you disable or enable the external
directed retry handovers.
Additional information
-
Range
enable external directed retry handovers (N) (0), disable
external directed retry handovers (Y) (1)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
gui ==> internal
enable external directed retry handovers (N) ==> 0
disable external directed retry handovers (Y) ==> 1
Default value
enable external directed retry handovers (N) (0)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEQ, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
DEXDR
Table 206
296
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
Disable External DR
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
MML Full Name
disable external DR
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 206
8.83
Disable External DR (Cont.)
disable internal HO (DINHO)
Parameter name
Disable Internal HO
Abbreviated name
disableIntHo
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define whether all handovers are
controlled by the MSC or not.
Additional information
-
Range
all handovers are not controlled by the MSC (N) (0), all
handovers are controlled by the MSC (Y) (1)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
gui ==> internal
all handovers are not controlled by the MSC (N) ==> 0
all handovers are controlled by the MSC (Y) ==> 1
Default value
all handovers are not controlled by the MSC (N) (0)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEQ, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
DINHO
MML Full Name
disable internal HO
Table 207
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
Disable Internal HO
Id:0900d805806ae475
297
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Segment Level Parameter
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 207
8.84
DL high priority SSS (DHP)
Parameter name
DL High Priority SSS
Abbreviated name
schedStepSizeDlHighPrior
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the scheduling step side
(SSS) for high priority level in the downlink direction.
Additional information
-
Range
1...12
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
3
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEV, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
DHP
MML Full Name
DL high priority SSS
Segment Level Parameter
-
Table 208
298
Disable Internal HO (Cont.)
BSC GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in BSC)
(39) (optional) OR Enhanced GPRS (EGPRS)
Usage (51) (optional)
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
DL High Priority SSS
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 208
8.85
DL High Priority SSS (Cont.)
DL low priority SSS (DLP)
Parameter name
DL Low Priority SSS
Abbreviated name
schedStepSizeDlLowPrior
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the scheduling step side
(SSS) for low priority level in the downlink direction.
Additional information
-
Range
1...12
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
12
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEV, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
DLP
MML Full Name
DL low priority SSS
Segment Level Parameter
-
BSC GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in BSC)
(39) (optional) OR Enhanced GPRS (EGPRS)
Usage (51) (optional)
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 209
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
DL Low Priority SSS
Id:0900d805806ae475
299
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
8.86
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
DL normal priority SSS (DNP)
Parameter name
DL Normal Priority SSS
Abbreviated name
schedStepSizeDlNormPrior
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the scheduling step side
(SSS) for normal priority level in the downlink direction.
Additional information
-
Range
1...12
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
6
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEV, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
DNP
MML Full Name
DL normal priority SSS
Segment Level Parameter
-
BSC GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in BSC)
(39)
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 210
8.87
DL Normal Priority SSS
DLDC offset for PCU2-E Selection (DOP)
Parameter name
Table 211
300
DLDC offset for PCU2-E selection
DLDC offset for PCU2-E selection
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Abbreviated name
dldcOffsefPcu2e
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you can change the behavior of the
PCU selection algorithm in cases when DLDC is in use
and in the same pool there are both PCU2-E and PCU2D/U type cards.
The bigger this parameter value is then it means that
PCU2-E card can have more capacity used than other
PCU2 cards.
If PCU2-E cards are not wanted to be preferred in the
selection this parameter must have value 0.
Additional information
-
Range
0...80
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
0
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Special value
PCU2-E cards are not preferred. (0)
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
pcuSelectionThresh of BSC - In the target PCU calculation this value in increased by the DLDC offset for PCU2
selection parameter value. If the calculated value is more
than PSAT max value then PSAT max value is used in
the calculation , pseOverlAlarmThresh of BSC - In the
alarm setting/cancelling this value is increased by the
DLDC offset for PCU2 selection parameter value.
Meaning that if the parameter value is higher than 0 then
the alarm limit is higher for the PCU2-E than other PCU2
types.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Downlink Dual Carrier (141) (optional) AND Packet
Control Unit (PCU2) pooling (97) (optional)
Related features
•
•
BSS21228: Downlink Dual Carrier
BSS20106: Packet Control Unit (PCU2) pooling
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEQ, EEO
Table 211
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
DLDC offset for PCU2-E selection (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806ae475
301
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
MML Abbreviated Name
DOP
MML Full Name
DLDC offset for PCU2-E Selection
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 211
8.88
DTM fragmentation penalty (DFP)
Parameter name
DTM Fragmentation Penalty
Abbreviated name
dtmFragmentationPenalty
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Table 212
302
DLDC offset for PCU2-E selection (Cont.)
DTM Fragmentation Penalty
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Description
This parameter defines the value of the fragmentation
penalty that is used in the DTM channel allocation algorithm if there is a need to search for a configuration giving
the highest capacity for the DTM MS. This is the case if
the DTM MS is considered to be a nRT user and if there
are some RT and/or DTM allocations existing for other
mobiles in the territory.
That is, this parameter is used to balance the trade-off
between searching for a DTM allocation that gives the
optimal DTM-PS resources and searching for a DTM allocation that avoids fragmentation of PS resources in the
PS territory.
The capacity of a DTM allocation is estimated in terms of
radio timeslots and the fragmentation penalty is subtracted from the estimated capacity value, if the DTM allocation would increase the fragmentation of the PS
resources. That is the case when the DTM-CS timeslot
and its neighbouring timeslots on both sides are originally
in PS use.
In an example where a DTM-PS allocation consists of two
timeslots and the DTM MS gets a 50 % share on the first
timeslot and a 100 % share on the second timeslot and
the fragmentation penalty has a value of 0.5. The
capacity of that DTM allocation is 1.5 (=0.5 + 1.0)
timeslots if the DTM allocation does not increase the fragmentation and it is 1.0 (=0.5 + 1.0 - 0.5) if the DTM allocation increases the fragmentation.
The DTM fragmentation penalty value of 0 means that a
DTM allocation that increases the fragmentation of PS
resources is as good a choice as a DTM allocation that
does not increase the fragmentation of PS resources.
The DTM fragmentation penalty value of 1 means that a
DTM allocation that does not increase the fragmentation
of PS resources is selected instead of a DTM allocation
that increases the fragmentation of PS resources unless
the latter one provides one timeslot more capacity than
the former one in which case the latter one is selected.
Additional information
-
Range
0...1
Step
0.1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value * 10
Default value
0.3
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Table 212
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
DTM Fragmentation Penalty (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806ae475
303
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Dual Transfer Mode and Statistics (DTM) (91)
(optional) AND ( BSC GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS
O&M in BSC) (39) (optional) OR Enhanced GPRS
(EGPRS) Usage (51) (optional) )
Related features
•
BSS20088: Dual Transfer Mode (DTM)
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEJ, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
DFP
MML Full Name
DTM fragmentation penalty
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 212
8.89
DTRX power down supervision period (PWDPRD)
Parameter name
DTRX Power Down Supervision Period
Abbreviated name
dtrxPowerDownSupervisionPeriod
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
When the traffic load in a segment falls lower than
defined by DTRX Power Down Threshold the load is
followed for a period of time defined by the DTRX Power
Down Supervision Period parameter. The actual TRX
power down is started if the load remains lower than
defined by DTRX Power Down Threshold parameter for
the whole supervision period.
Additional information
-
Range
5...60
Step
1
Unit
minutes
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value * 60
Default value
10 minutes
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Table 213
304
DTM Fragmentation Penalty (Cont.)
DTRX Power Down Supervision Period
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
dtrxPowerDownThreshold of BTS - TRX power down is
started if the load remains lower than defined by DTRX
Power Down Threshold parameter for the whole DTRX
Power Down Supervision Period.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
FlexiEDGE Dual TRX Automatic Power Down (140)
Related features
•
BSS20984: FlexiEDGE Dual TRX Automatic Power
Down
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEQ, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
PWDPRD
MML Full Name
DTRX power down supervision period
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 213
8.90
DTRX Power Down Supervision Period (Cont.)
EGPRS inactivity criteria (EGIC)
Parameter name
EGPRS Inactivity Criteria
Abbreviated name
inactCriteria
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the criteria used to the
EGPRS Inactivity.
Additional information
-
Range
Alarm disabled (0), No normal UL TBF releases (1), No
normal DL TBF releases (2), No normal UL and DL TBF
releases (3)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
gui ==> internal
Alarm disabled ==> 0
No normal UL TBF releases ==> 1
No normal DL TBF releases ==> 2
No normal UL and DL TBF releases ==> 3
Table 214
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
EGPRS Inactivity Criteria
Id:0900d805806ae475
305
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Default value
Alarm disabled (0)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
BSC GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in BSC)
(39) (optional) OR Enhanced GPRS (EGPRS)
Usage (51) (optional)
Related features
•
•
BSS20071: PCU Performance Optimization
BSS20062: (E)GPRS Inactivity Alarm / DX-part
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEJ, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
EGIC
MML Full Name
EGPRS inactivity criteria
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 214
8.91
enable answer to paging call on FACCH (EPF)
Parameter name
Enable Answer To Paging Call On FACCH
Abbreviated name
pagingAnsOnFacch
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you enable or disable an answer to
the paging call setup on FACCH. FACCH call setup is
only possible when SDCCH congestion occurs.
Additional information
-
Range
disable answer to paging call setup on FACCH (N) (0),
enable answer to paging call setup on FACCH (Y) (1)
Step
-
Unit
-
Table 215
306
EGPRS Inactivity Criteria (Cont.)
Enable Answer To Paging Call On FACCH
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Formula for getting internal
value
gui ==> internal
disable answer to paging call setup on FACCH (N) ==> 0
enable answer to paging call setup on FACCH (Y) ==> 1
Default value
disable answer to paging call setup on FACCH (N) (0)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEM, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
EPF
MML Full Name
enable answer to paging call on FACCH
Segment Level Parameter
-
FACCH Call Setup Due To SDCCH Congestion (4)
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 215
8.92
Enable Answer To Paging Call On FACCH (Cont.)
enable call re-establishment on FACCH (ERF)
Parameter name
Enable Call Re-Establishment On FACCH
Abbreviated name
reestablishOnFacch
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you enable or disable the call reestablishment setup on FACCH. FACCH call setup is
only possible when SDCCCH congestion occurs.
NOTE:
Call re-establishment setup on FACCH is only possible in
those cells in which call re-establishment is allowed (the
EQF command, parameter RE.) You can set the FACCH
call setup feature ON or OFF in PRFILE.
Additional information
Table 216
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
-
Enable Call Re-Establishment On FACCH
Id:0900d805806ae475
307
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Range
disable call re-establishment setup on FACCH (N) (0),
enable call re-establishment setup on FACCH (Y) (1)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
gui ==> internal
disable call re-establishment setup on FACCH (N) ==> 0
enable call re-establishment setup on FACCH (Y) ==> 1
Default value
disable call re-establishment setup on FACCH (N) (0)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEM, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
ERF
MML Full Name
enable call re-establishment on FACCH
Segment Level Parameter
-
FACCH Call Setup Due To SDCCH Congestion (4)
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 216
8.93
enable emergency call on FACCH (EEF)
Parameter name
Enable Emergency Call On FACCH
Abbreviated name
emerCallOnFacch
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Table 217
308
Enable Call Re-Establishment On FACCH (Cont.)
Enable Emergency Call On FACCH
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Description
With this parameter you enable or disable the emergency
call setup on FACCH.
Note:
Emergency call setup on FACCH is only possible in those
cells in which emergency calls are not restricted (the EQF
command, parameter EC). FACCH call setup is only
possible when SDCCH congestion occurs.
Additional information
-
Range
disable emergency call setup on FACCH (N) (0), enable
emergency call setup on FACCH (Y) (1)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
gui ==> internal
disable emergency call setup on FACCH (N) ==> 0
enable emergency call setup on FACCH (Y) ==> 1
Default value
disable emergency call setup on FACCH (N) (0)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEM, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
EEF
MML Full Name
enable emergency call on FACCH
Segment Level Parameter
-
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 217
8.94
enable ordinary calls on FACCH (EOF)
Parameter name
Enable Ordinary Calls On FACCH
Abbreviated name
ordinaryCallOnFacch
Table 218
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Enable Emergency Call On FACCH (Cont.)
Enable Ordinary Calls On FACCH
Id:0900d805806ae475
309
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you enable or disable the ordinary
call setup on FACCH. FACCH call setup is only possible
when SDCCH congestion occurs.
Additional information
-
Range
disable ordinary calls setup on FACCH (N) (0), enable
ordinary calls setup on FACCH (Y) (1)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
gui ==> internal
disable ordinary calls setup on FACCH (N) ==> 0
enable ordinary calls setup on FACCH (Y) ==> 1
Default value
disable ordinary calls setup on FACCH (N) (0)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEM, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
EOF
MML Full Name
enable ordinary calls on FACCH
Segment Level Parameter
-
FACCH Call Setup Due To SDCCH Congestion (4)
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 218
8.95
ending moment for supervision of BTS (EMBNT)
Parameter name
BTS Supervision Stopping Time Hour
Abbreviated name
nokBtsOffHour
Managed object
BSC
Table 219
310
Enable Ordinary Calls On FACCH (Cont.)
BTS Supervision Stopping Time Hour
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Multiplicity
1
Description
Attribute indicates the hour on which the control of BTSs
with no transaction ends.
MML NOTE:
In MML only one parameter:
ending moment for supervision of BTS
Range: 00-00 .. 23-59
Default: 18-00
Additional information
-
Range
0...23
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
18
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEN, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
EMBNT
MML Full Name
ending moment for supervision of BTS
Segment Level Parameter
-
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 219
8.96
ending moment for supervision of BTS (EMBNT)
Parameter name
BTS Supervision Stopping Time Minute
Abbreviated name
nokBtsOffMinute
Table 220
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BTS Supervision Stopping Time Hour (Cont.)
BTS Supervision Stopping Time Minute
Id:0900d805806ae475
311
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
Attribute indicates the minute on which the control of
BTSs with no transaction ends.
MML NOTE:
In MML only one parameter:
ending moment for supervision of BTS
Range: 00-00 .. 23-59
Default: 18-00
Additional information
-
Range
0...59
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
0
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEN, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
EMBNT
MML Full Name
ending moment for supervision of BTS
Segment Level Parameter
-
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 220
8.97
BTS Supervision Stopping Time Minute (Cont.)
events per hour for EGPRS inactivity alarm (IEPH)
Parameter name
Table 221
312
Events Per Hour For EGPRS Inactivity Alarm
Events Per Hour For EGPRS Inactivity Alarm
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Abbreviated name
inactEventsPerHour
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the number of TBF allocation attempts required per hour for EGPRS Inactivity
Alarm.
Additional information
-
Range
0...255
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
10
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
BSC GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in BSC)
(39) (optional) OR Enhanced GPRS (EGPRS)
Usage (51) (optional)
Related features
•
•
BSS20071: PCU Performance Optimization
BSS20062: (E)GPRS Inactivity Alarm / DX-part
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEJ, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
IEPH
MML Full Name
events per hour for EGPRS inactivity alarm
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 221
8.98
Events Per Hour For EGPRS Inactivity Alarm (Cont.)
Expected BSC-BSC interface delay (EBID)
Parameter name
Table 222
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Expected BSC-BSC Interface Delay
Expected BSC-BSC Interface Delay
Id:0900d805806ae475
313
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Abbreviated name
expectedBscBscInterfaceDelay
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
This parameter is used in the Radio Resource Manager
for the channel assignment control to prevent simultaneous channel allocations in neighbouring BSCs.
Additional information
-
Range
0...2000
Step
10
Unit
ms
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value / 10
Default value
50 ms
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
DFCA (Dynamic Frequency And Channel Allocation)
Usage (70)
Related features
•
BSS11052: Dynamic Frequency and Channel Allocation
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEH, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
EBID
MML Full Name
Expected BSC-BSC interface delay
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 222
8.99
FEP in PC HO use (FPHO)
Parameter name
FEP In PC HO Use
Abbreviated name
fepInPcHoUse
Table 223
314
Expected BSC-BSC Interface Delay (Cont.)
FEP In PC HO Use
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you can indicate whether the Frame
Error Probability based Power Control (PC) and
Handover (HO) decision-making is used in the Power
control and Handover algorithm.
Additional information
-
Range
PC and HO decision-making is not used (N) (0), PC and
HO decision-making is used (Y) (1)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
gui ==> internal
PC and HO decision-making is not used (N) ==> 0
PC and HO decision-making is used (Y) ==> 1
Default value
PC and HO decision-making is not used (N) (0)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEQ, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
FPHO
MML Full Name
FEP in PC HO use
Segment Level Parameter
-
FER Measurement (44)
RACApp <-> RAC
BSC <-> RAC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 223
8.100
Forced Mode (FCDMODE)
Parameter name
CS Forced Mode
Abbreviated name
csForcedMode
Table 224
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
FEP In PC HO Use (Cont.)
CS Forced Mode
Id:0900d805806ae475
315
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
This parameter determines whether NAS Node method is
used for all traffic in the BSC when Multipoint A is in use.
Additional information
-
Range
normal NRI based traffic routing (0), NAS Node function
is used for all traffic (1)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
gui ==> internal
normal NRI based traffic routing ==> 0
NAS Node function is used for all traffic ==> 1
Default value
-
Default value notes
0
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
•
•
BSS21217: Multipoint A Load Balancing (standard)
BSS20092: Multipoint A Interface for BSC (standard)
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 23.236
MML Commands
E7I, E7M
MML Abbreviated Name
FCDMODE
MML Full Name
Forced Mode
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- false
ported
Table 224
8.101
forced release priority threshold (FRPT)
Parameter name
Forced Release Priority Threshold
Abbreviated name
fcdRelPriThres
Table 225
316
CS Forced Mode (Cont.)
Forced Release Priority Threshold
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
This parameter defines the priority levels of subscribers
to which the Forced release after unsuccessful forced
handover attempt is applied.
The value of this parameter defines the highest value of
priority levels which are included in subscriber class 2.
With this parameter it is possible to divide subscribers to
different classes according to their pre-emption capabilities:
Class 1: subscribers having priority level 1 are capable of
causing a forced release for subscribers with lower priority.
Class 2: subscribers having priority level from 2 to Forced
release priority threshold are capable of causing a forced
handover as a primary option and a forced release as a
secondary option for lower priority subscriber.
Class 3: Pre-emption-capable subscribers having priority
level lower than Forced release priority threshold are
capable of causing a forced handover for a lower priority
subscriber.
Additional information
-
Range
1...14
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
1
Default value notes
Default value of the parameter is 1, meaning the Forced
release after unsuccessful forced handover attempt functionality is not applied to any pre-emption-capable
subscribers and that the pre-emption-based subscriber
classes are not defined.
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
By setting some other than the default value to the
parameter, it is possible to define three subscriber
classes. The value to be set depends on the priority
levels of the subscribers used in the network.
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Preempt Usage In BSC (68) (optional) AND Market
Expansion Toolkit (110) (optional)
Related features
•
BSS20869: Enhancements on Priority Call and Preemption in BSC
Table 225
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Forced Release Priority Threshold (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806ae475
317
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEQ, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
FRPT
MML Full Name
forced release priority threshold
Segment Level Parameter
-
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 225
8.102
free TSL for CS downgrade (CSD)
Parameter name
Free TSL For CS Downgrade
Abbreviated name
freeTSLsCsDowngrade
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
The parameter gives a target probability of TCH availability for circuit switched services in a BTS with GPRS territory. Based on the given probability and the size of a BTS
(number of TRXs) the BSC defines a margin of idle TCHs
that it tries to maintain free for the incoming circuit
switched TCH requests in the BTS. If the number of idle
TCHs in the circuit switched territory of a BTS decreases
below the defined margin, a GPRS territory downgrade is
started. In the margin definition the BSC uses a table that
is shown in "GPRS territory downgrade" of "GPRS in
BSC".
Additional information
-
Range
0...100
Step
1
Unit
%
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
95 %
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Table 226
318
Forced Release Priority Threshold (Cont.)
Free TSL For CS Downgrade
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEM, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
CSD
MML Full Name
free TSL for CS downgrade
Segment Level Parameter
-
BSC GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in BSC)
(39) (optional) OR Enhanced GPRS (EGPRS)
Usage (51) (optional)
RACApp <-> RAC
BSC <-> RAC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 226
8.103
Free TSLs For CS Upgrade (CSU)
Parameter name
Free TSLs For CS Upgrade
Abbreviated name
freeTSLsCsUpgrade
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define a period following a GPRS
upgrade during which the probability for a GPRS downgrade in a BTS should be no more than 5%. Based on the
given time and the size of a BTS (number of TRXs) the
BSC defines a margin of idle TSLs that is required as a
condition for starting a GPRS territory upgrade in the
BTS. A GPRS upgrade may be done if the number of free
TSLs in a BTS is at least equal to the defined margin still
after the upgrade. In the margin definition the BSC uses
a table that is shown in "GPRS territory upgrade" of
"GPRS in BSC".
Additional information
-
Range
0...10
Step
1
Unit
s
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
4s
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Table 227
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Free TSL For CS Downgrade (Cont.)
Free TSLs For CS Upgrade
Id:0900d805806ae475
319
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEM, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
CSU
MML Full Name
Free TSLs For CS Upgrade
Segment Level Parameter
-
BSC GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in BSC)
(39) (optional) OR Enhanced GPRS (EGPRS)
Usage (51) (optional)
RACApp <-> RAC
BSC <-> RAC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 227
8.104
320
Free TSLs For CS Upgrade (Cont.)
GPRS territory update guard time (GTUGT)
Parameter name
GPRS Territory Update Guard Time
Abbreviated name
terrUpdGuardTGprs
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you set the time which must elapse
between two subsequent territory updates.
Additional information
-
Range
1...255
Step
1
Unit
s
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
5s
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Table 228
GPRS Territory Update Guard Time
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEN, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
GTUGT
MML Full Name
GPRS territory update guard time
Segment Level Parameter
-
BSC GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in BSC)
(39) (optional) OR Enhanced GPRS (EGPRS)
Usage (51) (optional)
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 228
8.105
GSM Macrocell Threshold (GMAC)
Parameter name
GSM Macrocell Threshold
Abbreviated name
gsmMacrocellThreshold
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the macrocell size by
means of the maximum transmission power of the MS in
a GSM cell. If you set the parameter value at 5 dBm, the
division of cells into macrocells and microcells is not in
use.
Additional information
-
Range
5...39
Step
2
Unit
dBm
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = (gui_value - 43) / -2
Default value
35 dBm
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Table 229
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
GPRS Territory Update Guard Time (Cont.)
GSM Macrocell Threshold
Id:0900d805806ae475
321
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEM, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
GMAC
MML Full Name
GSM Macrocell Threshold
Segment Level Parameter
-
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 229
8.106
GSM Microcell Threshold (GMIC)
Parameter name
GSM Microcell Threshold
Abbreviated name
gsmMicrocellThreshold
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the microcell size by
means of the maximum transmission power of the MS in
a GSM cell. If you set the parameter value at 43 dBm, the
division of cells into macrocells and microcells is not in
use.
Additional information
-
Range
5...39
Step
2
Unit
dBm
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = (gui_value - 43) / -2
Default value
33 dBm
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Table 230
322
GSM Macrocell Threshold (Cont.)
GSM Microcell Threshold
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEM, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
GMIC
MML Full Name
GSM Microcell Threshold
Segment Level Parameter
-
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 230
8.107
GSM Microcell Threshold (Cont.)
HO preference order interference DL (HDL)
Parameter name
HO Preference Order Interference DL
Abbreviated name
hoPrefOrderInterfDl
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the order of preference
between intra-cell and inter-cell handovers when the
cause of the handover is downlink interference.
Additional information
-
Range
Inter-cell handover has greater priority (INTER) (0), Intracell handover has greater priority (INTRA) (1)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
gui ==> internal
Inter-cell handover has greater priority (INTER) ==> 0
Intra-cell handover has greater priority (INTRA) ==> 1
Default value
Inter-cell handover has greater priority (INTER) (0)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Table 231
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
HO Preference Order Interference DL
Id:0900d805806ae475
323
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEM, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
HDL
MML Full Name
HO preference order interference DL
Segment Level Parameter
-
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 231
8.108
HO Preference Order Interference DL (Cont.)
HO preference order interference UL (HUL)
Parameter name
HO Preference Order Interference UL
Abbreviated name
hoPrefOrderInterfUl
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the order of preference
between intra-cell and inter-cell handovers when the
cause of the handover is uplink interference.
Additional information
-
Range
Inter-cell handover has greater priority (INTER) (0), Intracell handover has greater priority (INTRA) (1)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
gui ==> internal
Inter-cell handover has greater priority (INTER) ==> 0
Intra-cell handover has greater priority (INTRA) ==> 1
Default value
Inter-cell handover has greater priority (INTER) (0)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Table 232
324
HO Preference Order Interference UL
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEM, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
HUL
MML Full Name
HO preference order interference UL
Segment Level Parameter
-
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 232
8.109
HO Preference Order Interference UL (Cont.)
IMSI based handover gsm cells anonymous ms (IBGA)
Parameter name
IMSI Based Handover GSM Cells Anonymous MS
Abbreviated name
ibhoGsmCellsAnoMs
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define in the case of intra-GSM
handover whether one of the existing Authorised
Networks is used for target cell selection or if all neighbour GSM cells are permitted. This parameter is used in
a serving GSM cell when a mobile subscriber is anonymous and IMSI based GSM-GSM handovers are enabled
in the serving GSM cell.
MML NOTE:
Range: 1..10, step 1
Default: ALL
Additional information
-
Range
0...10
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
0
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Special value
ALL (0)
Related functions
-
Table 233
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
IMSI Based Handover GSM Cells Anonymous MS
Id:0900d805806ae475
325
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
aneId of ANE - Parameter ANE ID must be defined before
you can give this parameter.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
IBHO (IMSI Based Handover) in BSC (80)
Related features
•
BSS12158: IMSI Based Handover
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEQ, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
IBGA
MML Full Name
IMSI based handover gsm cells anonymous ms
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 233
8.110
IMSI Based Handover GSM Cells Anonymous MS (Cont.)
IMSI based handover WCDMA cells anonymous ms
(IBWA)
Parameter name
IMSI Based Handover WCDMA Cells Anonymous MS
Abbreviated name
ibhoWcdmaCellsAnoMs
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define in the case of WCDMA
handover whether one of the existing Authorised
Networks is used for target cell selection or all neighbour
WCDMA cells are permitted. This parameter is used in a
serving GSM cell when a mobile subscriber is anonymous and IMSI based GSM-WCDMA handovers are
enabled in the serving GSM cell.
MML NOTE:
Range: 1..10, step 1
Default: ALL
Additional information
-
Range
0...10
Step
1
Unit
-
Table 234
326
IMSI Based Handover WCDMA Cells Anonymous MS
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
0
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Special value
ALL (0)
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
aneId of ANE - Parameter ANE ID must be defined before
you can give this parameter.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Inter System HO (ISHO Support In BSC) (56)
(optional) AND IBHO (IMSI Based Handover) in
BSC (80) (optional)
Related features
•
BSS12158: IMSI Based Handover
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEQ, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
IBWA
MML Full Name
IMSI based handover WCDMA cells anonymous ms
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 234
8.111
initial AMR channel rate (IAC)
Parameter name
Initial AMR Channel Rate
Abbreviated name
initAmrChannelRate
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Table 235
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
IMSI Based Handover WCDMA Cells Anonymous MS (Cont.)
Initial AMR Channel Rate
Id:0900d805806ae475
327
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Description
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
With this parameter you define the initial channel rate in
call setup, internal inter cell handover (HO) and external
HO for an Adaptive Multi Rate (AMR) call.
MML Range:
1 = any rate, there is not any extra requirements by the
parameter and the chosen channel rate is defined by
taking into account the currently used information for
channel allocation
2 = AMR FR is allocated despite of the values of the currently used information for channel allocation
Additional information
-
Range
Any rate (1), AMR FR (2)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
gui ==> internal
Any rate ==> 1
AMR FR ==> 2
Default value
Any rate (1)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
AMR FR (50) (optional) OR Wideband AMR (133)
(optional)
Related features
•
•
BSS20960: Wideband AMR
BSS20249: AMR FR Licence Control
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
BSC <-> RAC
References
-
MML Commands
EEM, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
IAC
MML Full Name
initial AMR channel rate
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 235
328
Initial AMR Channel Rate (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
8.112
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Initial AMR codec type (IACT)
Parameter name
Initial AMR Codec Type
Abbreviated name
initialAMRCodecType
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the order of preference
between WB-AMR and AMR for mobile originating call.
Third choice is MSS codec list. Default value means that
the most preferred codec in MSS codec list is selected
when call (or connection) is established.
Additional information
-
Range
AMR has greater priority (0), AMR-WB has greater
priority (1), obey codec list given by MSS (2)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
gui ==> internal
AMR has greater priority ==> 0
AMR-WB has greater priority ==> 1
obey codec list given by MSS ==> 2
Default value
obey codec list given by MSS (2)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Wideband AMR (133)
Related features
•
BSS20960: Wideband AMR
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEM, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
IACT
MML Full Name
Initial AMR codec type
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 236
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Initial AMR Codec Type
Id:0900d805806ae475
329
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
8.113
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
internal handover to external (IHTA)
Parameter name
Internal Handover To External
Abbreviated name
internalHoToExternal
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
Parameter defines whether it is allowed to change
internal handover, where speech codec or channel rate is
changed, to MSC controlled in order to avoid downlink
muting.
NOTE: If MSC does not support unidirectional connection
or conference bridge connection downlink muting cannot
be avoided by changing handover to external; it is advisable to leave the parameter to default value.
Additional information
-
Range
Not allowed (0), Allowed for AMR (1), Allowed for other
internal handovers than AMR (2), Allowed for all internal
handovers (3)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
gui ==> internal
Not allowed ==> 0
Allowed for AMR ==> 1
Allowed for other internal handovers than AMR ==> 2
Allowed for all internal handovers ==> 3
Default value
Not allowed (0)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
•
•
BSS20117: TCSM3i Support in BSC
BSS30055: AMR FR
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEQ, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
IHTA
Table 237
330
Internal Handover To External
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
MML Full Name
internal handover to external
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 237
8.114
intra segment SDCCH HO guard (ISS)
Parameter name
Intra Segment SDCCH HO Guard
Abbreviated name
intraSegSdcchHoGuard
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the guard time for
attempting an SDCCH handover from the BCCH BTS
resource layer to another resource layer in a segment.
Additional information
-
Range
0...255
Step
1
Unit
s
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
255 s
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEQ, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
ISS
Table 238
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Internal Handover To External (Cont.)
Common BCCH EGSM900 (47) (optional) OR
Common BCCH GSM1800 (48) (optional) OR Multi
BCF Control (42) (optional) OR Common BCCH
GSM800 (57) (optional) OR Common BCCH
GSM1900 (58) (optional)
RACApp <-> RAC
BSC <-> RAC
Intra Segment SDCCH HO Guard
Id:0900d805806ae475
331
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
MML Full Name
intra segment SDCCH HO guard
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 238
8.115
Intra Segment SDCCH HO Guard (Cont.)
ISHO preferred for non-DTM MS (IPND)
Parameter name
ISHO Preferred For Non-DTM MS
Abbreviated name
ishoPreferredForNonDtmMs
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter the operator can determine whether
an inter-system handover is to be triggered for a DTM
incapable but WCDMA capable MS as soon as an appropriate WCDMA target cell is available.
An inter-system handover can be triggered for a CS connection if the ISHO procedures are enabled in the BSC
and if the "ISHO Preferred For Non-DTM MS" parameter
has the value "Triggered".
NOTE:
MML Range:
Y = An inter-system handover is to be triggered for a DTM
incapable but WCDMA capable MS,
N = An inter-system handover is not to be triggered for a
DTM incapable but WCDMA capable MS
Default: N
Additional information
-
Range
Not triggered (N) (0), Triggered (Y) (1)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
gui ==> internal
Not triggered (N) ==> 0
Triggered (Y) ==> 1
Default value
Not triggered (N) (0)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Table 239
332
ISHO Preferred For Non-DTM MS
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Inter System HO (ISHO Support In BSC) (56)
(optional) AND ( BSC GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS
O&M in BSC) (39) (optional) OR Enhanced GPRS
(EGPRS) Usage (51) (optional) )
Related features
•
BSS20088: Dual Transfer Mode (DTM)
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEJ, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
IPND
MML Full Name
ISHO preferred for non-DTM MS
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 239
8.116
ISHO Preferred For Non-DTM MS (Cont.)
LAPD load threshold (LAPDL)
Parameter name
LAPD Load Threshold
Abbreviated name
lapdLoadThr
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the threshold for the proportion of rejected measurement results in all measurement results. An overload in the telecom Abis LAPD Link
causes the rejections. If this threshold is exceeded, the
LAPD Link is regarded as overloaded, and the BSC generates the relevant alarm.
MML Range and Step: 0..10000 = 0..100% (step size is
0.01%).
Additional information
-
Range
0...10000
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
150
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Table 240
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
LAPD Load Threshold
Id:0900d805806ae475
333
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEQ, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
LAPDL
MML Full Name
LAPD load threshold
Segment Level Parameter
-
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 240
8.117
LAPD Load Threshold (Cont.)
load rate for channel search (CLR)
Parameter name
Load Rate For Channel Search
Abbreviated name
loadRateChSearch
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the general load limit for
traffic channels in a cell under the BSC. If the TCH load
in a cell is below the limit, the traffic channels for speech
and single slot data calls are allocated using rotation
between TRXs in a cell and between TSLs of a TRX. If
the load limit has been reached or exceeded, the TCH
allocation is performed trying to save larger spaces of idle
FR resources for the possible multislot HSCSD calls by
preferring small gaps of free resources and ends of a
TRX for single slot calls.
Note:
If the BTS-specific parameter cell load for channel search
has been set (the value is not 0) in a BTS, this will
override the effect of the BSC level parameter in that
BTS.
Additional information
-
Range
0...100
Step
1
Unit
%
Table 241
334
Load Rate For Channel Search
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
100 %
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
cellLoadForChannelSearch of BTS - If the BTS-specific
parameter Cell Load For Channel Search has been set
(the value is not 0) in a BTS, this will override the effect of
the BSC level parameter in that BTS.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEM, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
CLR
MML Full Name
load rate for channel search
Segment Level Parameter
-
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 241
8.118
lower limit for FR TCH resources (HRL)
Parameter name
Lower Limit For FR TCH Resources
Abbreviated name
btsLoadDepTchRateLower
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
The parameter controls the TCH channel rate
determination on the BSC level according to the cell
load in traffic channel allocation. With this parameter you define the lower limit for the percentage of
free full rate resources. Full rate TCHs are allocated
until the number of free full rate resources is
reduced below the value of the parameter. The half
rate resources are then allocated.
Table 242
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Load Rate For Channel Search (Cont.)
Lower Limit For FR TCH Resources
Id:0900d805806ae475
335
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Additional information
Note: If parameter is used with Wideband AMR
(133), then optionality of (Half Rate (17) OR AMR
HR (72)) needs to be ON or CONFIG state. Note:
Wideband AMR optionality (133) is valid only for
Metrosite, Ultrasite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus and Flexi
Multiradio BTSs.
Range
0...100
Step
1
Unit
%
Formula for getting
internal value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
40 %
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
– Half Rate (17) (optional) OR AMR HR (72)
(optional)
Related features
– BSS20960: Wideband AMR
– BSS30060: AMR Capacity (AMR HR)
Interfaces
– RAC <-> RACApp
– RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEM, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
HRL
MML Full Name
lower limit for FR TCH resources
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning
supported
true
Table 242
8.119
Lower Limit For FR TCH Resources (Cont.)
maximum mean holding time for SDCCHs (MAXHTS)
Parameter name
Table 243
336
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Maximum Mean Holding Time For SDCCHs
Maximum Mean Holding Time For SDCCHs
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Abbreviated name
maxHldSdcch
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the maximum mean
holding time for signalling channels. If the mean holding
time during a measurement period is greater than or
equals the maximum mean holding time, the alarm
system prints out an alarm.
Additional information
-
Range
0...1440
Step
1
Unit
min
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
30 min
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEN, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
MAXHTS
MML Full Name
maximum mean holding time for SDCCHs
Segment Level Parameter
-
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 243
8.120
maximum mean holding time for TCHs (MAXHTT)
Parameter name
Maximum Mean Holding Time For TCHs
Abbreviated name
maxHldTch
Table 244
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Maximum Mean Holding Time For SDCCHs (Cont.)
Maximum Mean Holding Time For TCHs
Id:0900d805806ae475
337
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the maximum mean
holding time for traffic channels. If the mean holding time
during a measurement period is greater than or equals
the maximum mean holding time, the alarm system prints
out an alarm.
Additional information
-
Range
0...1440
Step
1
Unit
min
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
120 min
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEN, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
MAXHTT
MML Full Name
maximum mean holding time for TCHs
Segment Level Parameter
-
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 244
8.121
maximum number of DL TBF (MNDL)
Parameter name
Maximum Number Of DL TBF
Abbreviated name
pcuMaxNoDLtbfInCH
Managed object
BSC
Table 245
338
Maximum Mean Holding Time For TCHs (Cont.)
Maximum Number Of DL TBF
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the maximum number of
TBFs that a radio time slot can have in average, in a
GPRS territory, in the downlink direction.
Additional information
-
Range
1...9
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
9
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEQ, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
MNDL
MML Full Name
maximum number of DL TBF
Segment Level Parameter
-
BSC GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in BSC)
(39) (optional) OR Enhanced GPRS (EGPRS)
Usage (51) (optional)
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 245
8.122
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Maximum Number Of DL TBF (Cont.)
maximum number of UL TBF (MNUL)
Parameter name
Maximum Number Of UL TBF
Abbreviated name
pcuMaxNoULtbfInCH
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Table 246
Maximum Number Of UL TBF
Id:0900d805806ae475
339
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Description
With this parameter you define the maximum number of
TBFs that a radio time slot can have in average, in a
GPRS territory, in the uplink direction.
Additional information
-
Range
1...7
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
7
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEQ, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
MNUL
MML Full Name
maximum number of UL TBF
Segment Level Parameter
-
BSC GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in BSC)
(39) (optional) OR Enhanced GPRS (EGPRS)
Usage (51) (optional)
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 246
8.123
340
Maximum Number Of UL TBF (Cont.)
maximum TCH transaction rate (MTTR)
Parameter name
Maximum TCH Transaction Rate
Abbreviated name
maxTchTransactionRate
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Table 247
Maximum TCH Transaction Rate
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Description
This parameter defines the maximum incoming (from
MSC to BSC) TCH transaction rate (transactions per
second) that is acceptable for changing internal
handover to external. In this context TCH transaction
means MSC controlled TCH handover or TCH assignment.
Additional information
-
Range
0...1000
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
50
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Special value
changing internal handover to external is denied (0)
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
tchTransactionCount of BSC - Parameter Maximum TCH
Transaction Rate defines the maximum incoming TCH
transaction rate that is acceptable for changing the
internal handover to external, and parameter TCH Transaction Count defines how many of those incoming TCH
transactions are taken into account when calculating the
average TCH transaction rate.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
•
BSS20117: TCSM3i Support in BSC
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEQ, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
MTTR
MML Full Name
maximum TCH transaction rate
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 247
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Maximum TCH Transaction Rate (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806ae475
341
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
8.124
mean BEP limit MS multislot pwr prof 0 with 2 UL TSL
(BL02)
Parameter name
Mean BEP Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 0 With 2 UL TSL
Abbreviated name
meanBepLimitUL_Prof0_2tsl
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
This parameter indicates the mean Bit Error Probability
(BEP) limit for MS multislot power profile 0 when allocating 2 uplink TSLs. The measured mean BEP value is
compared to the value of this parameter when defining
how many uplink TSLs can be allocated. If the mean BEP
limit is set low, power reduction is not taken into account
so strictly in channel allocation.
Additional information
-
Range
0...31
Step
1
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
21 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
BSC GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in BSC)
(39) (optional) OR Enhanced GPRS (EGPRS)
Usage (51) (optional)
Related features
•
•
BSS20089: Extended Dynamic Allocation
BSS20084: High Multislot Classes
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEJ, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
BL02
MML Full Name
mean BEP limit MS multislot pwr prof 0 with 2 UL TSL
Segment Level Parameter
-
Table 248
342
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Mean BEP Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 0 With 2 UL TSL
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 248
8.125
mean BEP limit MS multislot pwr prof 0 with 3 UL TSL
(BL03)
Parameter name
Mean BEP Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 0 With 3 UL TSL
Abbreviated name
meanBepLimitUL_Prof0_3tsl
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
This parameter indicates the mean Bit Error Probability
(BEP) limit for MS multislot power profile 0 when allocating 3 uplink TSLs. The measured mean BEP value is
compared to the value of this parameter when defining
how many uplink TSLs can be allocated. If the mean BEP
limit is set low, power reduction is not taken into account
so strictly in channel allocation.
Additional information
-
Range
0...31
Step
1
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
26 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
BSC GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in BSC)
(39) (optional) OR Enhanced GPRS (EGPRS)
Usage (51) (optional)
Related features
•
•
BSS20089: Extended Dynamic Allocation
BSS20084: High Multislot Classes
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEJ, EEO
Table 249
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Mean BEP Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 0 With 2 UL TSL (Cont.)
Mean BEP Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 0 With 3 UL TSL
Id:0900d805806ae475
343
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
MML Abbreviated Name
BL03
MML Full Name
mean BEP limit MS multislot pwr prof 0 with 3 UL TSL
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 249
8.126
mean BEP limit MS multislot pwr prof 0 with 4 UL TSL
(BL04)
Parameter name
Mean BEP Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 0 With 4 UL TSL
Abbreviated name
meanBepLimitUL_Prof0_4tsl
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
This parameter indicates the mean Bit Error Probability
(BEP) limit for MS multislot power profile 0 when allocating 4 uplink TSLs. The measured mean BEP value is
compared to the value of this parameter when defining
how many uplink TSLs can be allocated. If the mean BEP
limit is set low, power reduction is not taken into account
so strictly in channel allocation.
Additional information
-
Range
0...31
Step
1
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
30 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
BSC GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in BSC)
(39) (optional) OR Enhanced GPRS (EGPRS)
Usage (51) (optional)
Related features
•
•
BSS20089: Extended Dynamic Allocation
BSS20084: High Multislot Classes
Table 250
344
Mean BEP Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 0 With 3 UL TSL (Cont.)
Mean BEP Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 0 With 4 UL TSL
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEJ, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
BL04
MML Full Name
mean BEP limit MS multislot pwr prof 0 with 4 UL TSL
Segment Level Parameter
-
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 250
8.127
mean BEP limit MS multislot pwr prof 1 with 2 UL TSL
(BL12)
Parameter name
Mean BEP Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 1 With 2 UL TSL
Abbreviated name
meanBepLimitUL_Prof1_2tsl
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
This parameter indicates the mean Bit Error Probability
(BEP) limit for MS multislot power profile 1 when allocating 2 uplink TSLs. The measured mean BEP value is
compared to the value of this parameter when defining
how many uplink TSLs can be allocated. If the mean BEP
limit is set low, power reduction is not taken into account
so strictly in channel allocation.
Additional information
-
Range
0...31
Step
1
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
20 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Table 251
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Mean BEP Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 0 With 4 UL TSL (Cont.)
Mean BEP Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 1 With 2 UL TSL
Id:0900d805806ae475
345
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Related options
•
BSC GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in BSC)
(39) (optional) OR Enhanced GPRS (EGPRS)
Usage (51) (optional)
Related features
•
•
BSS20089: Extended Dynamic Allocation
BSS20084: High Multislot Classes
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEJ, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
BL12
MML Full Name
mean BEP limit MS multislot pwr prof 1 with 2 UL TSL
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 251
8.128
mean BEP limit MS multislot pwr prof 1 with 3 UL TSL
(BL13)
Parameter name
Mean BEP Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 1 With 3 UL TSL
Abbreviated name
meanBepLimitUL_Prof1_3tsl
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
This parameter indicates the mean Bit Error Probability
(BEP) limit for MS multislot power profile 1 when allocating 3 uplink TSLs. The measured mean BEP value is
compared to the value of this parameter when defining
how many uplink TSLs can be allocated. If the mean BEP
limit is set low, power reduction is not taken into account
so strictly in channel allocation.
Additional information
-
Range
0...31
Step
1
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
25 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Table 252
346
Mean BEP Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 1 With 2 UL TSL (Cont.)
Mean BEP Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 1 With 3 UL TSL
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
BSC GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in BSC)
(39) (optional) OR Enhanced GPRS (EGPRS)
Usage (51) (optional)
Related features
•
•
BSS20089: Extended Dynamic Allocation
BSS20084: High Multislot Classes
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEJ, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
BL13
MML Full Name
mean BEP limit MS multislot pwr prof 1 with 3 UL TSL
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 252
8.129
mean BEP limit MS multislot pwr prof 1 with 4 UL TSL
(BL14)
Parameter name
Mean BEP Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 1 With 4 UL TSL
Abbreviated name
meanBepLimitUL_Prof1_4tsl
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
This parameter indicates the mean Bit Error Probability
(BEP) limit for MS multislot power profile 1 when allocating 4 uplink TSLs. The measured mean BEP value is
compared to the value of this parameter when defining
how many uplink TSLs can be allocated. If the mean BEP
limit is set low, power reduction is not taken into account
so strictly in channel allocation.
Additional information
-
Range
0...31
Step
1
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
30 dB
Default value notes
-
Table 253
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Mean BEP Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 1 With 3 UL TSL (Cont.)
Mean BEP Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 1 With 4 UL TSL
Id:0900d805806ae475
347
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
BSC GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in BSC)
(39) (optional) OR Enhanced GPRS (EGPRS)
Usage (51) (optional)
Related features
•
•
BSS20089: Extended Dynamic Allocation
BSS20084: High Multislot Classes
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEJ, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
BL14
MML Full Name
mean BEP limit MS multislot pwr prof 1 with 4 UL TSL
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 253
8.130
mean BEP limit MS multislot pwr prof 2 with 3 UL TSL
(BL23)
Parameter name
Mean BEP Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 2 With 3 UL TSL
Abbreviated name
meanBepLimitUL_Prof2_3tsl
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
This parameter indicates the mean Bit Error Probability
(BEP) limit for MS multislot power profile 2 when allocating 3 uplink TSLs. The measured mean BEP value is
compared to the value of this parameter when defining
how many uplink TSLs can be allocated. If the mean BEP
limit is set low, power reduction is not taken into account
so strictly in channel allocation.
Additional information
-
Range
0...31
Step
1
Unit
dB
Table 254
348
Mean BEP Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 1 With 4 UL TSL (Cont.)
Mean BEP Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 2 With 3 UL TSL
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
24 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
BSC GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in BSC)
(39) (optional) OR Enhanced GPRS (EGPRS)
Usage (51) (optional)
Related features
•
•
BSS20089: Extended Dynamic Allocation
BSS20084: High Multislot Classes
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEJ, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
BL23
MML Full Name
mean BEP limit MS multislot pwr prof 2 with 3 UL TSL
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 254
8.131
mean BEP limit MS multislot pwr prof 2 with 4 UL TSL
(BL24)
Parameter name
Mean BEP Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 2 With 4 UL TSL
Abbreviated name
meanBepLimitUL_Prof2_4tsl
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
This parameter indicates the mean Bit Error Probability
(BEP) limit for MS multislot power profile 2 when allocating 4 uplink TSLs. The measured mean BEP value is
compared to the value of this parameter when defining
how many uplink TSLs can be allocated. If the mean BEP
limit is set low, power reduction is not taken into account
so strictly in channel allocation.
Additional information
-
Table 255
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Mean BEP Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 2 With 3 UL TSL (Cont.)
Mean BEP Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 2 With 4 UL TSL
Id:0900d805806ae475
349
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Range
0...31
Step
1
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
29 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
BSC GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in BSC)
(39) (optional) OR Enhanced GPRS (EGPRS)
Usage (51) (optional)
Related features
•
•
BSS20089: Extended Dynamic Allocation
BSS20084: High Multislot Classes
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEJ, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
BL24
MML Full Name
mean BEP limit MS multislot pwr prof 2 with 4 UL TSL
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 255
8.132
measurement period for high TCH interference supervision (PRDHIF)
Parameter name
Meas Period For High TCH Interference Supervision
Abbreviated name
prdHighIf
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the measurement period
for the high TCH interference supervision.
Additional information
-
Table 256
350
Mean BEP Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 2 With 4 UL TSL (Cont.)
Meas Period For High TCH Interference Supervision
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Range
5...1440
Step
1
Unit
min
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
120 min
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Special value
Deactivated (0)
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEN, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
PRDHIF
MML Full Name
measurement period for high TCH interference supervision
Segment Level Parameter
-
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 256
8.133
measurement period for SDCCH mean holding time supervision (PRDMHS)
Parameter name
Meas Period For SDCCH Mean Holding Time Supervision
Abbreviated name
measPrdSdcch
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
The parameter supervises too long mean holding times in
SDCCHs. With this parameter you define the length of
the measurement period. The alarms are printed out only
at the end of the measurement period.
Table 257
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Meas Period For High TCH Interference Supervision (Cont.)
Meas Period For SDCCH Mean Holding Time Supervision
Id:0900d805806ae475
351
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Additional information
-
Range
5...1440
Step
1
Unit
min
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
60 min
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Special value
Deactivated (0)
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEN, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
PRDMHS
MML Full Name
measurement period for SDCCH mean holding time
supervision
Segment Level Parameter
-
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 257
8.134
measurement period for supervision of BTS with no transactions (PRDBNT)
Parameter name
Meas Period For Supervision Of BTS With No Transact
Abbreviated name
prdNokBts
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the measurement period
for the supervision of BTSs with no transactions.
Table 258
352
Meas Period For SDCCH Mean Holding Time Supervision (Cont.)
Meas Period For Supervision Of BTS With No Transact
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Additional information
-
Range
5...1440
Step
1
Unit
min
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
120 min
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Special value
Deactivated (0)
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEN, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
PRDBNT
MML Full Name
measurement period for supervision of BTS with no
transactions
Segment Level Parameter
-
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 258
8.135
measurement period for supervision of channel failure
rate (PRDCFR)
Parameter name
Meas Period For Supervision Of Channel Failure Rate
Abbreviated name
measPrdFail
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Table 259
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Meas Period For Supervision Of BTS With No Transact (Cont.)
Meas Period For Supervision Of Channel Failure Rate
Id:0900d805806ae475
353
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Description
The parameter supervises channel failures both in traffic
channels and in SDCCHs. With this parameter you define
the length of the measurement period. The alarms are
printed out only at the end of the measurement period.
Additional information
-
Range
5...1440
Step
1
Unit
min
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
60 min
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Special value
Deactivated (0)
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEN, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
PRDCFR
MML Full Name
measurement period for supervision of channel failure
rate
Segment Level Parameter
-
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 259
8.136
measurement period for supervision of congestion in BTS
(PRDCNG)
Parameter name
Measurement Period For Supervision Of Congestion In
BTS
Abbreviated name
measPrdCh
Managed object
BSC
Table 260
354
Meas Period For Supervision Of Channel Failure Rate (Cont.)
Measurement Period For Supervision Of Congestion In BTS
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Multiplicity
1
Description
The parameter supervises SDCCH and TCH congestion
in a BTS. With this parameter you define the length of the
measurement period. The alarms are printed out only at
the end of the measurement period.
Additional information
-
Range
5...1440
Step
1
Unit
min
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
120 min
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Special value
Deactivated (0)
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEN, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
PRDCNG
MML Full Name
measurement period for supervision of congestion in BTS
Segment Level Parameter
-
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 260
8.137
measurement period for TCH mean holding time supervision (PRDMHT)
Parameter name
Meas Period For TCH Mean Holding Time Supervision
Abbreviated name
measTchMhold
Managed object
BSC
Table 261
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Measurement Period For Supervision Of Congestion In BTS (Cont.)
Meas Period For TCH Mean Holding Time Supervision
Id:0900d805806ae475
355
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Multiplicity
1
Description
The parameter supervises too short and too long mean
holding times in traffic channels. With this parameter you
define the length of the measurement period. The alarms
are printed out only at the end of the measurement
period.
Additional information
-
Range
5...1440
Step
1
Unit
min
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
240 min
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Special value
Deactivated (0)
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEN, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
PRDMHT
MML Full Name
measurement period for TCH mean holding time supervision
Segment Level Parameter
-
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 261
8.138
minimum mean holding time for TCHs (MINHTT)
Parameter name
Minimum Mean Holding Time For TCHs
Abbreviated name
minHldTch
Managed object
BSC
Table 262
356
Meas Period For TCH Mean Holding Time Supervision (Cont.)
Minimum Mean Holding Time For TCHs
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the minimum mean
holding time for traffic channels. If the mean holding time
is below the minimum mean holding time and there have
been enough calls during the measurement period (the
number of seizures is greater than or equals the operatordefined threshold value), the alarm system prints out an
alarm.
Additional information
-
Range
0...65535
Step
1
Unit
s
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
10 s
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEN, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
MINHTT
MML Full Name
minimum mean holding time for TCHs
Segment Level Parameter
-
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 262
8.139
mobile country code (MCC)
Parameter name
MCC
Abbreviated name
mcc
Managed object
BSC
Table 263
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Minimum Mean Holding Time For TCHs (Cont.)
MCC
Id:0900d805806ae475
357
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define Mobile Country Code
(MCC).
NOTE:
MML range: 0..999
Additional information
-
Range
3
Step
-
Unit
characters
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Multipoint A Interface for BSC (94)
Related features
•
BSS20092: Multipoint A Interface for BSC
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
E7I, E7M, E7A
MML Abbreviated Name
MCC
MML Full Name
mobile country code
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- false
ported
Table 263
8.140
mobile country code (MCC)
Parameter name
Radio Network MCC 1
Abbreviated name
rnwMCC1
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Table 264
358
MCC (Cont.)
Radio Network MCC 1
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Description
The parameter determines the PLMN identifiers of the
radio networks to where the SPC can be connected in
multi-operator environment.
With this parameter you identify the Mobile Country Code
of a radio network.
Radio Network MCC 1 - 16 and Radio Network MNC 1 16 parameters you can remove an existing PLMN identifier from a PLMN list.
Value range: 0..999
NetAct note:
Radio Network MCC 1 - Radio Network MCC 16 parameters need to be defined in numeric order. There must be
as many Radio Network MCC parameters defined as
Radio Network MNC parameters.
Additional information
-
Range
3
Step
-
Unit
characters
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
rnwMNC1 of BSC - If parameter is given then parameter
Radio Network MNC is obligatory.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Multipoint A Interface for BSC (94) (optional) AND
Multi-operator BSS (122) (optional)
Related features
•
•
•
BSS21213: Multi-operator BSS
BSS20092: Multipoint A Interface for BSC
BSS21217: Multipoint A Load Balancing
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 48.008
MML Commands
E7N,E7R,E7L
MML Abbreviated Name
MCC
MML Full Name
mobile country code
Segment Level Parameter
-
Table 264
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Radio Network MCC 1 (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806ae475
359
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
File Based Provisioning sup- false
ported
Table 264
8.141
Radio Network MCC 1 (Cont.)
mobile country code (MCC)
Parameter name
Radio Network MCC 10
Abbreviated name
rnwMCC10
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
The parameter determines the PLMN identifiers of the
radio networks to where the SPC can be connected in
multi-operator environment.
With this parameter you identify the Mobile Country Code
of a radio network.
Radio Network MCC 1 - 16 and Radio Network MNC 1 16 parameters you can remove an existing PLMN identifier from a PLMN list.
Value range: 0..999
NetAct note:
Radio Network MCC 1 - Radio Network MCC 16 parameters need to be defined in numeric order. There must be
as many Radio Network MCC parameters defined as
Radio Network MNC parameters.
Additional information
-
Range
3
Step
-
Unit
characters
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
rnwMNC10 of BSC - If parameter is given then parameter
Radio Network MNC is obligatory.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Table 265
360
Multipoint A Interface for BSC (94) (optional) AND
Multi-operator BSS (122) (optional)
Radio Network MCC 10
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Related features
•
•
•
BSS21213: Multi-operator BSS
BSS20092: Multipoint A Interface for BSC
BSS21217: Multipoint A Load Balancing
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 48.008
MML Commands
E7N,E7R,E7L
MML Abbreviated Name
MCC
MML Full Name
mobile country code
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- false
ported
Table 265
8.142
Radio Network MCC 10 (Cont.)
mobile country code (MCC)
Parameter name
Radio Network MCC 11
Abbreviated name
rnwMCC11
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
The parameter determines the PLMN identifiers of the
radio networks to where the SPC can be connected in
multi-operator environment.
With this parameter you identify the Mobile Country Code
of a radio network.
Radio Network MCC 1 - 16 and Radio Network MNC 1 16 parameters you can remove an existing PLMN identifier from a PLMN list.
Value range: 0..999
NetAct note:
Radio Network MCC 1 - Radio Network MCC 16 parameters need to be defined in numeric order. There must be
as many Radio Network MCC parameters defined as
Radio Network MNC parameters.
Additional information
-
Range
3
Step
-
Unit
characters
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Table 266
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Radio Network MCC 11
Id:0900d805806ae475
361
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
rnwMNC11 of BSC - If parameter is given then parameter
Radio Network MNC is obligatory.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Multipoint A Interface for BSC (94) (optional) AND
Multi-operator BSS (122) (optional)
Related features
•
•
•
BSS21213: Multi-operator BSS
BSS20092: Multipoint A Interface for BSC
BSS21217: Multipoint A Load Balancing
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 48.008
MML Commands
E7N,E7R,E7L
MML Abbreviated Name
MCC
MML Full Name
mobile country code
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- false
ported
Table 266
8.143
mobile country code (MCC)
Parameter name
Radio Network MCC 12
Abbreviated name
rnwMCC12
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Table 267
362
Radio Network MCC 11 (Cont.)
Radio Network MCC 12
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Description
The parameter determines the PLMN identifiers of the
radio networks to where the SPC can be connected in
multi-operator environment.
With this parameter you identify the Mobile Country Code
of a radio network.
Radio Network MCC 1 - 16 and Radio Network MNC 1 16 parameters you can remove an existing PLMN identifier from a PLMN list.
Value range: 0..999
NetAct note:
Radio Network MCC 1 - Radio Network MCC 16 parameters need to be defined in numeric order. There must be
as many Radio Network MCC parameters defined as
Radio Network MNC parameters.
Additional information
-
Range
3
Step
-
Unit
characters
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
rnwMNC12 of BSC - If parameter is given then parameter
Radio Network MNC is obligatory.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Multipoint A Interface for BSC (94) (optional) AND
Multi-operator BSS (122) (optional)
Related features
•
•
•
BSS21213: Multi-operator BSS
BSS20092: Multipoint A Interface for BSC
BSS21217: Multipoint A Load Balancing
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 48.008
MML Commands
E7N,E7R,E7L
MML Abbreviated Name
MCC
MML Full Name
mobile country code
Segment Level Parameter
-
Table 267
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Radio Network MCC 12 (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806ae475
363
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
File Based Provisioning sup- false
ported
Table 267
8.144
Radio Network MCC 12 (Cont.)
mobile country code (MCC)
Parameter name
Radio Network MCC 13
Abbreviated name
rnwMCC13
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
The parameter determines the PLMN identifiers of the
radio networks to where the SPC can be connected in
multi-operator environment.
With this parameter you identify the Mobile Country Code
of a radio network.
Radio Network MCC 1 - 16 and Radio Network MNC 1 16 parameters you can remove an existing PLMN identifier from a PLMN list.
Value range: 0..999
NetAct note:
Radio Network MCC 1 - Radio Network MCC 16 parameters need to be defined in numeric order. There must be
as many Radio Network MCC parameters defined as
Radio Network MNC parameters.
Additional information
-
Range
3
Step
-
Unit
characters
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
rnwMNC13 of BSC - If parameter is given then parameter
Radio Network MNC is obligatory.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Table 268
364
Multipoint A Interface for BSC (94) (optional) AND
Multi-operator BSS (122) (optional)
Radio Network MCC 13
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Related features
•
•
•
BSS21213: Multi-operator BSS
BSS20092: Multipoint A Interface for BSC
BSS21217: Multipoint A Load Balancing
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 48.008
MML Commands
E7N,E7R,E7L
MML Abbreviated Name
MCC
MML Full Name
mobile country code
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- false
ported
Table 268
8.145
Radio Network MCC 13 (Cont.)
mobile country code (MCC)
Parameter name
Radio Network MCC 14
Abbreviated name
rnwMCC14
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
The parameter determines the PLMN identifiers of the
radio networks to where the SPC can be connected in
multi-operator environment.
With this parameter you identify the Mobile Country Code
of a radio network.
Radio Network MCC 1 - 16 and Radio Network MNC 1 16 parameters you can remove an existing PLMN identifier from a PLMN list.
Value range: 0..999
NetAct note:
Radio Network MCC 1 - Radio Network MCC 16 parameters need to be defined in numeric order. There must be
as many Radio Network MCC parameters defined as
Radio Network MNC parameters.
Additional information
-
Range
3
Step
-
Unit
characters
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Table 269
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Radio Network MCC 14
Id:0900d805806ae475
365
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
rnwMNC14 of BSC - If parameter is given then parameter
Radio Network MNC is obligatory.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Multipoint A Interface for BSC (94) (optional) AND
Multi-operator BSS (122) (optional)
Related features
•
•
•
BSS21213: Multi-operator BSS
BSS20092: Multipoint A Interface for BSC
BSS21217: Multipoint A Load Balancing
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 48.008
MML Commands
E7N,E7R,E7L
MML Abbreviated Name
MCC
MML Full Name
mobile country code
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- false
ported
Table 269
8.146
mobile country code (MCC)
Parameter name
Radio Network MCC 15
Abbreviated name
rnwMCC15
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Table 270
366
Radio Network MCC 14 (Cont.)
Radio Network MCC 15
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Description
The parameter determines the PLMN identifiers of the
radio networks to where the SPC can be connected in
multi-operator environment.
With this parameter you identify the Mobile Country Code
of a radio network.
Radio Network MCC 1 - 16 and Radio Network MNC 1 16 parameters you can remove an existing PLMN identifier from a PLMN list.
Value range: 0..999
NetAct note:
Radio Network MCC 1 - Radio Network MCC 16 parameters need to be defined in numeric order. There must be
as many Radio Network MCC parameters defined as
Radio Network MNC parameters.
Additional information
-
Range
3
Step
-
Unit
characters
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
rnwMNC15 of BSC - If parameter is given then parameter
Radio Network MNC is obligatory.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Multipoint A Interface for BSC (94) (optional) AND
Multi-operator BSS (122) (optional)
Related features
•
•
•
BSS21213: Multi-operator BSS
BSS20092: Multipoint A Interface for BSC
BSS21217: Multipoint A Load Balancing
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 48.008
MML Commands
E7N,E7R,E7L
MML Abbreviated Name
MCC
MML Full Name
mobile country code
Segment Level Parameter
-
Table 270
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Radio Network MCC 15 (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806ae475
367
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
File Based Provisioning sup- false
ported
Table 270
8.147
Radio Network MCC 15 (Cont.)
mobile country code (MCC)
Parameter name
Radio Network MCC 16
Abbreviated name
rnwMCC16
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
The parameter determines the PLMN identifiers of the
radio networks to where the SPC can be connected in
multi-operator environment.
With this parameter you identify the Mobile Country Code
of a radio network.
Radio Network MCC 1 - 16 and Radio Network MNC 1 16 parameters you can remove an existing PLMN identifier from a PLMN list.
Value range: 0..999
NetAct note:
Radio Network MCC 1 - Radio Network MCC 16 parameters need to be defined in numeric order. There must be
as many Radio Network MCC parameters defined as
Radio Network MNC parameters.
Additional information
-
Range
3
Step
-
Unit
characters
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
rnwMNC16 of BSC - If parameter is given then parameter
Radio Network MNC is obligatory.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Table 271
368
Multipoint A Interface for BSC (94) (optional) AND
Multi-operator BSS (122) (optional)
Radio Network MCC 16
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Related features
•
•
•
BSS21213: Multi-operator BSS
BSS20092: Multipoint A Interface for BSC
BSS21217: Multipoint A Load Balancing
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 48.008
MML Commands
E7N,E7R,E7L
MML Abbreviated Name
MCC
MML Full Name
mobile country code
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- false
ported
Table 271
8.148
Radio Network MCC 16 (Cont.)
mobile country code (MCC)
Parameter name
Radio Network MCC 2
Abbreviated name
rnwMCC2
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
The parameter determines the PLMN identifiers of the
radio networks to where the SPC can be connected in
multi-operator environment.
With this parameter you identify the Mobile Country Code
of a radio network.
Radio Network MCC 1 - 16 and Radio Network MNC 1 16 parameters you can remove an existing PLMN identifier from a PLMN list.
Value range: 0..999
NetAct note:
Radio Network MCC 1 - Radio Network MCC 16 parameters need to be defined in numeric order. There must be
as many Radio Network MCC parameters defined as
Radio Network MNC parameters.
Additional information
-
Range
3
Step
-
Unit
characters
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Table 272
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Radio Network MCC 2
Id:0900d805806ae475
369
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
rnwMNC2 of BSC - If parameter is given then parameter
Radio Network MNC is obligatory.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Multipoint A Interface for BSC (94) (optional) AND
Multi-operator BSS (122) (optional)
Related features
•
•
•
BSS21213: Multi-operator BSS
BSS20092: Multipoint A Interface for BSC
BSS21217: Multipoint A Load Balancing
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 48.008
MML Commands
E7N,E7R,E7L
MML Abbreviated Name
MCC
MML Full Name
mobile country code
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- false
ported
Table 272
8.149
mobile country code (MCC)
Parameter name
Radio Network MCC 3
Abbreviated name
rnwMCC3
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Table 273
370
Radio Network MCC 2 (Cont.)
Radio Network MCC 3
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Description
The parameter determines the PLMN identifiers of the
radio networks to where the SPC can be connected in
multi-operator environment.
With this parameter you identify the Mobile Country Code
of a radio network.
Radio Network MCC 1 - 16 and Radio Network MNC 1 16 parameters you can remove an existing PLMN identifier from a PLMN list.
Value range: 0..999
NetAct note:
Radio Network MCC 1 - Radio Network MCC 16 parameters need to be defined in numeric order. There must be
as many Radio Network MCC parameters defined as
Radio Network MNC parameters.
Additional information
-
Range
3
Step
-
Unit
characters
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
rnwMNC3 of BSC - If parameter is given then parameter
Radio Network MNC is obligatory.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Multipoint A Interface for BSC (94) (optional) AND
Multi-operator BSS (122) (optional)
Related features
•
•
•
BSS21213: Multi-operator BSS
BSS20092: Multipoint A Interface for BSC
BSS21217: Multipoint A Load Balancing
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 48.008
MML Commands
E7N,E7R,E7L
MML Abbreviated Name
MCC
MML Full Name
mobile country code
Segment Level Parameter
-
Table 273
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Radio Network MCC 3 (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806ae475
371
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
File Based Provisioning sup- false
ported
Table 273
8.150
Radio Network MCC 3 (Cont.)
mobile country code (MCC)
Parameter name
Radio Network MCC 4
Abbreviated name
rnwMCC4
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
The parameter determines the PLMN identifiers of the
radio networks to where the SPC can be connected in
multi-operator environment.
With this parameter you identify the Mobile Country Code
of a radio network.
Radio Network MCC 1 - 16 and Radio Network MNC 1 16 parameters you can remove an existing PLMN identifier from a PLMN list.
Value range: 0..999
NetAct note:
Radio Network MCC 1 - Radio Network MCC 16 parameters need to be defined in numeric order. There must be
as many Radio Network MCC parameters defined as
Radio Network MNC parameters.
Additional information
-
Range
3
Step
-
Unit
characters
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
rnwMNC4 of BSC - If parameter is given then parameter
Radio Network MNC is obligatory.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Table 274
372
Multipoint A Interface for BSC (94) (optional) AND
Multi-operator BSS (122) (optional)
Radio Network MCC 4
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Related features
•
•
•
BSS21213: Multi-operator BSS
BSS20092: Multipoint A Interface for BSC
BSS21217: Multipoint A Load Balancing
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 48.008
MML Commands
E7N,E7R,E7L
MML Abbreviated Name
MCC
MML Full Name
mobile country code
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- false
ported
Table 274
8.151
Radio Network MCC 4 (Cont.)
mobile country code (MCC)
Parameter name
Radio Network MCC 5
Abbreviated name
rnwMCC5
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
The parameter determines the PLMN identifiers of the
radio networks to where the SPC can be connected in
multi-operator environment.
With this parameter you identify the Mobile Country Code
of a radio network.
Radio Network MCC 1 - 16 and Radio Network MNC 1 16 parameters you can remove an existing PLMN identifier from a PLMN list.
Value range: 0..999
NetAct note:
Radio Network MCC 1 - Radio Network MCC 16 parameters need to be defined in numeric order. There must be
as many Radio Network MCC parameters defined as
Radio Network MNC parameters.
Additional information
-
Range
3
Step
-
Unit
characters
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Table 275
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Radio Network MCC 5
Id:0900d805806ae475
373
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
rnwMNC5 of BSC - If parameter is given then parameter
Radio Network MNC is obligatory.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Multipoint A Interface for BSC (94) (optional) AND
Multi-operator BSS (122) (optional)
Related features
•
•
•
BSS21213: Multi-operator BSS
BSS20092: Multipoint A Interface for BSC
BSS21217: Multipoint A Load Balancing
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 48.008
MML Commands
E7N,E7R,E7L
MML Abbreviated Name
MCC
MML Full Name
mobile country code
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- false
ported
Table 275
8.152
mobile country code (MCC)
Parameter name
Radio Network MCC 6
Abbreviated name
rnwMCC6
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Table 276
374
Radio Network MCC 5 (Cont.)
Radio Network MCC 6
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Description
The parameter determines the PLMN identifiers of the
radio networks to where the SPC can be connected in
multi-operator environment.
With this parameter you identify the Mobile Country Code
of a radio network.
Radio Network MCC 1 - 16 and Radio Network MNC 1 16 parameters you can remove an existing PLMN identifier from a PLMN list.
Value range: 0..999
NetAct note:
Radio Network MCC 1 - Radio Network MCC 16 parameters need to be defined in numeric order. There must be
as many Radio Network MCC parameters defined as
Radio Network MNC parameters.
Additional information
-
Range
3
Step
-
Unit
characters
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
rnwMNC6 of BSC - If parameter is given then parameter
Radio Network MNC is obligatory.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Multipoint A Interface for BSC (94) (optional) AND
Multi-operator BSS (122) (optional)
Related features
•
•
•
BSS21213: Multi-operator BSS
BSS20092: Multipoint A Interface for BSC
BSS21217: Multipoint A Load Balancing
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 48.008
MML Commands
E7N,E7R,E7L
MML Abbreviated Name
MCC
MML Full Name
mobile country code
Segment Level Parameter
-
Table 276
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Radio Network MCC 6 (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806ae475
375
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
File Based Provisioning sup- false
ported
Table 276
8.153
Radio Network MCC 6 (Cont.)
mobile country code (MCC)
Parameter name
Radio Network MCC 7
Abbreviated name
rnwMCC7
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
The parameter determines the PLMN identifiers of the
radio networks to where the SPC can be connected in
multi-operator environment.
With this parameter you identify the Mobile Country Code
of a radio network.
Radio Network MCC 1 - 16 and Radio Network MNC 1 16 parameters you can remove an existing PLMN identifier from a PLMN list.
Value range: 0..999
NetAct note:
Radio Network MCC 1 - Radio Network MCC 16 parameters need to be defined in numeric order. There must be
as many Radio Network MCC parameters defined as
Radio Network MNC parameters.
Additional information
-
Range
3
Step
-
Unit
characters
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
rnwMNC7 of BSC - If parameter is given then parameter
Radio Network MNC is obligatory.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Table 277
376
Multipoint A Interface for BSC (94) (optional) AND
Multi-operator BSS (122) (optional)
Radio Network MCC 7
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Related features
•
•
•
BSS21213: Multi-operator BSS
BSS20092: Multipoint A Interface for BSC
BSS21217: Multipoint A Load Balancing
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 48.008
MML Commands
E7N,E7R,E7L
MML Abbreviated Name
MCC
MML Full Name
mobile country code
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- false
ported
Table 277
8.154
Radio Network MCC 7 (Cont.)
mobile country code (MCC)
Parameter name
Radio Network MCC 8
Abbreviated name
rnwMCC8
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
The parameter determines the PLMN identifiers of the
radio networks to where the SPC can be connected in
multi-operator environment.
With this parameter you identify the Mobile Country Code
of a radio network.
Radio Network MCC 1 - 16 and Radio Network MNC 1 16 parameters you can remove an existing PLMN identifier from a PLMN list.
Value range: 0..999
NetAct note:
Radio Network MCC 1 - Radio Network MCC 16 parameters need to be defined in numeric order. There must be
as many Radio Network MCC parameters defined as
Radio Network MNC parameters.
Additional information
-
Range
3
Step
-
Unit
characters
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Table 278
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Radio Network MCC 8
Id:0900d805806ae475
377
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
rnwMNC8 of BSC - If parameter is given then parameter
Radio Network MNC is obligatory.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Multipoint A Interface for BSC (94) (optional) AND
Multi-operator BSS (122) (optional)
Related features
•
•
•
BSS21213: Multi-operator BSS
BSS20092: Multipoint A Interface for BSC
BSS21217: Multipoint A Load Balancing
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 48.008
MML Commands
E7N,E7R,E7L
MML Abbreviated Name
MCC
MML Full Name
mobile country code
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- false
ported
Table 278
8.155
mobile country code (MCC)
Parameter name
Radio Network MCC 9
Abbreviated name
rnwMCC9
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Table 279
378
Radio Network MCC 8 (Cont.)
Radio Network MCC 9
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Description
The parameter determines the PLMN identifiers of the
radio networks to where the SPC can be connected in
multi-operator environment.
With this parameter you identify the Mobile Country Code
of a radio network.
Radio Network MCC 1 - 16 and Radio Network MNC 1 16 parameters you can remove an existing PLMN identifier from a PLMN list.
Value range: 0..999
NetAct note:
Radio Network MCC 1 - Radio Network MCC 16 parameters need to be defined in numeric order. There must be
as many Radio Network MCC parameters defined as
Radio Network MNC parameters.
Additional information
-
Range
3
Step
-
Unit
characters
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
rnwMNC9 of BSC - If parameter is given then parameter
Radio Network MNC is obligatory.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Multipoint A Interface for BSC (94) (optional) AND
Multi-operator BSS (122) (optional)
Related features
•
•
•
BSS21213: Multi-operator BSS
BSS20092: Multipoint A Interface for BSC
BSS21217: Multipoint A Load Balancing
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 48.008
MML Commands
E7N,E7R,E7L
MML Abbreviated Name
MCC
MML Full Name
mobile country code
Segment Level Parameter
-
Table 279
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Radio Network MCC 9 (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806ae475
379
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
File Based Provisioning sup- false
ported
Table 279
8.156
Radio Network MCC 9 (Cont.)
mobile network code (MNC)
Parameter name
MNC
Abbreviated name
mnc
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define Mobile Network Code
(MNC).
NOTE:
MML range: 0..999
MNC length must be always three digits if MCC is 310,
311, 312, 313, 314, 315, 316, 334, 338, 342, 344, 346,
348, 365, 376, 708, 722 or 732
Additional information
-
Range
2...3
Step
-
Unit
characters
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Multipoint A Interface for BSC (94)
Related features
•
BSS20092: Multipoint A Interface for BSC
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
E7I, E7M, E7A
MML Abbreviated Name
MNC
MML Full Name
mobile network code
Table 280
380
MNC
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- false
ported
Table 280
8.157
MNC (Cont.)
mobile network code (MNC)
Parameter name
Radio Network MNC 1
Abbreviated name
rnwMNC1
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
The parameter determines the PLMN identifiers of the
radio networks to where the SPC can be connected in
multi-operator environment.
With this parameter you identify the Mobile Network Code
of a radio network.
By giving value 999 for the Radio Network MCC 1 - 16
and Radio Network MNC 1 - 16 parameters you can
remove an existing PLMN identifier from a PLMN list.
MNC length must be always three digits if MCC is 310,
311, 312, 313, 314, 315, 316, 334, 338, 342, 344, 346,
348, 376, 708, 722 or 732
NOTE:
MML Range:
0..99
0..999 OPTIONAL (Three digits MNC)
NetAct note:
Radio Network MCC 1 - Radio Network MCC 16 parameters need to be defined in numeric order. There must be
as many Radio Network MCC parameters defined as
Radio Network MNC parameters.
Additional information
-
Range
2...3
Step
-
Unit
characters
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Table 281
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Radio Network MNC 1
Id:0900d805806ae475
381
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Modified
-
Related parameters
rnwMCC1 of BSC - If parameter is given then parameter
Radio Network MCC is obligatory.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Multipoint A Interface for BSC (94) (optional) AND
Multi-operator BSS (122) (optional)
Related features
•
•
•
BSS21213: Multi-operator BSS
BSS20092: Multipoint A Interface for BSC
BSS21217: Multipoint A Load Balancing
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 48.008
MML Commands
E7N,E7R,E7L
MML Abbreviated Name
MNC
MML Full Name
mobile network code
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- false
ported
Table 281
8.158
mobile network code (MNC)
Parameter name
Radio Network MNC 10
Abbreviated name
rnwMNC10
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Table 282
382
Radio Network MNC 1 (Cont.)
Radio Network MNC 10
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Description
The parameter determines the PLMN identifiers of the
radio networks to where the SPC can be connected in
multi-operator environment.
With this parameter you identify the Mobile Network Code
of a radio network.
By giving value 999 for the Radio Network MCC 1 - 16
and Radio Network MNC 1 - 16 parameters you can
remove an existing PLMN identifier from a PLMN list.
MNC length must be always three digits if MCC is 310,
311, 312, 313, 314, 315, 316, 334, 338, 342, 344, 346,
348, 376, 708, 722 or 732
NOTE:
MML Range:
0..99
0..999 OPTIONAL (Three digits MNC)
NetAct note:
Radio Network MCC 1 - Radio Network MCC 16 parameters need to be defined in numeric order. There must be
as many Radio Network MCC parameters defined as
Radio Network MNC parameters.
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Additional information
-
Range
2...3
Step
-
Unit
characters
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
rnwMCC10 of BSC - If parameter is given then parameter
Radio Network MCC is obligatory.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Multipoint A Interface for BSC (94) (optional) AND
Multi-operator BSS (122) (optional)
Related features
•
•
•
BSS21213: Multi-operator BSS
BSS20092: Multipoint A Interface for BSC
BSS21217: Multipoint A Load Balancing
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 48.008
Table 282
Radio Network MNC 10 (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806ae475
383
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
MML Commands
E7N,E7R,E7L
MML Abbreviated Name
MNC
MML Full Name
mobile network code
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- false
ported
Table 282
8.159
Radio Network MNC 10 (Cont.)
mobile network code (MNC)
Parameter name
Radio Network MNC 11
Abbreviated name
rnwMNC11
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
The parameter determines the PLMN identifiers of the
radio networks to where the SPC can be connected in
multi-operator environment.
With this parameter you identify the Mobile Network Code
of a radio network.
By giving value 999 for the Radio Network MCC 1 - 16
and Radio Network MNC 1 - 16 parameters you can
remove an existing PLMN identifier from a PLMN list.
MNC length must be always three digits if MCC is 310,
311, 312, 313, 314, 315, 316, 334, 338, 342, 344, 346,
348, 376, 708, 722 or 732
NOTE:
MML Range:
0..99
0..999 OPTIONAL (Three digits MNC)
NetAct note:
Radio Network MCC 1 - Radio Network MCC 16 parameters need to be defined in numeric order. There must be
as many Radio Network MCC parameters defined as
Radio Network MNC parameters.
Additional information
-
Range
2...3
Step
-
Unit
characters
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Table 283
384
Radio Network MNC 11
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
rnwMCC11 of BSC - If parameter is given then parameter
Radio Network MCC is obligatory.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Multipoint A Interface for BSC (94) (optional) AND
Multi-operator BSS (122) (optional)
Related features
•
•
•
BSS21213: Multi-operator BSS
BSS20092: Multipoint A Interface for BSC
BSS21217: Multipoint A Load Balancing
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 48.008
MML Commands
E7N,E7R,E7L
MML Abbreviated Name
MNC
MML Full Name
mobile network code
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- false
ported
Table 283
8.160
mobile network code (MNC)
Parameter name
Radio Network MNC 12
Abbreviated name
rnwMNC12
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Table 284
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Radio Network MNC 11 (Cont.)
Radio Network MNC 12
Id:0900d805806ae475
385
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Description
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
The parameter determines the PLMN identifiers of the
radio networks to where the SPC can be connected in
multi-operator environment.
With this parameter you identify the Mobile Network Code
of a radio network.
By giving value 999 for the Radio Network MCC 1 - 16
and Radio Network MNC 1 - 16 parameters you can
remove an existing PLMN identifier from a PLMN list.
MNC length must be always three digits if MCC is 310,
311, 312, 313, 314, 315, 316, 334, 338, 342, 344, 346,
348, 376, 708, 722 or 732
NOTE:
MML Range:
0..99
0..999 OPTIONAL (Three digits MNC)
NetAct note:
Radio Network MCC 1 - Radio Network MCC 16 parameters need to be defined in numeric order. There must be
as many Radio Network MCC parameters defined as
Radio Network MNC parameters.
386
Additional information
-
Range
2...3
Step
-
Unit
characters
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
rnwMCC12 of BSC - If parameter is given then parameter
Radio Network MCC is obligatory.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Multipoint A Interface for BSC (94) (optional) AND
Multi-operator BSS (122) (optional)
Related features
•
•
•
BSS21213: Multi-operator BSS
BSS20092: Multipoint A Interface for BSC
BSS21217: Multipoint A Load Balancing
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 48.008
Table 284
Radio Network MNC 12 (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
MML Commands
E7N,E7R,E7L
MML Abbreviated Name
MNC
MML Full Name
mobile network code
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- false
ported
Table 284
8.161
Radio Network MNC 12 (Cont.)
mobile network code (MNC)
Parameter name
Radio Network MNC 13
Abbreviated name
rnwMNC13
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
The parameter determines the PLMN identifiers of the
radio networks to where the SPC can be connected in
multi-operator environment.
With this parameter you identify the Mobile Network Code
of a radio network.
By giving value 999 for the Radio Network MCC 1 - 16
and Radio Network MNC 1 - 16 parameters you can
remove an existing PLMN identifier from a PLMN list.
MNC length must be always three digits if MCC is 310,
311, 312, 313, 314, 315, 316, 334, 338, 342, 344, 346,
348, 376, 708, 722 or 732
NOTE:
MML Range:
0..99
0..999 OPTIONAL (Three digits MNC)
NetAct note:
Radio Network MCC 1 - Radio Network MCC 16 parameters need to be defined in numeric order. There must be
as many Radio Network MCC parameters defined as
Radio Network MNC parameters.
Additional information
-
Range
2...3
Step
-
Unit
characters
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Table 285
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Radio Network MNC 13
Id:0900d805806ae475
387
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
rnwMCC13 of BSC - If parameter is given then parameter
Radio Network MCC is obligatory.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Multipoint A Interface for BSC (94) (optional) AND
Multi-operator BSS (122) (optional)
Related features
•
•
•
BSS21213: Multi-operator BSS
BSS20092: Multipoint A Interface for BSC
BSS21217: Multipoint A Load Balancing
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 48.008
MML Commands
E7N,E7R,E7L
MML Abbreviated Name
MNC
MML Full Name
mobile network code
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- false
ported
Table 285
8.162
mobile network code (MNC)
Parameter name
Radio Network MNC 14
Abbreviated name
rnwMNC14
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Table 286
388
Radio Network MNC 13 (Cont.)
Radio Network MNC 14
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Description
The parameter determines the PLMN identifiers of the
radio networks to where the SPC can be connected in
multi-operator environment.
With this parameter you identify the Mobile Network Code
of a radio network.
By giving value 999 for the Radio Network MCC 1 - 16
and Radio Network MNC 1 - 16 parameters you can
remove an existing PLMN identifier from a PLMN list.
MNC length must be always three digits if MCC is 310,
311, 312, 313, 314, 315, 316, 334, 338, 342, 344, 346,
348, 376, 708, 722 or 732
NOTE:
MML Range:
0..99
0..999 OPTIONAL (Three digits MNC)
NetAct note:
Radio Network MCC 1 - Radio Network MCC 16 parameters need to be defined in numeric order. There must be
as many Radio Network MCC parameters defined as
Radio Network MNC parameters.
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Additional information
-
Range
2...3
Step
-
Unit
characters
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
rnwMCC14 of BSC - If parameter is given then parameter
Radio Network MCC is obligatory.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Multipoint A Interface for BSC (94) (optional) AND
Multi-operator BSS (122) (optional)
Related features
•
•
•
BSS21213: Multi-operator BSS
BSS20092: Multipoint A Interface for BSC
BSS21217: Multipoint A Load Balancing
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 48.008
Table 286
Radio Network MNC 14 (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806ae475
389
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
MML Commands
E7N,E7R,E7L
MML Abbreviated Name
MNC
MML Full Name
mobile network code
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- false
ported
Table 286
8.163
Radio Network MNC 14 (Cont.)
mobile network code (MNC)
Parameter name
Radio Network MNC 15
Abbreviated name
rnwMNC15
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
The parameter determines the PLMN identifiers of the
radio networks to where the SPC can be connected in
multi-operator environment.
With this parameter you identify the Mobile Network Code
of a radio network.
By giving value 999 for the Radio Network MCC 1 - 16
and Radio Network MNC 1 - 16 parameters you can
remove an existing PLMN identifier from a PLMN list.
MNC length must be always three digits if MCC is 310,
311, 312, 313, 314, 315, 316, 334, 338, 342, 344, 346,
348, 376, 708, 722 or 732
NOTE:
MML Range:
0..99
0..999 OPTIONAL (Three digits MNC)
NetAct note:
Radio Network MCC 1 - Radio Network MCC 16 parameters need to be defined in numeric order. There must be
as many Radio Network MCC parameters defined as
Radio Network MNC parameters.
Additional information
-
Range
2...3
Step
-
Unit
characters
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Table 287
390
Radio Network MNC 15
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
rnwMCC15 of BSC - If parameter is given then parameter
Radio Network MCC is obligatory.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Multipoint A Interface for BSC (94) (optional) AND
Multi-operator BSS (122) (optional)
Related features
•
•
•
BSS21213: Multi-operator BSS
BSS20092: Multipoint A Interface for BSC
BSS21217: Multipoint A Load Balancing
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 48.008
MML Commands
E7N,E7R,E7L
MML Abbreviated Name
MNC
MML Full Name
mobile network code
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- false
ported
Table 287
8.164
mobile network code (MNC)
Parameter name
Radio Network MNC 16
Abbreviated name
rnwMNC16
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Table 288
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Radio Network MNC 15 (Cont.)
Radio Network MNC 16
Id:0900d805806ae475
391
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Description
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
The parameter determines the PLMN identifiers of the
radio networks to where the SPC can be connected in
multi-operator environment.
With this parameter you identify the Mobile Network Code
of a radio network.
By giving value 999 for the Radio Network MCC 1 - 16
and Radio Network MNC 1 - 16 parameters you can
remove an existing PLMN identifier from a PLMN list.
MNC length must be always three digits if MCC is 310,
311, 312, 313, 314, 315, 316, 334, 338, 342, 344, 346,
348, 376, 708, 722 or 732
NOTE:
MML Range:
0..99
0..999 OPTIONAL (Three digits MNC)
NetAct note:
Radio Network MCC 1 - Radio Network MCC 16 parameters need to be defined in numeric order. There must be
as many Radio Network MCC parameters defined as
Radio Network MNC parameters.
392
Additional information
-
Range
2...3
Step
-
Unit
characters
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
rnwMCC16 of BSC - If parameter is given then parameter
Radio Network MCC is obligatory.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Multipoint A Interface for BSC (94) (optional) AND
Multi-operator BSS (122) (optional)
Related features
•
•
•
BSS21213: Multi-operator BSS
BSS20092: Multipoint A Interface for BSC
BSS21217: Multipoint A Load Balancing
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 48.008
Table 288
Radio Network MNC 16 (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
MML Commands
E7N,E7R,E7L
MML Abbreviated Name
MNC
MML Full Name
mobile network code
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- false
ported
Table 288
8.165
Radio Network MNC 16 (Cont.)
mobile network code (MNC)
Parameter name
Radio Network MNC 2
Abbreviated name
rnwMNC2
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
The parameter determines the PLMN identifiers of the
radio networks to where the SPC can be connected in
multi-operator environment.
With this parameter you identify the Mobile Network Code
of a radio network.
By giving value 999 for the Radio Network MCC 1 - 16
and Radio Network MNC 1 - 16 parameters you can
remove an existing PLMN identifier from a PLMN list.
MNC length must be always three digits if MCC is 310,
311, 312, 313, 314, 315, 316, 334, 338, 342, 344, 346,
348, 376, 708, 722 or 732
NOTE:
MML Range:
0..99
0..999 OPTIONAL (Three digits MNC)
NetAct note:
Radio Network MCC 1 - Radio Network MCC 16 parameters need to be defined in numeric order. There must be
as many Radio Network MCC parameters defined as
Radio Network MNC parameters.
Additional information
-
Range
2...3
Step
-
Unit
characters
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Table 289
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Radio Network MNC 2
Id:0900d805806ae475
393
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
rnwMCC2 of BSC - If parameter is given then parameter
Radio Network MCC is obligatory.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Multipoint A Interface for BSC (94) (optional) AND
Multi-operator BSS (122) (optional)
Related features
•
•
•
BSS21213: Multi-operator BSS
BSS20092: Multipoint A Interface for BSC
BSS21217: Multipoint A Load Balancing
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 48.008
MML Commands
E7N,E7R,E7L
MML Abbreviated Name
MNC
MML Full Name
mobile network code
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- false
ported
Table 289
8.166
mobile network code (MNC)
Parameter name
Radio Network MNC 3
Abbreviated name
rnwMNC3
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Table 290
394
Radio Network MNC 2 (Cont.)
Radio Network MNC 3
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Description
The parameter determines the PLMN identifiers of the
radio networks to where the SPC can be connected in
multi-operator environment.
With this parameter you identify the Mobile Network Code
of a radio network.
By giving value 999 for the Radio Network MCC 1 - 16
and Radio Network MNC 1 - 16 parameters you can
remove an existing PLMN identifier from a PLMN list.
MNC length must be always three digits if MCC is 310,
311, 312, 313, 314, 315, 316, 334, 338, 342, 344, 346,
348, 376, 708, 722 or 732
NOTE:
MML Range:
0..99
0..999 OPTIONAL (Three digits MNC)
NetAct note:
Radio Network MCC 1 - Radio Network MCC 16 parameters need to be defined in numeric order. There must be
as many Radio Network MCC parameters defined as
Radio Network MNC parameters.
Additional information
-
Range
2...3
Step
-
Unit
characters
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
rnwMCC3 of BSC - If parameter is given then parameter
Radio Network MCC is obligatory.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Multipoint A Interface for BSC (94) (optional) AND
Multi-operator BSS (122) (optional)
Related features
•
•
•
BSS21213: Multi-operator BSS
BSS20092: Multipoint A Interface for BSC
BSS21217: Multipoint A Load Balancing
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 48.008
Table 290
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Radio Network MNC 3 (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806ae475
395
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
MML Commands
E7N,E7R,E7L
MML Abbreviated Name
MNC
MML Full Name
mobile network code
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- false
ported
Table 290
8.167
Radio Network MNC 3 (Cont.)
mobile network code (MNC)
Parameter name
Radio Network MNC 4
Abbreviated name
rnwMNC4
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
The parameter determines the PLMN identifiers of the
radio networks to where the SPC can be connected in
multi-operator environment.
With this parameter you identify the Mobile Network Code
of a radio network.
By giving value 999 for the Radio Network MCC 1 - 16
and Radio Network MNC 1 - 16 parameters you can
remove an existing PLMN identifier from a PLMN list.
MNC length must be always three digits if MCC is 310,
311, 312, 313, 314, 315, 316, 334, 338, 342, 344, 346,
348, 376, 708, 722 or 732
NOTE:
MML Range:
0..99
0..999 OPTIONAL (Three digits MNC)
NetAct note:
Radio Network MCC 1 - Radio Network MCC 16 parameters need to be defined in numeric order. There must be
as many Radio Network MCC parameters defined as
Radio Network MNC parameters.
Additional information
-
Range
2...3
Step
-
Unit
characters
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Table 291
396
Radio Network MNC 4
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
rnwMCC4 of BSC - If parameter is given then parameter
Radio Network MCC is obligatory.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Multipoint A Interface for BSC (94) (optional) AND
Multi-operator BSS (122) (optional)
Related features
•
•
•
BSS21213: Multi-operator BSS
BSS20092: Multipoint A Interface for BSC
BSS21217: Multipoint A Load Balancing
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 48.008
MML Commands
E7N,E7R,E7L
MML Abbreviated Name
MNC
MML Full Name
mobile network code
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- false
ported
Table 291
8.168
mobile network code (MNC)
Parameter name
Radio Network MNC 5
Abbreviated name
rnwMNC5
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Table 292
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Radio Network MNC 4 (Cont.)
Radio Network MNC 5
Id:0900d805806ae475
397
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Description
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
The parameter determines the PLMN identifiers of the
radio networks to where the SPC can be connected in
multi-operator environment.
With this parameter you identify the Mobile Network Code
of a radio network.
By giving value 999 for the Radio Network MCC 1 - 16
and Radio Network MNC 1 - 16 parameters you can
remove an existing PLMN identifier from a PLMN list.
MNC length must be always three digits if MCC is 310,
311, 312, 313, 314, 315, 316, 334, 338, 342, 344, 346,
348, 376, 708, 722 or 732
NOTE:
MML Range:
0..99
0..999 OPTIONAL (Three digits MNC)
NetAct note:
Radio Network MCC 1 - Radio Network MCC 16 parameters need to be defined in numeric order. There must be
as many Radio Network MCC parameters defined as
Radio Network MNC parameters.
Additional information
-
Range
2...3
Step
-
Unit
characters
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
rnwMCC5 of BSC - If parameter is given then parameter
Radio Network MCC is obligatory.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Multipoint A Interface for BSC (94) (optional) AND
Multi-operator BSS (122) (optional)
Related features
•
•
•
BSS21213: Multi-operator BSS
BSS20092: Multipoint A Interface for BSC
BSS21217: Multipoint A Load Balancing
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 48.008
Table 292
398
Radio Network MNC 5 (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
MML Commands
E7N,E7R,E7L
MML Abbreviated Name
MNC
MML Full Name
mobile network code
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- false
ported
Table 292
8.169
Radio Network MNC 5 (Cont.)
mobile network code (MNC)
Parameter name
Radio Network MNC 6
Abbreviated name
rnwMNC6
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
The parameter determines the PLMN identifiers of the
radio networks to where the SPC can be connected in
multi-operator environment.
With this parameter you identify the Mobile Network Code
of a radio network.
By giving value 999 for the Radio Network MCC 1 - 16
and Radio Network MNC 1 - 16 parameters you can
remove an existing PLMN identifier from a PLMN list.
MNC length must be always three digits if MCC is 310,
311, 312, 313, 314, 315, 316, 334, 338, 342, 344, 346,
348, 376, 708, 722 or 732
NOTE:
MML Range:
0..99
0..999 OPTIONAL (Three digits MNC)
NetAct note:
Radio Network MCC 1 - Radio Network MCC 16 parameters need to be defined in numeric order. There must be
as many Radio Network MCC parameters defined as
Radio Network MNC parameters.
Additional information
-
Range
2...3
Step
-
Unit
characters
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Table 293
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Radio Network MNC 6
Id:0900d805806ae475
399
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
rnwMCC6 of BSC - If parameter is given then parameter
Radio Network MCC is obligatory.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Multipoint A Interface for BSC (94) (optional) AND
Multi-operator BSS (122) (optional)
Related features
•
•
•
BSS21213: Multi-operator BSS
BSS20092: Multipoint A Interface for BSC
BSS21217: Multipoint A Load Balancing
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 48.008
MML Commands
E7N,E7R,E7L
MML Abbreviated Name
MNC
MML Full Name
mobile network code
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- false
ported
Table 293
8.170
mobile network code (MNC)
Parameter name
Radio Network MNC 7
Abbreviated name
rnwMNC7
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Table 294
400
Radio Network MNC 6 (Cont.)
Radio Network MNC 7
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Description
The parameter determines the PLMN identifiers of the
radio networks to where the SPC can be connected in
multi-operator environment.
With this parameter you identify the Mobile Network Code
of a radio network.
By giving value 999 for the Radio Network MCC 1 - 16
and Radio Network MNC 1 - 16 parameters you can
remove an existing PLMN identifier from a PLMN list.
MNC length must be always three digits if MCC is 310,
311, 312, 313, 314, 315, 316, 334, 338, 342, 344, 346,
348, 376, 708, 722 or 732
NOTE:
MML Range:
0..99
0..999 OPTIONAL (Three digits MNC)
NetAct note:
Radio Network MCC 1 - Radio Network MCC 16 parameters need to be defined in numeric order. There must be
as many Radio Network MCC parameters defined as
Radio Network MNC parameters.
Additional information
-
Range
2...3
Step
-
Unit
characters
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
rnwMCC7 of BSC - If parameter is given then parameter
Radio Network MCC is obligatory.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Multipoint A Interface for BSC (94) (optional) AND
Multi-operator BSS (122) (optional)
Related features
•
•
•
BSS21213: Multi-operator BSS
BSS20092: Multipoint A Interface for BSC
BSS21217: Multipoint A Load Balancing
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 48.008
Table 294
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Radio Network MNC 7 (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806ae475
401
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
MML Commands
E7N,E7R,E7L
MML Abbreviated Name
MNC
MML Full Name
mobile network code
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- false
ported
Table 294
8.171
Radio Network MNC 7 (Cont.)
mobile network code (MNC)
Parameter name
Radio Network MNC 8
Abbreviated name
rnwMNC8
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
The parameter determines the PLMN identifiers of the
radio networks to where the SPC can be connected in
multi-operator environment.
With this parameter you identify the Mobile Network Code
of a radio network.
By giving value 999 for the Radio Network MCC 1 - 16
and Radio Network MNC 1 - 16 parameters you can
remove an existing PLMN identifier from a PLMN list.
MNC length must be always three digits if MCC is 310,
311, 312, 313, 314, 315, 316, 334, 338, 342, 344, 346,
348, 376, 708, 722 or 732
NOTE:
MML Range:
0..99
0..999 OPTIONAL (Three digits MNC)
NetAct note:
Radio Network MCC 1 - Radio Network MCC 16 parameters need to be defined in numeric order. There must be
as many Radio Network MCC parameters defined as
Radio Network MNC parameters.
Additional information
-
Range
2...3
Step
-
Unit
characters
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Table 295
402
Radio Network MNC 8
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
rnwMCC8 of BSC - If parameter is given then parameter
Radio Network MCC is obligatory.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Multipoint A Interface for BSC (94) (optional) AND
Multi-operator BSS (122) (optional)
Related features
•
•
•
BSS21213: Multi-operator BSS
BSS20092: Multipoint A Interface for BSC
BSS21217: Multipoint A Load Balancing
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 48.008
MML Commands
E7N,E7R,E7L
MML Abbreviated Name
MNC
MML Full Name
mobile network code
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- false
ported
Table 295
8.172
mobile network code (MNC)
Parameter name
Radio Network MNC 9
Abbreviated name
rnwMNC9
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Table 296
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Radio Network MNC 8 (Cont.)
Radio Network MNC 9
Id:0900d805806ae475
403
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Description
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
The parameter determines the PLMN identifiers of the
radio networks to where the SPC can be connected in
multi-operator environment.
With this parameter you identify the Mobile Network Code
of a radio network.
By giving value 999 for the Radio Network MCC 1 - 16
and Radio Network MNC 1 - 16 parameters you can
remove an existing PLMN identifier from a PLMN list.
MNC length must be always three digits if MCC is 310,
311, 312, 313, 314, 315, 316, 334, 338, 342, 344, 346,
348, 376, 708, 722 or 732
NOTE:
MML Range:
0..99
0..999 OPTIONAL (Three digits MNC)
NetAct note:
Radio Network MCC 1 - Radio Network MCC 16 parameters need to be defined in numeric order. There must be
as many Radio Network MCC parameters defined as
Radio Network MNC parameters.
Additional information
-
Range
2...3
Step
-
Unit
characters
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
rnwMCC9 of BSC - If parameter is given then parameter
Radio Network MCC is obligatory.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Multipoint A Interface for BSC (94) (optional) AND
Multi-operator BSS (122) (optional)
Related features
•
•
•
BSS21213: Multi-operator BSS
BSS20092: Multipoint A Interface for BSC
BSS21217: Multipoint A Load Balancing
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 48.008
Table 296
404
Radio Network MNC 9 (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
MML Commands
E7N,E7R,E7L
MML Abbreviated Name
MNC
MML Full Name
mobile network code
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- false
ported
Table 296
8.173
Radio Network MNC 9 (Cont.)
MS distance behaviour (DISB)
Parameter name
MS Distance Behaviour
Abbreviated name
msDistanceBehaviour
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the executions allowed
after the Timing Advance has exceeded the threshold.
NOTE:
Range: 0..60, 255
0 (release immediately)
1 (1 s to try handover, release if handover does not
succeed)
.
.
.
60 (60 s to try handover, release if handover does not
succeed)
255 (no release, only handover attempts)
Additional information
-
Range
0...60
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
255
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Special value
no release, only handover attempts (255)
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Table 297
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
MS Distance Behaviour
Id:0900d805806ae475
405
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEM, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
DISB
MML Full Name
MS distance behaviour
Segment Level Parameter
-
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 297
8.174
MS Distance Behaviour (Cont.)
NACC enabled (NACC)
Parameter name
NACC Enabled
Abbreviated name
naccUsage
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the usage of NACC procedures. When enabled the MS (when in packet transfer
mode) may receive neighbour cell system information
messages in serving cell before the cell reselection is
executed. When enabled also the Packet SI Status
support is activated.
Additional information
-
Range
NACC is disabled (N) (0), NACC is enabled (Y) (1)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
gui ==> internal
NACC is disabled (N) ==> 0
NACC is enabled (Y) ==> 1
Default value
NACC is disabled (N) (0)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Table 298
406
NACC Enabled
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
NACC (Network Assisted Cell Change) (81)
Related features
•
BSS11112: Network Controlled Cell Reselection
(NCCR)
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEM, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
NACC
MML Full Name
NACC enabled
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 298
8.175
NCCR control mode (NCM)
Parameter name
NCCR Control Mode
Abbreviated name
nccrControlMode
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you enable or disable the NCCR in
the BSC. If NCCR is enabled then the MS in RR Packet
transfer mode and RR Packet idle mode sends neighbor
cell measurements to the network and the network
commands the MS to perform cell reselection. MS is in
NC2 mode. If NCCR is disabled then the MS will make an
autonomous cell reselection. MS is in NC0 mode.
Additional information
-
Range
NCCR is disabled for all mobile stations. (0), NCCR is
enabled for release 97 onwards MS (1), NCCR is enabled
for release 99 onwards MS (2), NCCR is enabled for
release 4 onwards MS (3), NCCR is enabled for all
mobile stations. (4)
Step
-
Unit
-
Table 299
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
NACC Enabled (Cont.)
NCCR Control Mode
Id:0900d805806ae475
407
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Formula for getting internal
value
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
gui ==> internal
NCCR is disabled for all mobile stations. ==> 0
NCCR is enabled for release 97 onwards MS ==> 1
NCCR is enabled for release 99 onwards MS ==> 2
NCCR is enabled for release 4 onwards MS ==> 3
NCCR is enabled for all mobile stations. ==> 4
Default value
NCCR is disabled for all mobile stations. (0)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
NC Cell Re-selection (85)
Related features
•
BSS11112: Network Controlled Cell Reselection
(NCCR)
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 44.018, 44.060, 45.008
MML Commands
EEM, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
NCM
MML Full Name
NCCR control mode
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 299
8.176
NCCR idle mode reporting period (NIRP)
Parameter name
NCCR Idle Mode Reporting Period
Abbreviated name
nccrIdleModeRepPeriod
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the Network Control (NC)
measurement reporting period for the MSS in RR Packet
Idle mode.
Additional information
-
Table 300
408
NCCR Control Mode (Cont.)
NCCR Idle Mode Reporting Period
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Range
0.48 s (0), 0.96 s (1), 1.92 s (2), 3.84 s (3), 7.68 s (4),
15.36 s (5), 30.72 s (6), 61.44 s (7)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
gui ==> internal
0.48 s ==> 0
0.96 s ==> 1
1.92 s ==> 2
3.84 s ==> 3
7.68 s ==> 4
15.36 s ==> 5
30.72 s ==> 6
61.44 s ==> 7
Default value
15.36 s (5)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
NC Cell Re-selection (85)
Related features
•
BSS11112: Network Controlled Cell Reselection
(NCCR)
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 44.018, 44.060, 45.008
MML Commands
EEM, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
NIRP
MML Full Name
NCCR idle mode reporting period
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 300
8.177
NCCR neighbor cell penalty (NNCP)
Parameter name
NCCR Neighbor Cell Penalty
Abbreviated name
nccrNeighborCellPenalty
Table 301
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
NCCR Idle Mode Reporting Period (Cont.)
NCCR Neighbor Cell Penalty
Id:0900d805806ae475
409
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the penalty time for a
neighbor cell after a NCCR to that cell has failed.
Additional information
-
Range
1...60
Step
1
Unit
s
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
6s
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
NC Cell Re-selection (85)
Related features
•
BSS11112: Network Controlled Cell Reselection
(NCCR)
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEM, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
NNCP
MML Full Name
NCCR neighbor cell penalty
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 301
8.178
410
NCCR Neighbor Cell Penalty (Cont.)
NCCR return to old cell time (NOCT)
Parameter name
NCCR Return To Old Cell Time
Abbreviated name
nccrReturnOldCellTime
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Table 302
NCCR Return To Old Cell Time
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Description
With this parameter you define the start value for a timer
that together with another timer (NCCR target cell penalty
time) counteracts the "Ping-Pong" effect.
Additional information
-
Range
5...20
Step
1
Unit
s
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
10 s
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
NC Cell Re-selection (85)
Related features
•
BSS20117: TCSM3i Support in BSC
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEM, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
NOCT
MML Full Name
NCCR return to old cell time
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 302
8.179
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
NCCR Return To Old Cell Time (Cont.)
NCCR target cell penalty time (NTPT)
Parameter name
NCCR Target Cell Penalty Time
Abbreviated name
nccrTargetCellPenalty
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Table 303
NCCR Target Cell Penalty Time
Id:0900d805806ae475
411
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Description
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
With this parameter you define the time during which
NCCR is not allowed for a mobile station that has been
ordered to select another cell and has returned from that
cell to the original cell.
Together with another timer (NCCR Return To Old Cell
Time) counteracts the "Ping-Pong" effect.
Additional information
-
Range
5...60
Step
1
Unit
s
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
10 s
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
NC Cell Re-selection (85)
Related features
•
BSS11112: Network Controlled Cell Reselection
(NCCR)
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEM, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
NTPT
MML Full Name
NCCR target cell penalty time
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 303
8.180
NCCR transfer mode reporting period (NTRP)
Parameter name
NCCR Transfer Mode Reporting Period
Abbreviated name
nccrTraModeRepPeriod
Managed object
BSC
Table 304
412
NCCR Target Cell Penalty Time (Cont.)
NCCR Transfer Mode Reporting Period
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the Network Control (NC)
measurement reporting period for the MSS in RR Packet
Transfer mode.
Additional information
-
Range
0.48 s (0), 0.96 s (1), 1.92 s (2), 3.84 s (3), 7.68 s (4),
15.36 s (5), 30.72 s (6), 61.44 s (7)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
gui ==> internal
0.48 s ==> 0
0.96 s ==> 1
1.92 s ==> 2
3.84 s ==> 3
7.68 s ==> 4
15.36 s ==> 5
30.72 s ==> 6
61.44 s ==> 7
Default value
0.48 s (0)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
NC Cell Re-selection (85)
Related features
•
BSS11112: Network Controlled Cell Reselection
(NCCR)
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 44.018, 44.060, 45.008
MML Commands
EEM, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
NTRP
MML Full Name
NCCR transfer mode reporting period
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 304
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
NCCR Transfer Mode Reporting Period (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806ae475
413
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
8.181
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
NRI (NRI list)
Parameter name
NRI List 1
Abbreviated name
nriList1
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define NRI List 1.
MML NOTE: Required on creation: optional
Additional information
-
Range
0...1023
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
65535
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Special value
Not used (65535)
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
csNriLength of BSC - When CS NRI Length is changed
from 0 (default value), none of the NRI values (NRI List 1,
NRI List 2, NRI List 3, NRI List 4, NRI List 5, NRI List 6,
NRI List 7, NRI List 8, NRI List 9, NRI List 10) must not
exceed the decimal value range which CS NRI Length
indicates.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
•
BSS20092: Multipoint A Interface for BSC
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 23.236
MML Commands
E7I,E7M,E7D
MML Abbreviated Name
NRI list
MML Full Name
NRI
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- false
ported
Table 305
414
NRI List 1
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
8.182
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
NRI (NRI list)
Parameter name
NRI List 10
Abbreviated name
nriList10
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define NRI List 10.
MML NOTE: Required on creation: optional
Additional information
-
Range
0...1023
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
65535
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Special value
Not used (65535)
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
csNriLength of BSC - When CS NRI Length is changed
from 0 (default value), none of the NRI values (NRI List 1,
NRI List 2, NRI List 3, NRI List 4, NRI List 5, NRI List 6,
NRI List 7, NRI List 8, NRI List 9, NRI List 10) must not
exceed the decimal value range which CS NRI Length
indicates.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
•
BSS20092: Multipoint A Interface for BSC
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 23.236
MML Commands
E7I,E7M,E7D
MML Abbreviated Name
NRI list
MML Full Name
NRI
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- false
ported
Table 306
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
NRI List 10
Id:0900d805806ae475
415
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
8.183
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
NRI (NRI list)
Parameter name
NRI List 2
Abbreviated name
nriList2
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define NRI List 2.
MML NOTE: Required on creation: optional
Additional information
-
Range
0...1023
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
65535
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Special value
Not used (65535)
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
csNriLength of BSC - When CS NRI Length is changed
from 0 (default value), none of the NRI values (NRI List 1,
NRI List 2, NRI List 3, NRI List 4, NRI List 5, NRI List 6,
NRI List 7, NRI List 8, NRI List 9, NRI List 10) must not
exceed the decimal value range which CS NRI Length
indicates.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
•
BSS20092: Multipoint A Interface for BSC
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 23.236
MML Commands
E7I,E7M,E7D
MML Abbreviated Name
NRI list
MML Full Name
NRI
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- false
ported
Table 307
416
NRI List 2
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
8.184
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
NRI (NRI list)
Parameter name
NRI List 3
Abbreviated name
nriList3
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define NRI List 3.
MML NOTE: Required on creation: optional
Additional information
-
Range
0...1023
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
65535
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Special value
Not used (65535)
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
csNriLength of BSC - When CS NRI Length is changed
from 0 (default value), none of the NRI values (NRI List 1,
NRI List 2, NRI List 3, NRI List 4, NRI List 5, NRI List 6,
NRI List 7, NRI List 8, NRI List 9, NRI List 10) must not
exceed the decimal value range which CS NRI Length
indicates.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
•
BSS20092: Multipoint A Interface for BSC
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 23.236
MML Commands
E7I,E7M,E7D
MML Abbreviated Name
NRI list
MML Full Name
NRI
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- false
ported
Table 308
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
NRI List 3
Id:0900d805806ae475
417
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
8.185
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
NRI (NRI list)
Parameter name
NRI List 4
Abbreviated name
nriList4
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define NRI List 4.
MML NOTE: Required on creation: optional
Additional information
-
Range
0...1023
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
65535
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Special value
Not used (65535)
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
csNriLength of BSC - When CS NRI Length is changed
from 0 (default value), none of the NRI values (NRI List 1,
NRI List 2, NRI List 3, NRI List 4, NRI List 5, NRI List 6,
NRI List 7, NRI List 8, NRI List 9, NRI List 10) must not
exceed the decimal value range which CS NRI Length
indicates.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
•
BSS20092: Multipoint A Interface for BSC
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 23.236
MML Commands
E7I,E7M,E7D
MML Abbreviated Name
NRI list
MML Full Name
NRI
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- false
ported
Table 309
418
NRI List 4
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
8.186
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
NRI (NRI list)
Parameter name
NRI List 5
Abbreviated name
nriList5
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define NRI List 5.
MML NOTE: Required on creation: optional
Additional information
-
Range
0...1023
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
65535
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Special value
Not used (65535)
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
csNriLength of BSC - When CS NRI Length is changed
from 0 (default value), none of the NRI values (NRI List 1,
NRI List 2, NRI List 3, NRI List 4, NRI List 5, NRI List 6,
NRI List 7, NRI List 8, NRI List 9, NRI List 10) must not
exceed the decimal value range which CS NRI Length
indicates.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
•
BSS20092: Multipoint A Interface for BSC
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 23.236
MML Commands
E7I,E7M,E7D
MML Abbreviated Name
NRI list
MML Full Name
NRI
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- false
ported
Table 310
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
NRI List 5
Id:0900d805806ae475
419
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
8.187
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
NRI (NRI list)
Parameter name
NRI List 6
Abbreviated name
nriList6
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define NRI List 6.
MML NOTE: Required on creation: optional
Additional information
-
Range
0...1023
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
65535
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Special value
Not used (65535)
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
csNriLength of BSC - When CS NRI Length is changed
from 0 (default value), none of the NRI values (NRI List 1,
NRI List 2, NRI List 3, NRI List 4, NRI List 5, NRI List 6,
NRI List 7, NRI List 8, NRI List 9, NRI List 10) must not
exceed the decimal value range which CS NRI Length
indicates.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
•
BSS20092: Multipoint A Interface for BSC
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 23.236
MML Commands
E7I,E7M,E7D
MML Abbreviated Name
NRI list
MML Full Name
NRI
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- false
ported
Table 311
420
NRI List 6
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
8.188
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
NRI (NRI list)
Parameter name
NRI List 7
Abbreviated name
nriList7
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define NRI List 7.
MML NOTE: Required on creation: optional
Additional information
-
Range
0...1023
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
65535
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Special value
Not used (65535)
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
csNriLength of BSC - When CS NRI Length is changed
from 0 (default value), none of the NRI values (NRI List 1,
NRI List 2, NRI List 3, NRI List 4, NRI List 5, NRI List 6,
NRI List 7, NRI List 8, NRI List 9, NRI List 10) must not
exceed the decimal value range which CS NRI Length
indicates.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
•
BSS20092: Multipoint A Interface for BSC
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 23.236
MML Commands
E7I,E7M,E7D
MML Abbreviated Name
NRI list
MML Full Name
NRI
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- false
ported
Table 312
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
NRI List 7
Id:0900d805806ae475
421
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
8.189
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
NRI (NRI list)
Parameter name
NRI List 8
Abbreviated name
nriList8
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define NRI List 8.
MML NOTE: Required on creation: optional
Additional information
-
Range
0...1023
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
65535
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Special value
Not used (65535)
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
csNriLength of BSC - When CS NRI Length is changed
from 0 (default value), none of the NRI values (NRI List 1,
NRI List 2, NRI List 3, NRI List 4, NRI List 5, NRI List 6,
NRI List 7, NRI List 8, NRI List 9, NRI List 10) must not
exceed the decimal value range which CS NRI Length
indicates.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
•
BSS20092: Multipoint A Interface for BSC
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 23.236
MML Commands
E7I,E7M,E7D
MML Abbreviated Name
NRI list
MML Full Name
NRI
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- false
ported
Table 313
422
NRI List 8
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
8.190
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
NRI (NRI list)
Parameter name
NRI List 9
Abbreviated name
nriList9
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define NRI List 9.
MML NOTE: Required on creation: optional
Additional information
-
Range
0...1023
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
65535
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Special value
Not used (65535)
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
csNriLength of BSC - When CS NRI Length is changed
from 0 (default value), none of the NRI values (NRI List 1,
NRI List 2, NRI List 3, NRI List 4, NRI List 5, NRI List 6,
NRI List 7, NRI List 8, NRI List 9, NRI List 10) must not
exceed the decimal value range which CS NRI Length
indicates.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
•
BSS20092: Multipoint A Interface for BSC
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 23.236
MML Commands
E7I,E7M,E7D
MML Abbreviated Name
NRI list
MML Full Name
NRI
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- false
ported
Table 314
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
NRI List 9
Id:0900d805806ae475
423
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
8.191
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Null NRI (NULLNRI)
Parameter name
CS Null-NRI
Abbreviated name
csNullNri
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define CS Null-NRI.
This value can be defined for each MSC/MSS
Additional information
-
Range
0...1023
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
65535
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Special value
Not Used (65535)
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
csNriLength of BSC - When CS NRI Length is changed
from 0 (default value), none of the NRI values (NRI List 1,
NRI List 2, NRI List 3, NRI List 4, NRI List 5, NRI List 6,
NRI List 7, NRI List 8, NRI List 9, NRI List 10, Null-NRI)
must not exceed the decimal value range which CS NRI
Length indicates.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Multipoint A Interface for BSC (94)
Related features
•
•
BSS20092: Multipoint A Interface for BSC
BSS21217: Multipoint A Load Balancing
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 23.236
MML Commands
E7I, E7A, E7D, E7M
MML Abbreviated Name
NULLNRI
MML Full Name
Null NRI
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- false
ported
Table 315
424
CS Null-NRI
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
8.192
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
number of ignored transcoder failures (ITCF)
Parameter name
Number Of Ignored Transcoder Failures
Abbreviated name
callReleaseLimit
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define how many successive
remote transcoder failures the BSC may receive before it
releases the call.
Additional information
-
Range
0...5
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
0
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEQ, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
ITCF
MML Full Name
number of ignored transcoder failures
Segment Level Parameter
-
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 316
8.193
Number Of Ignored Transcoder Failures
number of preferred cells (NPC)
Parameter name
Table 317
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Number Of Preferred Cells
Number Of Preferred Cells
Id:0900d805806ae475
425
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Abbreviated name
noOfPrefCells
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the maximum number of
preferred cell identifiers that the BSC sends to the MSC
in the HANDOVER_ REQUIRED message.
Additional information
-
Range
1...16
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
3
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 48.008
MML Commands
EEM. EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
NPC
MML Full Name
number of preferred cells
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 317
8.194
penalty trigger measurement period (PTMP)
Parameter name
Penalty Trigger Measurement Period
Abbreviated name
triggerMeasPeriod
Managed object
BSC
Table 318
426
Number Of Preferred Cells (Cont.)
Penalty Trigger Measurement Period
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the length of the period
during which the latest Inter-System Handover counters
are used, if the WCDMA RAN Service Area and neighbour WCDMA RAN cell penalty triggering are used.
According to the value of this parameter, the BSC calculates how many successful incoming Inter-System Handovers have occurred per each Service Area and how
many unsuccessful outgoing inter-system handover
attempts have occurred per each neighbour WCDMA
RAN cell during the latest measurement period.
Note for MML:
range:
2...254 (seconds) by 2 second steps OR N
special value N = WCDMA RAN service area and neighbour WCDMA RAN cell penalty triggering is disabled
Additional information
-
Range
2...254
Step
2
Unit
seconds
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
128 seconds
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Special value
Disabled (0)
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEM, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
PTMP
MML Full Name
penalty trigger measurement period
Segment Level Parameter
-
Inter System HO (ISHO Support In BSC) (56)
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 318
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Penalty Trigger Measurement Period (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806ae475
427
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
8.195
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
PFC ack BLER limit for transfer delay 1 (ABL1)
Parameter name
PFC Ack BLER Limit For Transfer Delay 1
Abbreviated name
pfcAckBlerLimit_notAvailable
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the maximum block error
rate for PFCs for which the transfer delay is not available.
This parameter is only valid for a PCU supporting EQoS
feature.
Additional information
-
Range
0...100
Step
1
Unit
%
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
90 %
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
BSC GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in BSC)
(39) (optional) OR Enhanced GPRS (EGPRS)
Usage (51) (optional)
Related features
•
BSS11111: Enhanced Quality of Service, EQoS
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEV, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
ABL1
MML Full Name
PFC ack BLER limit for transfer delay 1
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 319
428
PFC Ack BLER Limit For Transfer Delay 1
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
8.196
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
PFC unack BLER limit for SDU error ratio 1 (UBL1)
Parameter name
PFC Unack BLER Limit For SDU Error Ratio 1
Abbreviated name
pfcUnackBlerLimit_notAvailable
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the maximum block error
rate for PFCs for which the SDU Error Ratio is not available. This parameter is only valid for a PCU supporting
EQoS feature.
Additional information
-
Range
0...250
Step
1
Unit
per mil
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
20 per mil
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
BSC GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in BSC)
(39) (optional) OR Enhanced GPRS (EGPRS)
Usage (51) (optional)
Related features
•
BSS11111: Enhanced Quality of Service, EQoS
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEV, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
UBL1
MML Full Name
PFC unack BLER limit for SDU error ratio 1
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 320
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
PFC Unack BLER Limit For SDU Error Ratio 1
Id:0900d805806ae475
429
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
8.197
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
pre-emption usage in handover (PRE)
Parameter name
Pre-Emption Usage In Handover
Abbreviated name
preemptionUsageInHO
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define if the pre-emption feature
is applied or not in handovers.
Additional information
-
Range
the pre-emption is not applied in handover (N) (0), the
pre-emption is applied in handover (Y) (1)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
gui ==> internal
the pre-emption is not applied in handover (N) ==> 0
the pre-emption is applied in handover (Y) ==> 1
Default value
the pre-emption is applied in handover (Y) (1)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEQ, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
PRE
MML Full Name
pre-emption usage in handover
Segment Level Parameter
-
Preempt Usage In BSC (68)
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 321
430
Pre-Emption Usage In Handover
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
8.198
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
priority level (PR)
Parameter name
Priority Level
Abbreviated name
pieToSubscriber
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the priority level to which
a certain subscriber type is to be attached.
Additional information
-
Range
0...14
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
pieToSubscriberType of BSC - If parameter is given, then
parameter Subscriber Type is obligatory.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
-
References
-
MML Commands
EET
MML Abbreviated Name
PR
MML Full Name
priority level
Segment Level Parameter
-
Improved Trunk Reservation (19)
File Based Provisioning sup- false
ported
Table 322
8.199
PSE overload alarm threshold (POAT)
Parameter name
PSE Overload Alarm Threshold
Abbreviated name
pseOverlAlarmThresh
Table 323
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Priority Level
PSE Overload Alarm Threshold
Id:0900d805806ae475
431
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
Threshold for the PSE overloaded alarm. With this
parameter you can change the response of the alarm.
The smaller the value of this parameter is, the more sensitive the BSC is to set the alarm.
Additional information
-
Range
20...100
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
75
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Packet Control Unit (PCU2) pooling (97)
Related features
•
BSS20106: Packet Control Unit (PCU2) pooling
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEQ
MML Abbreviated Name
POAT
MML Full Name
PSE overload alarm threshold
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 323
8.200
PSE PCU selection algorithm threshold (PSAT)
Parameter name
PSE PCU Selection Algorithm Threshold
Abbreviated name
pcuSelectionThresh
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Table 324
432
PSE Overload Alarm Threshold (Cont.)
PSE PCU Selection Algorithm Threshold
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Description
Threshold for the PCU selection algorithm. With this
parameter you can change the behavior of the PCU
selection algorithm. The smaller the value of this parameter is, the more sensitive the algorithm is to move
cells/DAPs.
Additional information
-
Range
20...95
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
65
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Packet Control Unit (PCU2) pooling (97)
Related features
•
BSS20106: Packet Control Unit (PCU2) pooling
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEQ
MML Abbreviated Name
PSAT
MML Full Name
PSE PCU selection algorithm threshold
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 324
8.201
public served count (PSC)
Parameter name
Public Served Count
Abbreviated name
publicServCount
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Table 325
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
PSE PCU Selection Algorithm Threshold (Cont.)
Public Served Count
Id:0900d805806ae475
433
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Description
With this parameter you define how many public users
must be served before a WPS user can be served. This
parameter is applied in traffic channel allocation when the
WPS users already have WPS priority capacity in use
and more than WPS preference capacity of the rest of the
cell's resources are in use. Value 0 indicates that all the
idle resources of a cell can be allocated to successive
WPS calls without any restrictions.
Additional information
-
Range
0...10
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
3
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEQ,EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
PSC
MML Full Name
public served count
Segment Level Parameter
-
Wireless Priority Service (WPS) In Use In BSC (71)
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 325
8.202
QC NCCR action trigger threshold (QCATN)
Parameter name
QC NCCR Action Trigger Threshold
Abbreviated name
qcActionTriggerThr_nccr
Managed object
BSC
Table 326
434
Public Served Count (Cont.)
QC NCCR Action Trigger Threshold
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the Quality Control NCCR
action trigger threshold.
Additional information
-
Range
0...1000
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
100
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
BSC GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in BSC)
(39) (optional) OR Enhanced GPRS (EGPRS)
Usage (51) (optional)
Related features
•
BSS11111: Enhanced Quality of Service, EQoS
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEV, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
QCATN
MML Full Name
QC NCCR action trigger threshold
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 326
8.203
QC reallocation action trigger threshold (QCATR)
Parameter name
QC Reallocation Action Trigger Threshold
Abbreviated name
qcActionTriggerThr_realloca
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Table 327
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
QC NCCR Action Trigger Threshold (Cont.)
QC Reallocation Action Trigger Threshold
Id:0900d805806ae475
435
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Description
With this parameter you define the Quality Control reallocation action trigger threshold.
Additional information
-
Range
0...1000
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
25
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
BSC GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in BSC)
(39) (optional) OR Enhanced GPRS (EGPRS)
Usage (51) (optional)
Related features
•
BSS11111: Enhanced Quality of Service, EQoS
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEV, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
QCATR
MML Full Name
QC reallocation action trigger threshold
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 327
8.204
RNC to SPC mapping info (RNC)
Parameter name
RNC to SPC
Abbreviated name
rncToSpc
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
16
Description
RNC identification mapping to the signaling point
code in the Iur-g interface
Table 328
436
QC Reallocation Action Trigger Threshold (Cont.)
RNC to SPC mapping info
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Additional information
-
Child parameters
– rncId
– spc
Formula for getting
internal value
-
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Modification
Not modifiable
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
•
BSS21527: Load reporting to TD-RNC over IurG
Interfaces
•
BSC <-> RNC
References
•
NSN reference: BSS21527: Load reporting to
TD-RNC over Iur-G
MML Commands
EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
RNC
MML Full Name
RNC to SPC mapping info
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning
supported
false
Table 328
8.205
RNC to SPC mapping info (Cont.)
RNC ID (RNCID)
Parameter name
RNC ID
Abbreviated name
rncId
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
The radio network controller that is connected to
certain signaling point code in the Iur-g interface
Additional information
-
Table 329
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
RNC ID
Id:0900d805806ae475
437
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Range
1...4095
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting
internal value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
65535
Default value notes
not used
Required on Creation
optional
Special value
Not used (65535)
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
•
BSS21527: Load reporting to TD-RNC over IurG
Interfaces
•
BSC <-> RNC
References
•
NSN reference: BSS21527: Load reporting to
TD-RNC over Iur-G
MML Commands
EEN,EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
RNCID
MML Full Name
RNC ID
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning
supported
false
Table 329
8.206
438
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
RNC ID (Cont.)
RNW configuration Identification (RNW ID)
Parameter name
RNW Configuration Identification
Abbreviated name
rnwConfId
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Table 330
RNW Configuration Identification
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Description
RNW Configuration Identification identifies the active
configuration. It is copied from Plan Configuration Identification in activation phase.
Additional information
-
Range
1...2147483647
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Special value
Not defined (0)
Related functions
-
Modification
Not modifiable
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
•
BSS20012: File Based RNW Plan Provisioning
Interfaces
•
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEE
MML Abbreviated Name
RNW ID
MML Full Name
RNW configuration Identification
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- false
ported
Table 330
8.207
RNW fallback configuration identification (FB ID)
Parameter name
RNW Fallback Configuration Identification
Abbreviated name
rnwFallbackConfId
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Table 331
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
RNW Configuration Identification (Cont.)
RNW Fallback Configuration Identification
Id:0900d805806ae475
439
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Description
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
RNW Fallback Configuration Identification identifies the
fallback configuration. It is copied from RNW Plan Configuration Identification in activation phase.
When fallback activation is started, RNW Fallback Configuration Identification is used to check that operator
gives right identification of fallback.
Additional information
-
Range
1...2147483647
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Special value
Not defined (0)
Related functions
-
Modification
Not modifiable
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
•
BSS20012: File Based RNW Plan Provisioning
Interfaces
•
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEE
MML Abbreviated Name
FB ID
MML Full Name
RNW fallback configuration identification
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- false
ported
Table 331
8.208
RNW plan configuration identification (PLAN ID)
Parameter name
RNW Plan Configuration Identification
Abbreviated name
rnwPlanConfId
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Table 332
440
RNW Fallback Configuration Identification (Cont.)
RNW Plan Configuration Identification
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Description
With this parameter you identify RNW Plan Configuration.
RNW Configuration Identification for plan database is
defined when plan is downloaded.
When plan validation, activation or interruption is started
by operator, RNW Plan Configuration Identifigation is
used to check that operator gives right identification of
plan.
Additional information
-
Range
1...2147483647
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Special value
Not defined (0)
Related functions
-
Modification
Not modifiable
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
•
BSS20012: File Based RNW Plan Provisioning
Interfaces
•
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEE
MML Abbreviated Name
PLAN ID
MML Full Name
RNW plan configuration identification
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- false
ported
Table 332
8.209
RNW plan database state
Parameter name
RNW Plan Database State
Abbreviated name
rnwPlanDatabaseState
Managed object
BSC
Table 333
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
RNW Plan Configuration Identification (Cont.)
RNW Plan Database State
Id:0900d805806ae475
441
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Multiplicity
1
Description
Parameter defines the state of the RNW plan database.
State information is available only for the RNW plan database.
States for the RNW plan database are:
CLEAR (RNW plan does not exist)
DOWNLOADING (download is ongoing)
DOWNLOAD_INIT (initialization of RNW Plan database
is ongoing)
DOWNLOADED ( RNW plan is downloaded; database is
initialized and changes of the plan are made to database)
VALIDATING (validation of the plan database is ongoing)
VALIDATING_NO_INT (validation of the plan database is
ongoing, BSC Radio Network configuration changes are
denied)
VALIDATED (validation is done; RNW plan database is
ready to be activated)
ACTIVATING (activation of the plan database is ongoing)
ACTIVATED (RNW plan is activated)
INTERRUPTED (activation is interrupted by operator)
FALLBACK_ACT (fallback activation ongoing)
ACT_INIT (fallback copy is dumped to disk)
FALLBACK_INIT (fallback copy is loaded to memory)
INTERRUPTED_BY_SYSTEM (activation interrupted by
system; only fallback activation allowed in that state)
Additional information
-
Range
CLEAR (0), DOWNLOADING (1), DOWNLOAD_INIT (2),
DOWNLOADED (3), VALIDATING (4),
VALIDATING_NO_INT (5), VALIDATED (6), ACTIVATING (7), ACTIVATED (8), INTERRUPTED (9),
FALLBACK_ACT (10), ACT_INIT (11), FALLBACK_INIT
(12), INTERRUPTED_BY_SYSTEM (13)
Step
-
Unit
-
Table 333
442
RNW Plan Database State (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Formula for getting internal
value
gui ==> internal
CLEAR ==> 0
DOWNLOADING ==> 1
DOWNLOAD_INIT ==> 2
DOWNLOADED ==> 3
VALIDATING ==> 4
VALIDATING_NO_INT ==> 5
VALIDATED ==> 6
ACTIVATING ==> 7
ACTIVATED ==> 8
INTERRUPTED ==> 9
FALLBACK_ACT ==> 10
ACT_INIT ==> 11
FALLBACK_INIT ==> 12
INTERRUPTED_BY_SYSTEM ==> 13
Default value
CLEAR (0)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
Not modifiable
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
•
BSS20012: File Based RNW Plan Provisioning
Interfaces
•
BSC -> RAC
References
-
MML Commands
EEK, EEE
MML Abbreviated Name
-
MML Full Name
RNW plan database state
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- false
ported
Table 333
8.210
RX antenna supervision period (RXANT)
Parameter name
RX Antenna Supervision Period
Abbreviated name
rxAntSupPer
Table 334
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
RNW Plan Database State (Cont.)
RX Antenna Supervision Period
Id:0900d805806ae475
443
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the time, in minutes, that
the BTS uses for the internal RX antenna supervision.
Additional information
-
Range
15...65534
Step
1
Unit
min
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
65535 min
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Special value
internal supervision is not performed (65535)
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEQ, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
RXANT
MML Full Name
RX antenna supervision period
Segment Level Parameter
-
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 334
8.211
444
RX Antenna Supervision Period (Cont.)
RX level balance (RXBAL)
Parameter name
RX Level Balance
Abbreviated name
rxLevBalance
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Table 335
RX Level Balance
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Description
With this parameter you define the balance between the
downlink signal level and the uplink signal level within the
BSC coverage area. Value 5 dB means that the downlink
signal is 5 dB stronger than the uplink signal.
Additional information
-
Range
0...20
Step
1
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
5 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEQ, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
RXBAL
MML Full Name
RX level balance
Segment Level Parameter
-
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 335
8.212
RX level based TCH access (RXTA)
Parameter name
RX Level Based TCH Access
Abbreviated name
rxLevelBasedTchAccess
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Table 336
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
RX Level Balance (Cont.)
RX Level Based TCH Access
Id:0900d805806ae475
445
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Description
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
This parameter is used to determine whether TCH
access is based on downlink RX level.
NOTE:
MML range:
0 = RX level based TCH access is not used
1 = RX level based TCH access is used in call setup
2 = RX level based TCH access is used in call setup and
in handovers
Additional information
-
Range
Not Used (0), Used In Call Setup (1), Used In Call Setup
And In Handovers (2)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
gui ==> internal
Not Used ==> 0
Used In Call Setup ==> 1
Used In Call Setup And In Handovers ==> 2
Default value
Not Used (0)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
•
BSS20002: Cingular 38 RxLev Min Access
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEQ, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
RXTA
MML Full Name
RX level based TCH access
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 336
446
RX Level Based TCH Access (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
8.213
RX quality limit MS multislot pwr prof 0 with 2 UL TSL
(RL02)
Parameter name
RX Quality Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 0 With 2 UL TSL
Abbreviated name
rxqualLimitUL_Prof0_2tsl
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
This parameter indicates the RX quality limit for MS multislot power profile 0 when allocating 2 uplink TSLs. The
measured RX quality value is compared to the value of
this parameter when defining how many uplink TSLs can
be allocated. If the RX quality limit is set high, power
reduction is not taken into account so strictly in channel
allocation.
Additional information
-
Range
0...8
Step
1
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
5 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
BSC GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in BSC)
(39) (optional) OR Enhanced GPRS (EGPRS)
Usage (51) (optional)
Related features
•
•
BSS20089: Extended Dynamic Allocation
BSS20084: High Multislot Classes
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEJ, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
RL02
MML Full Name
RX quality limit MS multislot pwr prof 0 with 2 UL TSL
Segment Level Parameter
-
Table 337
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
RX Quality Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 0 With 2 UL TSL
Id:0900d805806ae475
447
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 337
8.214
RX quality limit MS multislot pwr prof 0 with 3 UL TSL
(RL03)
Parameter name
RX Quality Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 0 With 3 UL TSL
Abbreviated name
rxqualLimitUL_Prof0_3tsl
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
This parameter indicates the RX quality limit for MS multislot power profile 0 when allocating 3 uplink TSLs. The
measured RX quality value is compared to the value of
this parameter when defining how many uplink TSLs can
be allocated. If the RX quality limit is set high, power
reduction is not taken into account so strictly in channel
allocation.
Additional information
-
Range
0...8
Step
1
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
3 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
BSC GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in BSC)
(39) (optional) OR Enhanced GPRS (EGPRS)
Usage (51) (optional)
Related features
•
•
BSS20089: Extended Dynamic Allocation
BSS20084: High Multislot Classes
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEJ, EEO
Table 338
448
RX Quality Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 0 With 2 UL TSL (Cont.)
RX Quality Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 0 With 3 UL TSL
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
MML Abbreviated Name
RL03
MML Full Name
RX quality limit MS multislot pwr prof 0 with 3 UL TSL
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 338
8.215
RX quality limit MS multislot pwr prof 0 with 4 UL TSL
(RL04)
Parameter name
RX Quality Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 0 With 4 UL TSL
Abbreviated name
rxqualLimitUL_Prof0_4tsl
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
This parameter indicates the RX quality limit for MS multislot power profile 0 when allocating 4 uplink TSLs. The
measured RX quality value is compared to the value of
this parameter when defining how many uplink TSLs can
be allocated. If the RX quality limit is set high, power
reduction is not taken into account so strictly in channel
allocation.
Additional information
-
Range
0...8
Step
1
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
1 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
BSC GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in BSC)
(39) (optional) OR Enhanced GPRS (EGPRS)
Usage (51) (optional)
Related features
•
•
BSS20089: Extended Dynamic Allocation
BSS20084: High Multislot Classes
Table 339
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
RX Quality Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 0 With 3 UL TSL (Cont.)
RX Quality Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 0 With 4 UL TSL
Id:0900d805806ae475
449
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEJ, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
RL04
MML Full Name
RX quality limit MS multislot pwr prof 0 with 4 UL TSL
Segment Level Parameter
-
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 339
8.216
RX quality limit MS multislot pwr prof 1 with 2 UL TSL
(RL12)
Parameter name
RX Quality Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 1 With 2 UL TSL
Abbreviated name
rxqualLimitUL_Prof1_2tsl
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
This parameter indicates the RX quality limit for MS multislot power profile 1 when allocating 2 uplink TSLs. The
measured RX quality value is compared to the value of
this parameter when defining how many uplink TSLs can
be allocated. If the RX quality limit is set high, power
reduction is not taken into account so strictly in channel
allocation.
Additional information
-
Range
0...8
Step
1
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
5 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Table 340
450
RX Quality Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 0 With 4 UL TSL (Cont.)
RX Quality Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 1 With 2 UL TSL
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Related options
•
BSC GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in BSC)
(39) (optional) OR Enhanced GPRS (EGPRS)
Usage (51) (optional)
Related features
•
•
BSS20089: Extended Dynamic Allocation
BSS20084: High Multislot Classes
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEJ, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
RL12
MML Full Name
RX quality limit MS multislot pwr prof 1 with 2 UL TSL
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 340
8.217
RX quality limit MS multislot pwr prof 1 with 3 UL TSL
(RL13)
Parameter name
RX Quality Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 1 With 3 UL TSL
Abbreviated name
rxqualLimitUL_Prof1_3tsl
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
This parameter indicates the RX quality limit for MS multislot power profile 1 when allocating 3 uplink TSLs. The
measured RX quality value is compared to the value of
this parameter when defining how many uplink TSLs can
be allocated. If the RX quality limit is set high, power
reduction is not taken into account so strictly in channel
allocation.
Additional information
-
Range
0...8
Step
1
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
3 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Table 341
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
RX Quality Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 1 With 2 UL TSL (Cont.)
RX Quality Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 1 With 3 UL TSL
Id:0900d805806ae475
451
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
BSC GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in BSC)
(39) (optional) OR Enhanced GPRS (EGPRS)
Usage (51) (optional)
Related features
•
•
BSS20089: Extended Dynamic Allocation
BSS20084: High Multislot Classes
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEJ, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
RL13
MML Full Name
RX quality limit MS multislot pwr prof 1 with 3 UL TSL
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 341
8.218
RX quality limit MS multislot pwr prof 1 with 4 UL TSL
(RL14)
Parameter name
RX Quality Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 1 With 4 UL TSL
Abbreviated name
rxqualLimitUL_Prof1_4tsl
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
This parameter indicates the RX quality limit for MS multislot power profile 1 when allocating 4 uplink TSLs. The
measured RX quality value is compared to the value of
this parameter when defining how many uplink TSLs can
be allocated. If the RX quality limit is set high, power
reduction is not taken into account so strictly in channel
allocation.
Additional information
-
Range
0...8
Step
1
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
1 dB
Default value notes
-
Table 342
452
RX Quality Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 1 With 3 UL TSL (Cont.)
RX Quality Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 1 With 4 UL TSL
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
BSC GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in BSC)
(39) (optional) OR Enhanced GPRS (EGPRS)
Usage (51) (optional)
Related features
•
•
BSS20089: Extended Dynamic Allocation
BSS20084: High Multislot Classes
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEJ, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
RL14
MML Full Name
RX quality limit MS multislot pwr prof 1 with 4 UL TSL
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 342
8.219
RX quality limit MS multislot pwr prof 2 with 3 UL TSL
(RL23)
Parameter name
RX Quality Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 2 With 3 UL TSL
Abbreviated name
rxqualLimitUL_Prof2_3tsl
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
This parameter indicates the RX quality limit for MS multislot power profile 2 when allocating 3 uplink TSLs. The
measured RX quality value is compared to the value of
this parameter when defining how many uplink TSLs can
be allocated. If the RX quality limit is set high, power
reduction is not taken into account so strictly in channel
allocation.
Additional information
-
Range
0...8
Step
1
Unit
dB
Table 343
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
RX Quality Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 1 With 4 UL TSL (Cont.)
RX Quality Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 2 With 3 UL TSL
Id:0900d805806ae475
453
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
3 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
BSC GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in BSC)
(39) (optional) OR Enhanced GPRS (EGPRS)
Usage (51) (optional)
Related features
•
•
BSS20089: Extended Dynamic Allocation
BSS20084: High Multislot Classes
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEJ, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
RL23
MML Full Name
RX quality limit MS multislot pwr prof 2 with 3 UL TSL
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 343
8.220
RX quality limit MS multislot pwr prof 2 with 4 UL TSL
(RL24)
Parameter name
RX Quality Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 2 With 4 UL TSL
Abbreviated name
rxqualLimitUL_Prof2_4tsl
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
This parameter indicates the RX quality limit for MS multislot power profile 2 when allocating 4 uplink TSLs. The
measured RX quality value is compared to the value of
this parameter when defining how many uplink TSLs can
be allocated. If the RX quality limit is set high, power
reduction is not taken into account so strictly in channel
allocation.
Additional information
-
Table 344
454
RX Quality Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 2 With 3 UL TSL (Cont.)
RX Quality Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 2 With 4 UL TSL
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Range
0...8
Step
1
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
2 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
BSC GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in BSC)
(39) (optional) OR Enhanced GPRS (EGPRS)
Usage (51) (optional)
Related features
•
•
BSS20089: Extended Dynamic Allocation
BSS20084: High Multislot Classes
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEJ, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
RL24
MML Full Name
RX quality limit MS multislot pwr prof 2 with 4 UL TSL
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 344
8.221
SACCH repeat window (SRW)
Parameter name
SACCH Repeat Window
Abbreviated name
sacchRepeatWindow
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Table 345
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
RX Quality Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 2 With 4 UL TSL (Cont.)
SACCH Repeat Window
Id:0900d805806ae475
455
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Description
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
This parameter defines when the BTS commands an MS
to repeat the SACCH block.
If the parameter has value 1, decoding failure of the latest
SACCH block triggers the repeat for the next SACCH
block.
If the parameter has value N = {2, 3, 4 .. 15}, decoding
failure of 2 SACCH blocks out of N preceding SACCH
blocks triggers the repeat. Repeat is used as long as the
decoding of 2 SACCH blocks out of N preceding blocks
has failed.
Additional information
-
Range
1...15
Step
1
Unit
Frames
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
4 Frames
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Robust AMR Signalling / FACCH and SACCH repetition (109)
Related features
•
BSS20872: Robust AMR Signalling
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEO, EEQ
MML Abbreviated Name
SRW
MML Full Name
SACCH repeat window
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 345
8.222
SACCH Repeat Window (Cont.)
SAIC DL C/I offset (SCIO)
Parameter name
Table 346
456
SAIC DL C/I Offset
SAIC DL C/I Offset
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Abbreviated name
saicDlCIOffset
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
This parameter defines how much lower downlink C/I
values can be used for SAIC calls than for non-SAIC calls
in DFCA TCH allocation.
Additional information
-
Range
0...63
Step
1
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
2 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Table 346
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
SAIC DL C/I Offset (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806ae475
457
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Related parameters
dfcaAmrFrConnection_ciTarget of BSC - SAIC DL C/I
Offset defines how much lower C/I Target AMR FR
values can be used for SAIC calls than for non-SAIC calls
in DFCA TCH allocation,
dfcaAmrFrConnection_softBlockingCi of BSC - SAIC DL
C/I Offset defines how much lower Soft Blocking C/I AMR
FR values can be used for SAIC calls than for non-SAIC
calls in DFCA TCH allocation,
dfca144Connection_ciTarget of BSC - SAIC DL C/I
Offset defines how much lower C/I Target 14.4 values
can be used for SAIC calls than for non-SAIC calls in
DFCA TCH allocation,
dfca144Connection_softBlockingCi of BSC - SAIC DL C/I
Offset defines how much lower Soft Blocking C/I 14.4
values can be used for SAIC calls than for non-SAIC calls
in DFCA TCH allocation, dfcaFrConnection_ciTarget of
BSC - SAIC DL C/I Offset defines how much lower C/I
Target FR values can be used for SAIC calls than for nonSAIC calls in DFCA TCH allocation,
dfcaFrConnection_softBlockingCi of BSC - SAIC DL C/I
Offset defines how much lower Soft Blocking C/I FR
values can be used for SAIC calls than for non-SAIC calls
in DFCA TCH allocation, dfcaAmrHrConnection_ciTarget
of BSC - SAIC DL C/I Offset defines how much lower C/I
Target AMR HR values can be used for SAIC calls than
for non-SAIC calls in DFCA TCH allocation,
dfcaAmrHrConnection_softBlockingCi of BSC - SAIC DL
C/I Offset defines how much lower Soft Blocking C/I AMR
HR values can be used for SAIC calls than for non-SAIC
calls in DFCA TCH allocation,
dfcaHrConnection_ciTarget of BSC - SAIC DL C/I Offset
defines how much lower C/I Target HR values can be
used for SAIC calls than for non-SAIC calls in DFCA TCH
allocation, dfcaHrConnection_softBlockingCi of BSC SAIC DL C/I Offset defines how much lower Soft Blocking
C/I HR values can be used for SAIC calls than for nonSAIC calls in DFCA TCH allocation.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
DFCA (Dynamic Frequency And Channel Allocation)
Usage (70) (optional) AND Single Antenna Interference Cancellation (SAIC) (92) (optional)
Related features
•
BSS20082: Single Antenna Interference Cancellation
BSS11052: Dynamic Frequency and Channel Allocation
•
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEH, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
SCIO
MML Full Name
SAIC DL C/I offset
Table 346
458
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
SAIC DL C/I Offset (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 346
8.223
service area penalty time (SAPT)
Parameter name
Service Area Penalty Time
Abbreviated name
wcdmaRanSaiPenalty
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the duration of the
handover penalty timer which has been triggered for a
Service Area. While the Service Area penalty timer is on,
the BSC is not allowed to initiate an Inter-System
Handover attempt towards WCDMA RAN cells that
belong to the Service Area.
Additional information
-
Range
0...255
Step
1
Unit
s
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
127 s
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEM, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
SAPT
MML Full Name
service area penalty time
Table 347
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
SAIC DL C/I Offset (Cont.)
Inter System HO (ISHO Support In BSC) (56)
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
Service Area Penalty Time
Id:0900d805806ae475
459
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Segment Level Parameter
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 347
8.224
Service Area Penalty Time (Cont.)
signalling point code (SPC)
Parameter name
Signalling Point Code
Abbreviated name
signallingPointCode
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define Signalling Point Code.
Additional information
-
Range
0...16777215
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Multipoint A Interface for BSC (94)
Related features
•
BSS20092: Multipoint A Interface for BSC
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
E7I, E7A, E7D
MML Abbreviated Name
SPC
MML Full Name
signalling point code
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- false
ported
Table 348
460
Signalling Point Code
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
8.225
Signaling Point Code (SPC)
Parameter name
Signaling Point Code
Abbreviated name
spc
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
The signaling point code that is connected to
certain radio network controller in the Iur-g interface
Additional information
-
Range
0...16777215
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting
internal value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
0
Default value notes
not used
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
•
BSS21527: Load reporting to TD-RNC over IurG
Interfaces
•
BSC <-> RNC
References
•
NSN reference: BSS21527: Load reporting to
TD-RNC over Iur-G
MML Commands
EEI,EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
SPC
MML Full Name
Signaling Point Code
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning
supported
false
Table 349
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Signaling Point Code
Id:0900d805806ae475
461
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
8.226
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
slow AMR LA enabled (SAL)
Parameter name
Slow AMR LA Enabled
Abbreviated name
slowAmrLaEnabled
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the AMR link adaptation
(LA) mode within the BSS.
Additional information
-
Range
fast LA mode is used (N) (0), enable slow AMR LA mode
(Y) (1)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
gui ==> internal
fast LA mode is used (N) ==> 0
enable slow AMR LA mode (Y) ==> 1
Default value
fast LA mode is used (N) (0)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
AMR FR (50) (optional) OR AMR HR (72) (optional)
OR Wideband AMR (133) (optional)
Related features
•
BSS20249: AMR FR Licence Control
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
BSC <-> RAC
References
-
MML Commands
EEM, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
SAL
MML Full Name
slow AMR LA enabled
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 350
462
Slow AMR LA Enabled
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
8.227
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
soft blocking C/I 14.4 (SBCI)
Parameter name
Soft Blocking C/I 14.4
Abbreviated name
dfca144Connection_softBlockingCi
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the minimum acceptable
C/I value for circuit switched data connections of 14.4
kbit/s.
NOTE: The parameter value must be equal to or smaller
than C/I target 14.4.
Value -20 dB means that soft blocking is disabled.
NOTE: MML modification:
Parameter is modifiable if options Dynamic Frequency
And Channel Allocation (70) AND (HSCSD_PRM OR
PRM_144) are ON. Options (HSCSD_PRM and
PRM_144) are hidden in MML and available if the
operator has purchased the feature.
Additional information
-
Range
-20...43
Step
1
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-20 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
dfca144Connection_ciTarget of BSC - The parameter
value must be equal to or smaller than C/I target 14.4.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
DFCA (Dynamic Frequency And Channel Allocation)
Usage (70) (optional) AND ( High Speed Circuit
Switched Data (HSCSD - TCSM2) (25) (optional)
OR Data 144 Usage (69) (optional) )
Related features
•
BSS11052: Dynamic Frequency and Channel Allocation
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
Table 351
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Soft Blocking C/I 14.4
Id:0900d805806ae475
463
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
MML Commands
EEH, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
SBCI
MML Full Name
soft blocking C/I 14.4
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 351
8.228
Soft Blocking C/I 14.4 (Cont.)
Soft Blocking C/I AMR FR (SBAF)
Parameter name
Soft Blocking C/I AMR FR
Abbreviated name
dfcaAmrFrConnection_softBlockingCi
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the minimum acceptable
C/I value for full rate AMR and WB-AMR FR speech connections.
NOTE: The parameter value must be equal to or smaller
than C/I target AMR FR.
Value -20 dB means that soft blocking is disabled.
Additional information
-
Range
-20...43
Step
1
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-20 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Table 352
464
DFCA (Dynamic Frequency And Channel Allocation)
Usage (70) (optional) AND ( AMR FR (50) (optional)
OR Wideband AMR (133) (optional) )
Soft Blocking C/I AMR FR
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
•
•
Related features
•
BSS20960: Wideband AMR
BSS11052: Dynamic Frequency and Channel Allocation
BSS20249: AMR FR Licence Control
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEH, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
SBAF
MML Full Name
Soft Blocking C/I AMR FR
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 352
8.229
Soft Blocking C/I AMR FR (Cont.)
soft blocking C/I AMR HR (SBAH)
Parameter name
Soft Blocking C/I AMR HR
Abbreviated name
dfcaAmrHrConnection_softBlockingCi
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the minimum acceptable
C/I value for half rate AMR speech connections.
NOTE: The parameter value must be equal to or smaller
than C/I target AMR HR.
Value -20 dB means that soft blocking is disabled.
Additional information
-
Range
-20...43
Step
1
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-20 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
activationState of BSC - The parameter value must be
equal to or smaller than C/I target AMR HR.
Table 353
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Soft Blocking C/I AMR HR
Id:0900d805806ae475
465
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
DFCA (Dynamic Frequency And Channel Allocation)
Usage (70) (optional) AND AMR HR (72) (optional)
Related features
•
BSS11052: Dynamic Frequency and Channel Allocation
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEH, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
SBAH
MML Full Name
soft blocking C/I AMR HR
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 353
8.230
Soft Blocking C/I AMR HR (Cont.)
soft blocking C/I FR (SBF)
Parameter name
Soft Blocking C/I FR
Abbreviated name
dfcaFrConnection_softBlockingCi
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the minimum acceptable
C/I value for full rate and EFR speech connections, and
for circuit switched data connections up to 9.6 kbit/s.
NOTE: The parameter value must be equal to or smaller
than C/I target FR.
Value -20 dB means that soft blocking is disabled.
Additional information
-
Range
-20...43
Step
1
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-20 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Table 354
466
Soft Blocking C/I FR
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Related parameters
activationState of BSC - The parameter value must be
equal to or smaller than C/I target FR.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
DFCA (Dynamic Frequency And Channel Allocation)
Usage (70)
Related features
•
BSS11052: Dynamic Frequency and Channel Allocation
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEH, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
SBF
MML Full Name
soft blocking C/I FR
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 354
8.231
Soft Blocking C/I FR (Cont.)
soft blocking C/I GPRS (SBGP)
Parameter name
DFCA Soft Blocking C/I GPRS
Abbreviated name
dfcaSoftBlockingCiGPRS
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the soft blocking C/I value
for GPRS connection on DFCA layer.
Note: DFCA C/I Target GPRS is also related to this
parameter, DFCA Soft Blocking C/I GPRS value should
be defined equal or smaller than value for DFCA C/I
Target GPRS.
Additional information
-
Range
-20...43
Step
1
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-20 dB
Default value notes
C/I blocking is disabled by default
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Table 355
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
DFCA Soft Blocking C/I GPRS
Id:0900d805806ae475
467
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Modification
On-Line
Modified
DFCA Soft Blocking C/I GPRS value should be defined
equal or smaller than value for DFCA C/I Target GPRS.
Related parameters
dfcaCiTargetGPRS of BSC - DFCA C/I Target GPRS is
used for setting target C/I value for GPRS connection
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
DFCA (Dynamic Frequency And Channel Allocation)
Usage (70) (optional) AND SDCCH and PS Data
Channels on DFCA TRX (136) (optional)
Related features
•
BSS11052: Dynamic Frequency and Channel Allocation
BSS21161: SDCCH and PS Data Channels on
DFCA TRX
•
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEH, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
SBGP
MML Full Name
soft blocking C/I GPRS
Segment Level Parameter
-
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 355
8.232
DFCA Soft Blocking C/I GPRS (Cont.)
Soft Blocking C/I HR (SBH)
Parameter name
Soft Blocking C/I HR
Abbreviated name
dfcaHrConnection_softBlockingCi
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the minimum acceptable
C/I value for half rate speech connections.
NOTE: The parameter value must be equal to or smaller
than C/I target HR.
Value -20 dB means that soft blocking is disabled.
Additional information
-
Range
-20...43
Step
1
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Table 356
468
Soft Blocking C/I HR
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Default value
-20 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
dfcaHrConnection_ciTarget of BSC - The parameter
value must be equal to or smaller than C/I target HR.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
DFCA (Dynamic Frequency And Channel Allocation)
Usage (70) (optional) AND Half Rate (17) (optional)
Related features
•
BSS11052: Dynamic Frequency and Channel Allocation
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEH, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
SBH
MML Full Name
Soft Blocking C/I HR
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 356
8.233
Soft Blocking C/I HR (Cont.)
soft blocking C/I SDCCH (SBSD)
Parameter name
DFCA Soft Blocking C/I SDCCH
Abbreviated name
dfcaSoftBlockingCiSDCCH
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the soft blocking C/I value
for SDCCH connection on DFCA layer.
Note: DFCA Target C/I SDCCH is also related to this
parameter, DFCA Soft Blocking C/I SDCCH value should
be defined equal or smaller than value for C/I target
SDCCH.
Additional information
-
Range
-20...43
Step
1
Unit
dB
Table 357
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
DFCA Soft Blocking C/I SDCCH
Id:0900d805806ae475
469
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-20 dB
Default value notes
C/I blocking is disabled by default
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
DFCA Soft Blocking C/I SDCCH value should be defined
equal or smaller than value for DFCA C/I Target SDCCH.
Related parameters
dfcaCiTargetSDCCH of BSC - DFCA C/I Target SDCCH
is used for setting target C/I value for SDCCH connection
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
DFCA (Dynamic Frequency And Channel Allocation)
Usage (70) (optional) AND SDCCH and PS Data
Channels on DFCA TRX (136) (optional)
Related features
•
BSS11052: Dynamic Frequency and Channel Allocation
BSS21161: SDCCH and PS Data Channels on
DFCA TRX
•
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEH, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
SBSD
MML Full Name
soft blocking C/I SDCCH
Segment Level Parameter
-
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 357
8.234
soft blocking C/N 14.4 (SBCN)
Parameter name
Soft Blocking C/N 14.4
Abbreviated name
dfca144Connection_softBlockingCn
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the minimum acceptable
carrier/noise ratio for circuit switched data connections of
14.4 kbit/s.
Additional information
-
Range
0...63
Table 358
470
DFCA Soft Blocking C/I SDCCH (Cont.)
Soft Blocking C/N 14.4
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Step
1
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
14 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
High Speed Circuit Switched Data (HSCSD TCSM2) (25) (optional) OR Data 144 Usage (69)
(optional)
Related features
•
BSS11052: Dynamic Frequency and Channel Allocation
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEQ, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
SBCN
MML Full Name
soft blocking C/N 14.4
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 358
8.235
soft blocking C/N AMR FR (SBCNAF)
Parameter name
Soft Blocking C/N AMR FR
Abbreviated name
dfcaAmrFrConnection_softBlockingCn
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the minimum acceptable
carrier/noise ratio for full rate AMR and full rate AMR-WB
speech connections.
Additional information
-
Range
0...63
Table 359
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Soft Blocking C/N 14.4 (Cont.)
Soft Blocking C/N AMR FR
Id:0900d805806ae475
471
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Step
1
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
7 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
AMR FR (50) (optional) OR Wideband AMR (133)
(optional)
Related features
•
•
•
BSS20960: Wideband AMR
BSS20249: AMR FR Licence Control
BSS11052: Dynamic Frequency and Channel Allocation
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEQ, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
SBCNAF
MML Full Name
soft blocking C/N AMR FR
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 359
8.236
soft blocking C/N AMR HR (SBCNAH)
Parameter name
Soft Blocking C/N AMR HR
Abbreviated name
dfcaAmrHrConnection_softBlockingCn
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the minimum acceptable
carrier/noise ratio for half rate AMR speech connections.
Additional information
-
Range
0...63
Table 360
472
Soft Blocking C/N AMR FR (Cont.)
Soft Blocking C/N AMR HR
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Step
1
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
12 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
AMR HR (72)
Related features
•
BSS11052: Dynamic Frequency and Channel Allocation
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEQ, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
SBCNAH
MML Full Name
soft blocking C/N AMR HR
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 360
8.237
soft blocking C/N FR (SBCNF)
Parameter name
Soft Blocking C/N FR
Abbreviated name
dfcaFrConnection_softBlockingCn
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the minimum acceptable
carrier/noise ratio for full rate and EFR speech connections, and for circuit switched data connections up to 9.6
kbit/s.
Additional information
-
Range
0...63
Step
1
Table 361
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Soft Blocking C/N AMR HR (Cont.)
Soft Blocking C/N FR
Id:0900d805806ae475
473
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
12 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
•
BSS11052: Dynamic Frequency and Channel Allocation
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEQ, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
SBCNF
MML Full Name
soft blocking C/N FR
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 361
8.238
Soft Blocking C/N HR (SBCNH)
Parameter name
Soft Blocking C/N HR
Abbreviated name
dfcaHrConnection_softBlockingCn
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the minimum acceptable
carrier/noise ratio for half rate speech connections.
Additional information
-
Range
0...63
Step
1
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Table 362
474
Soft Blocking C/N FR (Cont.)
Soft Blocking C/N HR
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Default value
14 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Half Rate (17)
Related features
•
BSS11052: Dynamic Frequency and Channel Allocation
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEQ, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
SBCNH
MML Full Name
Soft Blocking C/N HR
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 362
8.239
Soft Blocking C/N HR (Cont.)
starting moment for supervision of BTS (SMBNT)
Parameter name
BTS Supervision Starting Time Hour
Abbreviated name
nokBtsOnHour
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
Attribute indicates the hour on which the control of BTSs
with no transaction starts.
MML NOTE:
In MML only one parameter:
starting moment for supervision of BTS
Range: 00-00 .. 23-59
Default: 08-00
Additional information
-
Range
0...23
Step
1
Table 363
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BTS Supervision Starting Time Hour
Id:0900d805806ae475
475
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
8
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEN, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
SMBNT
MML Full Name
starting moment for supervision of BTS
Segment Level Parameter
-
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 363
8.240
BTS Supervision Starting Time Hour (Cont.)
starting moment for supervision of BTS (SMBNT)
Parameter name
BTS Supervision Starting Time Minute
Abbreviated name
nokBtsOnMinute
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
Attribute indicates the minute on which the control of
BTSs with no transaction starts.
MML NOTE:
In MML only one parameter:
starting moment for supervision of BTS
Range: 00-00 .. 23-59
Default: 08-00
476
Additional information
-
Range
0...59
Table 364
BTS Supervision Starting Time Minute
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
0
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEO, EEN
MML Abbreviated Name
SMBNT
MML Full Name
starting moment for supervision of BTS
Segment Level Parameter
-
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 364
8.241
subscriber type (ST)
Parameter name
Subscriber Type
Abbreviated name
pieToSubscriberType
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
14
Description
With this parameter you define the subscriber type that is
to be attached to a certain priority level or levels.
Additional information
-
Range
GSM subscriber type (0), MCN subscriber type (1),
Priority subscriber type (2)
Step
-
Unit
-
Table 365
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BTS Supervision Starting Time Minute (Cont.)
Subscriber Type
Id:0900d805806ae475
477
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Formula for getting internal
value
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
gui ==> internal
GSM subscriber type ==> 0
MCN subscriber type ==> 1
Priority subscriber type ==> 2
Default value
GSM subscriber type (0)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EET, EEI
MML Abbreviated Name
ST
MML Full Name
subscriber type
Segment Level Parameter
-
Improved Trunk Reservation (19)
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 365
8.242
supervision period length for EGPRS inactivity alarm
(SPL)
Parameter name
Supervision Period Length for EGPRS Inactivity Alarm
Abbreviated name
supervisionPeriod
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
This parameter determines the length of the supervision
period for EGPRS inactivity alarm in minutes.
Additional information
-
Range
15...1440
Step
1
Unit
min
Table 366
478
Subscriber Type (Cont.)
Supervision Period Length for EGPRS Inactivity Alarm
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
15 min
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
BSC GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in BSC)
(39) (optional) OR Enhanced GPRS (EGPRS)
Usage (51) (optional)
Related features
•
•
BSS20071: PCU Performance Optimization
BSS20062: (E)GPRS Inactivity Alarm / DX-part
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEJ, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
SPL
MML Full Name
supervision period length for EGPRS inactivity alarm
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 366
8.243
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Supervision Period Length for EGPRS Inactivity Alarm (Cont.)
TCH in handover (HRI)
Parameter name
TCH In Handover
Abbreviated name
tchRateInternalHo
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Table 367
TCH In Handover
Id:0900d805806ae475
479
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Description
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
With this parameter you define the traffic channel allocation during BSS internal or external handovers. The
parameter controls the target cell selection and the TCH
channel rate and speech codec determination in traffic
channel allocation. The parameter can have the following
values:
1 ... The call serving type of TCH has to be primarily allocated. The call serving type of speech codec inside the
call serving type of TCH can change.
2 ... The call serving type of TCH and the call serving type
of speech codec are preferred to be primarily allocated
during the speech connection. The channel rate change
is possible during data connection, if necessary, and if
the radio interface data rate allows it.
3 ... The channel rate and speech codec changes are
totally denied.
4 ... The preferred channel rate of TCH and preferred
speech codec have to be primarily allocated.
5 ... TCH has to be primarily allocated from the best BTS
of the handover candidate list.
Additional information
-
Range
Actual Rate (1), Data Call (2), No Rate Change (3), Preferred Rate (4), Best Candidate (5)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
gui ==> internal
Actual Rate ==> 1
Data Call ==> 2
No Rate Change ==> 3
Preferred Rate ==> 4
Best Candidate ==> 5
Default value
Actual Rate (1)
Default value notes
MML default.
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Table 367
480
Half Rate (17) (optional) OR Enhanced Full Rate
Codec (24) (optional) OR AMR HR (72) (optional)
OR AMR FR (50) (optional) OR Wideband AMR
(133) (optional)
TCH In Handover (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Related features
•
•
•
BSS20960: Wideband AMR
BSS20249: AMR FR Licence Control
BSS30060: AMR Capacity (AMR HR)
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEM, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
HRI
MML Full Name
TCH in handover
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 367
8.244
TCH transaction count (TTRC)
Parameter name
TCH Transaction Count
Abbreviated name
tchTransactionCount
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
This parameter defines how many incoming TCH transactions (incoming MSC controlled TCH handover or
assignment) are taken into account when calculating
average TCH transaction rate.
Additional information
-
Range
0...100
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
10
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Special value
Averaging is not used (0)
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Table 368
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
TCH In Handover (Cont.)
TCH Transaction Count
Id:0900d805806ae475
481
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Related parameters
maxTchTransactionRate of BSC - Parameter Maximum
TCH Transaction Rate defines maximum incoming TCH
transaction rate that is acceptable for changing internal
handover to external and parameter TCH Transaction
Count defines how many of those incoming TCH transactions are taken into account when calculating average
TCH transaction rate.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
•
BSS20117: TCSM3i Support in BSC
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEQ, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
TTRC
MML Full Name
TCH transaction count
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 368
8.245
TCH Transaction Count (Cont.)
threshold for high TCH interference level (HIFLVL)
Parameter name
Threshold For High TCH Interference Level
Abbreviated name
minHiIf
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the interference level
which is regarded as high in traffic channel interference
supervision.
NOTE: Value 0 is the lowest interference level.
Additional information
-
Range
0...4
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
4
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Table 369
482
Threshold For High TCH Interference Level
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEN, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
HIFLVL
MML Full Name
threshold for high TCH interference level
Segment Level Parameter
-
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 369
8.246
time limit WPS (TLW)
Parameter name
Time Limit WPS
Abbreviated name
timeLimitWPS
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the maximum queuing
time in seconds for WPS call setup attempts.
Additional information
-
Range
0...30
Step
1
Unit
s
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
28 s
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Special value
Queuing is not allowed for WPS call setups. (0)
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Table 370
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Threshold For High TCH Interference Level (Cont.)
Time Limit WPS
Id:0900d805806ae475
483
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEQ,EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
TLW
MML Full Name
time limit WPS
Segment Level Parameter
-
Wireless Priority Service (WPS) In Use In BSC (71)
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 370
8.247
time limit WPS handover (TLWH)
Parameter name
Time Limit WPS Handover
Abbreviated name
timeLimitWPSHO
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the maximum queuing
time in seconds for WPS handover attempts.
Additional information
-
Range
0...30
Step
1
Unit
sec
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
5 sec
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Special value
Queuing is not allowed for WPS handovers. (0)
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Table 371
484
Time Limit WPS (Cont.)
Time Limit WPS Handover
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEQ,EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
TLWH
MML Full Name
time limit WPS handover
Segment Level Parameter
-
Wireless Priority Service (WPS) In Use In BSC (71)
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 371
8.248
TRHO Guard Time (TGT)
Parameter name
TRHO Guard Time
Abbreviated name
amhTrhoGuardTime
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the guard time after a
BSC-controlled or an MSC-controlled TRHO, during
which a handover back to the original cell is not allowed.
Additional information
-
Range
0...120
Step
1
Unit
s
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
30 s
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
amhTrhoGuardTime of BTS - If a cell level parameter has
some other value than (N/Undefined), it defines the corresponding BSC-level parameter.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Table 372
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Time Limit WPS Handover (Cont.)
TRHO Guard Time
Id:0900d805806ae475
485
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEM, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
TGT
MML Full Name
TRHO Guard Time
Segment Level Parameter
-
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 372
8.249
triggering threshold for service area penalty (TTSAP)
Parameter name
Triggering Threshold For Service Area Penalty
Abbreviated name
incomeRateThreshold
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the triggering level for a
Service Area penalty. If the number of incoming InterSystem Handovers which occur from a certain Service
Area exceed the penalty triggering level during a measurement period, the Service Area-specific penalty timer
is triggered. While the Service Area penalty timer is
ticking, the BSC is not allowed to initiate an Inter-System
Handover towards WCDMA RAN cells that belong to the
Service Area.
Additional information
-
Range
0...255
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
127
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Table 373
486
TRHO Guard Time (Cont.)
Triggering Threshold For Service Area Penalty
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEM, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
TTSAP
MML Full Name
triggering threshold for service area penalty
Segment Level Parameter
-
Inter System HO (ISHO Support In BSC) (56)
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 373
8.250
UL priority 1 SSS (UP1)
Parameter name
UL Priority 1 SSS
Abbreviated name
schedStepSizeUlPrior1
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the scheduling step size
(SSS) for priority level 1 (highest) in the uplink direction.
Additional information
-
Range
1...12
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
3
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Table 374
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Triggering Threshold For Service Area Penalty (Cont.)
BSC GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in BSC)
(39) (optional) OR Enhanced GPRS (EGPRS)
Usage (51) (optional)
UL Priority 1 SSS
Id:0900d805806ae475
487
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEV, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
UP1
MML Full Name
UL priority 1 SSS
Segment Level Parameter
-
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 374
8.251
488
UL Priority 1 SSS (Cont.)
UL priority 2 SSS (UP2)
Parameter name
UL Priority 2 SSS
Abbreviated name
schedStepSizeUlPrior2
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the scheduling step size
(SSS) for priority level 2 in the uplink direction.
Additional information
-
Range
1...12
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
6
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
Table 375
UL Priority 2 SSS
BSC GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in BSC)
(39) (optional) OR Enhanced GPRS (EGPRS)
Usage (51) (optional)
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
References
-
MML Commands
EEV, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
UP2
MML Full Name
UL priority 2 SSS
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 375
8.252
UL priority 3 SSS (UP3)
Parameter name
UL Priority 3 SSS
Abbreviated name
schedStepSizeUlPrior3
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
Defines the scheduling step side (SSS) for priority level 3
in the uplink direction.
Additional information
-
Range
1...12
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
9
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEV, EEO
Table 376
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
UL Priority 2 SSS (Cont.)
BSC GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in BSC)
(39) (optional) OR Enhanced GPRS (EGPRS)
Usage (51) (optional)
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
UL Priority 3 SSS
Id:0900d805806ae475
489
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
MML Abbreviated Name
UP3
MML Full Name
UL priority 3 SSS
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 376
8.253
UL priority 4 SSS (UP4)
Parameter name
UL Priority 4 SSS
Abbreviated name
schedStepSizeUlPrior4
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
Defines the scheduling step side (SSS) for priority level 4
(lowest) in the uplink direction.
Additional information
-
Range
1...12
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
12
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEV, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
UP4
MML Full Name
UL priority 4 SSS
Table 377
490
UL Priority 3 SSS (Cont.)
BSC GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in BSC)
(39) (optional) OR Enhanced GPRS (EGPRS)
Usage (51) (optional)
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
UL Priority 4 SSS
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 377
8.254
upper limit for FR TCH resources (HRU)
Parameter name
Upper Limit For FR TCH Resources
Abbreviated name
btsLoadDepTchRateUpper
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
The parameter controls the TCH channel rate
determination on the BSC level according to the cell
load in traffic channel allocation. With this parameter you define the upper limit for the percentage of
free full rate resources. Full rate TCHs are allocated
when the number of free full rate resources
exceeds the value of the parameter.
Additional information
Note: If parameter is used with Wideband AMR
(133), then optionality of (Half Rate (17) OR AMR
HR (72)) needs to be ON or CONFIG state. Note:
Wideband AMR optionality (133) is valid only for
Metrosite, Ultrasite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus and Flexi
Multiradio BTSs.
Range
0...100
Step
1
Unit
%
Formula for getting
internal value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
60 %
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
– Half Rate (17) (optional) OR AMR HR (72)
(optional)
Table 378
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
UL Priority 4 SSS (Cont.)
Upper Limit For FR TCH Resources
Id:0900d805806ae475
491
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Related features
– BSS20960: Wideband AMR
– BSS30060: AMR Capacity (AMR HR)
Interfaces
– RAC <-> RACApp
– RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEM, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
HRU
MML Full Name
upper limit for FR TCH resources
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning
supported
true
Table 378
8.255
Upper Limit For FR TCH Resources (Cont.)
upper limit of MS speed class 1 (MSSCF)
Parameter name
Upper Limit Of MS Speed Class 1
Abbreviated name
MSSpeedC11
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the upper limit of MS
speed for the first class in MS speed measurement. One
parameter step equals the speed of 2 km/h.
Additional information
-
Range
0...255
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
10
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Table 379
492
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Upper Limit Of MS Speed Class 1
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEQ, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
MSSCF
MML Full Name
upper limit of MS speed class 1
Segment Level Parameter
-
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 379
8.256
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Upper Limit Of MS Speed Class 1 (Cont.)
upper limit of MS speed class 2 (MSSCS)
Parameter name
Upper Limit Of MS Speed Class 2
Abbreviated name
MSSpeedC12
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the upper limit of MS
speed for the second class in MS speed measurement.
One parameter step equals the speed of 2 km/h.
Additional information
-
Range
0...255
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
30
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
Table 380
Upper Limit Of MS Speed Class 2
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
Id:0900d805806ae475
493
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
References
-
MML Commands
EEQ, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
MSSCS
MML Full Name
upper limit of MS speed class 2
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 380
8.257
Upper Limit Of MS Speed Class 2 (Cont.)
variable DL step size (VDLS)
Parameter name
Variable DL Step Size
Abbreviated name
variableDlStepSize
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define whether the variable step
size is used in the power control algorithm when the
downlink transmission power is decreased.
Additional information
-
Range
The variable downlink step size is not used (N) (0), The
variable downlink step size is used (Y) (1)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
gui ==> internal
The variable downlink step size is not used (N) ==> 0
The variable downlink step size is used (Y) ==> 1
Default value
The variable downlink step size is not used (N) (0)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 44.018
Table 381
494
Variable DL Step Size
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
MML Commands
EEQ, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
VDLS
MML Full Name
variable DL step size
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 381
8.258
Variable DL Step Size (Cont.)
WCDMA FDD NCCR enabled (WFNE)
Parameter name
WCDMA FDD NCCR Enabled
Abbreviated name
wcdmaFddNccrEnabled
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you switch on or off the ISNCCR to
WCDMA FDD cells.
Due to MS autonomous cell reselection operation,
WCMDA FDD neighbour cells are broadcast on PBCCH,
even if the value of this parameter is set to value N.
Additional information
-
Range
ISNCCR is disabled to WCDMA FDD cells (N) (0),
ISNCCR is enabled to WCDMA FDD cells (Y) (1)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
gui ==> internal
ISNCCR is disabled to WCDMA FDD cells (N) ==> 0
ISNCCR is enabled to WCDMA FDD cells (Y) ==> 1
Default value
ISNCCR is disabled to WCDMA FDD cells (N) (0)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Inter System HO (ISHO Support In BSC) (56)
(optional) AND NC Cell Re-selection (85) (optional)
AND ISNCCR Usage (86) (optional)
Related features
•
BSS11112: Network Controlled Cell Reselection
(NCCR)
Table 382
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
WCDMA FDD NCCR Enabled
Id:0900d805806ae475
495
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEM, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
WFNE
MML Full Name
WCDMA FDD NCCR enabled
Segment Level Parameter
-
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 382
8.259
WCDMA FDD NCCR Enabled (Cont.)
WCDMA FDD NCCR preferred (WFNP)
Parameter name
WCDMA FDD NCCR Preferred
Abbreviated name
wcdmaFddNccrPreferred
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define if the coverage reason
inter-system network-controlled cell re-selection is triggered as soon as an appropriate WCDMA FDD cell is
available, or if it is triggered only in case there is not an
appropriate GSM/EDGE cell available and an appropriate WCDMA FDD cell is available.
If the value of this parameter is set to value Y, Service
UTRAN CCO IE value sent by SGSN is ignored.
NOTE:
MML Range:
Y = ISNCCR is triggered as soon as an appropriate
WCDMA cell is available.
N = ISNCCR is triggered only in case there is not an
appropriate GSM/EDGE cell available and an appropriate WCDMA cell is available.
MML default: Y
Additional information
-
Range
false (0), true (1)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
•
•
Default value
true (1)
Default value notes
-
Table 383
496
false => 0
true => 1
WCDMA FDD NCCR Preferred
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Inter System HO (ISHO Support In BSC) (56)
(optional) AND NC Cell Re-selection (85) (optional)
AND ISNCCR Usage (86) (optional)
Related features
•
BSS11112: Network Controlled Cell Reselection
(NCCR)
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EEM, EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
WFNP
MML Full Name
WCDMA FDD NCCR preferred
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 383
8.260
WPS preference capacity (WPEC)
Parameter name
WPS Preference Capacity
Abbreviated name
wpsPrefCapa
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define how much of the rest of
the cell's resources (100 - WPSPriCapa) can be allocated
for WPS users without any restriction. This parameter is
also applied in Directed Retry handover target cell evaluation together with parameter WPS priority capacity.
Additional information
-
Range
0...100
Step
1
Unit
%
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
97 %
Table 384
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
WCDMA FDD NCCR Preferred (Cont.)
WPS Preference Capacity
Id:0900d805806ae475
497
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEQ,EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
WPEC
MML Full Name
WPS preference capacity
Segment Level Parameter
-
Wireless Priority Service (WPS) In Use In BSC (71)
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 384
8.261
WPS priority capacity (WPIC)
Parameter name
WPS Priority Capacity
Abbreviated name
wpsPriCapa
Managed object
BSC
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the portion of cell's total
traffic capacity to which the WPS users are given priority.
This parameter is also applied in Directed Retry handover
target cell evaluation together with the parameter WPS
preference capacity.
Additional information
-
Range
0...100
Step
1
Unit
%
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
25 %
Default value notes
-
Table 385
498
WPS Preference Capacity (Cont.)
WPS Priority Capacity
Id:0900d805806ae475
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Station Controller (BSC) radio network object parameters
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EEQ,EEO
MML Abbreviated Name
WPIC
MML Full Name
WPS priority capacity
Segment Level Parameter
-
Wireless Priority Service (WPS) In Use In BSC (71)
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 385
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
WPS Priority Capacity (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806ae475
499
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
9 Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio
network object parameters
9.1
adaptive LA algorithm (ALA)
Parameter name
Adaptive LA Algorithm
Abbreviated name
adaptiveLaAlgorithm
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter the operator can define if the used
GPRS Link Adaptation algorithm is adaptive or not.
Additional information
-
Range
Adaptive LA algorithm is enabled (Y) (0), Adaptive LA
algorithm is disabled (N) (1)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
gui ==> internal
Adaptive LA algorithm is enabled (Y) ==> 0
Adaptive LA algorithm is disabled (N) ==> 1
Default value
Adaptive LA algorithm is enabled (Y) (0)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
BSC GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in BSC)
(39) (optional) OR Enhanced GPRS (EGPRS)
Usage (51) (optional)
Related features
•
BSS11088: GPRS Coding Schemes CS3 and CS4
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EQV, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
ALA
MML Full Name
adaptive LA algorithm
Segment Level Parameter
-
Table 386
500
Adaptive LA Algorithm
Id:0900d805806b0694
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 386
9.2
Adaptive LA Algorithm (Cont.)
administrative state (-)
Parameter name
Administrative State
Abbreviated name
adminState
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the new administrative
state of the BTS.
NOTE:
MML Range:
L (locked)
U (unlocked)
Additional information
-
Range
Unlocked (1), Locked (3)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
gui ==> internal
Unlocked ==> 1
Locked ==> 3
Default value
Locked (3)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EQO, EQS, EEI
Table 387
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
RACApp <-> RAC
Planner <-> RAC
RAC <-> Optimizer
RAC <-> BSC
Administrative State
Id:0900d805806b0694
501
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
MML Abbreviated Name
-
MML Full Name
administrative state
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 387
9.3
Administrative State (Cont.)
AMR FR codec mode set (FRC)
Parameter name
AMR FR Codec Mode Set
Abbreviated name
amrConfFrCodecModeSet
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the codec mode set for a
full rate channel. If the parameter is defined as disabled,
then the whole codec mode set is disabled. If the parameter is defined as disabled, then other AMR FR set
related parameters (thresholds, hystereses, ICMI and
start mode) are set as 0.
NOTE:
MML Range:
0:
disabled
1: 4.75 kbit/s
2: 5.15 kbit/s
4: 5.90 kbit/s
8: 6.70 kbit/s
16: 7.40 kbit/s
32: 7.95 kbit/s
64: 10.2 kbit/s
128: 12.2 kbit/s
You can give 0 or 1-4 values at the same time by using
the wild card character &.
MML default:
12.2 7.40 5.9 4.75 kbit/s
Additional information
-
Range
Bit 0: 4.75 kbit/s, Bit 1: 5.15 kbit/s, Bit 2: 5.90 kbit/s, Bit 3:
6.70 kbit/s, Bit 4: 7.40 kbit/s, Bit 5: 7.95 kbit/s, Bit 6: 10.2
kbit/s, Bit 7: 12.2 kbit/s
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
-
Table 388
502
AMR FR Codec Mode Set
Id:0900d805806b0694
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
Default value
149
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
AMR FR (50)
Related features
•
BSS20249: AMR FR Licence Control
Interfaces
•
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
BSC <-> RAC
References
-
MML Commands
EQY, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
FRC
MML Full Name
AMR FR codec mode set
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 388
9.4
AMR FR Codec Mode Set (Cont.)
AMR FR DL threshold 1 (FRTD1)
Parameter name
AMR FR DL Threshold 1
Abbreviated name
amrConfFrDlThreshold1
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the downlink threshold for
switching from codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate) to
codec mode 1 (lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set
as 0.
If the AMR FR codec mode set parameter is defined as
disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC. AMR FR
downlink threshold 1 must be equal to or smaller than
AMR FR downlink threshold 2.
MML range: 0 to 63 (0...31.5 dB, step 0.5 dB)
MML default: 8 (4 dB)
Additional information
-
Range
0...31.5
Table 389
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
AMR FR DL Threshold 1
Id:0900d805806b0694
503
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
Step
0.5
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value * 2
Default value
4 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
amrConfFrHysteresis1 of BTS - With this parameter,
together with AMR FR uplink threshold 1 or AMR FR
downlink threshold 1, you define the threshold for switching from codec mode 1 (lowest bit rate) to codec mode 2
(second lowest bit rate). Unused hysteresis is set as 0,
amrConfFrHysteresis2 of BTS - With this parameter,
together with AMR FR uplink threshold 2 or AMR FR
downlink threshold 2 you, define the threshold for switching from codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate) to codec
mode 3 (third lowest bitrate). Unused threshold is set as
0, amrConfFrHysteresis3 of BTS - With this parameter,
together with the AMR FR uplink threshold 3 or the AMR
FR downlink threshold 3, you define the threshold for
switching from codec mode 3 (lowest bit rate) to codec
mode 4 (second lowest bit rate). Unused hysteresis is set
as 0, amrConfFrDlThreshold2 of BTS - With this parameter you define the downlink threshold for switching from
codec mode 3 (third lowest bit rate) to codec mode 2
(second lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0,
amrConfFrDlThreshold3 of BTS - With this parameter
you define the downlink threshold for switching from
codec mode 4 (fourth lowest bit rate) to codec mode 3
(third lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
AMR FR (50)
Related features
•
•
BSS20485: Separate UL&DL AMR Link Adaptation
Thresholds
BSS20249: AMR FR Licence Control
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EQY, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
FRTD1
MML Full Name
AMR FR DL threshold 1
Segment Level Parameter
-
Table 389
504
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
AMR FR DL Threshold 1 (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806b0694
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 389
9.5
AMR FR DL Threshold 1 (Cont.)
AMR FR DL threshold 2 (FRTD2)
Parameter name
AMR FR DL Threshold 2
Abbreviated name
amrConfFrDlThreshold2
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the downlink threshold for
switching from codec mode 3 (third lowest bit rate) to
codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate). Unused threshold
is set as 0.
If the AMR FR codec mode set parameter is defined as
disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC.
AMR FR downlink threshold 2 must be equal to or greater
than AMR FR downlink threshold 1.
AMR FR downlink threshold 2 must be equal to or smaller
than AMR FR downlink threshold 3.
MML range: 0 to 63 (0...31.5 dB, step 0.5 dB)
MML default: 14 (7 dB)
Additional information
-
Range
0...31.5
Step
0.5
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value * 2
Default value
7 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Table 390
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
AMR FR DL Threshold 2
Id:0900d805806b0694
505
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Related parameters
amrConfFrHysteresis1 of BTS - With this parameter,
together with AMR FR uplink threshold 1 or AMR FR
downlink threshold 1 you, define the threshold for switching from codec mode 1 (lowest bit rate) to codec mode 2
(second lowest bit rate). Unused hysteresis is set as 0,
amrConfFrHysteresis2 of BTS - With this parameter,
together with AMR FR uplink threshold 2 or AMR FR
downlink threshold 2 you, define the threshold for switching from codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate) to codec
mode 3 (third lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as
0, amrConfFrHysteresis3 of BTS - With this parameter,
together with the AMR FR uplink threshold 3 or the AMR
FR downlink threshold 3, you define the threshold for
switching from codec mode 3 (lowest bit rate) to codec
mode 4 (second lowest bit rate). Unused hysteresis is set
as 0, amrConfFrDlThreshold1 of BTS - With this parameter you define the downlink threshold for switching from
codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate) to codec mode 1
(lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0,
amrConfFrDlThreshold3 of BTS - With this parameter
you define the downlink threshold for switching from
codec mode 4 (fourth lowest bit rate) to codec mode 3
(third lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
AMR FR (50)
Related features
•
•
BSS20485: Separate UL&DL AMR Link Adaptation
Thresholds
BSS20249: AMR FR Licence Control
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EQY, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
FRTD2
MML Full Name
AMR FR DL threshold 2
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 390
9.6
AMR FR DL threshold 3 (FRTD3)
Parameter name
AMR FR DL Threshold 3
Abbreviated name
amrConfFrDlThreshold3
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Table 391
506
AMR FR DL Threshold 2 (Cont.)
AMR FR DL Threshold 3
Id:0900d805806b0694
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
Description
With this parameter you define the downlink threshold for
switching from codec mode 4 (fourth lowest bit rate) to
codec mode 3 (third lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is
set as 0.
If the AMR FR codec mode set parameter is defined as
disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC.
AMR FR downlink threshold 3 must be equal to or greater
than AMR FR downlink threshold 2.
MML range: 0 to 63 (0...31.5 dB, step 0.5 dB)
MML default: 22 (11 dB)
Additional information
-
Range
0...31.5
Step
0.5
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value * 2
Default value
11 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
amrConfFrHysteresis1 of BTS - With this parameter,
together with AMR FR uplink threshold 1 or AMR FR
downlink threshold 1 you, define the threshold for switching from codec mode 1 (lowest bit rate) to codec mode 2
(second lowest bit rate). Unused hysteresis is set as 0,
amrConfFrHysteresis2 of BTS - With this parameter,
together with AMR FR uplink threshold 2 or AMR FR
downlink threshold 2 you, define the threshold for switching from codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate) to codec
mode 3 (third lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as
0, amrConfFrHysteresis3 of BTS - With this parameter,
together with the AMR FR uplink threshold 3 or the AMR
FR downlink threshold 3, you define the threshold for
switching from codec mode 3 (lowest bit rate) to codec
mode 4 (second lowest bit rate). Unused hysteresis is set
as 0, amrConfFrDlThreshold1 of BTS - With this parameter you define the downlink threshold for switching from
codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate) to codec mode 1
(lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0,
amrConfFrDlThreshold2 of BTS - With this parameter
you define the downlink threshold for switching from
codec mode 3 (third lowest bit rate) to codec mode 2
(second lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Table 391
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
AMR FR (50)
AMR FR DL Threshold 3 (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806b0694
507
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
Related features
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
•
•
BSS20485: Separate UL&DL AMR Link Adaptation
Thresholds
BSS20249: AMR FR Licence Control
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EQY, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
FRTD3
MML Full Name
AMR FR DL threshold 3
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 391
9.7
AMR FR DL Threshold 3 (Cont.)
AMR FR hysteresis 1 (FRH1)
Parameter name
AMR FR Hysteresis 1
Abbreviated name
amrConfFrHysteresis1
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter, together with AMR FR uplink threshold 1 or AMR FR downlink threshold 1, you define the
threshold for switching from codec mode 1 (lowest bit
rate) to codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate). Unused
hysteresis is set as 0.
If the AMR FR codec mode set parameter is defined as
disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by BSC.
AMR FR downlink threshold 1 + AMR FR hysteresis 1
must be equal to or smaller than AMR FR downlink
threshold 2 + AMR FR hysteresis 2.
AMR FR uplink threshold 1 + AMR FR hysteresis 1 must
be equal to or smaller than AMR FR uplink threshold 2 +
AMR FR hysteresis 2.
NOTE:
MML Range: 0 to 15 (0 to 7.5 dB)
MML default: 2 (1 dB)
Additional information
-
Range
0...7.5
Step
0.5
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value * 2
Table 392
508
AMR FR Hysteresis 1
Id:0900d805806b0694
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Default value
1 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
amrConfFrHysteresis2 of BTS - With this parameter,
together with AMR FR uplink threshold 2 or AMR FR
downlink threshold 2 you, define the threshold for switching from codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate) to codec
mode 3 (third lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as
0, amrConfFrHysteresis3 of BTS - With this parameter,
together with the AMR FR uplink threshold 3 or the AMR
FR downlink threshold 3, you define the threshold for
switching from codec mode 3 (lowest bit rate) to codec
mode 4 (second lowest bit rate). Unused hysteresis is set
as 0, amrConfFrDlThreshold1 of BTS - With this parameter you define the downlink threshold for switching from
codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate) to codec mode 1
(lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0,
amrConfFrDlThreshold2 of BTS - With this parameter
you define the downlink threshold for switching from
codec mode 3 (third lowest bit rate) to codec mode 2
(second lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0,
amrConfFrDlThreshold3 of BTS - With this parameter
you define the downlink threshold for switching from
codec mode 4 (fourth lowest bit rate) to codec mode 3
(third lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0,
amrConfFrUlThreshold1 of BTS - With this parameter
you define the uplink threshold for switching from codec
mode 2 (second lowest bit rate) to codec mode 1 (lowest
bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0,
amrConfFrUlThreshold2 of BTS - With this parameter
you define the uplink threshold for switching from codec
mode 3 (third lowest bit rate) to codec mode 2 (second
lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0,
amrConfFrUlThreshold3 of BTS - With this parameter
you define the uplink threshold for switching from codec
mode 4 (fourth lowest bit rate) to codec mode 3 (third
lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
AMR FR (50)
Related features
•
BSS20249: AMR FR Licence Control
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EQY, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
FRH1
MML Full Name
AMR FR hysteresis 1
Table 392
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
AMR FR Hysteresis 1 (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806b0694
509
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
Segment Level Parameter
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 392
9.8
AMR FR Hysteresis 1 (Cont.)
AMR FR hysteresis 2 (FRH2)
Parameter name
AMR FR Hysteresis 2
Abbreviated name
amrConfFrHysteresis2
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter, together with AMR FR uplink threshold 2 or AMR FR downlink threshold 2, you define the
threshold for switching from codec mode 2 (second
lowest bit rate) to codec mode 3 (third lowest bit rate).
Unused threshold is set as 0.
If the AMR FR codec mode set parameter is defined as
disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC.
AMR FR uplink threshold 2 + AMR FR hysteresis 2 must
be equal to or greater than AMR FR uplink threshold 1 +
AMR FR hysteresis 1.
AMR FR downlink threshold 2 + AMR FR hysteresis 2
must be equal to or greater than AMR FR downlink
threshold 1 + AMR FR hysteresis 1.
AMR FR uplink threshold 2 + AMR FR hysteresis 2 must
be equal to or smaller than AMR FR uplink threshold 3 +
AMR FR hysteresis 3.
AMR FR downlink threshold 2 + AMR FR hysteresis 2
must be equal to or smaller than AMR FR downlink
threshold 3 + AMR FR hysteresis 3.
NOTE:
MML Range: 0 to 15 (0 to 7.5 dB)
MML default: 2 (1 dB)
Additional information
-
Range
0...7.5
Step
0.5
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value * 2
Default value
1 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Table 393
510
AMR FR Hysteresis 2
Id:0900d805806b0694
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
amrConfFrHysteresis1 of BTS - With this parameter,
together with AMR FR uplink threshold 1 or AMR FR
downlink threshold 1 you, define the threshold for switching from codec mode 1 (lowest bit rate) to codec mode 2
(second lowest bit rate). Unused hysteresis is set as 0,
amrConfFrHysteresis3 of BTS - With this parameter,
together with the AMR FR uplink threshold 3 or the AMR
FR downlink threshold 3, you define the threshold for
switching from codec mode 3 (lowest bit rate) to codec
mode 4 (second lowest bit rate). Unused hysteresis is set
as 0, amrConfFrDlThreshold1 of BTS - With this parameter you define the downlink threshold for switching from
codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate) to codec mode 1
(lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0,
amrConfFrDlThreshold2 of BTS - With this parameter
you define the downlink threshold for switching from
codec mode 3 (third lowest bit rate) to codec mode 2
(second lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0,
amrConfFrDlThreshold3 of BTS - With this parameter
you define the downlink threshold for switching from
codec mode 4 (fourth lowest bit rate) to codec mode 3
(third lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0,
amrConfFrUlThreshold1 of BTS - With this parameter
you define the uplink threshold for switching from codec
mode 2 (second lowest bit rate) to codec mode 1 (lowest
bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0,
amrConfFrUlThreshold2 of BTS - With this parameter
you define the uplink threshold for switching from codec
mode 3 (third lowest bit rate) to codec mode 2 (second
lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0,
amrConfFrUlThreshold3 of BTS - With this parameter
you define the uplink threshold for switching from codec
mode 4 (fourth lowest bit rate) to codec mode 3 (third
lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
AMR FR (50)
Related features
•
BSS20249: AMR FR Licence Control
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EQY, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
FRH2
MML Full Name
AMR FR hysteresis 2
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 393
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
AMR FR Hysteresis 2 (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806b0694
511
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
9.9
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
AMR FR hysteresis 3 (FRH3)
Parameter name
AMR FR Hysteresis 3
Abbreviated name
amrConfFrHysteresis3
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter, together with the AMR FR uplink
threshold 3 or the AMR FR downlink threshold 3, you
define the threshold for switching from codec mode 3
(lowest bit rate) to codec mode 4 (second lowest bit rate).
Unused hysteresis is set as 0.
If the AMR FR codec mode set parameter is defined as
disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC.
AMR FR uplink threshold 3 + AMR FR hysteresis 3 must
be equal to or greater than AMR FR uplink threshold 2 +
AMR FR hysteresis 2.
AMR FR downlink threshold 3 + AMR FR hysteresis 3
must equal to or be greater than AMR FR downlink
threshold 2 + AMR FR hysteresis 2.
NOTE:
MML Range: 0 to 15 (0 to 7.5 dB)
MML default: 2 (1 dB)
Additional information
-
Range
0...7.5
Step
0.5
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value * 2
Default value
1 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Table 394
512
AMR FR Hysteresis 3
Id:0900d805806b0694
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
Related parameters
amrConfFrHysteresis1 of BTS - With this parameter,
together with AMR FR uplink threshold 1 or AMR FR
downlink threshold 1 you, define the threshold for switching from codec mode 1 (lowest bit rate) to codec mode 2
(second lowest bit rate). Unused hysteresis is set as 0,
amrConfFrHysteresis2 of BTS - With this parameter,
together with AMR FR uplink threshold 2 or AMR FR
downlink threshold 2 you, define the threshold for switching from codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate) to codec
mode 3 (third lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as
0, amrConfFrDlThreshold1 of BTS - With this parameter
you define the downlink threshold for switching from
codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate) to codec mode 1
(lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0,
amrConfFrDlThreshold2 of BTS - With this parameter
you define the downlink threshold for switching from
codec mode 3 (third lowest bit rate) to codec mode 2
(second lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0,
amrConfFrDlThreshold3 of BTS - With this parameter
you define the downlink threshold for switching from
codec mode 4 (fourth lowest bit rate) to codec mode 3
(third lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0,
amrConfFrUlThreshold1 of BTS - With this parameter
you define the uplink threshold for switching from codec
mode 2 (second lowest bit rate) to codec mode 1 (lowest
bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0,
amrConfFrUlThreshold2 of BTS - With this parameter
you define the uplink threshold for switching from codec
mode 3 (third lowest bit rate) to codec mode 2 (second
lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0,
amrConfFrUlThreshold3 of BTS - With this parameter
you define the uplink threshold for switching from codec
mode 4 (fourth lowest bit rate) to codec mode 3 (third
lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
AMR FR (50)
Related features
•
BSS20249: AMR FR Licence Control
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EQY, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
FRH3
MML Full Name
AMR FR hysteresis 3
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 394
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
AMR FR Hysteresis 3 (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806b0694
513
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
9.10
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
AMR FR initial codec mode indicator (ICMI and FRI)
Parameter name
AMR FR Initial Codec Mode Indicator
Abbreviated name
amrConfFrInitCodecMode
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define whether the initial codec
mode used by the mobile station is defined explicitly in
the AMR codec mode set or whether it is implicitly derived
by the mobile station from the amount of codec modes in
the AMR codec mode set. If the AMR FR codec mode set
parameter is defined as disabled, then this parameter is
set as 0.
NOTE:
MML description: If the parameter is defined as 0, then
the AMR FR start mode parameter is set as 00.
NOTE:
MML range:
0: Initial codec mode is defined by the implicit rule
provided in GSM (3GPP) 45.009
1: Initial codec mode is defined by the Start Mode field.
NOTE:
Related parameters: BTS-amrConfFrStartMode
MML description: If the parameter is defined as 0, then
the AMR FR start mode parameter is set as 00.
NetAct description: If this parameter is set as 0 (Defined
by implicit rule provided in GSM (3GPP) 45.009), then the
parameter AMR FR Start Mode needs to be set
as 0 (Codec Mode 1).
Additional information
-
Range
Defined by implicit rule provided in GSM 45.009 (0),
Defined by Start Mode (1)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
gui ==> internal
Defined by implicit rule provided in GSM 45.009 ==> 0
Defined by Start Mode ==> 1
Default value
Defined by implicit rule provided in GSM 45.009 (0)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Table 395
514
AMR FR Initial Codec Mode Indicator
Id:0900d805806b0694
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
AMR FR (50)
Related features
•
BSS20249: AMR FR Licence Control
Interfaces
•
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
BSC <-> RAC
References
-
MML Commands
EQY, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
ICMI and FRI
MML Full Name
AMR FR initial codec mode indicator
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 395
9.11
AMR FR Initial Codec Mode Indicator (Cont.)
AMR FR start mode (FRS)
Parameter name
AMR FR Start Mode
Abbreviated name
amrConfFrStartMode
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define explicitly the initial codec
mode used by the mobile station.
NOTE:
MML Range:
00: Codec mode 1
01: Codec mode 2
10: Codec mode 3
11: Codec mode 4
MML default: 00
Additional information
-
Range
Codec Mode 1 (0), Codec Mode 2 (1), Codec Mode 3 (2),
Codec Mode 4 (3)
Step
-
Unit
-
Table 396
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
AMR FR Start Mode
Id:0900d805806b0694
515
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
Formula for getting internal
value
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
gui ==> internal
Codec Mode 1 ==> 0
Codec Mode 2 ==> 1
Codec Mode 3 ==> 2
Codec Mode 4 ==> 3
Default value
Codec Mode 1 (0)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
AMR FR (50)
Related features
•
BSS20249: AMR FR Licence Control
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EQY, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
FRS
MML Full Name
AMR FR start mode
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 396
9.12
AMR FR UL threshold 1 (FRTU1)
Parameter name
AMR FR UL Threshold 1
Abbreviated name
amrConfFrUlThreshold1
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Table 397
516
AMR FR Start Mode (Cont.)
AMR FR UL Threshold 1
Id:0900d805806b0694
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
Description
With this parameter you define the uplink threshold for
switching from codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate) to
codec mode 1 (lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set
as 0.
If the AMR FR codec mode set parameter is defined as
disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC.
AMR FR uplink threshold 1 must be equal to or smaller
than AMR FR uplink threshold 2.
MML range:
0 to 63 (0...31.5 dB, step 0.5 dB)
MML default: 8 (4 dB)
Additional information
-
Range
0...31.5
Step
0.5
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value * 2
Default value
4 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
amrConfFrHysteresis1 of BTS - With this parameter,
together with AMR FR uplink threshold 1 or AMR FR
downlink threshold 1 you, define the threshold for switching from codec mode 1 (lowest bit rate) to codec mode 2
(second lowest bit rate). Unused hysteresis is set as 0,
amrConfFrHysteresis2 of BTS - With this parameter,
together with AMR FR uplink threshold 2 or AMR FR
downlink threshold 2 you, define the threshold for switching from codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate) to codec
mode 3 (third lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as
0, amrConfFrHysteresis3 of BTS - With this parameter,
together with the AMR FR uplink threshold 3 or the AMR
FR downlink threshold 3, you define the threshold for
switching from codec mode 3 (lowest bit rate) to codec
mode 4 (second lowest bit rate). Unused hysteresis is set
as 0, amrConfFrUlThreshold2 of BTS - With this parameter you define the uplink threshold for switching from
codec mode 3 (third lowest bit rate) to codec mode 2
(second lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0,
amrConfFrUlThreshold3 of BTS - With this parameter
you define the uplink threshold for switching from codec
mode 4 (fourth lowest bit rate) to codec mode 3 (third
lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Table 397
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
AMR FR (50)
AMR FR UL Threshold 1 (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806b0694
517
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
Related features
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
•
•
BSS20485: Separate UL&DL AMR Link Adaptation
Thresholds
BSS20249: AMR FR Licence Control
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EQY, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
FRTU1
MML Full Name
AMR FR UL threshold 1
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 397
9.13
AMR FR UL Threshold 1 (Cont.)
AMR FR UL threshold 2 (FRTU2)
Parameter name
AMR FR UL Threshold 2
Abbreviated name
amrConfFrUlThreshold2
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the uplink threshold for
switching from codec mode 3 (third lowest bit rate) to
codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate). Unused threshold
is set as 0.
If the AMR FR codec mode set parameter is defined as
disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC.
AMR FR uplink threshold 2 must be equal to or greater
than AMR FR uplink threshold 1.
AMR FR uplink threshold 2 must be equal to or smaller
than AMR FR uplink threshold 3.
MML range: 0 to 63 (0...31.5 dB, step 0.5 dB)
MML default: 14 (7 dB)
Additional information
-
Range
0...31.5
Step
0.5
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value * 2
Default value
7 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Table 398
518
AMR FR UL Threshold 2
Id:0900d805806b0694
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
amrConfFrHysteresis1 of BTS - With this parameter,
together with AMR FR uplink threshold 1 or AMR FR
downlink threshold 1 you, define the threshold for switching from codec mode 1 (lowest bit rate) to codec mode 2
(second lowest bit rate). Unused hysteresis is set as 0,
amrConfFrHysteresis2 of BTS - With this parameter,
together with AMR FR uplink threshold 2 or AMR FR
downlink threshold 2 you, define the threshold for switching from codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate) to codec
mode 3 (third lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as
0, amrConfFrHysteresis3 of BTS - With this parameter,
together with the AMR FR uplink threshold 3 or the AMR
FR downlink threshold 3, you define the threshold for
switching from codec mode 3 (lowest bit rate) to codec
mode 4 (second lowest bit rate). Unused hysteresis is set
as 0, amrConfFrUlThreshold1 of BTS - With this parameter you define the uplink threshold for switching from
codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate) to codec mode 1
(lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0,
amrConfFrUlThreshold3 of BTS - With this parameter
you define the uplink threshold for switching from codec
mode 4 (fourth lowest bit rate) to codec mode 3 (third
lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
AMR FR (50)
Related features
•
•
BSS20485: Separate UL&DL AMR Link Adaptation
Thresholds
BSS20249: AMR FR Licence Control
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EQY, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
FRTU2
MML Full Name
AMR FR UL threshold 2
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 398
9.14
AMR FR UL threshold 3 (FRTU3)
Parameter name
AMR FR UL Threshold 3
Abbreviated name
amrConfFrUlThreshold3
Table 399
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
AMR FR UL Threshold 2 (Cont.)
AMR FR UL Threshold 3
Id:0900d805806b0694
519
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the uplink threshold for
switching from codec mode 4 (fourth lowest bit rate) to
codec mode 3 (third lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is
set as 0.
If the AMR FR codec mode set parameter is defined as
disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC.
AMR FR uplink threshold 3 must be equal to or greater
than AMR FR uplink threshold 2.
MML range: 0 to 63 (0...31.5 dB, step 0.5 dB)
MML default: 22 (11 dB)
Additional information
-
Range
0...31.5
Step
0.5
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value * 2
Default value
11 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
amrConfFrHysteresis1 of BTS - With this parameter,
together with AMR FR uplink threshold 1 or AMR FR
downlink threshold 1 you, define the threshold for switching from codec mode 1 (lowest bit rate) to codec mode 2
(second lowest bit rate). Unused hysteresis is set as 0,
amrConfFrHysteresis2 of BTS - With this parameter,
together with AMR FR uplink threshold 2 or AMR FR
downlink threshold 2 you, define the threshold for switching from codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate) to codec
mode 3 (third lowest bit rate). Unused hysteresis is set as
0, amrConfFrHysteresis3 of BTS - With this parameter,
together with the AMR FR uplink threshold 3 or the AMR
FR downlink threshold 3, you define the threshold for
switching from codec mode 3 (lowest bit rate) to codec
mode 4 (second lowest bit rate). Unused hysteresis is set
as 0, amrConfFrUlThreshold1 of BTS - With this parameter you define the uplink threshold for switching from
codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate) to codec mode 1
(lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0,
amrConfFrUlThreshold2 of BTS - With this parameter
you define the uplink threshold for switching from codec
mode 3 (third lowest bit rate) to codec mode 2 (second
lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0.
Parameter relationships
-
Table 399
520
AMR FR UL Threshold 3 (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806b0694
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
Related options
•
AMR FR (50)
Related features
•
•
BSS20485: Separate UL&DL AMR Link Adaptation
Thresholds
BSS20249: AMR FR Licence Control
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EQY, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
FRTU3
MML Full Name
AMR FR UL threshold 3
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 399
9.15
AMR FR UL Threshold 3 (Cont.)
AMR HR codec mode set (HRC)
Parameter name
AMR HR Codec Mode Set
Abbreviated name
amrConfHrCodecModeSet
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the codec mode set for a
full rate channel. If the parameter is defined as disabled,
then the whole codec mode set is disabled. If the parameter is defined as disabled, then other AMR HR set
related parameters (thresholds, hystereses, ICMI and
start mode) are set as 0.
Note:
MML RANGE:
0:
disabled
1: 4.75 kbit/s
2: 5.15 kbit/s
4: 5.90 kbit/s
8: 6.70 kbit/s
16: 7.40 kbit/s
MML NOTE: You can give 0 or 1-4 values at the same
time by using the wild card character &.
MML default: 7.40 5.90 4.75 kbit/s
Additional information
-
Range
Bit 0: 4.75 kbit/s, Bit 1: 5.15 kbit/s, Bit 2: 5.90 kbit/s, Bit 3:
6.70 kbit/s, Bit 4: 7.40 kbit/s
Table 400
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
AMR HR Codec Mode Set
Id:0900d805806b0694
521
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
-
Default value
21
Default value notes
Disabled
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EQY, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
HRC
MML Full Name
AMR HR codec mode set
Segment Level Parameter
-
AMR FR (50)
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 400
9.16
AMR HR DL threshold 1 (HRTD1)
Parameter name
AMR HR DL Threshold 1
Abbreviated name
amrConfHrDlThreshold1
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Table 401
522
AMR HR Codec Mode Set (Cont.)
AMR HR DL Threshold 1
Id:0900d805806b0694
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
Description
With this parameter you define the downlink threshold for
switching from codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate) to
codec mode 1 (lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set
as 0.
If the AMR HR codec mode set parameter is defined as
disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC.
AMR HR downlink threshold 1 must be equal to or
smaller than AMR HR downlink threshold 2.
MML range: 0 to 63 (0...31.5 dB, step 0.5 dB)
MML default: 22 (11 dB)
Additional information
-
Range
0...31.5
Step
0.5
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value * 2
Default value
11 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
amrConfHrHysteresis1 of BTS - With this parameter you
define together with the AMR HR uplink threshold 1 or the
AMR HR downlink threshold 1 the threshold for switching
from codec mode 1 (lowest bit rate) to codec mode 2
(second lowest bit rate). Unused hysteresis is set as 0,
amrConfHrHysteresis2 of BTS - With this parameter,
together with the AMR HR uplink threshold 2 or AMR HR
downlink threshold 2, you define the threshold for switching from codec mode 2 (lowest bit rate) to codec mode 3
(second lowest bit rate). Unused hysteresis is set as 0,
amrConfHrHysteresis3 of BTS - With this parameter,
together with the AMR HR uplink threshold 3 or AMR HR
downlink threshold 3, you define the threshold for switching from codec mode 3 (lowest bit rate) to codec mode 4
(second lowest bit rate). Unused hysteresis is set as 0,
amrConfHrDlThreshold2 of BTS - With this parameter
you define the downlink threshold for switching from
codec mode 3 (third lowest bit rate) to codec mode 2
(second lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0,
amrConfHrDlThreshold3 of BTS - With this parameter
you define the downlink threshold for switching from
codec mode 4 (fourth lowest bit rate) to codec mode 3
(third lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Table 401
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
AMR HR (72)
AMR HR DL Threshold 1 (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806b0694
523
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Related features
•
BSS20485: Separate UL&DL AMR Link Adaptation
Thresholds
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EQY, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
HRTD1
MML Full Name
AMR HR DL threshold 1
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 401
9.17
AMR HR DL Threshold 1 (Cont.)
AMR HR DL threshold 2 (HRTD2)
Parameter name
AMR HR DL Threshold 2
Abbreviated name
amrConfHrDlThreshold2
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the downlink threshold for
switching from codec mode 3 (third lowest bit rate) to
codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate). Unused threshold
is set as 0.
If the AMR HR codec mode set parameter is defined as
disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC.
AMR HR downlink threshold 2 must be equal to or greater
than AMR HR downlink threshold 1.
AMR HR downlink threshold 2 must be equal to or
smaller than AMR HR downlink threshold 3.
MML range: 0 to 63 (0...31.5 dB, step 0.5 dB)
MML default: 28 (14 dB)
Additional information
-
Range
0...31.5
Step
0.5
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value * 2
Default value
14 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Table 402
524
AMR HR DL Threshold 2
Id:0900d805806b0694
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
amrConfHrHysteresis1 of BTS - With this parameter you
define together with the AMR HR uplink threshold 1 or the
AMR HR downlink threshold 1 the threshold for switching
from codec mode 1 (lowest bit rate) to codec mode 2
(second lowest bit rate). Unused hysteresis is set as 0,
amrConfHrHysteresis2 of BTS - With this parameter,
together with the AMR HR uplink threshold 2 or AMR HR
downlink threshold 2, you define the threshold for switching from codec mode 2 (lowest bit rate) to codec mode 3
(second lowest bit rate). Unused hysteresis is set as 0,
amrConfHrHysteresis3 of BTS - With this parameter,
together with the AMR HR uplink threshold 3 or AMR HR
downlink threshold 3, you define the threshold for switching from codec mode 3 (lowest bit rate) to codec mode 4
(second lowest bit rate). Unused hysteresis is set as 0,
amrConfHrDlThreshold1 of BTS - With this parameter
you define the downlink threshold for switching from
codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate) to codec mode 1
(lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0,
amrConfHrDlThreshold3 of BTS - With this parameter
you define the downlink threshold for switching from
codec mode 4 (fourth lowest bit rate) to codec mode 3
(third lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
AMR HR (72)
Related features
•
BSS20485: Separate UL&DL AMR Link Adaptation
Thresholds
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EQY, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
HRTD2
MML Full Name
AMR HR DL threshold 2
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 402
9.18
AMR HR DL threshold 3 (HRTD3)
Parameter name
AMR HR DL Threshold 3
Abbreviated name
amrConfHrDlThreshold3
Managed object
BTS
Table 403
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
AMR HR DL Threshold 2 (Cont.)
AMR HR DL Threshold 3
Id:0900d805806b0694
525
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the downlink threshold for
switching from codec mode 4 (fourth lowest bit rate) to
codec mode 3 (third lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is
set as 0.
If the AMR HR codec mode set parameter is defined as
disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC.
AMR HR downlink threshold 3 must be equal to or greater
than AMR HR downlink threshold 2.
MML range: 0 to 63 (0...31.5 dB, step 0.5 dB)
MML default: 0 (0 dB)
Additional information
-
Range
0...31.5
Step
0.5
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value * 2
Default value
0 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
amrConfHrHysteresis1 of BTS - With this parameter you
define together with the AMR HR uplink threshold 1 or the
AMR HR downlink threshold 1 the threshold for switching
from codec mode 1 (lowest bit rate) to codec mode 2
(second lowest bit rate). Unused hysteresis is set as 0,
amrConfHrHysteresis2 of BTS - With this parameter,
together with the AMR HR uplink threshold 2 or AMR HR
downlink threshold 2, you define the threshold for switching from codec mode 2 (lowest bit rate) to codec mode 3
(second lowest bit rate). Unused hysteresis is set as 0,
amrConfHrHysteresis3 of BTS - With this parameter,
together with the AMR HR uplink threshold 3 or AMR HR
downlink threshold 3, you define the threshold for switching from codec mode 3 (lowest bit rate) to codec mode 4
(second lowest bit rate). Unused hysteresis is set as 0,
amrConfHrDlThreshold1 of BTS - With this parameter
you define the downlink threshold for switching from
codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate) to codec mode 1
(lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0,
amrConfHrDlThreshold2 of BTS - With this parameter
you define the downlink threshold for switching from
codec mode 3 (third lowest bit rate) to codec mode 2
(second lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0.
Parameter relationships
-
Table 403
526
AMR HR DL Threshold 3 (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806b0694
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
Related options
•
AMR HR (72)
Related features
•
BSS20485: Separate UL&DL AMR Link Adaptation
Thresholds
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EQY, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
HRTD3
MML Full Name
AMR HR DL threshold 3
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 403
9.19
AMR HR DL Threshold 3 (Cont.)
AMR HR hysteresis 1 (HRH1)
Parameter name
AMR HR Hysteresis 1
Abbreviated name
amrConfHrHysteresis1
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter, together with the AMR HR uplink
threshold 1 or the AMR HR downlink threshold 1, you
define the threshold for switching from codec mode 1
(lowest bit rate) to codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate).
Unused hysteresis is set as 0.
If the AMR HR codec mode set parameter is defined as
disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC.
AMR HR uplink threshold 1 + AMR HR hysteresis 1 must
be equal to or smaller than AMR HR uplink threshold 2 +
AMR HR hysteresis 2.
AMR HR downlink threshold 1 + AMR HR hysteresis 1
must be equal to or smaller than AMR HR downlink
threshold 2 + AMR HR hysteresis 2.
NOTE:
MML range: 0 to 15 (0...7.5 dB, step 0.5 dB)
MML default: 2 (1 dB)
Additional information
-
Range
0...7.5
Step
0.5
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value * 2
Table 404
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
AMR HR Hysteresis 1
Id:0900d805806b0694
527
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
Default value
1 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
amrConfHrHysteresis2 of BTS - With this parameter,
together with the AMR HR uplink threshold 2 or AMR HR
downlink threshold 2, you define the threshold for switching from codec mode 2 (lowest bit-rate) to codec mode 3
(second lowest bit-rate). Unused hysteresis is set as 0,
amrConfHrHysteresis3 of BTS - With this parameter,
together with the AMR HR uplink threshold 3 or AMR HR
downlink threshold 3, you define the threshold for switching from codec mode 3 (lowest bit-rate) to codec mode 4
(second lowest bit-rate). Unused hysteresis is set as 0,
amrConfHrDlThreshold1 of BTS - With this parameter
you define the downlink threshold for switching from
codec mode 2 (second lowest bit-rate) to codec mode 1
(lowest bit-rate). Unused threshold is set as 0,
amrConfHrDlThreshold2 of BTS - With this parameter
you define the downlink threshold for switching from
codec mode 3 (third lowest bit-rate) to codec mode 2
(second lowest bit-rate). Unused threshold is set as 0,
amrConfHrDlThreshold3 of BTS - With this parameter
you define the downlink threshold for switching from
codec mode 4 (fourth lowest bit-rate) to codec mode 3
(third lowest bit-rate). Unused threshold is set as 0,
amrConfHrUlThreshold1 of BTS - With this parameter
you define the uplink threshold for switching from codec
mode 2 (second lowest bit-rate) to codec mode 1 (lowest
bit-rate). Unused threshold is set as 0,
amrConfHrUlThreshold2 of BTS - With this parameter
you define the uplink threshold for switching from codec
mode 3 (third lowest bit-rate) to codec mode 2 (second
lowest bit-rate). Unused threshold is set as 0,
amrConfHrUlThreshold3 of BTS - With this parameter
you define the uplink threshold for switching from codec
mode 4 (fourth lowest bit-rate) to codec mode 3 (third
lowest bit-rate). Unused threshold is set as 0.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EQY, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
HRH1
MML Full Name
AMR HR hysteresis 1
Table 404
528
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
AMR HR (72)
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
AMR HR Hysteresis 1 (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806b0694
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 404
9.20
AMR HR Hysteresis 1 (Cont.)
AMR HR hysteresis 2 (HRH2)
Parameter name
AMR HR Hysteresis 2
Abbreviated name
amrConfHrHysteresis2
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter, together with the AMR HR uplink
threshold 2 or AMR HR downlink threshold 2, you define
the threshold for switching from codec mode 2 (lowest bit
rate) to codec mode 3 (second lowest bit rate). Unused
hysteresis is set as 0.
If the AMR HR codec mode set parameter is defined as
disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC.
AMR HR uplink threshold 2 + AMR HR hysteresis 2 must
be equal to or greater than AMR HR uplink threshold 1 +
AMR HR hysteresis 1.
AMR HR downlink threshold 2 + AMR HR hysteresis 2
must be equal to or greater than AMR HR downlink
threshold 1 + AMR HR hysteresis 1.
AMR HR uplink threshold 2 + AMR HR hysteresis 2 must
be equal to or smaller than AMR HR uplink threshold 3 +
AMR HR hysteresis 3.
AMR HR downlink threshold 2 + AMR HR hysteresis 2
must be equal to or smaller than AMR HR downlink
threshold 3 + AMR HR hysteresis 3.
NOTE:
MML range: 0 to 15 (0...7.5 dB, step 0.5 dB)
MML default: 2 (1 dB)
Additional information
-
Range
0...7.5
Step
0.5
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value * 2
Default value
1 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Table 405
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
AMR HR Hysteresis 2
Id:0900d805806b0694
529
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
amrConfHrHysteresis1 of BTS - With this parameter you
define together with the AMR HR uplink threshold 1 or the
AMR HR downlink threshold 1 the threshold for switching
from codec mode 1 (lowest bit rate) to codec mode 2
(second lowest bit rate). Unused hysteresis is set as 0,
amrConfHrHysteresis3 of BTS - With this parameter,
together with the AMR HR uplink threshold 3 or AMR HR
downlink threshold 3, you define the threshold for switching from codec mode 3 (lowest bit rate) to codec mode 4
(second lowest bit rate). Unused hysteresis is set as 0,
amrConfHrDlThreshold1 of BTS - With this parameter
you define the downlink threshold for switching from
codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate) to codec mode 1
(lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0,
amrConfHrDlThreshold2 of BTS - With this parameter
you define the downlink threshold for switching from
codec mode 3 (third lowest bit rate) to codec mode 2
(second lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0,
amrConfHrDlThreshold3 of BTS - With this parameter
you define the downlink threshold for switching from
codec mode 4 (fourth lowest bit rate) to codec mode 3
(third lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0,
amrConfHrUlThreshold1 of BTS - With this parameter
you define the uplink threshold for switching from codec
mode 2 (second lowest bit rate) to codec mode 1 (lowest
bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0,
amrConfHrUlThreshold2 of BTS - With this parameter
you define the uplink threshold for switching from codec
mode 3 (third lowest bit rate) to codec mode 2 (second
lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0,
amrConfHrUlThreshold3 of BTS - With this parameter
you define the uplink threshold for switching from codec
mode 4 (fourth lowest bit rate) to codec mode 3 (third
lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EQY, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
HRH2
MML Full Name
AMR HR hysteresis 2
Segment Level Parameter
-
AMR HR (72)
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 405
530
AMR HR Hysteresis 2 (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806b0694
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
9.21
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
AMR HR hysteresis 3 (HRH3 )
Parameter name
AMR HR Hysteresis 3
Abbreviated name
amrConfHrHysteresis3
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter, together with the AMR HR uplink
threshold 3 or AMR HR downlink threshold 3, you define
the threshold for switching from codec mode 3 (lowest bit
rate) to codec mode 4 (second lowest bit rate). Unused
hysteresis is set as 0.
If the AMR HR codec mode set parameter is defined as
disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC.
AMR HR uplink threshold 3 + AMR HR hysteresis 3 must
be equal to or greater than AMR HR uplink threshold 2 +
AMR HR hysteresis 2.
AMR HR downlink threshold 3 + AMR HR hysteresis 3
must be equal to or greater than AMR HR downlink
threshold 2 + AMR HR hysteresis 2.
NOTE:
MML Range: 0 to 15 (0 to 7.5 dB)
MML default: 0 (0 dB)
Additional information
-
Range
0...7.5
Step
0.5
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value * 2
Default value
0 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Table 406
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
AMR HR Hysteresis 3
Id:0900d805806b0694
531
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Related parameters
amrConfHrHysteresis1 of BTS - With this parameter you
define together with the AMR HR uplink threshold 1 or the
AMR HR downlink threshold 1 the threshold for switching
from codec mode 1 (lowest bit rate) to codec mode 2
(second lowest bit rate). Unused hysteresis is set as 0,
amrConfHrHysteresis2 of BTS - With this parameter,
together with the AMR HR uplink threshold 2 or AMR HR
downlink threshold 2, you define the threshold for switching from codec mode 2 (lowest bit rate) to codec mode 3
(second lowest bit rate). Unused hysteresis is set as 0,
amrConfHrDlThreshold1 of BTS - With this parameter
you define the downlink threshold for switching from
codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate) to codec mode 1
(lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0,
amrConfHrDlThreshold2 of BTS - With this parameter
you define the downlink threshold for switching from
codec mode 3 (third lowest bit rate) to codec mode 2
(second lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0,
amrConfHrDlThreshold3 of BTS - With this parameter
you define the downlink threshold for switching from
codec mode 4 (fourth lowest bit rate) to codec mode 3
(third lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0,
amrConfHrUlThreshold1 of BTS - With this parameter
you define the uplink threshold for switching from codec
mode 2 (second lowest bit rate) to codec mode 1 (lowest
bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0,
amrConfHrUlThreshold2 of BTS - With this parameter
you define the uplink threshold for switching from codec
mode 3 (third lowest bit rate) to codec mode 2 (second
lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0,
amrConfHrUlThreshold3 of BTS - With this parameter
you define the uplink threshold for switching from codec
mode 4 (fourth lowest bit rate) to codec mode 3 (third
lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EQY, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
HRH3
MML Full Name
AMR HR hysteresis 3
Segment Level Parameter
-
AMR HR (72)
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 406
532
AMR HR Hysteresis 3 (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806b0694
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
9.22
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
AMR HR initial codec mode indicator (ICMI and HRI)
Parameter name
AMR HR Initial Codec Mode Indicator
Abbreviated name
amrConfHrInitCodecMode
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define whether the initial codec
mode used by the mobile station is defined explicitly in
the AMR codec mode set or is it implicitly derived by the
mobile station from the amount of codec modes in the
AMR codec mode set. If the AMR FR codec mode set
parameter is defined as disabled, then this parameter is
set as 0.
NOTE:
MML description:
If the parameter is defined as 0, then the AMR HR start
mode parameter is set as 00.
MML range:
0: Initial codec mode is defined by the implicit rule
provided in GSM 05.09
1: Initial codec mode is defined by the Start Mode field.
Additional information
-
Range
Defined by implicit rule provided in GSM 05.09 (0),
Defined by Start Mode (1)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
gui ==> internal
Defined by implicit rule provided in GSM 05.09 ==> 0
Defined by Start Mode ==> 1
Default value
Defined by implicit rule provided in GSM 05.09 (0)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
amrConfHrStartMode of BTS - If this parameter is defined
as 0, then parameter AMR HR Start Mode is set to 00.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
Table 407
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
AMR HR (72)
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
AMR HR Initial Codec Mode Indicator
Id:0900d805806b0694
533
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
References
-
MML Commands
EQY, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
ICMI and HRI
MML Full Name
AMR HR initial codec mode indicator
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 407
9.23
AMR HR Initial Codec Mode Indicator (Cont.)
AMR HR start mode (HRS)
Parameter name
AMR HR Start Mode
Abbreviated name
amrConfHrStartMode
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you explicitly define the initial codec
mode used by the mobile station.
NOTE:
MML description: If the AMR HR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, then this parameter is set as
00. AMR HR start mode can be set to be smaller than or
equal to the amount of codecs in the AMR HR codec
mode set. For example, the AMR HR codec mode set
contains 3 codec modes and therefore the actual range
of AMR HR start mode is from 1 to 3.The exception is that
is that 7.40 kbit/s cannot be used as the initial codec
mode.
NOTE:
MML Range:
00: Codec mode 1
01: Codec mode 2
10: Codec mode 3
11: Codec mode 4
MML default: 00
NOTE:
Related parameters: BTS-amrConfHrInitCodecMode
MML description: If the AMR HR Initial Codec Mode Indicator parameter is set as 0, this parameter is set to 00.
NetAct description: If the AMR HR Initial Codec Mode
Indicator parameter is set as 0 (Defined by implicit rule
provided in GSM 05.09), then this parameter needs to be
set to 0 (Codec Mode 1).
Additional information
Table 408
534
-
AMR HR Start Mode
Id:0900d805806b0694
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
Range
Codec Mode 1 (0), Codec Mode 2 (1), Codec Mode 3 (2),
Codec Mode 4 (3)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
gui ==> internal
Codec Mode 1 ==> 0
Codec Mode 2 ==> 1
Codec Mode 3 ==> 2
Codec Mode 4 ==> 3
Default value
Codec Mode 1 (0)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EQY, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
HRS
MML Full Name
AMR HR start mode
Segment Level Parameter
-
AMR HR (72)
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 408
9.24
AMR HR UL threshold 1 (HRTU1)
Parameter name
AMR HR UL Threshold 1
Abbreviated name
amrConfHrUlThreshold1
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Table 409
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
AMR HR Start Mode (Cont.)
AMR HR UL Threshold 1
Id:0900d805806b0694
535
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
Description
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
With this parameter you define the uplink threshold for
switching from codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate) to
codec mode 1 (lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set
as 0.
If the AMR HR codec mode set parameter is defined as
disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC.
AMR HR uplink threshold 1 must be equal to or smaller
than AMR HR uplink threshold 2.
MML range: 0 to 63 (0...31.5 dB, step 0.5 dB)
MML default: 22 (11 dB)
Additional information
-
Range
0...31.5
Step
0.5
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value * 2
Default value
11 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
amrConfHrHysteresis1 of BTS - With this parameter you
define together with the AMR HR uplink threshold 1 or the
AMR HR downlink threshold 1 the threshold for switching
from codec mode 1 (lowest bit rate) to codec mode 2
(second lowest bit rate). Unused hysteresis is set as 0,
amrConfHrHysteresis2 of BTS - With this parameter,
together with the AMR HR uplink threshold 2 or AMR HR
downlink threshold 2, you define the threshold for switching from codec mode 2 (lowest bit rate) to codec mode 3
(second lowest bit rate). Unused hysteresis is set as 0,
amrConfHrHysteresis3 of BTS - With this parameter,
together with the AMR HR uplink threshold 3 or AMR HR
downlink threshold 3, you define the threshold for switching from codec mode 3 (lowest bit rate) to codec mode 4
(second lowest bit rate). Unused hysteresis is set as 0,
amrConfHrUlThreshold2 of BTS - With this parameter
you define the uplink threshold for switching from codec
mode 3 (third lowest bit rate) to codec mode 2 (second
lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0,
amrConfHrUlThreshold3 of BTS - With this parameter
you define the uplink threshold for switching from codec
mode 4 (fourth lowest bit rate) to codec mode 3 (third
lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Table 409
536
AMR HR (72)
AMR HR UL Threshold 1 (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806b0694
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
Related features
•
BSS20485: Separate UL&DL AMR Link Adaptation
Thresholds
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EQY, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
HRTU1
MML Full Name
AMR HR UL threshold 1
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 409
9.25
AMR HR UL Threshold 1 (Cont.)
AMR HR UL threshold 2 (HRTU2)
Parameter name
AMR HR UL Threshold 2
Abbreviated name
amrConfHrUlThreshold2
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the uplink threshold for
switching from codec mode 3 (third lowest bit rate) to
codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate). Unused threshold
is set as 0.
If the AMR HR codec mode set parameter is defined as
disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC.
AMR HR uplink threshold 2 must be equal to or greater
than AMR HR uplink threshold 1.
AMR HR uplink threshold 2 must be equal to or smaller
than AMR HR uplink threshold 3.
MML range: 0 to 63 (0...31.5 dB, step 0.5 dB)
MML default: 28 (14 dB)
Additional information
-
Range
0...31.5
Step
0.5
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value * 2
Default value
14 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Table 410
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
AMR HR UL Threshold 2
Id:0900d805806b0694
537
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
amrConfHrHysteresis1 of BTS - With this parameter you
define together with the AMR HR uplink threshold 1 or the
AMR HR downlink threshold 1 the threshold for switching
from codec mode 1 (lowest bit rate) to codec mode 2
(second lowest bit rate). Unused hysteresis is set as 0,
amrConfHrHysteresis2 of BTS - With this parameter,
together with the AMR HR uplink threshold 2 or AMR HR
downlink threshold 2, you define the threshold for switching from codec mode 2 (lowest bit rate) to codec mode 3
(second lowest bit rate). Unused hysteresis is set as 0,
amrConfHrHysteresis3 of BTS - With this parameter,
together with the AMR HR uplink threshold 3 or AMR HR
downlink threshold 3, you define the threshold for switching from codec mode 3 (lowest bit rate) to codec mode 4
(second lowest bit rate). Unused hysteresis is set as 0,
amrConfHrUlThreshold1 of BTS - With this parameter
you define the uplink threshold for switching from codec
mode 2 (second lowest bit rate) to codec mode 1 (lowest
bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0,
amrConfHrUlThreshold3 of BTS - With this parameter
you define the uplink threshold for switching from codec
mode 4 (fourth lowest bit rate) to codec mode 3 (third
lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
AMR HR (72)
Related features
•
BSS20485: Separate UL&DL AMR Link Adaptation
Thresholds
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EQY, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
HRTU2
MML Full Name
AMR HR UL threshold 2
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 410
9.26
AMR HR UL threshold 3 (HRTU3)
Parameter name
AMR HR UL Threshold 3
Abbreviated name
amrConfHrUlThreshold3
Managed object
BTS
Table 411
538
AMR HR UL Threshold 2 (Cont.)
AMR HR UL Threshold 3
Id:0900d805806b0694
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the uplink threshold for
switching from codec mode 4 (fourth lowest bit rate) to
codec mode 3 (third lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is
set as 0.
If the AMR HR codec mode set parameter is defined as
disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC
AMR HR uplink threshold 3 must be equal to or greater
than AMR HR uplink threshold 2.
MML range: 0 to 63 (0...31.5 dB, step 0.5 dB)
MML default: 0 (0 dB)
Additional information
-
Range
0...31.5
Step
0.5
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value * 2
Default value
0 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
amrConfHrHysteresis1 of BTS - With this parameter you
define together with the AMR HR uplink threshold 1 or the
AMR HR downlink threshold 1 the threshold for switching
from codec mode 1 (lowest bit rate) to codec mode 2
(second lowest bit rate). Unused hysteresis is set as 0,
amrConfHrHysteresis2 of BTS - With this parameter,
together with the AMR HR uplink threshold 2 or AMR HR
downlink threshold 2, you define the threshold for switching from codec mode 2 (lowest bit rate) to codec mode 3
(second lowest bit rate). Unused hysteresis is set as 0,
amrConfHrHysteresis3 of BTS - With this parameter,
together with the AMR HR uplink threshold 3 or AMR HR
downlink threshold 3, you define the threshold for switching from codec mode 3 (lowest bit rate) to codec mode 4
(second lowest bit rate). Unused hysteresis is set as 0,
amrConfHrUlThreshold1 of BTS - With this parameter
you define the uplink threshold for switching from codec
mode 2 (second lowest bit rate) to codec mode 1 (lowest
bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0,
amrConfHrUlThreshold2 of BTS - With this parameter
you define the uplink threshold for switching from codec
mode 3 (third lowest bit rate) to codec mode 2 (second
lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0.
Parameter relationships
-
Table 411
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
AMR HR UL Threshold 3 (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806b0694
539
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Related options
•
AMR HR (72)
Related features
•
BSS20485: Separate UL&DL AMR Link Adaptation
Thresholds
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EQY, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
HRTU3
MML Full Name
AMR HR UL threshold 3
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 411
9.27
AMR HR UL Threshold 3 (Cont.)
AMR-WB codec mode set (ACMS)
Parameter name
AMR-WB Codec Mode Set
Abbreviated name
amrWbFrCodecModeSet
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter user define is AMR-WB codec
mode set Enabled or Disabled.
NOTE: Parameter is visible only for MetroSite,
UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus and Flexi Multiradio BTSs
Additional information
-
Range
AMR-WB FR codec mode set is disabled (N) (0),
AMR-WB FR codec mode set is enabled (Y) (1)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting
internal value
gui ==> internal
AMR-WB FR codec mode set is disabled (N) ==> 0
AMR-WB FR codec mode set is enabled (Y) ==> 1
Default value
AMR-WB FR codec mode set is disabled (N) (0)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Table 412
540
AMR-WB Codec Mode Set
Id:0900d805806b0694
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
– Wideband AMR (133)
Related features
– BSS20960: Wideband AMR
Interfaces
– RACApp <-> RAC
– RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EQY, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
ACMS
MML Full Name
AMR-WB codec mode set
Segment Level Parameter
false
File Based Provisioning
supported
true
Table 412
9.28
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
AMR-WB Codec Mode Set (Cont.)
AMR-WB FR threshold 1 (AFRT1)
Parameter name
AMR-WB FR Threshold 1
Abbreviated name
amrWbFrThreshold1
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the threshold for
switching from codec mode 2 (second lowest bit
rate) to codec mode 1 (lowest bit rate).
AMR-WB FR Threshold 1 must be equal to or
smaller than AMR-WB FR Threshold 2.
NOTE:
MML range: 0 to 63 (0...31.5 dB, step 0.5 dB)
MML default: 8 (4 dB)
NOTE: Parameter is visible only for MetroSite,
UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus and Flexi Multiradio BTSs
Additional information
-
Range
0...31.5
Step
0.5
Table 413
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
AMR-WB FR Threshold 1
Id:0900d805806b0694
541
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
Unit
dB
Formula for getting
internal value
internal_value = gui_value * 2
Default value
4 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
amrWbFrThreshold2 of BTS - With this parameter
you define the threshold for switching from codec
mode 3 (third lowest bit rate) to codec mode 2
(second lowest bit rate). , amrWbFrHysteresis1 of
BTS - With this parameter, together with AMR-WB
FR threshold 1, you define the threshold for switching from codec mode 1 (lowest bit rate) to codec
mode 2 (second lowest bit rate). ,
amrWbFrHysteresis2 of BTS - With this parameter,
together with AMR-WB FR threshold 2, you define
the threshold for switching from codec mode 2
(second lowest bit rate) to codec mode 3 (third
lowest bit rate).
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
– Wideband AMR (133)
Related features
– BSS20960: Wideband AMR
Interfaces
– RACApp <-> RAC
– RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EQY, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
AFRT1
MML Full Name
AMR-WB FR threshold 1
Segment Level Parameter
false
File Based Provisioning
supported
true
Table 413
542
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
AMR-WB FR Threshold 1 (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806b0694
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
9.29
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
AMR-WB FR threshold 2 (AFRT2)
Parameter name
AMR-WB FR Threshold 2
Abbreviated name
amrWbFrThreshold2
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the threshold for
switching from codec mode 3 (third lowest bit rate)
to codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate).
AMR-WB FR Threshold 2 must be equal to or
greater than AMR-WB FR Threshold 1.
NOTE:
MML range: 0 to 63 (0...31.5 dB, step 0.5 dB)
MML default: 14 (7 dB)
NOTE: Parameter is visible only for MetroSite,
UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus and Flexi Multiradio BTSs
Additional information
-
Range
0...31.5
Step
0.5
Unit
dB
Formula for getting
internal value
internal_value = gui_value * 2
Default value
7 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
amrWbFrThreshold1 of BTS - With this parameter
you define the threshold for switching from codec
mode 2 (second lowest bit rate) to codec mode 1
(lowest bit rate). , amrWbFrHysteresis1 of BTS With this parameter, together with AMR-WB FR
threshold 1, you define the threshold for switching
from codec mode 1 (lowest bit rate) to codec mode
2 (second lowest bit rate). , amrWbFrHysteresis2 of
BTS - With this parameter, together with AMR-WB
FR threshold 2, you define the threshold for switching from codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate) to
codec mode 3 (third lowest bit rate).
Table 414
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
AMR-WB FR Threshold 2
Id:0900d805806b0694
543
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
– Wideband AMR (133)
Related features
– BSS20960: Wideband AMR
Interfaces
– RACApp <-> RAC
– RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EQY, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
AFRT2
MML Full Name
AMR-WB FR threshold 2
Segment Level Parameter
false
File Based Provisioning
supported
true
Table 414
9.30
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
AMR-WB FR Threshold 2 (Cont.)
AMR-WB FR hysteresis 1 (AFRH1)
Parameter name
AMR-WB FR Hysteresis 1
Abbreviated name
amrWbFrHysteresis1
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter, together with AMR-WB FR
Threshold 1, you define the threshold for switching
from codec mode 1 (lowest bit rate) to codec mode
2 (second lowest bit rate).
AMR-WB FR Threshold 1 + AMR-WB FR Hysteresis 1 must be equal to or smaller than AMR-WB FR
Threshold 2 + AMR-WB FR Hysteresis 2.
NOTE:
MML Range: 0 to 15 (0 to 7.5 dB)
MML default: 4 (2 dB)
NOTE: Parameter is visible only for MetroSite,
UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus and Flexi Multiradio BTSs
Additional information
-
Range
0...7.5
Step
0.5
Unit
dB
Table 415
544
AMR-WB FR Hysteresis 1
Id:0900d805806b0694
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Formula for getting
internal value
internal_value = gui_value * 2
Default value
2 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
amrWbFrThreshold1 of BTS - With this parameter
you define the threshold for switching from codec
mode 2 (second lowest bit rate) to codec mode 1
(lowest bit rate). , amrWbFrThreshold2 of BTS With this parameter you define the threshold for
switching from codec mode 3 (third lowest bit rate)
to codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate). ,
amrWbFrHysteresis2 of BTS - With this parameter,
together with AMR-WB FR threshold 2, you define
the threshold for switching from codec mode 2
(second lowest bit rate) to codec mode 3 (third
lowest bit rate).
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
– Wideband AMR (133)
Related features
– BSS20960: Wideband AMR
Interfaces
– RACApp <-> RAC
– RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EQY, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
AFRH1
MML Full Name
AMR-WB FR hysteresis 1
Segment Level Parameter
false
File Based Provisioning
supported
true
Table 415
9.31
AMR-WB FR Hysteresis 1 (Cont.)
AMR-WB FR hysteresis 2 (AFRH2)
Parameter name
AMR-WB FR Hysteresis 2
Abbreviated name
amrWbFrHysteresis2
Table 416
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
AMR-WB FR Hysteresis 2
Id:0900d805806b0694
545
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter, together with AMR-WB FR
Threshold 2, you define the threshold for switching
from codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate) to
codec mode 3 (third lowest bit rate).
AMR-WB FR Threshold 2 + AMR-WB FR Hysteresis 2 must be equal to or greater than AMR-WB FR
Threshold 1 + AMR-WB FR Hysteresis 1.
NOTE:
MML Range: 0 to 15 (0 to 7.5 dB)
MML default: 4 (2 dB)
NOTE: Parameter is visible only for MetroSite,
UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus and Flexi Multiradio BTSs.
Additional information
-
Range
0...7.5
Step
0.5
Unit
dB
Formula for getting
internal value
internal_value = gui_value * 2
Default value
2 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
amrWbFrThreshold1 of BTS - With this parameter
you define the threshold for switching from codec
mode 2 (second lowest bit rate) to codec mode 1
(lowest bit rate). , amrWbFrThreshold2 of BTS With this parameter you define the threshold for
switching from codec mode 3 (third lowest bit rate)
to codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate). ,
amrWbFrHysteresis1 of BTS - With this parameter,
together with AMR-WB FR threshold 1, you define
the threshold for switching from codec mode 1
(lowest bit rate) to codec mode 2 (second lowest bit
rate).
Parameter relationships
-
Table 416
546
AMR-WB FR Hysteresis 2 (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806b0694
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Related options
– Wideband AMR (133)
Related features
– BSS20960: Wideband AMR
Interfaces
– RACApp <-> RAC
– RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EQY, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
AFRH2
MML Full Name
AMR-WB FR hysteresis 2
Segment Level Parameter
false
File Based Provisioning
supported
true
Table 416
9.32
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
AMR-WB FR Hysteresis 2 (Cont.)
antenna hopping (AHOP)
Parameter name
Antenna Hopping
Abbreviated name
antennaHopping
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define whether antenna
hopping is used in the BTS or not.
NOTE: Only UltraSite EDGE HW, Flexi EDGE HW,
EDGE TRXs, BTSplus and Flexi Multiradio support
antenna hopping.
Additional information
-
Range
antenna hopping not used (N) (0), antenna hopping
used (Y) (1)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting
internal value
gui ==> internal
antenna hopping not used (N) ==> 0
antenna hopping used (Y) ==> 1
Default value
antenna hopping not used (N) (0)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Table 417
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Antenna Hopping
Id:0900d805806b0694
547
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
Modification
Requires object locking
Modified
BTS must be locked
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
– Antenna Hopping Usage (62)
Related features
-
Interfaces
– Planner <-> RAC
– RACApp <-> RAC
– RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EQE, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
AHOP
MML Full Name
antenna hopping
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning
supported
true
Table 417
9.33
Antenna Hopping (Cont.)
boundary 0 (BO0)
Parameter name
Interference Averaging Boundary 0
Abbreviated name
interferenceAveragingProcessBoundary0
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With these parameters you define the boundary limits of
four interference bands for the unallocated time slots.
MML sets boundary 0 and 5 values automatically.
Additional information
-
Range
-110 dBm. Fixed boundary (0)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
gui ==> internal
Default value
-110 dBm. Fixed boundary (0)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Table 418
548
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
-110 dBm. Fixed boundary ==> 0
Interference Averaging Boundary 0
Id:0900d805806b0694
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
Planner <-> RAC
RAC <-> Optimizer
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 45.008
MML Commands
EQK, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
BO0
MML Full Name
boundary 0
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 418
9.34
boundary 1 (BO1)
Parameter name
Interference Averaging Boundary 1
Abbreviated name
interferenceAveragingProcessBoundary1
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With these parameters you define the boundary limits of
four interference bands for the unallocated time slots.
MML sets boundary 0 and 5 values automatically.
Additional information
-
Range
-110...-47
Step
1
Unit
dBm
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = (gui_value + 110)
Default value
-105 dBm
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Table 419
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Interference Averaging Boundary 0 (Cont.)
Interference Averaging Boundary 1
Id:0900d805806b0694
549
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Modified
-
Related parameters
interferenceAveragingProcessBoundary2 of BTS - The
value of this parameter must be lower than or equal to
that of Interference Averaging Boundary 2.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
Planner <-> RAC
RAC <-> Optimizer
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 45.008
MML Commands
EQK, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
BO1
MML Full Name
boundary 1
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 419
9.35
boundary 2 (BO2)
Parameter name
Interference Averaging Boundary 2
Abbreviated name
interferenceAveragingProcessBoundary2
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With these parameters you define the boundary limits of
four interference bands for the unallocated time slots.
MML sets boundary 0 and 5 values automatically.
Additional information
-
Range
-110...-47
Step
1
Unit
dBm
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = (gui_value + 110)
Default value
-100 dBm
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Table 420
550
Interference Averaging Boundary 1 (Cont.)
Interference Averaging Boundary 2
Id:0900d805806b0694
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
Modified
-
Related parameters
interferenceAveragingProcessBoundary3 of BTS - The
value of this parameter must be lower than or equal to
that of Interference Averaging Boundary 3.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
Planner <-> RAC
RAC <-> Optimizer
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 45.008
MML Commands
EQK, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
BO2
MML Full Name
boundary 2
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 420
9.36
boundary 3 (BO3)
Parameter name
Interference Averaging Boundary 3
Abbreviated name
interferenceAveragingProcessBoundary3
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With these parameters you define the boundary limits of
four interference bands for the unallocated time slots.
MML sets boundary 0 and 5 values automatically.
Additional information
-
Range
-110...-47
Step
1
Unit
dBm
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = (gui_value + 110)
Default value
-95 dBm
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Table 421
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Interference Averaging Boundary 2 (Cont.)
Interference Averaging Boundary 3
Id:0900d805806b0694
551
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Modified
-
Related parameters
interferenceAveragingProcessBoundary4 of BTS - The
value of this parameter must be lower than or equal to
that of Interference Averaging Boundary 4.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
Planner <-> RAC
RAC <-> Optimizer
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 45.008
MML Commands
EQK, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
BO3
MML Full Name
boundary 3
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 421
9.37
boundary 4 (BO4)
Parameter name
Interference Averaging Boundary 4
Abbreviated name
interferenceAveragingProcessBoundary4
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With these parameters you define the boundary limits of
four interference bands for the unallocated time slots.
MML sets boundary 0 and 5 values automatically.
Additional information
-
Range
-110...-47
Step
1
Unit
dBm
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = (gui_value + 110)
Default value
-90 dBm
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Table 422
552
Interference Averaging Boundary 3 (Cont.)
Interference Averaging Boundary 4
Id:0900d805806b0694
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
Planner <-> RAC
RAC <-> Optimizer
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 45.008
MML Commands
EQK, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
BO4
MML Full Name
boundary 4
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 422
9.38
boundary 5 (BO5)
Parameter name
Interference Averaging Boundary 5
Abbreviated name
interferenceAveragingProcessBoundary5
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With these parameters you define the boundary limits of
four interference bands for the unallocated time slots.
MML sets boundary 0 and 5 values automatically.
Additional information
-
Range
-47 dBm. Fixed boundary (63)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
gui ==> internal
Default value
-47 dBm. Fixed boundary (63)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Table 423
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Interference Averaging Boundary 4 (Cont.)
-47 dBm. Fixed boundary ==> 63
Interference Averaging Boundary 5
Id:0900d805806b0694
553
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
Planner <-> RAC
RAC <-> Optimizer
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 45.008
MML Commands
EQK, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
BO5
MML Full Name
boundary 5
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 423
9.39
Interference Averaging Boundary 5 (Cont.)
BSC-BSC Interface Status
Parameter name
BSC-BSC Interface Status
Abbreviated name
bscBscInterfaceStatus
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
This parameter indicates if the DFCA algorithm is
temporarily replaced by the conventional channel
allocation algorithm in the cell due to a failure with
connections to neighbour cells in remote BSCs.
MML NOTE: The parameter is only shown in
outputs.
Additional information
-
Range
Ok (0), Not Ok (1)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting
internal value
gui ==> internal
Ok ==> 0
Not Ok ==> 1
Default value
Ok (0)
Default value notes
-
Table 424
554
BSC-BSC Interface Status
Id:0900d805806b0694
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Required on Creation
Value set by the system
Related functions
-
Modification
Not modifiable
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
– DFCA (Dynamic Frequency And Channel Allocation) Usage (70)
Related features
– BSS11052: Dynamic Frequency and Channel
Allocation
Interfaces
– BSC -> RAC
References
-
MML Commands
EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
-
MML Full Name
-
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning
supported
false
Table 424
9.40
BSC-BSC Interface Status (Cont.)
BTS downlink throughput factor for CS1-CS4 (TFD)
Parameter name
BTS Downlink Throughput Factor For CS1-CS4
Abbreviated name
throughputFactor_cs1cs4dlcs
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you indicate typical throughput per
timeslot in the BTS, depending on the direction and
(M)CS. The parameter is used when comparing the TSL
capacities between different BTSs.
Additional information
-
Range
0...100
Step
1
Unit
kbit/s
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
12 kbit/s
Table 425
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
BTS Downlink Throughput Factor For CS1-CS4
Id:0900d805806b0694
555
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
BSC GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in BSC)
(39) (optional) OR Enhanced GPRS (EGPRS)
Usage (51) (optional)
Related features
•
BSS11111: Enhanced Quality of Service, EQoS
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EQV, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
TFD
MML Full Name
BTS downlink throughput factor for CS1-CS4
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 425
9.41
BTS downlink throughput factor for MCS1-MCS9 (TFDM)
Parameter name
BTS Downlink Throughput Factor For MCS1-MCS9
Abbreviated name
throughputFactor_mcs1mcs9dlcs
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you indicate typical throughput per
timeslot in the BTS, depending on the direction and
(M)CS. The parameter is used when comparing the TSL
capacities between different BTSs.
Additional information
-
Range
0...100
Step
1
Unit
kbit/s
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
30 kbit/s
Table 426
556
BTS Downlink Throughput Factor For CS1-CS4 (Cont.)
BTS Downlink Throughput Factor For MCS1-MCS9
Id:0900d805806b0694
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
BSC GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in BSC)
(39) (optional) OR Enhanced GPRS (EGPRS)
Usage (51) (optional)
Related features
•
BSS11111: Enhanced Quality of Service, EQoS
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EQV, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
TFDM
MML Full Name
BTS downlink throughput factor for MCS1-MCS9
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 426
9.42
BTS Downlink Throughput Factor For MCS1-MCS9 (Cont.)
BTS hopping mode (HOP)
Parameter name
BTS Hopping Mode
Abbreviated name
hoppingMode
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the frequency hopping
mode of the BTS. NOTE: BTS site type 2nd generation
base stations does not support RF hopping. In the case
of Talk-family, RF and BB hopping cannot be active
simultaneously at the same site (BCF). If PrimeSite has a
BTS software package of DF6.0 or newer, it does not
support frequency hopping.
NOTE:
MML range:
BB (baseband hopping is used)
RF (radio frequency hopping is used)
N (hopping is not used)
Additional information
Table 427
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
-
BTS Hopping Mode
Id:0900d805806b0694
557
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Range
Non-hopping (0), Baseband hopping (1), Radio Frequency hopping (2)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
gui ==> internal
Non-hopping ==> 0
Baseband hopping ==> 1
Radio Frequency hopping ==> 2
Default value
Non-hopping (0)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
Requires object locking
Modified
When BTS is locked
Related parameters
hoppingSequenceNumber1 of BTS - If value BB or RF is
given, the parameter Hopping Sequence Number 1 is
obligatory, hoppingSequenceNumber2 of BTS - If value
BB is given, the parameter Hopping Sequence Number 2
is obligatory.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
Planner <-> RAC
RAC <-> Optimizer
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 44.018
MML Commands
EQC, EQE, EQO, EFO, EEI
MML Abbreviated Name
HOP
MML Full Name
BTS hopping mode
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 427
9.43
BTS identification (BTS)
Parameter name
BTS ID
Abbreviated name
id
Managed object
BTS
Table 428
558
BTS Hopping Mode (Cont.)
BTS ID
Id:0900d805806b0694
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you identify the BTS. The identification number must be unique within a BSC.
Range:
1..3000
The value range depends on the BSC hardware configuration and the corresponding options.
NetAct NOTE:
For foreign BTS identification the range is a pair of LAC
and CI in the following format LLLLLC, where LLLLL is
location area code (5 characters, left-aligned) and C is a
cell identifier. For example: 128 12.
Additional information
-
Range
1...10
Step
-
Unit
characters
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Modification
Not modifiable
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
•
BSS21149: Flexi BSC
Interfaces
•
•
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
Planner <-> RAC
RAC <-> Optimizer
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EQC, EQD, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
BTS
MML Full Name
BTS identification
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 428
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BTS ID (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806b0694
559
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
9.44
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
BTS load in SEG (LSEG)
Parameter name
BTS Load In SEG
Abbreviated name
btsLoadInSeg
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you determine the load limit for a
BTS. It is used in controlling the load distribution between
BTSs in a segment.
Additional information
-
Range
0...100
Step
1
Unit
%
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
70 %
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EQM, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
LSEG
MML Full Name
BTS load in SEG
Segment Level Parameter
-
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 429
9.45
BTS Load In SEG
BTS name (NAME)
Parameter name
Table 430
560
BTS Name
BTS Name
Id:0900d805806b0694
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
Abbreviated name
nwName
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the name of the BTS.
MML Note: The BTS name (NAME) parameter must be
unique within a BSC.
NOTE:
MML range:
String of up to 15 characters ('A'..'Z', '0'..'9')
Additional information
-
Range
1...15
Step
-
Unit
characters
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EQC, EQE, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
NAME
MML Full Name
BTS name
Segment Level Parameter
-
RACApp <-> RAC
Planner <-> RAC
RAC <-> Optimizer
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 430
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BTS Name (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806b0694
561
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
9.46
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
BTS TCH Count
Parameter name
BTS TCH Count
Abbreviated name
btsTchCount
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
This parameter includes TCH count of BTS and its used
in RNW recovery.
Additional information
-
Range
0...384
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
0
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
Not modifiable
Modified
This parameter is modified when TRX object is created/deleted or TSL type is modified.
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
•
Interfaces
-
References
-
MML Commands
-
MML Abbreviated Name
-
MML Full Name
-
Segment Level Parameter
-
BSS20099: Enhancements For TRX Swap
File Based Provisioning sup- false
ported
Table 431
9.47
BTS uplink throughput factor for CS1-CS4 (TFU)
Parameter name
BTS Uplink Throughput Factor For CS1-CS4
Abbreviated name
throughputFactor_cs1cs4ulcs
Table 432
562
BTS TCH Count
BTS Uplink Throughput Factor For CS1-CS4
Id:0900d805806b0694
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you indicate typical throughput per
timeslot in the BTS, depending on the direction and
(M)CS. The parameter is used when comparing the TSL
capacities between different BTSs.
Additional information
-
Range
0...100
Step
1
Unit
kbit/s
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
12 kbit/s
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
BSC GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in BSC)
(39) (optional) OR Enhanced GPRS (EGPRS)
Usage (51) (optional)
Related features
•
BSS11111: Enhanced Quality of Service, EQoS
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EQV, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
TFU
MML Full Name
BTS uplink throughput factor for CS1-CS4
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 432
9.48
BTS uplink throughput factor for MCS1-MCS4 (TFUM1)
Parameter name
BTS Uplink Throughput Factor For MCS1-MCS4
Abbreviated name
throughputFactor_mcs1mcs4ulcs
Table 433
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BTS Uplink Throughput Factor For CS1-CS4 (Cont.)
BTS Uplink Throughput Factor For MCS1-MCS4
Id:0900d805806b0694
563
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you indicate typical throughput per
timeslot in the BTS, depending on the direction and
(M)CS. The parameter is used when comparing the TSL
capacities between different BTSs.
Additional information
-
Range
0...100
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
16
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
BSC GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in BSC)
(39) (optional) OR Enhanced GPRS (EGPRS)
Usage (51) (optional)
Related features
•
BSS11111: Enhanced Quality of Service, EQoS
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EQV, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
TFUM1
MML Full Name
BTS uplink throughput factor for MCS1-MCS4
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 433
9.49
BTS uplink throughput factor for MCS1-MCS9 (TFUM)
Parameter name
BTS Uplink Throughput Factor For MCS1-MCS9
Abbreviated name
throughputFactor_mcs1mcs9ulcs
Table 434
564
BTS Uplink Throughput Factor For MCS1-MCS4 (Cont.)
BTS Uplink Throughput Factor For MCS1-MCS9
Id:0900d805806b0694
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you indicate typical throughput per
timeslot in the BTS, depending on the direction and
(M)CS. The parameter is used when comparing the TSL
capacities between different BTSs.
Additional information
-
Range
0...100
Step
1
Unit
kbit/s
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
30 kbit/s
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
BSC GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in BSC)
(39) (optional) OR Enhanced GPRS (EGPRS)
Usage (51) (optional)
Related features
•
BSS11111: Enhanced Quality of Service, EQoS
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EQV, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
TFUM
MML Full Name
BTS uplink throughput factor for MCS1-MCS9
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 434
9.50
C/N threshold (CNT)
Parameter name
C/N Threshold
Abbreviated name
cnThreshold
Table 435
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BTS Uplink Throughput Factor For MCS1-MCS9 (Cont.)
C/N Threshold
Id:0900d805806b0694
565
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the minimum acceptable
C/N (carrier/noise) ratio when selecting a time slot to be
allocated for a call or handover.
Additional information
-
Range
0...63
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
0
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EQK, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
CNT
MML Full Name
C/N threshold
Segment Level Parameter
-
RACApp <-> RAC
Planner <-> RAC
RAC <-> Optimizer
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 435
9.51
cell number in BTS HW (CHW)
Parameter name
Cell Number In BTS HW
Abbreviated name
cellNumberInBtsHw
Managed object
BTS
Table 436
566
C/N Threshold (Cont.)
Cell Number In BTS HW
Id:0900d805806b0694
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
Multiplicity
1
Description
This parameter defines the Cell Number which is
used in BTSplus to associate the HW with the functional object BTS.
NOTE: Parameter is mandatory if site type is
BTSplus.
NOTE: Parameter is valid only for BTSplus site
type.
Additional information
-
Range
0...11
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting
internal value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
255
Default value notes
Value 255 is used with other site types than
BTSplus.
Required on Creation
optional
Special value
Used with other site types than BTSplus (255)
Related functions
-
Modification
Not modifiable
Modified
read-only
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
– BSS21469: BS2xx@Flexi BSC product family
Interfaces
– BSC <-> RAC
– RAC <-> RACApp
References
-
MML Commands
EQC, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
CHW
MML Full Name
cell number in BTS HW
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning
supported
true
Table 436
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Cell Number In BTS HW (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806b0694
567
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
9.52
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
coding schemes CS3 and CS4 enabled (CS34)
Parameter name
Coding Schemes CS3 And CS4 Enabled
Abbreviated name
cs3Cs4Enabled
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define whether the Coding
Schemes CS-3 and CS-4 capability is enabled in
the BTS. The Coding Schemes CS-3 and CS-4 can
be used in GPRS-enabled TRXs, which are EDGEcapable. The GPRS must be enabled in the
segment, BTS SW and PCU card must support the
Coding Schemes CS-3 and CS-4 in order to use
Coding Schemes CS-3 and CS-4 in the BTS. With
the rates of 14.4 and 20.0 kbit/s of coding schemes
CS-3 and CS-4 a considerable gain in data rate can
be achieved for GPRS Mobile Stations not supporting EGPRS. Coding schemes CS-3 and CS-4 can
be used without EGPRS feature due to fact that it is
possible to use coding schemes CS-3 and CS-4
both in GPRS and in EGPRS territories. However
Coding Schemes CS-3 and CS-4 can be used with
EGPRS as well.
NOTE: The parameter can be enabled only for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus and Flexi
Multiradio having EDGE, if the BTS SW supports
the Coding Schemes CS-3 and CS-4 application
software, the TRXs under the BTS are using
Dynamic Abis, and the PCU card supports Coding
Schemes CS-3 and CS-4.
Additional information
-
Range
Coding schemes CS3 and CS4 are disabled (N) (0),
Coding schemes CS3 and CS4 are enabled (Y) (1)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting
internal value
gui ==> internal
Coding schemes CS3 and CS4 are disabled (N)
==> 0
Coding schemes CS3 and CS4 are enabled (Y)
==> 1
Default value
Coding schemes CS3 and CS4 are disabled (N) (0)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Table 437
568
Coding Schemes CS3 And CS4 Enabled
Id:0900d805806b0694
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Related functions
-
Modification
Requires object locking
Modified
It is possible to modify the parameter only when
BTS is locked.
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
– Coding Schemes CS-3 And CS-4 (83)
(optional) AND ( BSC GPRS Param Enabled
(GPRS O&M in BSC) (39) (optional) OR
Enhanced GPRS (EGPRS) Usage (51)
(optional) )
Related features
– BSS11088: GPRS Coding Schemes CS3 and
CS4
Interfaces
– RACApp <-> RAC
– RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EQV, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
CS34
MML Full Name
coding schemes CS3 and CS4 enabled
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning
supported
true
Table 437
9.53
Coding Schemes CS3 And CS4 Enabled (Cont.)
dedicated GPRS capacity (CDED)
Parameter name
Dedicated GPRS Capacity
Abbreviated name
dedicatedGPRScapacity
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you determine the amount of PSWonly channels in a BTS. The value of the dedicated
GPRS capacity parameter must be smaller than or equal
to the value of the default GPRS capacity parameter.
Additional information
-
Range
0...100
Step
1
Unit
%
Table 438
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
Dedicated GPRS Capacity
Id:0900d805806b0694
569
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
0%
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
You can modify this parameter online when the value of
the GENA parameter is N. If the value of the GENA
parameter is Y, you must lock the BTS before modifying
this parameter.
Related parameters
defaultGPRScapacity of BTS - Parameter value must be
lower or equal than Default GPRS Capacity.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EQV, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
CDED
MML Full Name
dedicated GPRS capacity
Segment Level Parameter
-
BSC GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in BSC)
(39) (optional) OR Enhanced GPRS (EGPRS)
Usage (51) (optional)
RACApp <-> RAC
Planner -> RAC
RAC <-> Optimizer
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 438
9.54
default GPRS capacity (CDEF)
Parameter name
Default GPRS Capacity
Abbreviated name
defaultGPRScapacity
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Table 439
570
Dedicated GPRS Capacity (Cont.)
Default GPRS Capacity
Id:0900d805806b0694
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
Description
With this parameter you determine the default GPRS territory size in a BTS. The channels in the default GPRS
territory are used primarily for packet switched traffic.
However, if the circuit switched territory becomes congested, the BSC can allocate a traffic channel in the
default GPRS territory for circuit switched use.
The value of the default GPRS capacity parameter must
be higher than or equal to the value of the dedicated
GPRS capacityparameter.
Additional information
-
Range
1...100
Step
1
Unit
%
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
1%
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
You can modify this parameter online when the value of
the GENA parameter is N. If the value of the GENA
parameter is Y, you must lock the BTS before modifying
this parameter.
Related parameters
dedicatedGPRScapacity of BTS - Parameter value must
be higher or equal than Dedicated GPRS Capacity.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EQV, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
CDEF
MML Full Name
default GPRS capacity
Segment Level Parameter
-
BSC GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in BSC)
(39) (optional) OR Enhanced GPRS (EGPRS)
Usage (51) (optional)
RACApp <-> RAC
Planner <-> RAC
RAC <-> Optimizer
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 439
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Default GPRS Capacity (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806b0694
571
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
9.55
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
DFCA mobile allocation frequency lists (DMAL)
Parameter name
DFCA Mobile Allocation Frequency Lists
Abbreviated name
dfcaMaLists
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
32
Description
With this parameter you define the DFCA mobile allocation frequency lists that will be attached to the BTS.
NOTE:
MML modification: Online, if DFCA mode is "off" or
"standby"
If the DFCA mode of the BTS is "DFCA hopping", modification requires BTS locking.
Additional information
-
Range
1...32
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = (gui_value + 3000)
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
Requires object locking
Modified
For an unlocked BTS with DFCA mode as OFF or
STANDBY the modification of 'DFCA MA list ids' can be
made freely.For an unlocked BTS with DFCA mode as
DFCA hopping the modification 'DFCA MA list ids'
requires that all the DFCA TRXs of the BTS are
locked.Modification of 'DFCA MA list ids' is also allowed
with BTS locking.
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
DFCA (Dynamic Frequency And Channel Allocation)
Usage (70)
Related features
•
BSS11052: Dynamic Frequency and Channel Allocation
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EQA, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
DMAL
Table 440
572
DFCA Mobile Allocation Frequency Lists
Id:0900d805806b0694
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
MML Full Name
DFCA mobile allocation frequency lists
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 440
9.56
DFCA Mobile Allocation Frequency Lists (Cont.)
DFCA mode (DMOD)
Parameter name
DFCA Mode
Abbreviated name
dfcaMode
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the operational mode of a
DFCA BTS.
In the TRX creation and modification the value of this
parameter cannot be DFCA hopping for any BTS in the
segment.
Additional information
-
Range
Off (0), Standby (1), DFCA hopping (2)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
gui ==> internal
Off ==> 0
Standby ==> 1
DFCA hopping ==> 2
Default value
Off (0)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
Requires object locking
Modified
Change between modes "off" and "standby" can be made
online. Mode changes to or from mode "DFCA hopping"
require BTS locking. It is not possible to change from
mode "off" to mode "DFCA hopping".
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
DFCA (Dynamic Frequency And Channel Allocation)
Usage (70)
Related features
•
BSS11052: Dynamic Frequency and Channel Allocation
Table 441
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
DFCA Mode
Id:0900d805806b0694
573
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EQM, EQO, EFL
MML Abbreviated Name
DMOD
MML Full Name
DFCA mode
Segment Level Parameter
-
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 441
9.57
DFCA Mode (Cont.)
DFCA unsynchronized mode MA frequency list (DUMAL)
Parameter name
DFCA Unsynchronized Mode MA Frequency List
Abbreviated name
dfcaUnsyncModeMaList
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the DFCA unsynchronized mode MA list. The MA list is to be used in the DFCA
TRXs if a BTS in "DFCA hopping" mode loses synchronisation.
NOTE:
MML range:
0...3000
Value 0 detaches the BTS.
Additional information
-
Range
1...3000
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
0
Default value notes
0 = Not defined
Required on Creation
optional
Special value
Not defined (0)
Related functions
-
Modification
Requires object locking
Modified
Online, if DFCA mode is "off" or "standby". If the DFCA
mode of the BTS is "DFCA hopping", modification
requires BTS object locking.
Table 442
574
DFCA Unsynchronized Mode MA Frequency List
Id:0900d805806b0694
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
DFCA (Dynamic Frequency And Channel Allocation)
Usage (70)
Related features
•
•
BSS21149: Flexi BSC
BSS11052: Dynamic Frequency and Channel Allocation
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EQA, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
DUMAL
MML Full Name
DFCA unsynchronized mode MA frequency list
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 442
9.58
DFCA Unsynchronized Mode MA Frequency List (Cont.)
DL coding scheme in acknowledged mode (DCSA)
Parameter name
DL Coding Scheme In Acknowledged Mode
Abbreviated name
csAckDl
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you can define the initial
Coding Scheme of the territory in acknowledge
mode in downlink direction.
The parameter values 2,3,6 and 7 are valid only for
MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus and
Flexi Multiradio.
MML: Parameter is optional (GPRS Param Enabled
(GPRS O&M in BSC)) and values 2,3,6 and 7 are
optional (Coding Schemes CS-3 And CS-4)
Additional information
-
Range
CS1 (0), CS2 (1), CS3 (2), CS4 (3), LA with initial
CS1 (4), LA with initial CS2 (5), LA with initial CS3
(6), LA with initial CS4 (7)
Step
-
Unit
-
Table 443
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
DL Coding Scheme In Acknowledged Mode
Id:0900d805806b0694
575
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
Formula for getting
internal value
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
gui ==> internal
CS1 ==> 0
CS2 ==> 1
CS3 ==> 2
CS4 ==> 3
LA with initial CS1 ==> 4
LA with initial CS2 ==> 5
LA with initial CS3 ==> 6
LA with initial CS4 ==> 7
Default value
CS2 (1)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
– BSC GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in
BSC) (39) (optional) OR Enhanced GPRS
(EGPRS) Usage (51) (optional)
Related features
– BSS11088: GPRS Coding Schemes CS3 and
CS4
Interfaces
– BSC <-> RAC
– RAC <-> RACApp
References
-
MML Commands
EQV, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
DCSA
MML Full Name
DL coding scheme in acknowledged mode
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning
supported
true
Table 443
576
DL Coding Scheme In Acknowledged Mode (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806b0694
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
9.59
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
DL coding scheme in ext area acknowledged mode
(DCSEA)
Parameter name
DL Coding Scheme In Ext Area Acknowledged
Mode
Abbreviated name
csExtAckDl
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you can define the initial
Coding Scheme for the GPRS territory in acknowledge mode in the extended coverage area of an
extended cell in downlink direction.
This parameter is valid only for UltraSite, Flexi
EDGE, BTSplus and Flexi Multiradio BTSs.
NOTE: Values 2, 3, 6, and 7 require that the licence
(Coding Schemes CS-3 And CS-4) state is either
ON or CONFIG.
Additional information
-
Range
CS1 (0), CS2 (1), CS3 (2), CS4 (3), LA with initial
CS1 (4), LA with initial CS2 (5), LA with initial CS3
(6), LA with initial CS4 (7)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting
internal value
gui ==> internal
CS1 ==> 0
CS2 ==> 1
CS3 ==> 2
CS4 ==> 3
LA with initial CS1 ==> 4
LA with initial CS2 ==> 5
LA with initial CS3 ==> 6
LA with initial CS4 ==> 7
Default value
CS1 (0)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Table 444
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
DL Coding Scheme In Ext Area Acknowledged Mode
Id:0900d805806b0694
577
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
– Extended Cell For GPRS/EDGE (103)
(optional) AND ( Enhanced GPRS (EGPRS)
Usage (51) (optional) OR BSC GPRS Param
Enabled (GPRS O&M in BSC) (39) (optional) )
Related features
– BSS20094: Extended Cell for GPRS/EDGE
Interfaces
– BSC <-> RAC
– RAC <-> RACApp
References
-
MML Commands
EQV, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
DCSEA
MML Full Name
DL coding scheme in ext area acknowledged mode
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning
supported
true
Table 444
9.60
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
DL Coding Scheme In Ext Area Acknowledged Mode (Cont.)
DL coding scheme In ext area unacknowledged mode
(DCSEU)
Parameter name
DL Coding Scheme In Ext Area Unacknowledged
Mode
Abbreviated name
csExtUnackDl
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you can define the initial
Coding Scheme in unacknowledged mode in
downlink direction for GPRS territory in the
extended coverage area of an extended cell.
NOTE: This parameter is valid only for UltraSite,
Flexi EDGE, BTSplus and Flexi Multiradio BTSs.
NOTE: Values 2, 3, 6, and 7 require that the licence
(Coding Schemes CS-3 And CS-4) state is either
ON or CONFIG.
Additional information
-
Range
CS1 (0), CS2 (1), CS3 (2), CS4 (3), LA with initial
CS1 (4), LA with initial CS2 (5), LA with initial CS3
(6), LA with initial CS4 (7)
Table 445
578
DL Coding Scheme In Ext Area Unacknowledged Mode
Id:0900d805806b0694
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting
internal value
gui ==> internal
CS1 ==> 0
CS2 ==> 1
CS3 ==> 2
CS4 ==> 3
LA with initial CS1 ==> 4
LA with initial CS2 ==> 5
LA with initial CS3 ==> 6
LA with initial CS4 ==> 7
Default value
CS1 (0)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
– Extended Cell For GPRS/EDGE (103)
(optional) AND ( BSC GPRS Param Enabled
(GPRS O&M in BSC) (39) (optional) OR
Enhanced GPRS (EGPRS) Usage (51)
(optional) )
Related features
– BSS20094: Extended Cell for GPRS/EDGE
Interfaces
– BSC <-> RAC
– RAC <-> RACApp
References
-
MML Commands
EQV, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
DCSEU
MML Full Name
DL coding scheme In ext area unacknowledged
mode
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning
supported
true
Table 445
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
DL Coding Scheme In Ext Area Unacknowledged Mode (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806b0694
579
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
9.61
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
DL coding scheme in unacknowledged mode (DCSU)
Parameter name
DL Coding Scheme In Unacknowledged Mode
Abbreviated name
csUnackDl
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you can define the initial
Coding Scheme of the territory in unacknowledged
mode in downlink direction.
NOTE: The parameter values 2,3,6 and 7 are valid
only for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus
and Flexi Multiradio BTSs.
MML: Parameter is optional (GPRS Param Enabled
(GPRS O&M in BSC)) and values 2,3,6 and 7 are
optional (Coding Schemes CS-3 And CS-4)
Additional information
-
Range
CS1 (0), CS2 (1), CS3 (2), CS4 (3), LA with initial
CS1 (4), LA with initial CS2 (5), LA with initial CS3
(6), LA with initial CS4 (7)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting
internal value
gui ==> internal
CS1 ==> 0
CS2 ==> 1
CS3 ==> 2
CS4 ==> 3
LA with initial CS1 ==> 4
LA with initial CS2 ==> 5
LA with initial CS3 ==> 6
LA with initial CS4 ==> 7
Default value
CS2 (1)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Table 446
580
DL Coding Scheme In Unacknowledged Mode
Id:0900d805806b0694
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Related options
– BSC GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in
BSC) (39) (optional) OR Enhanced GPRS
(EGPRS) Usage (51) (optional)
Related features
– BSS11088: GPRS Coding Schemes CS3 and
CS4
Interfaces
– RACApp <-> RAC
– RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EQV, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
DCSU
MML Full Name
DL coding scheme in unacknowledged mode
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning
supported
true
Table 446
9.62
DL Coding Scheme In Unacknowledged Mode (Cont.)
DL noise level (DLN)
Parameter name
DL Noise Level
Abbreviated name
dlNoiseLevel
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define a BTS-specific downlink
noise level. In the BTS the margin between the noise
level and the downlink signal level of a connection must
be at least the connection type-specific C/N soft blocking
limit.
Additional information
-
Range
-120...-80
Step
1
Unit
dBm
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = (gui_value + 120)
Default value
-117 dBm
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Table 447
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
DL Noise Level
Id:0900d805806b0694
581
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EQM, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
DLN
MML Full Name
DL noise level
Segment Level Parameter
-
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 447
9.63
DL Noise Level (Cont.)
DLDC enabled (DCENA)
Parameter name
DLDC Enabled
Abbreviated name
dldcEnabled
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you can define whether the
Downlink Dual Carrier (DLDC) is used in the BTS or
not. DLDC feature activation needs also that the
PCU is updated. PCU is updated with the MML
command FXU. PCU up to date parameter state is
checked with the MML command FXZ. EGPRS
must be enabled in order to enable DLDC in the
BTS. PCU must be PCU2 for the BTS and it must
be PCU2 in all BCSUs in the same track
NOTE: This parameter can be given only to MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus and Flexi
Multiradio BTSs. PCU must be PCU2 type in whole
PCU track.
Additional information
-
Range
DLDC is disabled (N) (0), DLDC is enabled (Y) (1)
Step
-
Unit
-
Table 448
582
DLDC Enabled
Id:0900d805806b0694
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
Formula for getting
internal value
gui ==> internal
DLDC is disabled (N) ==> 0
DLDC is enabled (Y) ==> 1
Default value
DLDC is disabled (N) (0)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
EGPRS must be enabled in the BTS (EGENA=Y) in
order to enable DLDC in the BTS.
Related parameters
egprsEnabled of BTS - EGPRS must be enabled in
the BTS (EGENA=Y) in order to enable DLDC in
the BTS. , pcuUpToDate of BTS - DLDC feature
activation needs also that the PCU is updated. ,
pcuUpToDate of PCU - DLDC feature activation
needs also that the PCU is updated.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
– Downlink Dual Carrier (141)
Related features
– BSS21228: Downlink Dual Carrier
Interfaces
– RAC <-> RACApp
– RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EQV, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
DCENA
MML Full Name
DLDC enabled
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning
supported
true
Table 448
9.64
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
DLDC Enabled (Cont.)
EGPRS enabled (EGENA)
Parameter name
EGPRS Enabled
Abbreviated name
egprsEnabled
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Table 449
EGPRS Enabled
Id:0900d805806b0694
583
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Description
Attribute enables or disables EGPRS on BTS level. All
GPRS-enabled TRXs of the BTS have to be EDGE capable.The GPRS must be enabled in the segment in order
to enable EGPRS in the BTS.
Additional information
-
Range
EGPRS is disabled (N) (0), EGPRS is enabled (Y) (1)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
gui ==> internal
EGPRS is disabled (N) ==> 0
EGPRS is enabled (Y) ==> 1
Default value
EGPRS is disabled (N) (0)
Default value notes
disables EGPRS
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
Requires object locking
Modified
When the BTS is locked.
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EQV, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
EGENA
MML Full Name
EGPRS enabled
Segment Level Parameter
-
Enhanced GPRS (EGPRS) Usage (51)
Planner <-> RAC
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 449
9.65
EGPRS inactivity alarm end time (EAE)
Parameter name
EGPRS Inactivity Alarm End Time Hour
Abbreviated name
inactEndTimeHour
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Table 450
584
EGPRS Enabled (Cont.)
EGPRS Inactivity Alarm End Time Hour
Id:0900d805806b0694
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
Description
This parameter determines the time of day when the
EGPRS inactivity alarm is disabled.
Additional information
-
Range
0...23
Step
1
Unit
h
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
18 h
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
inactStartTimeHour of BTS - Parameter value must be
higher or equal than parameter EGPRS Inactivity Alarm
Start Time Hour, inactEndTimeMinute of BTS - If you give
this parameter the parameter EGPRS Inactivity Alarm
End Time Minute is obligatory.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
BSC GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in BSC)
(39) (optional) OR Enhanced GPRS (EGPRS)
Usage (51) (optional)
Related features
•
•
BSS20071: PCU Performance Optimization
BSS20062: (E)GPRS Inactivity Alarm / DX-part
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EQV,EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
EAE
MML Full Name
EGPRS inactivity alarm end time
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 450
9.66
EGPRS inactivity alarm end time (EAE)
Parameter name
EGPRS Inactivity Alarm End Time Minute
Abbreviated name
inactEndTimeMinute
Table 451
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
EGPRS Inactivity Alarm End Time Hour (Cont.)
EGPRS Inactivity Alarm End Time Minute
Id:0900d805806b0694
585
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
This parameter determines the time of day when the
EGPRS inactivity alarm is disabled.
Additional information
-
Range
0...45
Step
15
Unit
min
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
0 min
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
inactStartTimeMinute of BTS - If parameters EGPRS
Inactivity Alarm Start Time Hour and EGPRS Inactivity
Alarm End Time Hour are equal then the parameters
value must be higher than EGPRS Inactivity Alarm Start
Time Minute, inactEndTimeHour of BTS - If you give this
parameter then the parameter EGPRS Inactivity Alarm
End Time Hour is obligatory.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
BSC GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in BSC)
(39) (optional) OR Enhanced GPRS (EGPRS)
Usage (51) (optional)
Related features
•
•
BSS20071: PCU Performance Optimization
BSS20062: (E)GPRS Inactivity Alarm / DX-part
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EQV,EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
EAE
MML Full Name
EGPRS inactivity alarm end time
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 451
586
EGPRS Inactivity Alarm End Time Minute (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806b0694
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
9.67
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
EGPRS inactivity alarm start time (EAS)
Parameter name
EGPRS Inactivity Alarm Start Time Hour
Abbreviated name
inactStartTimeHour
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
This parameter determines the time of day when the
EGPRS inactivity alarm is enabled.
Additional information
-
Range
0...23
Step
1
Unit
h
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
8h
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
inactStartTimeMinute of BTS - If you give this parameter
then the parameter EGPRS Inactivity Alarm Start Time
Minute is obligatory, inactEndTimeHour of BTS - Parameters value must be smaller or equal than EGPRS Inactivity Alarm End Time Hour.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
BSC GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in BSC)
(39) (optional) OR Enhanced GPRS (EGPRS)
Usage (51) (optional)
Related features
•
•
BSS20071: PCU Performance Optimization
BSS20062: (E)GPRS Inactivity Alarm / DX-part
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EQV,EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
EAS
MML Full Name
EGPRS inactivity alarm start time
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 452
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
EGPRS Inactivity Alarm Start Time Hour
Id:0900d805806b0694
587
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
9.68
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
EGPRS inactivity alarm start time (EAS)
Parameter name
EGPRS Inactivity Alarm Start Time Minute
Abbreviated name
inactStartTimeMinute
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
This parameter determines the time of day when the
EGPRS inactivity alarm is enabled.
Additional information
-
Range
0...45
Step
15
Unit
min
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
0 min
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
inactStartTimeHour of BTS - If you give this parameter
then the parameter EGPRS Inactivity Alarm Start Time
Hour is obligatory, inactEndTimeMinute of BTS - If
parameters EGPRS Inactivity Alarm Start Time Hour and
EGPRS Inactivity Alarm End Time Hour are equal then
the parameters value must be smaller than EGPRS Inactivity Alarm End Time Minute.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
BSC GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in BSC)
(39) (optional) OR Enhanced GPRS (EGPRS)
Usage (51) (optional)
Related features
•
•
BSS20071: PCU Performance Optimization
BSS20062: (E)GPRS Inactivity Alarm / DX-part
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EQV,EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
EAS
MML Full Name
EGPRS inactivity alarm start time
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 453
588
EGPRS Inactivity Alarm Start Time Minute
Id:0900d805806b0694
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
9.69
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
EGPRS inactivity alarm weekdays (EAW)
Parameter name
EGPRS Inactivity Alarm Weekdays
Abbreviated name
inactWeekDays
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
This parameter determines the day of week when the
EGPRS inactivity alarm is enabled.
NOTE:
MML range:
NONE ... DISABLED
SU ... SUNDAY
MO ... MONDAY
TU ... TUESDAY
WE ... WEDNESDAY
TH ... THURSDAY
FR ... FRIDAY
SA ... SATURDAY
MTF ... MONDAY - FRIDAY
ALL ... ALL WEEKDAYS
Additional information
Combinations are possible. For example: Monday
through friday: 4+8+16+32+64 = 124 All weekdays:
1+2+4+8+16+32+64 = 127 Disabled (no weekdays): 0
Range
Bit 0: Sunday, Bit 1: Saturday, Bit 2: Friday, Bit 3: Thursday, Bit 4: Wednesday, Bit 5: Tuesday, Bit 6: Monday
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
-
Default value
0
Default value notes
NONE
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Table 454
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSC GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in BSC)
(39) (optional) OR Enhanced GPRS (EGPRS)
Usage (51) (optional)
EGPRS Inactivity Alarm Weekdays
Id:0900d805806b0694
589
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Related features
•
•
BSS20071: PCU Performance Optimization
BSS20062: (E)GPRS Inactivity Alarm / DX-part
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EQV,EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
EAW
MML Full Name
EGPRS inactivity alarm weekdays
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 454
9.70
forced AMR HR mode C/I threshold (FAHT)
Parameter name
Forced AMR HR Mode C/I Threshold
Abbreviated name
forcedAmrHrCiThreshold
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
If the BTS level average C/I is below the threshold
defined by this parameter, then HR will be preferred for all
the DFCA speech channel assignments of AMR
requests.
Additional information
-
Range
0...63
Step
1
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
0 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
All BTS objects on one frequency band in a segment
must have the same value for this parameter. This is left
to operator to take care of and must be emphasized in
documentation.
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Table 455
590
EGPRS Inactivity Alarm Weekdays (Cont.)
Forced AMR HR Mode C/I Threshold
Id:0900d805806b0694
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
Related options
•
DFCA (Dynamic Frequency And Channel Allocation)
Usage (70) (optional) AND AMR HR (72) (optional)
Related features
•
BSS11052: Dynamic Frequency and Channel Allocation
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EQO, EQM
MML Abbreviated Name
FAHT
MML Full Name
forced AMR HR mode C/I threshold
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 455
9.71
forced HR mode C/I averaging period (FHR)
Parameter name
Forced HR Mode C/I Averaging Period
Abbreviated name
forcedHrCiAverPeriod
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the period for calculating
an average C/I of the 1-way DL C/I estimates used in
DFCA channel assignments. This band specific average
value is used in deciding between full rate and half rate in
DFCA channel assignment.
Additional information
-
Range
5...30
Step
5
Unit
min
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
15 min
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
All BTS objects on one frequency band in a segment
must have the same value for this parameter. This is left
to operator to take care of and must be emphasized in
documentation.
Table 456
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Forced AMR HR Mode C/I Threshold (Cont.)
Forced HR Mode C/I Averaging Period
Id:0900d805806b0694
591
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
DFCA (Dynamic Frequency And Channel Allocation)
Usage (70) (optional) AND ( Half Rate (17) (optional)
OR AMR HR (72) (optional) )
Related features
•
BSS11052: Dynamic Frequency and Channel Allocation
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EQO, EQM
MML Abbreviated Name
FHR
MML Full Name
forced HR mode C/I averaging period
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 456
9.72
forced HR mode C/I threshold (FHT)
Parameter name
Forced HR Mode C/I Threshold
Abbreviated name
forcedHrCiThreshold
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
If the BTS level average C/I is below the threshold
defined by this parameter, then HR will be preferred for all
the DFCA speech channel assignments of non-AMR
requests.
Additional information
-
Range
0...63
Step
1
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
0 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Table 457
592
Forced HR Mode C/I Averaging Period (Cont.)
Forced HR Mode C/I Threshold
Id:0900d805806b0694
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
Modified
All BTS objects on one frequency band in a segment
must have the same value for this parameter. This is left
to operator to take care of and must be emphasized in
documentation.
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Half Rate (17) (optional) AND DFCA (Dynamic Frequency And Channel Allocation) Usage (70)
(optional)
Related features
•
BSS11052: Dynamic Frequency and Channel Allocation
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EQO, EQM
MML Abbreviated Name
FHT
MML Full Name
forced HR mode C/I threshold
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 457
9.73
forced HR mode hysteresis (FHH)
Parameter name
Forced HR Mode Hysteresis
Abbreviated name
forcedHrModeHysteresis
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define how many decibels the
BTS level C/I average must be above the corresponding
forced HR mode C/I threshold in order for the forced HR
mode to be switched off.
Additional information
-
Range
0...63
Step
1
Unit
dB
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
3 dB
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Table 458
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Forced HR Mode C/I Threshold (Cont.)
Forced HR Mode Hysteresis
Id:0900d805806b0694
593
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
All BTS objects on one frequency band in a segment
must have the same value for this parameter. This is left
to operator to take care of and must be emphasized in
documentation.
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
DFCA (Dynamic Frequency And Channel Allocation)
Usage (70) (optional) AND ( Half Rate (17) (optional)
OR AMR HR (72) (optional) )
Related features
•
BSS11052: Dynamic Frequency and Channel Allocation
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EQO, EQM
MML Abbreviated Name
FHH
MML Full Name
forced HR mode hysteresis
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 458
9.74
frequency band in use (BAND)
Parameter name
Frequency Band In Use
Abbreviated name
frequencyBandInUse
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you indicate the frequency band
used in the BTS. The frequency bands are GSM 800
(800), GSM 900 (900), GSM 1800 (1800) and GSM 1900
(1900).
Additional information
-
Range
GSM 900 (0), GSM 1800 (1), GSM 1900 (2), GSM 800 (5)
Step
-
Unit
-
Table 459
594
Forced HR Mode Hysteresis (Cont.)
Frequency Band In Use
Id:0900d805806b0694
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
Formula for getting internal
value
gui ==> internal
GSM 900 ==> 0
GSM 1800 ==> 1
GSM 1900 ==> 2
GSM 800 ==> 5
Default value
GSM 900 (0)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
mandatory
Related functions
-
Modification
Not modifiable
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EQC, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
BAND
MML Full Name
frequency band in use
Segment Level Parameter
-
RACApp <-> RAC
Planner <-> RAC
RAC <-> Optimizer
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 459
9.75
GPRS non BCCH layer rxlev lower limit (GPL)
Parameter name
GPRS Non BCCH Layer Rxlev Lower Limit
Abbreviated name
gprsNonBCCHRxlevLower
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the threshold when a reallocation to a better BTS must be made. BTS with the
direct GPRS access BTS option on is selected. If there
are no BTSs with direct GPRS access BTS set to on.
Additional information
-
Table 460
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Frequency Band In Use (Cont.)
GPRS Non BCCH Layer Rxlev Lower Limit
Id:0900d805806b0694
595
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Range
-110...-47
Step
1
Unit
dBm
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = (gui_value + 110)
Default value
-100 dBm
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
gprsNonBCCHRxlevUpper of BTS - The value of this
parameter must be lower than or equal to the value of the
parameter GPRS Non BCCH Layer Rxlev Upper Limit.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EQG, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
GPL
MML Full Name
GPRS non BCCH layer rxlev lower limit
Segment Level Parameter
-
BSC GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in BSC)
(39) (optional) OR Enhanced GPRS (EGPRS)
Usage (51) (optional)
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 460
9.76
GPRS non BCCH layer rxlev upper limit (GPU)
Parameter name
GPRS Non BCCH Layer Rxlev Upper Limit
Abbreviated name
gprsNonBCCHRxlevUpper
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the minimum power level
the MS has to receive to allocate resources from the BTS.
Additional information
-
Table 461
596
GPRS Non BCCH Layer Rxlev Lower Limit (Cont.)
GPRS Non BCCH Layer Rxlev Upper Limit
Id:0900d805806b0694
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
Range
-110...-47
Step
1
Unit
dBm
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = (gui_value + 110)
Default value
-95 dBm
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
gprsNonBCCHRxlevLower of BTS - The value of this
parameter must be higher than or equal to the value of
the parameter GPRS Non BCCH Layer Rxlev Lower
Limit.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EQG, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
GPU
MML Full Name
GPRS non BCCH layer rxlev upper limit
Segment Level Parameter
-
BSC GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in BSC)
(39) (optional) OR Enhanced GPRS (EGPRS)
Usage (51) (optional)
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 461
9.77
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
GPRS Non BCCH Layer Rxlev Upper Limit (Cont.)
hopping sequence number 1 (HSN1)
Parameter name
Hopping Sequence Number 1
Abbreviated name
hoppingSequenceNumber1
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Table 462
Hopping Sequence Number 1
Id:0900d805806b0694
597
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
Description
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
With this parameter you define whether cyclic or random
hopping is used in BB hopping group 1 and in RF
hopping. Hopping sequence number 1 is used in the frequency hopping sequence generation algorithm and it is
located in the Frequency Hopping System 1 (time slots 0
except BCCH time slot).
NOTE:
Range:
0 (cyclic hopping)
1...63 (random hopping)
Additional information
-
Range
0...63
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
0
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
Requires object locking
Modified
When BTS is locked
Related parameters
hoppingMode of BTS - If the parameter BTS Hopping
Mode has value BB or RF, this parameter must be given.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
Planner <-> RAC
RAC <-> Optimizer
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 44.018, 45.002
MML Commands
EQC, EQE, EQO, EFO
MML Abbreviated Name
HSN1
MML Full Name
hopping sequence number 1
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 462
598
Hopping Sequence Number 1 (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806b0694
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
9.78
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
hopping sequence number 2 (HSN2)
Parameter name
Hopping Sequence Number 2
Abbreviated name
hoppingSequenceNumber2
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define whether cyclic or random
hopping is used in BB hopping group 2. Hopping
sequence number 2 is used in the frequency hopping
sequence generation algorithm and it is located in the
Frequency Hopping System 2 (time slots 1-7).
Note:
Range:
0 (cyclic hopping)
1...63 (random hopping)
Additional information
-
Range
0...63
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
0
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
Requires object locking
Modified
When BTS is locked
Related parameters
hoppingMode of BTS - If the parameter BTS Hopping
Mode value is BB, this parameter must be given.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
Planner -> RAC
RAC <-> Optimizer
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 44.018, 45.002
MML Commands
EQC, EQE, EQO, EFO
MML Abbreviated Name
HSN2
MML Full Name
hopping sequence number 2
Segment Level Parameter
-
Table 463
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Hopping Sequence Number 2
Id:0900d805806b0694
599
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 463
9.79
HSCSD cell load lower limit (HCL)
Parameter name
HSCSD Cell Load Lower Limit
Abbreviated name
lowerLimitCellLoadHSCSD
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you determine the lower limit in
percent for cell load when the singleslot TCH allocation is
stopped and the multislot allocation is started and
resource upgrades are allowed for the HSCSD calls.
Additional information
-
Range
0...100
Step
1
Unit
%
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
100 %
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
Planner <-> RAC
RAC <-> Planner
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 22.034, 23.034
MML Commands
EQX, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
HCL
MML Full Name
HSCSD cell load lower limit
Table 464
600
Hopping Sequence Number 2 (Cont.)
High Speed Circuit Switched Data (HSCSD TCSM2) (25)
HSCSD Cell Load Lower Limit
Id:0900d805806b0694
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 464
9.80
HSCSD cell load upper limit (HCU)
Parameter name
HSCSD Cell Load Upper Limit
Abbreviated name
upperLimitCellLoadHSCSD
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you determine the upper limit in
percent for cell load when the multislot TCH allocation is
stopped and the singleslot allocation is started for the
HSCSD calls.
Additional information
-
Range
0...100
Step
1
Unit
%
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
100 %
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
Planner <-> RAC
RAC <-> Planner
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 22.034, 23.034
MML Commands
EQX, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
HCU
Table 465
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
HSCSD Cell Load Lower Limit (Cont.)
High Speed Circuit Switched Data (HSCSD TCSM2) (25)
HSCSD Cell Load Upper Limit
Id:0900d805806b0694
601
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
MML Full Name
HSCSD cell load upper limit
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 465
9.81
HSCSD regular cell load upper limit (HRCU)
Parameter name
HSCSD Regular Cell Load Upper Limit
Abbreviated name
upperLimitRegularLoadHSCSD
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you determine the upper limit in
percent for the cell load in the IUO regular frequency area
when the multislot TCH allocation is stopped and the singleslot allocation is started for the HSCSD calls.
Resource upgrades are not done in the IUO regular frequency area.
Additional information
-
Range
0...100
Step
1
Unit
%
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
100 %
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
Planner <-> RAC
RAC <-> Planner
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 22.034, 23.034
Table 466
602
HSCSD Cell Load Upper Limit (Cont.)
High Speed Circuit Switched Data (HSCSD TCSM2) (25)
HSCSD Regular Cell Load Upper Limit
Id:0900d805806b0694
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
MML Commands
EQX, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
HRCU
MML Full Name
HSCSD regular cell load upper limit
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 466
9.82
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
HSCSD Regular Cell Load Upper Limit (Cont.)
HSCSD TCH capacity minimum (HTM)
Parameter name
HSCSD TCH Capacity Minimum
Abbreviated name
minHSCSDcapacityCell
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you determine the minimum TCH
capacity in percent which is offered to HSCSD calls in the
cell. In low traffic load situation, the HSCSD calls can
have more TCHs than indicated by the parameter.
Additional information
-
Range
0...100
Step
1
Unit
%
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
100 %
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
•
•
Table 467
HSCSD TCH Capacity Minimum
High Speed Circuit Switched Data (HSCSD TCSM2) (25)
RACApp <-> RAC
Planner <-> RAC
RAC <-> Planner
RAC <-> BSC
Id:0900d805806b0694
603
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
References
•
MML Commands
EQX, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
HTM
MML Full Name
HSCSD TCH capacity minimum
Segment Level Parameter
-
3GPP Reference: 22.034, 23.034
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 467
9.83
HSCSD TCH Capacity Minimum (Cont.)
immediate SDCCH HO enabled (ISIC)
Parameter name
Immediate SDCCH HO Enabled
Abbreviated name
immediateSdcchHoEnabled
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this BTS level parameter you can define if
immediate SDCCH intra cell handover is activate or
not.
Possible values are
- 0 Immediate SDCCH intra cell HO disabled
- 1 Immediate SDCCH intra cell HO active, no HO if
no SDCCH available
- 2 Immediate SDCCH intra cell HO active, dynamic
SDCCH used if no SDCCH available
Additional information
-
Range
ISIC HO disabled (0), ISIC HO act, no HO if no
SDCCH available (1), ISIC HO act, dynam. SDCCH
used if no SDCCH availab (2)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting
internal value
gui ==> internal
ISIC HO disabled ==> 0
ISIC HO act, no HO if no SDCCH available ==> 1
ISIC HO act, dynam. SDCCH used if no SDCCH
availab ==> 2
Default value
ISIC HO disabled (0)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Table 468
604
Immediate SDCCH HO Enabled
Id:0900d805806b0694
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
A5/1 Cipher Enhancement - SDCCH HO (124)
Related features
•
BSS21389: A5/1 Cipher Enhancement SDCCH HO
Interfaces
-
References
-
MML Commands
EQM, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
ISIC
MML Full Name
immediate SDCCH HO enabled
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning
supported
TRUE
Table 468
9.84
Immediate SDCCH HO Enabled (Cont.)
MAIO offset (MO)
Parameter name
MAIO Offset
Abbreviated name
maioOffset
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you set the MAIO offset that is the
lowest MAIO in the cell. With MAIO offset it is possible to
use the same MA frequency list for two or more sectors
of the site without collisions.
Additional information
-
Range
0...62
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
0
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Table 469
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
MAIO Offset
Id:0900d805806b0694
605
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
If the BTS is RF hopping, the BTS or overlay TRXs must
belocked.
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EQA, EQO, EFO
MML Abbreviated Name
MO
MML Full Name
MAIO offset
Segment Level Parameter
-
RACApp <-> RAC
Planner <-> RAC
RAC <-> Optimizer
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 469
9.85
MAIO Step (MS)
Parameter name
MAIO Step
Abbreviated name
maioStep
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you choose the MAIOs not to be allocated successively for the cell, but for instance every
second or every third value.
Additional information
-
Range
1...62
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
1
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Table 470
606
MAIO Offset (Cont.)
MAIO Step
Id:0900d805806b0694
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
If the BTS is RF hopping, the BTS or overlay TRXs must
belocked.
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EQA, EQO, EFO
MML Abbreviated Name
MS
MML Full Name
MAIO Step
Segment Level Parameter
-
Flexible MAIO Management (31)
RACApp <-> RAC
Planner <-> RAC
RAC <-> Planner
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 470
9.86
max GPRS capacity (CMAX)
Parameter name
Max GPRS Capacity
Abbreviated name
maxGPRSCapacity
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
Attribute defines the maximum number of timeslots in the
PS territory. Timeslot that belongs to a PS territory can be
configured to PS use or DTM-CS use.
Additional information
-
Range
1...100
Step
1
Unit
%
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
100 %
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Table 471
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
MAIO Step (Cont.)
Max GPRS Capacity
Id:0900d805806b0694
607
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
You can modify this parameter online when the value of
the GENA parameter is N. If the value of the GENA
parameter is Y, you must lock the BTS before modifying
this parameter.
Related parameters
defaultGPRScapacity of BTS - Parameter value must be
higher or equal than defaultGPRScapacity.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EQV, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
CMAX
MML Full Name
max GPRS capacity
Segment Level Parameter
-
BSC GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in BSC)
(39) (optional) OR Enhanced GPRS (EGPRS)
Usage (51) (optional)
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 471
9.87
Max GPRS Capacity (Cont.)
mobile allocation frequency list (MAL)
Parameter name
Used MAL ID
Abbreviated name
usedMobileAllocation
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the mobile allocation frequency list to which the BTS will be attached. The parameter is relevant when RF hopping is used.
MML NOTE: See Mobile Allocation Frequency List (MA).
NOTE:
MML range: 0...3000
MML default: Value 0 detaches the BTS from any mobile allocation frequency list.
Additional information
-
Range
1...3000
Table 472
608
Used MAL ID
Id:0900d805806b0694
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
0
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Special value
No MA list attached (0)
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
If BTS is RF hopping, the BTS must be locked
Related parameters
hoppingMode of BTS - The parameter is relevant when
RF hopping is used, usedMobileAllocIdUsed of BTS Parameter indicates whether mobile allocation is used in
the cell for RF hopping.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
•
•
BSS20118: BSC3i 1000/2000
BSS21149: Flexi BSC
Interfaces
•
•
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
Planner <-> RAC
RAC <-> Optimizer
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EQA, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
MAL
MML Full Name
mobile allocation frequency list
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 472
9.88
MS tx pwr min (PMIN)
Parameter name
MS Tx Pwr Min
Abbreviated name
minMsTxPower
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Table 473
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Used MAL ID (Cont.)
MS Tx Pwr Min
Id:0900d805806b0694
609
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
Description
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
With this parameter you define the minimum power level
an MS may use in the serving cell.
NOTE: MML value range:
GSM 800 and GSM 900: 5..39 dBm (step size 2)
GSM 1800: 0..36 dBm (step size 2)
GSM 1900: 0..32 dBm (step size 2) and 33 dBm
GSM 800/900: default 5
GSM 1800/1900: default 0
NOTE: NetAct internal value range:
GSM 800 and 900:
5..39 dBm: 2..19 (UI value - 43)/-2
GSM 1800:
0..30 dBm: 0..15 (UI value - 30)/-2
32 dBm: 31
34 dBm: 30
36 dBm: 29
GSM 1900:
0..30 dBm: 0..15 (UI value - 30)/-2
32 dBm: 31
33 dBm: 30
Additional information
-
Range
0...39
Step
1
Unit
dBm
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
5 dBm
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
msTxPwrMaxGSM of BTS - Parameter value must be
lower or equal than MS Tx Pwr Max GSM value,
msTxPwrMaxGSM1x00 of BTS - Parameter value must
be lower or equal than MS Tx Pwr Max GSM 1x00 value.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Table 473
610
MS Tx Pwr Min (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806b0694
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
Interfaces
•
•
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EQM, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
PMIN
MML Full Name
MS tx pwr min
Segment Level Parameter
-
RACApp <-> RAC
Planner <-> RAC
RAC <-> Optimizer
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 473
9.89
non BCCH layer offset (NBL)
Parameter name
Non BCCH Layer Offset
Abbreviated name
nonBCCHLayerOffset
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define whether the predefined offset margin is used when evaluating the
signal level of the non BCCH layer.
Additional information
-
Range
-40...40
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting
internal value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
0
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
– Segment Usage (45)
Table 474
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
MS Tx Pwr Min (Cont.)
Non BCCH Layer Offset
Id:0900d805806b0694
611
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
Related features
-
Interfaces
–
–
–
–
–
References
-
MML Commands
EQM, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
NBL
MML Full Name
non BCCH layer offset
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning
supported
true
Table 474
9.90
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> Optimizer
Optimizer <-> RAC
Planner <-> RAC
BSC <-> RAC
Non BCCH Layer Offset (Cont.)
PCU identifier (PCU ID)
Parameter name
PCU Identifier
Abbreviated name
pcuIdentifier
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
This parameter identifies the PCU object in the BSC.
Value of the parameter tells the PCU-BTS relation when
the GPRS of the cell is enabled.
Additional information
-
Range
0...99
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
Not modifiable
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Table 475
612
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
PCU Identifier
Id:0900d805806b0694
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
Related options
•
Gb Over IP (82)
Related features
•
BSS20106: Packet Control Unit (PCU2) pooling
Interfaces
•
BSC -> RAC
References
-
MML Commands
FXI, FXL
MML Abbreviated Name
PCU ID
MML Full Name
PCU identifier
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- false
ported
Table 475
9.91
PCU Identifier (Cont.)
PCU up to date (PUTD)
Parameter name
PCU Up To Date
Abbreviated name
pcuUpToDate
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter system informs user whether or
not DLDC information of the BTS is updated to
PCU. Only system can modify this parameter.
MML NOTE: The parameter is only shown in
outputs.
NOTE: This parameter is visible only for MetroSite,
UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus and Flexi multiradio BTSs.
Additional information
-
Range
N (0), Y (1)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting
internal value
gui ==> internal
N ==> 0
Y ==> 1
Default value
Y (1)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
Value set by the system
Related functions
-
Table 476
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
PCU Up To Date
Id:0900d805806b0694
613
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
Modification
Not modifiable
Modified
This is the read-only parameter
Related parameters
dldcEnabled of BTS - If DLDC enabled parameter
value is changed the change does not make effect
unless the new MML command for updating the
PCU is given or territory upgrade is done due to
some other reason.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
– Downlink Dual Carrier (141)
Related features
– BSS21228: Downlink Dual Carrier
Interfaces
– BSC -> RAC
References
-
MML Commands
EQO, FXU, FXY, FXL, FXO,
MML Abbreviated Name
PUTD
MML Full Name
PCU up to date
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning
supported
false
Table 476
9.92
614
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
PCU Up To Date (Cont.)
radius extension (EXT)
Parameter name
Radius Extension
Abbreviated name
radiusExtension
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Table 477
Radius Extension
Id:0900d805806b0694
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
Description
With this parameter you define the radius extension
of an extended cell.
NOTE: MML Range:
Talk-family, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE and BTSplus:
0..35 (km).
MetroSite and Flexi Multiradio does not support the
Extended Range Cell feature.
MML related features:
Improved solution for Extended Cell radius for 2nd
Generation and Talk-family,
Extended Cell for UltraSite licence for UltraSite,
Extended Cell for Flexi EDGE licence for Flexi
EDGE and BTSplus
Additional information
-
Range
0...67
Step
1
Unit
km
Formula for getting
internal value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
0 km
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
Requires object locking
Modified
When the BTS is locked.
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
– Extended Cell Radius (10) (optional) OR
Extended Cell For US (88) (optional) OR
Extended cell range for Flexi EDGE BTS (108)
(optional)
Related features
– BSS20882: Extended cell range for Flexi EDGE
BTS
Interfaces
–
–
–
–
References
-
MML Commands
EQM, EQO
Table 477
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
RACApp <-> RAC
Planner <-> RAC
RAC <-> Optimizer
RAC <-> BSC
Radius Extension (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806b0694
615
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
MML Abbreviated Name
EXT
MML Full Name
radius extension
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning
supported
true
Table 477
9.93
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Radius Extension (Cont.)
RX diversity (RDIV)
Parameter name
RX diversity
Abbreviated name
diversityUsed
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define whether RX diversity is used in the BTS.
NOTE: This parameter is allowed only for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus and Flexi
Multiradio BTSs. 4-way diversity is available for the
UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus and Flexi Multiradio site types only.
NOTE: If Double Power (DPTRX) TRXs or Intelligent Downlink Diversity (IDD) TRXs are used in
Flexi EDGE BTS, the value of this parameter must
be Y.
Additional information
-
Range
RX diversity is not used (N) (0), RX diversity is used
(Y) (1)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting
internal value
gui ==> internal
RX diversity is not used (N) ==> 0
RX diversity is used (Y) ==> 1
Default value
RX diversity is not used (N) (0)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Table 478
616
RX diversity
Id:0900d805806b0694
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Modified
-
Related parameters
dualTrxUsage of TRX - The value of this parameter
must be Y if Dual TRX Usage parameter is used in
Flexi EDGE BTS.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
– RACApp <-> RAC
– Planner <-> RAC
– RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EQM, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
RDIV
MML Full Name
RX diversity
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning
supported
true
Table 478
9.94
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
RX diversity (Cont.)
Sector ID
Parameter name
Sector ID
Abbreviated name
sectorId
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
Sector ID is BSC internal parameter and BSC sets
the value in BTS creation. Value will be updated to
NetAct database when uploading the BTS.
MML NOTE: The parameter is only shown in
outputs.
Additional information
-
Range
1...248
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting
internal value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-
Table 479
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Sector ID
Id:0900d805806b0694
617
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
Not modifiable
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
– BSS115001: BTS and BCF Object Amount
Increase in BSC
Interfaces
– BSC -> RAC
References
-
MML Commands
EFO
MML Abbreviated Name
-
MML Full Name
-
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning
supported
false
Table 479
9.95
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Sector ID (Cont.)
STIRC enabled (STIRC)
Parameter name
STIRC Enabled
Abbreviated name
stircEnabled
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you can define whether the
STIRC feature is used in the BTS.
NOTE: Parameter is visible only for UltraSite, MetroSite, Flexi EDGE and Flexi Multiradio site types.
Additional information
-
Range
STIRC is disabled (N) (0), STIRC is enabled (Y) (1)
Step
-
Unit
-
Table 480
618
STIRC Enabled
Id:0900d805806b0694
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
Formula for getting
internal value
gui ==> internal
STIRC is disabled (N) ==> 0
STIRC is enabled (Y) ==> 1
Default value
STIRC is disabled (N) (0)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
– ST-IRC licence (99)
Related features
– BSS20494: Space Time Interference Rejection
Combining (STIRC)
– BSS20063: ST-IRC feature
Interfaces
– RAC <-> RACApp
– RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EQM, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
STIRC
MML Full Name
STIRC enabled
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning
supported
true
Table 480
9.96
super radius extension (SEXT)
Parameter name
Super Radius Extension
Abbreviated name
superRadiusExtension
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Table 481
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
STIRC Enabled (Cont.)
Super Radius Extension
Id:0900d805806b0694
619
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
Description
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
With this parameter you define the distance (km) of
inner edge of 35 km wide super extended area from
BTS. Value 0 means that super extended area is
not in use.
NOTE: The parameter is only available for Flexi
EDGE and BTSplus.
Additional information
-
Range
36...70
Step
1
Unit
km
Formula for getting
internal value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
0 km
Default value notes
Not used
Required on Creation
optional
Special value
Not used (0)
Related functions
-
Modification
Requires object locking
Modified
When the BTS is locked.
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
– 105km Extended Cell CS (123)
Related features
– BSS21277: 105km Extended Cell CS
Interfaces
– RACApp <-> RAC
– RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EQM, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
SEXT
MML Full Name
super radius extension
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning
supported
true
Table 481
620
Super Radius Extension (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806b0694
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
9.97
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
transport type (TRAT)
Parameter name
Transport Type
Abbreviated name
transportType
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you can manually select the transport
type of the NSEI which the BTS/SEG will use. This
parameter is used in the PCU selection algorithm.
Additional information
-
Range
FR (0), IP (1), ANY (255)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
gui ==> internal
FR ==> 0
IP ==> 1
ANY ==> 255
Default value
ANY (255)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
gprsEnabled of BTS - If parameter is given then parameter GPRS Enabled must be enabled.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
BSC GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in BSC)
(39) (optional) OR Enhanced GPRS (EGPRS)
Usage (51) (optional)
Related features
•
BSS11110: Gb Over IP (IPV4 & IPV6)
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EQC, EQV, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
TRAT
MML Full Name
transport type
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 482
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Transport Type
Id:0900d805806b0694
621
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
9.98
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
UL coding scheme in acknowledged mode (UCSA)
Parameter name
UL Coding Scheme In Acknowledged Mode
Abbreviated name
csAckUl
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you can define the initial
Coding Scheme of the territory in acknowledge
mode in uplink direction.
The parameter values 2,3,6 and 7 are valid only for
MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus and
Flexi Multiradio.
MML: Parameter is optional (GPRS Param Enabled
(GPRS O&M in BSC)) and values 2,3,6 and 7 are
optional (Coding Schemes CS-3 And CS-4)
Additional information
-
Range
CS1 (0), CS2 (1), CS3 (2), CS4 (3), LA with initial
CS1 (4), LA with initial CS2 (5), LA with initial CS3
(6), LA with initial CS4 (7)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting
internal value
gui ==> internal
CS1 ==> 0
CS2 ==> 1
CS3 ==> 2
CS4 ==> 3
LA with initial CS1 ==> 4
LA with initial CS2 ==> 5
LA with initial CS3 ==> 6
LA with initial CS4 ==> 7
Default value
CS2 (1)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Table 483
622
UL Coding Scheme In Acknowledged Mode
Id:0900d805806b0694
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Related options
– BSC GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in
BSC) (39) (optional) OR Enhanced GPRS
(EGPRS) Usage (51) (optional)
Related features
– BSS11088: GPRS Coding Schemes CS3 and
CS4
Interfaces
– RACApp <-> RAC
– RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EQV, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
UCSA
MML Full Name
UL coding scheme in acknowledged mode
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning
supported
true
Table 483
9.99
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
UL Coding Scheme In Acknowledged Mode (Cont.)
UL Coding Scheme In Ext Area Acknowledged Mode
(UCSEA)
Parameter name
UL Coding Scheme In Ext Area Acknowledged
Mode
Abbreviated name
csExtAckUl
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you can define the initial
Coding Scheme in acknowledge mode in uplink
direction for GPRS territory in the extended
coverage area of an extended cell.
NOTE: This parameter is valid only for UltraSite,
Flexi EDGE, BTSplus and Flexi Multiradio BTSs.
NOTE: Values 2, 3, 6, and 7 require that the licence
(Coding Schemes CS-3 And CS-4) state is either
ON or CONFIG.
Additional information
-
Range
CS1 (0), CS2 (1), CS3 (2), CS4 (3), LA with initial
CS1 (4), LA with initial CS2 (5), LA with initial CS3
(6), LA with initial CS4 (7)
Step
-
Table 484
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
UL Coding Scheme In Ext Area Acknowledged Mode
Id:0900d805806b0694
623
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Unit
-
Formula for getting
internal value
gui ==> internal
CS1 ==> 0
CS2 ==> 1
CS3 ==> 2
CS4 ==> 3
LA with initial CS1 ==> 4
LA with initial CS2 ==> 5
LA with initial CS3 ==> 6
LA with initial CS4 ==> 7
Default value
CS1 (0)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
– Extended Cell For GPRS/EDGE (103)
(optional) AND ( BSC GPRS Param Enabled
(GPRS O&M in BSC) (39) (optional) OR
Enhanced GPRS (EGPRS) Usage (51)
(optional) )
Related features
– BSS20094: Extended Cell for GPRS/EDGE
Interfaces
– RACApp <-> RAC
– RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EQV, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
UCSEA
MML Full Name
UL Coding Scheme In Ext Area Acknowledged
Mode
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning
supported
true
Table 484
624
UL Coding Scheme In Ext Area Acknowledged Mode (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806b0694
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
9.100
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
UL coding scheme in ext area unacknowledged mode
(UCSEU)
Parameter name
UL Coding Scheme In Ext Area Unacknowledged
Mode
Abbreviated name
csExtUnackUl
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you can define the initial
Coding Scheme in unacknowledged mode in uplink
direction for the GPRS territoryin the extended
coverage area of an extended cell.
NOTE: This parameter is valid only for UltraSite,
Flexi EDGE, BTSplus and Flexi Multiradio BTSs.
NOTE: Values 2, 3, 6, and 7 require that the licence
(Coding Schemes CS-3 And CS-4) state is either
ON or CONFIG.
Additional information
-
Range
CS1 (0), CS2 (1), CS3 (2), CS4 (3), LA with initial
CS1 (4), LA with initial CS2 (5), LA with initial CS3
(6), LA with initial CS4 (7)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting
internal value
gui ==> internal
CS1 ==> 0
CS2 ==> 1
CS3 ==> 2
CS4 ==> 3
LA with initial CS1 ==> 4
LA with initial CS2 ==> 5
LA with initial CS3 ==> 6
LA with initial CS4 ==> 7
Default value
CS1 (0)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Table 485
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
UL Coding Scheme In Ext Area Unacknowledged Mode
Id:0900d805806b0694
625
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
– Extended Cell For GPRS/EDGE (103)
(optional) AND ( BSC GPRS Param Enabled
(GPRS O&M in BSC) (39) (optional) OR
Enhanced GPRS (EGPRS) Usage (51)
(optional) )
Related features
– BSS20094: Extended Cell for GPRS/EDGE
Interfaces
– RACApp <-> RAC
– RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EQV, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
UCSEU
MML Full Name
UL coding scheme in ext area unacknowledged
mode
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning
supported
true
Table 485
9.101
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
UL Coding Scheme In Ext Area Unacknowledged Mode (Cont.)
UL coding scheme in unacknowledged mode (UCSU)
Parameter name
UL Coding Scheme In Unacknowledged Mode
Abbreviated name
csUnackUl
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you can define the initial
Coding Scheme of the territory in unacknowledged
mode in uplink direction.
NOTE: The parameter values 2,3,6 and 7 are valid
only for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus
and Flexi Multiradio BTSs.
MML: Parameter is optional (GPRS Param Enabled
(GPRS O&M in BSC)) and values 2,3,6 and 7 are
optional (Coding Schemes CS-3 And CS-4)
Additional information
-
Range
CS1 (0), CS2 (1), CS3 (2), CS4 (3), LA with initial
CS1 (4), LA with initial CS2 (5), LA with initial CS3
(6), LA with initial CS4 (7)
Table 486
626
UL Coding Scheme In Unacknowledged Mode
Id:0900d805806b0694
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting
internal value
gui ==> internal
CS1 ==> 0
CS2 ==> 1
CS3 ==> 2
CS4 ==> 3
LA with initial CS1 ==> 4
LA with initial CS2 ==> 5
LA with initial CS3 ==> 6
LA with initial CS4 ==> 7
Default value
CS2 (1)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
– BSC GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in
BSC) (39) (optional) OR Enhanced GPRS
(EGPRS) Usage (51) (optional)
Related features
– BSS11088: GPRS Coding Schemes CS3 and
CS4
Interfaces
– RACApp <-> RAC
– RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EQV, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
UCSU
MML Full Name
UL coding scheme in unacknowledged mode
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning
supported
true
Table 486
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
UL Coding Scheme In Unacknowledged Mode (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806b0694
627
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
9.102
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
UL noise level (ULN)
Parameter name
UL Noise Level
Abbreviated name
ulNoiseLevel
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define a BTS-specific uplink
noise level. In the BTS the margin between the noise
level and the uplink signal level of a connection must be
at least the connection type-specific C/N soft blocking
limit.
Additional information
-
Range
-120...-80
Step
1
Unit
dBm
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = (gui_value + 120)
Default value
-117 dBm
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EQM, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
ULN
MML Full Name
UL noise level
Segment Level Parameter
-
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 487
628
UL Noise Level
Id:0900d805806b0694
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
9.103
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
underlay BTS hopping mode (UHOP)
Parameter name
Underlay BTS Hopping Mode
Abbreviated name
underlayHoppingMode
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the frequency hopping
mode of the underlay layer.
NOTE: MML Range:
0 (N (hopping is not used)),
1 (BB (baseband hopping is used)),
2 (RF (radio frequency hopping is used))
Default: N
Additional information
-
Range
Not Used (0), Baseband (1), RF Hopping (2)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
gui ==> internal
Not Used ==> 0
Baseband ==> 1
RF Hopping ==> 2
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Default value
Not Used (0)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
Requires object locking
Modified
When BTS is locked
Related parameters
hoppingSequenceNumber3 of BTS - If values BB or RF
are given then the parameter Underlay Hopping
Sequence Number is obligatory.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
•
References
-
Table 488
Underlay BTS Hopping Mode
Intelligent Underlay Overlay (IUO) With Frequency
Hopping (29) (optional) AND ( Intelligent Underlay
Overlay (14) (optional) OR Handover Support For
Intelligent Coverage Enhancement (ICE) (30)
(optional) )
RACApp <-> RAC
Planner <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
Id:0900d805806b0694
629
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
MML Commands
EQC, EQE, EQO, EFO
MML Abbreviated Name
UHOP
MML Full Name
underlay BTS hopping mode
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 488
9.104
Underlay BTS Hopping Mode (Cont.)
underlay hopping sequence number (UHSN)
Parameter name
Underlay Hopping Sequence Number
Abbreviated name
hoppingSequenceNumber3
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define whether cyclic or random
hopping is used in the underlay layer of the IUO cell.
Hopping sequence numbers are used in the frequency
hopping sequence generation algorithm.
NOTE:
RANGE:
0 (cyclic hopping)
1...63 (random hopping)
Additional information
-
Range
0...63
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
0
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
Requires object locking
Modified
When BTS is locked
Related parameters
underlayHoppingMode of BTS - If the parameter
Underlay BTS Hopping Mode has values BB or RF then
this parameter must be given.
Parameter relationships
-
Table 489
630
Underlay Hopping Sequence Number
Id:0900d805806b0694
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EQC, EQE, EQO, EFO
MML Abbreviated Name
UHSN
MML Full Name
underlay hopping sequence number
Segment Level Parameter
-
Intelligent Underlay Overlay (14) (optional) AND
Intelligent Underlay Overlay (IUO) With Frequency
Hopping (29) (optional)
RACApp <-> RAC
Planner <-> RAC
RAC <-> Optimizer
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 489
9.105
Underlay Hopping Sequence Number (Cont.)
underlay MAIO offset (UMO)
Parameter name
Underlay MAIO Offset
Abbreviated name
underlayMaioOffset
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you set the lowest MAIO value of the
underlay layer per sector.
NOTE:
MML modification:
If the BTS is RF hopping, the BTS or underlay TRXs must
be locked.
Additional information
-
Range
0...62
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
0
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Table 490
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Underlay MAIO Offset
Id:0900d805806b0694
631
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EQA, EQO, EFO
MML Abbreviated Name
UMO
MML Full Name
underlay MAIO offset
Segment Level Parameter
-
Intelligent Underlay Overlay (IUO) With Frequency
Hopping (29) (optional) AND ( Intelligent Underlay
Overlay (14) (optional) OR Handover Support For
Intelligent Coverage Enhancement (ICE) (30)
(optional) )
RACApp <-> RAC
Planner <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 490
9.106
underlay MAIO step (UMS)
Parameter name
Underlay MAIO Step
Abbreviated name
underlayMaioStep
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you choose the MAIOs of the
underlay layer not to be allocated successively for the
cell, but for example every second or every third value.
Additional information
-
Range
1...62
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
1
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Table 491
632
Underlay MAIO Offset (Cont.)
Underlay MAIO Step
Id:0900d805806b0694
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
Modification
On-Line
Modified
If the BTS is RF hopping, the BTS or underlay TRXs must
be locked.
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EQA, EQO, EFO
MML Abbreviated Name
UMS
MML Full Name
underlay MAIO step
Segment Level Parameter
-
Intelligent Underlay Overlay (IUO) With Frequency
Hopping (29) (optional) AND Flexible MAIO Management (31) (optional) AND ( Intelligent Underlay
Overlay (14) (optional) OR Handover Support For
Intelligent Coverage Enhancement (ICE) (30)
(optional) )
RACApp <-> RAC
Planner <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 491
9.107
Underlay MAIO Step (Cont.)
underlay mobile allocation frequency list (UMAL)
Parameter name
Underlay MAL ID
Abbreviated name
underlayMaAllocationId
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the mobile allocation frequency list to which the BTS's underlay layer will be
attached.
NOTE:
MML Range: 0...3000
MML Default: Value 0 detaches the BTS from any mobile allocation frequency list.
Additional information
-
Range
1...3000
Step
1
Table 492
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Underlay MAL ID
Id:0900d805806b0694
633
Base Transceiver Station (BTS) radio network object
parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
0
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Special value
Not defined (0)
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
If BTS is RF hopping, the BTS must be locked.
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Intelligent Underlay Overlay (IUO) With Frequency
Hopping (29) (optional) AND ( Intelligent Underlay
Overlay (14) (optional) OR Handover Support For
Intelligent Coverage Enhancement (ICE) (30)
(optional) )
Related features
•
BSS21149: Flexi BSC
Interfaces
•
•
•
Planner <-> RAC
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EQA, EQO, EFO, EBI, ERO
MML Abbreviated Name
UMAL
MML Full Name
underlay mobile allocation frequency list
Segment Level Parameter
-
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 492
634
Underlay MAL ID (Cont.)
Id:0900d805806b0694
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
SEG-specific Base Transceiver Station (SEG-BTS) radio network object parameters
10 SEG-specific Base Transceiver Station (SEGBTS) radio network object parameters
10.1
adjacency on other band (DBC)
Parameter name
Adjacency On Other Band
Abbreviated name
multiBandCell
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define whether adjacent cells
with a BCCH allocated from a different frequency band
than the serving cell BCCH are taken into account in handovers and in idle mode cell selection or reselection.
NOTE:
MML Range:
Y (adjacent cells on other band are taken into account in
handovers and in idle mode cell selection/re-selection)
N (adjacent cells on other band are not taken into account
in handovers and in idle mode cell selection/re-selection)
Default: Y
Additional information
-
Range
false (0), true (1)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
•
•
Default value
true (1)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
frequencyBandInUse of BAL - If the Frequency Band In
Use is GSM 900 or GSM 1800, the default value is (Y). If
the Frequency Band In Use is GSM 800 or GSM 1900,
the default value is (N).
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Table 493
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
false => 0
true => 1
Dual Band GSM/DCS (16) (optional) OR GSM8001900 Usage (59) (optional) OR GSM800-1800
Usage (60) (optional)
Adjacency On Other Band
Id:0900d80580619f09
635
SEG-specific Base Transceiver Station (SEG-BTS) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Interfaces
•
•
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EQF, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
DBC
MML Full Name
adjacency on other band
Segment Level Parameter
true
RACApp <-> RAC
Planner <-> RAC
RAC <-> Optimizer
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 493
10.2
Adjacency On Other Band (Cont.)
allow IMSI attach detach (ATT)
Parameter name
Allow IMSI Attach Detach
Abbreviated name
allowIMSIAttachDetach
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define whether IMSI
attach/detach is used in the cell.
Additional information
-
Range
IMSI attach/detach is not used (N) (0), IMSI attach/detach
is used (Y) (1)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
gui ==> internal
IMSI attach/detach is not used (N) ==> 0
IMSI attach/detach is used (Y) ==> 1
Default value
IMSI attach/detach is used (Y) (1)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Table 494
636
Allow IMSI Attach Detach
Id:0900d80580619f09
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
SEG-specific Base Transceiver Station (SEG-BTS) radio network object parameters
Interfaces
•
•
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
Planner <-> RAC
RAC <-> Optimizer
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 44.018
MML Commands
EQJ, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
ATT
MML Full Name
allow IMSI attach detach
Segment Level Parameter
true
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 494
10.3
Allow IMSI Attach Detach (Cont.)
AMH lower load threshold (ALT)
Parameter name
AMH Lower Load Threshold
Abbreviated name
amhLowerLoadThreshold
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the lower threshold for the
load of the base station. The parameter is used to trigger
advanced multilayer handling functionality with IUO
and/or Dual Band/ microcell features.
MML NOTE:
Range: 0...100 % and N
default: N
Additional information
-
Range
0...100
Step
1
Unit
%
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-1 %
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Special value
Undefined (-1)
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Table 495
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
AMH Lower Load Threshold
Id:0900d80580619f09
637
SEG-specific Base Transceiver Station (SEG-BTS) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Related parameters
amhLowerLoadThreshold of BSC - Use value (N/Undefined) if you want to use the corresponding BSC-level
value. In this case the parameter of the current cell is
BSC-specific.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EQM, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
ALT
MML Full Name
AMH lower load threshold
Segment Level Parameter
true
Advanced Multilayer Handling (AMH) (33)
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 495
10.4
AMH Lower Load Threshold (Cont.)
AMH max load of target cell (AML)
Parameter name
AMH Max Load Of Target Cell
Abbreviated name
amhMaxLoadOfTgtCell
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this advanced multilayer handling parameter you
define the maximum traffic load in the adjacent cell that is
allowed to be the target cell for a traffic reason handover
(TRHO).
MML NOTE:
Range: 0...100 % and N
default: N
Additional information
-
Range
0...100
Step
1
Unit
%
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-1 %
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Table 496
638
AMH Max Load Of Target Cell
Id:0900d80580619f09
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
SEG-specific Base Transceiver Station (SEG-BTS) radio network object parameters
Special value
Undefined (-1)
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
amhMaxLoadOfTgtCell of BSC - Use value (N/Undefined) if you want to use the corresponding BSC-level
value. In this case the parameter of the current cell is
BSC-specific.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EQM, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
AML
MML Full Name
AMH max load of target cell
Segment Level Parameter
true
Advanced Multilayer Handling (AMH) (33)
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 496
10.5
AMH Max Load Of Target Cell (Cont.)
AMH upper load threshold (AUT)
Parameter name
AMH Upper Load Threshold
Abbreviated name
amhUpperLoadThreshold
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this advanced multilayer handling parameter you
define the upper threshold for the load of the base station.
The parameter is used to trigger BSC-controlled traffic
reason handovers.
MML NOTE:
Range: 0...100 % and N
Default: N
Additional information
-
Range
0...100
Step
1
Unit
%
Table 497
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
AMH Upper Load Threshold
Id:0900d80580619f09
639
SEG-specific Base Transceiver Station (SEG-BTS) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
-1 %
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Special value
Undefined (-1)
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
amhUpperLoadThreshold of BSC - Use value (N/Undefined) if you want to use the corresponding BSC-level
value. In this case the parameter of the current cell is
BSC-specific.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
References
-
MML Commands
EQM, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
AUT
MML Full Name
AMH upper load threshold
Segment Level Parameter
true
Advanced Multilayer Handling (AMH) (33)
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 497
10.6
AMR HR radio link timeout (AHRLT)
Parameter name
AMR HR Radio Link Timeout
Abbreviated name
radioLinkTimeoutAmrHr
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the maximum value of the
radio link counter expressed in SACCH blocks for AMR
HR connections.
Additional information
-
Range
4...64
Step
4
Table 498
640
AMH Upper Load Threshold (Cont.)
AMR HR Radio Link Timeout
Id:0900d80580619f09
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
SEG-specific Base Transceiver Station (SEG-BTS) radio network object parameters
Unit
blocks
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = (gui_value - 4) / 4
Default value
20 blocks
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Radio Link Timeout for AMR HR (121) (optional)
AND ( AMR HR (72) (optional) OR AMR FR (50)
(optional) )
Related features
•
BSS20974: Radio Link Timeout parameter for AMR
HR
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EQY, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
AHRLT
MML Full Name
AMR HR radio link timeout
Segment Level Parameter
true
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 498
10.7
AMR lower limit for SEG FR resources (AFRL)
Parameter name
AMR Lower Limit For SEG FR Resources
Abbreviated name
amrSegLoadDepTchRateLower
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the percentage of full rate
TCH resources that must be available for traffic channel
allocation in order to use full rate for AMR calls in the cell.
AMR full rate TCHs are allocated until the number of free
full rate resources is reduced below the threshold given
in the parameter. AMR half rate resources are then allocated.
Additional information
-
Table 499
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
AMR HR Radio Link Timeout (Cont.)
AMR Lower Limit For SEG FR Resources
Id:0900d80580619f09
641
SEG-specific Base Transceiver Station (SEG-BTS) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Range
0...100
Step
1
Unit
%
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
100 %
Default value notes
The default values of the SEG-level channel rate selection parameters have been set so that the parameters are
not initially applied for the cell load based channel rate
selection in the segment.
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
amrLoadDepTchRateLower of BSC - When the SEGlevel channel rate control is deactivated, the common
BSC-level parameter AMR lower limit for FR resources
defines the threshold level for changing from full rate to
half rate in traffic channel allocation, amrSegLoadDepTchRateUpper of BTS - If the value of the AMR
Lower Limit For SEG FR Resources is higher than the
value of the AMR upper limit for SEG FR resources, then
the effect of these two SEG-level channel rate control
parameters is deactivated.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Load based AMR packing (111) (optional) AND
AMR HR (72) (optional)
Related features
•
BSS21154: Load based AMR packing
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EQM, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
AFRL
MML Full Name
AMR lower limit for SEG FR resources
Segment Level Parameter
true
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 499
10.8
AMR Lower Limit For SEG FR Resources (Cont.)
AMR Radio Link Timeout (ARLT)
Parameter name
Table 500
642
AMR Radio Link Timeout
AMR Radio Link Timeout
Id:0900d80580619f09
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
SEG-specific Base Transceiver Station (SEG-BTS) radio network object parameters
Abbreviated name
radioLinkTimeoutAmr
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the maximum value of the
radio link counter expressed in SACCH blocks for AMR
connections.
Additional information
Note: Wideband AMR optionality (133) is valid only for
Metrosite, Ultrasite or Flexi EDGE BTSs.
Range
4...64
Step
4
Unit
blocks
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = (gui_value - 4) / 4
Default value
20 blocks
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
AMR HR (72) (optional) OR AMR FR (50) (optional)
OR Wideband AMR (133) (optional)
Related features
•
•
•
BSS20048: Separate radio link timeout parameters
for AMR and EFR
BSS20960: Wideband AMR
BSS20249: AMR FR Licence Control
Interfaces
•
•
RAC <-> RACApp
RAC <-> BSC
References
-
MML Commands
EQY, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
ARLT
MML Full Name
AMR Radio Link Timeout
Segment Level Parameter
true
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 500
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
AMR Radio Link Timeout (Cont.)
Id:0900d80580619f09
643
SEG-specific Base Transceiver Station (SEG-BTS) radio network object parameters
10.9
AMR upper limit for SEG FR resources (AFRU)
Parameter name
AMR Upper Limit For SEG FR Resources
Abbreviated name
amrSegLoadDepTchRateUpper
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the percentage of full rate
TCH resources that must be available for traffic channel
allocation before the BSC allocates AMR calls in full rate
mode again after using half rate for AMR calls in the cell.
AMR full rate TCHs are again allocated when the number
of the free full rate resources increases above the threshold given by the parameter.
Additional information
-
Range
0...100
Step
1
Unit
%
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
0%
Default value notes
The default values of the SEG-level channel rate selection parameters have been set so that the parameters are
not initially applied for the cell load based channel rate
selection in the segment.
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
amrLoadDepTchRateUpper of BSC - When the SEGlevel channel rate control is deactivated, the common
BSC-level parameter AMR upper limit for FR resources
defines the threshold level for changing from half rate to
full rate in traffic channel allocation, amrSegLoadDepTchRateLower of BTS - If the value of the AMR
Upper Limit For SEG FR Resources is smaller than the
value of the AMR lower limit for SEG FR resources, then
the effect of these two SEG-level channel rate control
parameters is deactivated.
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Load based AMR packing (111) (optional) AND AMR
HR (72) (optional)
Related features
•
BSS21154: Load based AMR packing
Interfaces
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
RAC <-> BSC
Table 501
644
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
AMR Upper Limit For SEG FR Resources
Id:0900d80580619f09
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
SEG-specific Base Transceiver Station (SEG-BTS) radio network object parameters
References
-
MML Commands
EQM, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
AFRU
MML Full Name
AMR upper limit for SEG FR resources
Segment Level Parameter
true
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 501
10.10
AMR Upper Limit For SEG FR Resources (Cont.)
apply repeated FACCH (ARF)
Parameter name
Apply Repeated FACCH
Abbreviated name
applyRepeatedFacch
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you enable applying repeated
FACCH on any command frames.
NOTE: Parameter is valid only for BTSplus site type
Additional information
-
Range
Apply R-FACCH is disabled (N) (0), Apply RFACCH is enabled (Y) (1)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting
internal value
gui ==> internal
Apply R-FACCH is disabled (N) ==> 0
Apply R-FACCH is enabled (Y) ==> 1
Default value
Apply R-FACCH is disabled (N) (0)
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
– BSS21469: BS2xx@Flexi BSC product family
Table 502
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
Apply Repeated FACCH
Id:0900d80580619f09
645
SEG-specific Base Transceiver Station (SEG-BTS) radio network object parameters
Interfaces
– BSC <-> RAC
– RAC <-> RACApp
References
-
MML Commands
EQM, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
ARF
MML Full Name
apply repeated FACCH
Segment Level Parameter
true
File Based Provisioning
supported
true
Table 502
10.11
Apply Repeated FACCH (Cont.)
averaging period (AP)
Parameter name
Averaging Period
Abbreviated name
interferenceAveragingProcessAverPeriod
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the number of SACCH
multiframes over which the averaging of the interference
level in the unallocated time slots is performed.
Additional information
-
Range
1...32
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Default value
6
Default value notes
-
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
-
Related features
-
Table 503
646
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Averaging Period
Id:0900d80580619f09
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
SEG-specific Base Transceiver Station (SEG-BTS) radio network object parameters
Interfaces
•
•
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
Planner <-> RAC
RAC <-> Optimizer
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 45.008
MML Commands
EQK, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
AP
MML Full Name
averaging period
Segment Level Parameter
true
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 503
10.12
Averaging Period (Cont.)
BCCH allocation usage for active MS (ACT)
Parameter name
BCCH Allocation Usage For Active MS
Abbreviated name
measurementBCCHAllocation
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you define the BCCH frequency list
used by active MS's. This list is used for handovers and
is sent on the SACCH.
NOTE:
MML Range:
ADJ (BCCH frequency list is taken from the adjacent cells
defined for the BTS)
IDLE (active MSS use the same BCCH frequency list as
idle MSS. The same BCCH frequency list is defined by
BTS parameter IDLE).
NOTE:
MML values are contrary to those in NetAct (0<->1)
Additional information
-
Range
Idle State BCCH List (0), Adjacent Cells BCCHs (1)
Step
-
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
gui ==> internal
Idle State BCCH List ==> 0
Adjacent Cells BCCHs ==> 1
Default value
Adjacent Cells BCCHs (1)
Default value notes
-
Table 504
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BCCH Allocation Usage For Active MS
Id:0900d80580619f09
647
SEG-specific Base Transceiver Station (SEG-BTS) radio network object parameters
BSS Radio Network Parameter Dictionary
Required on Creation
optional
Related functions
-
Modification
On-Line
Modified
-
Related parameters
-
Parameter relationships
-
Related options
•
Related features
-
Interfaces
•
•
•
•
RACApp <-> RAC
Planner <-> RAC
RAC <-> Optimizer
RAC <-> BSC
References
•
3GPP Reference: 45.008
MML Commands
EQB, EQO
MML Abbreviated Name
ACT
MML Full Name
BCCH allocation usage for active MS
Segment Level Parameter
true
Double BCCH Allocation List (0) (optional) OR
DFCA (Dynamic Frequency And Channel Allocation)
Usage (70) (optional)
File Based Provisioning sup- true
ported
Table 504
10.13
BCCH Allocation Usage For Active MS (Cont.)
BTS colour code (BCC)
Parameter name
BSIC BCC
Abbreviated name
bsIdentityCodeBCC
Managed object
BTS
Multiplicity
1
Description
With this parameter you identify the BTS colour code
number.
NOTE:
This parameter is mandatory if segment usage <option>
is OFF or when a new segment is created
Additional information
-
Range
0...7
Step
1
Unit
-
Formula for getting internal
value
internal_value = gui_value
Table 505
648
BSIC BCC
Id:0900d80580619f09
DN9813866
Issue 27-3
BSS Radio Netwo